Amendment No. 6 to Form S-1

S-1/A 1 d628669ds1a.htm AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO FORM S-1 Amendment No. 6 to Form S-1

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3, 2013

Registration No. 333-174801

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 6

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

3661

26-1119726

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

4655 Great America Parkway

Santa Clara, California 95054

(908) 953-6000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Pamela F. Craven, Esq.

Chief Administrative Officer

Avaya Holdings Corp.

211 Mount Airy Road

Basking Ridge, New Jersey 07920

(908) 953-6000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

With copies to:

Julie H. Jones, Esq.
Ropes & Gray LLP
Prudential Tower
800 Boylston St.
Boston, MA 02199
Telephone (617) 951-7000
Fax (617) 951-7050

Daniel J. Zubkoff, Esq.

Douglas S. Horowitz, Esq.

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, NY 10005

Telephone (212) 701-3000

Fax (212) 269-5420

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):


Large accelerated filer	¨		Accelerated filer	¨

Non-accelerated filer	x	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	¨

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued December 3, 2013

Shares

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

Avaya Holdings Corp. is offering shares of its common stock. This is the initial public offering of shares of our common stock and no public market currently exists for our shares. We expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be between $ and $ per share.

After the completion of this offering, funds affiliated with our Sponsors (as defined herein) will continue to own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange. See “Principal Stockholders.”

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AVYA.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17.

PRICE $ A SHARE


	Public Offering Price	Underwriting Discounts and Commissions	*Proceeds* *to Avaya*
Per Share	$	$	$
Total	$	$	$

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional shares of common stock for a period of 30 days.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on , 2013.


*MORGAN STANLEY*		*GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.*		*J.P. MORGAN*



*CITI*		*DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES*



*BofA MERRILL LYNCH*	*BARCLAYS UBS INVESTMENT BANK*	*CREDIT SUISSE*

, 2013

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

LOGO

TABLE OF CONTENTS


	Page
Prospectus Summary		1
Risk Factors		17
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		30
Use of Proceeds		32
Dividend Policy		33
Capitalization		34
Dilution		36
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data		38
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements		44
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		50
Business		98
Market, Ranking and Other Industry Data		123
Management		124


	Page
Executive Compensation		134
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions		159
Principal Stockholders		164
Description of Certain Outstanding Indebtedness		169
Description of Capital Stock		183
Shares Eligible For Future Sale		189
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations For Non-U.S. Holders		191
Underwriters		195
Legal Matters		202
Experts		202
Where You Can Find Additional Information		202
Index to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements		F-1

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Until , 2013 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: we have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

When we use the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Avaya” or the “Company,” we mean Avaya Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Avaya Inc., our principal U.S. operating subsidiary, taken as a whole, unless the context otherwise indicates.

Avaya Aura^®, Avaya Flare^®, AvayaLive, Radvision Scopia^® and other trademarks or service marks of Avaya are the property of Avaya Holdings Corp. and/or its affiliates. This prospectus also contains additional tradenames, trademarks or service marks belonging to us and to other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, tradenames or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Our Company

We are a leading global provider of real-time business collaboration and communications products and services that bring people together with the right information at the right time in the right context, enabling businesses to improve their efficiency and quickly solve critical business challenges. Our products and services are designed to enable business users to work together more effectively internally and with their customers and suppliers, to accelerate decision-making and achieve enhanced business outcomes. These industry leading products and services are also designed to be flexible, reliable and secure, enabling simplified management and cost reduction while providing a platform for next-generation collaboration from Avaya.

We are highly focused on serving our core business collaboration and communications markets with open fit-for-purpose products and services and distributed software services and support models. We shape our portfolio to meet the demands of customers today and in the future. Our products are aimed at large enterprises, midmarket businesses and government organizations. We offer our products in three key business collaboration and communications categories:

•

Real-Time Collaboration, Video and Unified Communications Software, Infrastructure and Endpoints for an increasingly mobile workforce

•

Customer Experience Management, including Contact Center applications

•

Networking for data center, campus, branch, and wireless access to complement our business collaboration, unified communications and contact center portfolios

These three categories are supported by Avaya’s portfolio of services including product support, integration, professional services, and Cloud and managed services. These services enable customers to optimize and manage their communications networks worldwide and achieve enhanced business results.

Our products are designed to be highly scalable, reliable, secure, flexible and easy to manage. They can be deployed in numerous ways including on a customer’s own premise, in the cloud and in a virtualized environment. We believe that delivering products and services in a cloud environment, either private or public, will be the deployment mode of choice for many customers in the near future. Further, our research and development investments are focused on products and services across the user experience and business application layers, the infrastructure layer, and endpoints. In addition, we are investing in software for monitoring, troubleshooting and managing distributed communications architectures that we believe will reduce the total cost of ownership and improve end-to-end serviceability of our products and services versus our competitors.

many businesses today have grown through acquisition or lack central controls on infrastructure and are left with inefficient, disparate communications infrastructures that may benefit financially from consolidation. As a result of these trends, we believe that enterprises require holistic, flexible business solutions that are designed to facilitate collaboration, and incorporate enterprise-class stability, scalability and security. Additionally, we believe that the market will evolve to require secure collaboration between enterprises including video, desktop sharing, presence and directory updates.

Through our innovative collaboration and communications products and services, we are reshaping our portfolio to address these trends and continue to grow our business. The foundation for our ongoing innovation is our Avaya Aura platform, our Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) standards-based software suite that brings together voice, video and data into a single, integrated communications and collaboration platform.

Our portfolio of business collaboration and communications products is designed to deliver a simple and intuitive user experience, seamlessly integrating various modes of communications and collaboration, including real-time voice, video, instant messaging, presence, and conferencing, and non-real-time email, voicemail and social networking. In addition, we have decoupled products from the user’s location and allowed consolidation of infrastructure in the data center. Our products take the critical step of replacing voice-centric call control used by traditional Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) products with standards-based SIP session management. This allows communications applications to operate freely from the underlying infrastructure and supports both multiple media (voice, video, text) and modes (call, conference, instant messaging/chat, and email) of communication over the same session. SIP, as an open standard enables multi-vendor application integration, helps customers reduce operating expenses by providing more efficient management of network connectivity options and enhances the user experience by improving communication quality for real time media connections by initiating sessions per connection to improve throughput and reduce delays. Our Avaya Aura Contact Center also leverages our session management architecture and applies these collaboration principles to customer interactions in a more cost-effective manner.

These products target high growth market segments and we believe expand our addressable markets and accelerate our sales cycle as customers more frequently augment their solutions to take advantage of our ongoing product innovation and to deploy our user experience across an array of endpoints, including our own and those of other vendors. Detailed information on the trends impacting our industry can be found in the next section, Our Industry.

We have further enhanced our business through acquisitions that have amplified our innovation and growth strategy. A key example of this is RADVISION, Ltd., or Radvision, which we acquired in June 2012 and which enhances Avaya’s position with industry leading video collaboration and communications products and services. In October 2013, we acquired IT Navigator Ltd., or IT Navigator, a global provider of cloud, social media and management products and services which will enhance Avaya’s Cloud as well as its unified communications and contact center portfolios.

We leverage our sales and distribution channels to bring new products and services to market and accelerate customer adoption. We have strategic initiatives in place to grow our channel partner community while supporting our partners’ profitability and success. We also fully leverage the diversity of the channel partner community for the Avaya portfolio, engaging with value added resellers, systems integrators, service providers, and application developers. Please see the section titled, Customers; Sales, Partners and Distribution for more details.

financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, healthcare, education and government, and include, among others, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Progressive Casualty Insurance Company, Whirlpool Corporation, The Hewlett-Packard Company, or HP, United Air Lines, Inc., Marriott International, Inc., the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, Australia National University and the FDIC. We employ a flexible go-to-market strategy with direct and indirect presence in over 160 countries. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 10,900 channel partners and for fiscal 2013, our product revenue from indirect sales represented approximately 76% of our total product revenue.

For fiscal 2013 and 2012, we generated revenue of $4,708 million and $5,171 million, respectively. For fiscal 2013, product revenue represented 50% of our total revenue and services revenue represented 50%. For fiscal 2012, product revenue represented 52% of our total revenue and services revenue represented 48%. Revenue generated in the United States for fiscal 2013 and 2012 represented 54% of our total revenue. For fiscal 2013 and 2012 we had operating income of $77 million and $115 million, respectively. For fiscal 2013 and 2012, we had net losses of $376 million and $354 million, respectively. For fiscal 2013 and 2012, we had Adjusted EBITDA of $943 million and $971 million, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations: EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” for a definition and explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

Our Industry

Enterprises are increasingly focused on deploying collaboration products and services in order to increase productivity, reduce costs and complexity and gain competitive advantages. The requirements of enterprises have evolved over the past few years in response to the following trends:

Increasingly Mobile and Connected Workforce Needs Anytime/Anywhere Collaboration Tools. As enterprises move toward a more geographically dispersed, 24x7 workforce, they need tools to quickly solve business challenges while improving their efficiency. To do this, enterprises need collaboration technology that can bring people together with the right information at the right time in the right context to make critical business decisions.

Proliferation of Devices and Applications Expanding the Number of Points of Integration. The number and types of endpoints are growing rapidly. Whereas in the past, business users communicated primarily via desk-phones, today they continue to use not only desk-based devices, but also various mobile devices such as laptops, smartphones and tablets. In order to communicate seamlessly and securely across these devices, applications and endpoints must be integrated into the communications infrastructure and provide a way for IT professionals to have a consolidated view of these devices and applications so that the environment can be managed effectively and reliably.

Consumerization of the Enterprise has Changed Expectations of Business Users and Put More Pressure on IT Departments. With the proliferation of consumer devices such as the Apple iPhone and Apple iPad, Google Android smartphones and tablets and business and social networking applications, business users are increasingly using consumer-focused products and applications for business tasks, particularly in the areas of collaboration and communication. Business users expect their enterprise IT solutions to support these devices and mimic these applications and expect enterprise vendors to design their products so that they are easier to use.

Customer Expectations of Contact Centers and Customer Service are Changing. Customer interactions are evolving from voice-centric, point-in-time, contact center transactions to persistent customer conversations over multiple interactions and across multiple media and modes of communication. Customers expect enterprises to know about the history of their interactions, even when they occur across a mix of self-service and agent assisted communications methods including voice, video, email and chat.

The Benefits of Our Products and Services

The key benefits of our products and services include:

Fit-for-Purpose Products and Services that Offer an Enhanced User Experience, Productivity Benefits and Lower Total Cost of Ownership. We deliver comprehensive, fit-for-purpose products and services that are designed for the needs of today’s distributed, collaborative workforce, while addressing what we believe are the three key performance challenges for an enterprise-class communications environment: resiliency, efficiency and scalability. We believe our products and services are specifically designed to address these needs, require less hardware and perform better than our competitors.

Enterprise-Class Products and Services that are Scalable, Secure, Reliable and Backed by Our Award-Winning Services. Our product portfolio has been designed to be highly reliable, secure and scalable, and is backed by our award-winning global services. Avaya Global Services, or AGS, is a leading provider of support services relating to business collaboration and communications products, offering services support tools to help our customers monitor, troubleshoot and manage their infrastructure. In addition, AGS delivers cloud and managed as well as professional services, providing the integration expertise necessary to help customers migrate from their current communications environment to next-generation business collaboration and communications environments.

Centralized Application Integration and Management that Makes it Easier to Integrate, Deploy and Manage. Our technology provides enterprises with the ability to perform integration and management tasks as part of a central service rather than from individual platforms, reducing the amount of time required to perform integration activities and to support and manage unified communications services.

Our Competitive Strengths

In addition to the strengths of our technology, we believe the following competitive strengths position us well to capitalize on the opportunities created by the market trends affecting our industry.

Leading Position Across Our Key End Markets. We are a leader in business collaboration and communications, with leading market share in worldwide unified communications, contact center infrastructure, voice maintenance services and enterprise messaging.

Large, Diverse and Global Customer Installed Base. Our products and services address the needs of a diverse range of customers from large multinational enterprises to small and medium-sized businesses in various industries. We believe our large and diverse customer base provides us with recurring revenue and the opportunity to further expand within our customer base.

History of Innovation with Large Pipeline of New Products and Differentiated Approach to Commercialization. We continue to innovate rapidly. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 5,900 patents and pending patent applications, including foreign counterparts. Our patents and pending patent applications cover a wide range of products and services involving a variety of technologies, including, but not limited to, unified communications (including video, social media, telephony and messaging), contact centers, wireless communications and data networking. During fiscal 2013, we delivered a total of 101 new product releases, which is nearly double the level from fiscal 2012.

Acquisitions Have Further Amplified Our Innovation and Growth Strategy. Key examples of this include IT Navigator acquired in October 2013 and Radvision, acquired in June 2012. We believe the investments in Radvision, IT Navigator and other acquisitions, as well as our ongoing investments in research and development, are helping us to capitalize on the increasing focus of enterprises on deploying collaboration products in order to increase productivity, reduce costs and complexity and gain competitive advantage, which is being further accelerated by a trend toward a more mobile workforce and the associated proliferation of devices.

Flexible Go-to-Market Strategy Expands Reach of Our Products and Services. We sell our products and services both directly and through an indirect sales channel, tailoring our go-to-market strategy to our target market. With the acquisition of the enterprise solutions business of Nortel Networks Corporation, or NES, we significantly expanded our channel coverage and deepened our vertical expertise.

Global End-to-End Services Capability Provides Large Recurring Revenue Stream. Avaya Global Services is uniquely positioned to deploy, support and manage Avaya products and services as a result of joint planning between research and development and service planning in advance of new products being released. Avaya Global Services has direct access to our research and development teams necessary to quickly resolve customer issues. This allows Avaya to provide quality service for Avaya products.

Experienced Management Team with Track Record of Execution. We have an experienced team of senior executives that has demonstrated an ability to identify critical trends in the technology and communications sectors and develop a comprehensive strategic vision to enable businesses to capitalize on those trends.

Our Strategy

We believe we are well-positioned worldwide and have a multi-faceted strategy that builds upon our brand, strong client relationships and ability to continue to be on the cutting edge of innovation. Our vision is to be the preferred provider of open mobile enterprise collaboration platforms. Key elements of our strategy include:

Capture Additional Market Share Across our Portfolio of Products and Services. While we have leading market presence in the majority of the markets we serve, most of our markets still have numerous competitors of varying size. Changes in business communications needs will challenge many of these competitors to innovate and allow us the opportunity to gain share with our broader portfolio of products and services. We also believe that scale and service capability become increasingly important as the complexity and importance of communications grows within the enterprise. As potential customers look to migrate to our products and services, our open architecture can integrate with competitor systems and provide a path for gradual transition while still achieving cost savings and improved functionality. We also believe there is significant opportunity to sell support contracts to customers acquired in the NES acquisition.

Grow Avaya Managed Services. With Communications Outsourcing products and services, Avaya provides custom managed services for multi-vendor applications and infrastructure. Avaya offers end-to-end management for any stage of the network lifecycle to help extend the potential of aging communications environments and enable customers to adopt new technology easily. Avaya takes a vendor-agnostic approach to managing communications and day-to-day operations. We help design, implement, and manage technology upgrades, working in existing environments and offering flexible financial models to meet budget and business needs.

Expand Margins and Profitability. We have multiple initiatives to increase our profit margins worldwide, including expanding gross profits and reducing operating expenses. From fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2013 we increased our gross margin, excluding the amortization of technology intangible assets and the impact of purchase accounting adjustments, from 47% to 56% and we are pursuing the following initiatives to further expand our gross profits:

•

Driving lower material cost through our improved supplier mix and increased component commonality.

•

Greater use of low cost regions for supplier sourcing, contract manufacturing and provisioning of some support services.

•

Optimizing design of products to drive material and supply chain efficiencies.

•

Increasing the percentage of our revenue represented by higher-margin software.

•

Generating service productivity improvements through methodology and diagnostic tools as well as promoting greater web-based self-service tools.

We also have the following initiatives to reduce operating expenses as a percentage of revenues:

•

Cost savings initiatives associated with the integration of NES and other acquisitions.

•

Other restructuring activities including exiting facilities and reducing the workforce or relocating positions to lower cost geographies.

•

Sales productivity improvements and distribution channel optimization.

Continue to Develop Innovative Products and Services Around Our Next Generation Business Collaboration Products to Drive Revenue and Shorten Sales Cycles. We intend to extend our industry-leading position through continued focus on product innovation and substantial investment in research and development for new products and services. Evidence of this focus is that, during fiscal 2013, we delivered a total of 101 new product releases, which is nearly double the level from fiscal 2012. We also plan to continue to embrace the opportunity presented by cloud computing and seek new ways to leverage the Virtual Desktop Integration (VDI) trend to securely deliver business collaboration to users.

Continue to Invest in and Expand Our Sales and Distribution Capabilities to Penetrate New Markets and Better Penetrate Existing Markets. Our flexible go-to-market strategy, which consists of both a direct sales force and approximately 10,900 channel partners (as of September 30, 2013), allows us to reach customers across industries and around the globe while allowing them to interact with Avaya in a way that fits their organization. We intend to continue investing in our channel partners and sales force to optimize their market focus, enter new geographies and provide our channel partners with training, marketing programs, and technical support through our Avaya Connect program. We also plan to leverage our sales and distribution channels to accelerate customer adoption and generate an increasing percentage of our revenue from our new high-value software products, data networking, video collaboration, mid-market offers, and user experience-centric applications.

Pursue Strategic Relationships, Alliances and Acquisitions. We plan to continue to establish relationships and alliances and selectively acquire capability-enhancing businesses as key elements in our strategy going forward. We believe we have one of the largest communications-focused developer and technology partner ecosystems. This is evidenced by the Avaya DevConnect program, which promotes the development, compliance-testing and co-marketing of innovative third-party products that are compatible with Avaya’s standards-based products and has more than 22,000 registered companies as of September 30, 2013. We also maintain key relationships with several large technology vendors. Additionally, we may continue to make acquisitions if we find opportunities with compelling strategic and financial rationales.

Retain, Recruit and Develop Talent Globally. We are focused on developing a workforce that has both exceptional technical capabilities and the leadership skills that are required to support our technological and geographical growth. Building and nurturing a committed, diverse and engaged workforce with the highest levels of ethics and integrity is at the heart of our strategy. We have dramatically reshaped our workforce throughout our entire organization and have an executive team with significant experience in operating leading technology companies. Our transformation to being the leader in business collaboration and communications will be fueled by developing new workforce capabilities and building upon our talented team in place today.

Risks Associated with Our Company

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

•

Our revenues are dependent on general economic conditions and the willingness of enterprises to invest in technology. The impact of economic conditions on the willingness of enterprises to make capital investments, particularly in business collaboration technology and related services can significantly affect our operating results and we believe that enterprises continue to be cautious about sustained economic growth.

•

The market opportunity for business collaboration products and services may not develop in the ways that we anticipate. The demand for our products and services can change quickly and in ways that we may not anticipate because the market in which we operate is characterized by rapid, and sometimes disruptive, technological developments, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and enhancements, changes in customer requirements and a limited ability to accurately forecast future customer demand.

•

We are dependent on our intellectual property. As a leader in technology and innovation in business collaboration and communications, we are dependent on the maintenance of our current intellectual property rights and the establishment of new intellectual property rights. If we are not able to protect our intellectual property rights or if those rights are invalidated or circumvented, our business may be adversely affected.

•

Our degree of leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations and limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry. Our degree of leverage could have important consequences, including making it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness and increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions.

•

We face formidable competition from providers of unified communications, contact center and networking products and services; as these markets evolve, we expect competition to intensify. In addition to the competition we face from traditional enterprise voice communications products and providers of technology related to business collaboration and contact center products and services, we expect competition to intensify and expand to include companies that do not currently compete directly against us.

•

The Sponsors have significant influence over corporate transactions. Following the completion of this offering, funds affiliated with TPG Global LLC, or, together with its affiliates, TPG, and Silver Lake Partners, or Silver Lake, which are collectively referred to as our Sponsors, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder approval and may have interests that differ from those of our other stockholders.

•

We expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. After completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Company Information and Corporate Structure

Our principal executive offices are located at 4655 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, CA 95054. Our telephone number is (908) 953-6000. Our website address is www.avaya.com. Information contained in, and that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated into and does not form a part of this prospectus.

Avaya Holdings Corp., formerly known as Sierra Holdings Corp., was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 1, 2007 by affiliates of the Sponsors. The Sponsors, through a subsidiary holding company, acquired Avaya Inc., our principal U.S. operating subsidiary, and each of its subsidiaries in a merger transaction that was completed on October 26, 2007, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Merger. Despite the fact that Avaya Inc.’s obligation to file periodic and current reports with the SEC ended on October 1, 2010, it voluntarily files such reports with the SEC to comply with the terms of the indenture governing its senior secured notes. Avaya Holdings Corp. is a holding company with no stand-alone operations and has no material assets other than its ownership interest in Avaya Inc. and its subsidiaries. All of Avaya Holdings Corp.’s operations are conducted through its various subsidiaries, which are organized and operated according to the laws of their jurisdiction of incorporation, and consolidated by Avaya Holdings Corp.

As of September 30, 2013, our total outstanding indebtedness was $6,102 million (excluding capital lease obligations and $16 million of debt discount due upon settlement of our indebtedness), of which $5,093 million was attributable to financing associated with the Merger and $1,009 million was attributable to financing associated with the acquisition of the enterprise business solutions business of Nortel Networks Corporation in 2009. For a complete discussion of our financing see Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following chart shows our organizational structure immediately following the consummation of this offering:

LOGO

(1)

Sponsors, public stockholders, and management, represents %, % and % of the total voting power in our company, respectively.

(2)

Substantially all of our domestic 100% owned subsidiaries as of September 30, 2013 guarantee our notes and our credit facilities. Other subsidiaries, including non-U.S. subsidiaries, do not guarantee our notes or our credit facilities. See “Description of Certain Outstanding Indebtedness” for more information.

THE OFFERING



Common stock we are offering		Shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering		Shares

Option to purchase additional shares offered to underwriters		Shares

Use of proceeds		We intend to use the net proceeds received by us in connection with this offering for the following purposes:

		• to repay a portion of our long-term indebtedness;

		• to redeem all of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock; and

		• to pay certain amounts in connection with the termination of our management services agreement with affiliates of our Sponsors pursuant to its terms.

		See “Use of Proceeds.”

Risk factors		You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus beginning on page 17 for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

Proposed NYSE symbol		“AVYA”

As of September 30, 2013, we had 488,929,315 shares of common stock outstanding. This excludes the following numbers of shares of our common stock issuable in connection with the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2013, the conversion of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and equity awards under our Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2007 Plan:

•

100,000,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by affiliates of our Sponsors, which warrants are subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriters” and exercisable at any time prior to December 18, 2019 at an exercise price of $3.25 per share (see “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”);

•

24,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by affiliates of our Sponsors, which warrants are subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriters” and exercisable at any time prior to May 29, 2022 at an exercise price of $4.00 per share (see “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants”);

•

197,255 Continuation Options that were awarded by the Company to executive officers prior to the Merger that were permitted to be rolled over into equity awards issued by us upon consummation of the Merger, each with an exercise price of $1.25 per share;

•

shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock held by affiliates of our Sponsors, and convertible at any time as such Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is outstanding at a conversion price equal to the lesser of (1) $4.00 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution provisions) or (2) the offering price per share in this offering, which such shares if converted are subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriters” (see “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred Stock—Series B Convertible Preferred Stock”);

•

23,119,417 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options with exercise prices ranging from $2.25 to $5.00 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $3.22 per share;

•

8,235,771 shares of common stock issuable on the vesting and distribution of RSUs; and

•

17,261,816 additional shares of common stock as of September 30, 2013 reserved for future grants under the 2007 Plan.

This also excludes additional shares of common stock reserved for future equity incentive plans to be effective upon the completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

•

assumes the adoption of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering;

•

assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock in this offering; and

•

reflects, for all prior periods, a for of our common stock to be effected prior to the consummation of this offering.

SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

Avaya Holdings Corp., was formed by affiliates of two private equity firms, Silver Lake Partners (“Silver Lake”) and TPG Capital (“TPG”) (collectively, the “Sponsors”). Avaya Holdings Corp., through a subsidiary holding corporation, acquired Avaya Inc. in a transaction that was completed on October 26, 2007 (the “Merger”) with Avaya Inc. continuing as the surviving entity and a wholly owned subsidiary of Avaya Holdings Corp. Avaya Holdings Corp. is a holding company and has no material assets or stand-alone operations other than the ownership in Avaya Inc. and its subsidiaries. See discussion in Note 1, “Description of Business,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details.

The summary historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of September 30, 2011 and as of and for the years ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 has been derived from audited Consolidated Financial Statements that are not included in this prospectus.

The following summary should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus.


	Fiscal year ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	(in millions, except per share amounts)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
REVENUE
Products	$	2,337		$	2,672		$	2,976		$	2,602		$	1,923
Services		2,371			2,499			2,571			2,458			2,227

		4,708			5,171			5,547			5,060			4,150
COSTS
Products:
Costs (exclusive of amortization of acquired technology intangible assets)		963			1,145			1,314			1,243			872
Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets		63			192			257			291			248
Services		1,122			1,248			1,344			1,354			1,164

		2,148			2,585			2,915			2,888			2,284

GROSS PROFIT		2,560			2,586			2,632			2,172			1,866
OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling, general and administrative		1,521			1,630			1,845			1,721			1,272
Research and development		445			464			461			407			309
Amortization of intangible assets		227			226			226			218			207
Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets		—			—			—			—			60
Goodwill impairment		89			—			—			—			235
Restructuring and impairment charges, net		200			147			189			187			162
In-process research and development charge		—			—			—			—			12
Acquistion-related costs		1			4			5			20			29

		2,483			2,471			2,726			2,553			2,286

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)		77			115			(94	)		(381	)		(420	)
Interest expense		(467	)		(432	)		(460	)		(487	)		(409	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt		(6	)		—			(246	)		—			—
Other (expense) income, net		(25	)		(29	)		5			15			14

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES		(421	)		(346	)		(795	)		(853	)		(815	)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes		45			(8	)		(68	)		(18	)		(30	)

NET LOSS		(376	)		(354	)		(863	)		(871	)		(845	)
Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			3			2

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.		(376	)		(354	)		(863	)		(874	)		(847	)
Less: Accretion and accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock		(43	)		(71	)		(7	)		(62	)		—

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP. COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$	(419	)	$	(425	)	$	(870	)	$	(936	)	$	(847	)

SHARE DATA:
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders	$	(0.86	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(1.78	)	$	(1.92	)	$	(1.74	)
Weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding		489.8			489.6			489.0			488.6			488.1


	Fiscal year ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	(in millions)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (at end of period):

Cash and cash equivalents	$	289		$	338		$	415		$	594		$	582
Intangible assets, net		1,486			1,775			2,129			2,603			2,636
Goodwill		4,092			4,188			4,079			4,075			3,695
Total assets		7,649			8,184			8,561			9,276			8,665
Total debt (excluding capital lease obligations)		6,086			6,121			6,157			5,928			5,150
Equity awards on redeemable shares		5			—			—			—			—
Preferred stock, Series B		263			227			—			—			—
Preferred stock, Series A		151			144			137			130			—
Total Avaya Holdings Corp. stockholders’ deficiency		(3,138	)		(2,843	)		(2,500	)		(1,543	)		(682	)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS DATA:

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations:
Operating activities	$	151		$	44		$	(300	)	$	42		$	242
Investing activities		(113	)		(283	)		(101	)		(864	)		(155	)
Financing activities		(79	)		155			228			853			(101	)

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:

EBITDA (unaudited)	$	498		$	647		$	313		$	320		$	240
Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)⁽¹⁾		943			971			971			795			753
Capital expenditures		110			92			83			79			76
Capitalized software development costs		14			35			42			43			43

(1)

Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in accordance with Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements entered into in connection with the Merger.

EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before income taxes, interest expense, interest income and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA provides us with a measure of operating performance that excludes items that are outside the control of management, which can differ significantly from company to company depending on capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. Under Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements, its ability to draw on its revolving credit facilities or engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments and paying dividends is tied in part to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures. GAAP is a reference to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. As defined in Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements, Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of EBITDA further adjusted to exclude certain charges and other adjustments permitted in calculating covenant compliance under Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements. We believe that including supplementary information concerning Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements and because it serves as a basis for determining management compensation. In addition, we believe Adjusted EBITDA provides more comparability between our historical results and results that reflect purchase accounting and our new capital structure following the Merger. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, such as the Company’s pricing strategies, volume, costs and expenses of the organization.

not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations. In particular, the definition of Adjusted EBITDA in Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements allows us to add back certain non-cash charges that are deducted in calculating net income (loss). Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements also allows us to add back restructuring charges, Sponsors’ monitoring fees and other specific cash costs and expenses as defined in the agreements and that portion of our pension costs, other post-employment benefit costs, and non-retirement post-employment benefit costs representing the amortization of prior service costs and net actuarial gains/losses associated with these employment benefits. However, these are expenses that may recur, may vary and are difficult to predict. Further, Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements require that Adjusted EBITDA be calculated for the most recent four fiscal quarters. As a result, the measure can be disproportionately affected by a particularly strong or weak quarter. Further, it may not be comparable to the measure for any subsequent four-quarter period or any complete fiscal year.

The unaudited reconciliation of net loss, which is a GAAP measure, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is presented below:


	Fiscal year ended September 30,
*(In millions)*	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
Net loss	$	(376	)	$	(354	)	$	(863	)	$	(871	)	$	(845	)
Interest expense		467			432			460			487			409
Interest income		(2	)		(3	)		(5	)		(5	)		(6	)
Income tax (benefit) expense		(45	)		8			68			18			30
Depreciation and amortization		454			564			653			691			652

EBITDA		498			647			313			320			240
Impact of purchase accounting adjustments⁽¹⁾		1			3			—			5			(1	)
Restructuring charges, net		200			142			189			171			160
Sponsors’ monitoring fees⁽²⁾		7			7			7			7			7
Acquisition-related costs⁽³⁾		1			4			5			20			29
Integration-related costs⁽⁴⁾		15			19			132			208			5
Debt registration fees		—			—			—			1			—
Loss on extinguishment of debt⁽⁵⁾		6			—			246			—			—
Third-party fees expensed in connection with debt modification⁽⁶⁾		18			—			9			—			—
Strategic initiative costs⁽⁷⁾		—			—			—			6			21
Non-cash share-based compensation		11			8			12			19			10
Write-down of held for sale assets to net realizable value		—			5			1			—			—
(Gain) loss on investments and sale of long-lived assets, net		(1	)		3			1			(4	)		1
Impairment of long-lived assets		1			6			—			16			62
Goodwill impairment		89			—			—			—			235
Reversal of contingent liability related to acquisition		—			(1	)		—			—			—
Change in fair value of Preferred Series B embedded derivative⁽⁸⁾		11			6			—			—			—
Venezuela hyperinflationary and devaluation charges		1			—			—			—			—
Securities registration fees⁽⁹⁾		1			3			—			—			—
Net (income) loss of unrestricted subsidiaries, net of dividends received		—			—			—			(6	)		(4	)
Resolution of legal matters		10			—			—			—			—
(Gain) loss on foreign currency transactions		(5	)		21			(12	)		1			(8	)
Pension/OPEB/nonretirement postemployment benefits and long-term disability costs⁽¹⁰⁾		79			98			68			31			(4	)

Adjusted EBITDA	$	943		$	971		$	971		$	795		$	753

(1)

For fiscal 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, represents adjustments to eliminate the impact of certain purchase accounting adjustments recorded as a result of the acquisitions of NES, Radvision and Konftel AB, or Konftel, and the Merger, including the recognition of the amortization of business partner commissions, which were eliminated in purchase accounting, the recognition of revenue and costs that were deferred in prior periods and eliminated in purchase accounting and the elimination of the impact of estimated fair value adjustments for certain assets and liabilities, such as inventory. For fiscal 2009, represents the recognition of the amortization of business partner commissions which were eliminated in purchase accounting, partially offset by the recognition of revenues and costs that were deferred in prior years and eliminated in purchase accounting as a result of the Merger.

(2)

Sponsors’ monitoring fees represent monitoring fees payable to affiliates of the Sponsors pursuant to a management services agreement entered into at the time of the Merger. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

(3)

Acquisition-related costs include legal and other costs related to the acquisition of NES, Radvision and other acquisitions.

(4)

Integration-related costs primarily represent third-party consulting fees and other administrative costs associated with consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya and NES and Radvision. These costs were incurred in connection with, among other things, the on-boarding of NES and Radvision personnel, developing compatible IT systems and internal processes and developing and implementing a strategic operating plan to help enable a smooth transition with minimal disruption to NES customers. Integration-related costs also include fees paid to certain Nortel-controlled entities for logistics and other support functions being performed on a temporary basis pursuant to a transition services agreement.

(5)

Loss on extinguishment of debt represents the loss recognized in connection with the repayment of $284 million of term B-5 loans and $584 million of term B-1 loans in fiscal 2013 and the payment in full of the senior secured incremental term B-2 loans in fiscal 2011. The loss was based on the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value of the debt. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.

(6)

The third-party fees expensed in connection with debt modification represents fees paid to third-parties in connection with the modification of the senior secured credit facility and the exchange of $1,384 million of senior unsecured notes for senior secured notes in fiscal 2013 and the modification of the senior secured credit facility in fiscal 2011. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.

(7)

Strategic initiative costs represent consulting fees in connection with management’s cost-savings actions, which commenced subsequent to the Merger.

(8)

Represents the loss (gain) on changes in the fair value of certain embedded derivative features of the Company’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. Under GAAP, these embedded derivative features must be recognized at fair value at each balance sheet date with the changes in the fair value recognized in operations. See Note 15, “Capital Stock,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.

(9)

Represents third party fees incurred in connection with the Company’s registration statement.

(10)

Represents that portion of our pension costs, other post-employment benefit costs, non-retirement post-employment benefit costs representing the amortization of prior service costs and net actuarial gains/losses associated with these employment benefits. In fiscal 2013, the amount includes $9 million of net curtailment gains associated with the U.S. pension and postemployment plans. In fiscal 2012 and 2011, the amounts include a curtailment charge of $5 million associated with workforce reductions in Germany and the U.S. and $7 million associated with workforce reductions in Germany, respectively.

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Our products and services may fail to keep pace with rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards.

The market in which we operate is characterized by rapid, and sometimes disruptive, technological developments, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and enhancements and changes in customer requirements. In addition, both traditional and new competitors are investing heavily in this market and competing for customers. As next-generation business collaboration technology continues to evolve, we must keep pace in order to maintain or expand our market leading position. We recently introduced a significant number of new product offerings and are increasingly focused on new, high value software products, as a revenue driver. If we are not able to successfully develop and bring these new products to market in a timely manner, achieve market acceptance of our products and services or identify new market opportunities for our products and services, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

The market opportunity for business collaboration products and services may not develop in the ways that we anticipate.

The demand for our products and services can change quickly and in ways that we may not anticipate because the market in which we operate is characterized by rapid, and sometimes disruptive, technological developments, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and enhancements, changes in customer requirements and a limited ability to accurately forecast future customer orders. Our operating results may be adversely affected if the market opportunity for our products and services does not develop in the ways that we anticipate or if other technologies become more accepted or standard in our industry or disrupt our technology platforms.

We face formidable competition from providers of unified communications, contact center and networking products and related services; as these markets evolve, we expect competition to intensify and expand to include companies that do not currently compete directly against us.

Our unified communications products and services compete with companies such as Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, Microsoft Corporation, or Microsoft, NEC Corporation, or NEC, Siemens Enterprise Communications Group, or SEN, Alcatel-Lucent and Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd, or Huawei, in the enterprise segment; such as ShoreTel, Inc., or ShoreTel, and Mitel Networks Corp., or Mitel, in the midmarket; and with companies such as Cisco, Broadsoft Inc., or Broadsoft, Microsoft, 8x8, Inc., or 8x8, and ShoreTel in cloud products and services.

Our video products and services compete with companies such as Cisco, Polycom Inc. and LifeSize (now a division of Logitech International S.A.). Our contact center products and services compete with companies such as Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories, Inc., or Genesys, Cisco, Huawei and Mitel in the enterprise segment and with companies such as Cisco and Interactive Intelligence, Inc. or Interactive Intelligence, in the midmarket and cloud products and services.

Our networking products and services compete with companies such as Cisco, Hewlett-Packard Company, or HP, Huawei and Juniper Networks, Inc., or Juniper, in each case primarily with respect to L2/L3 ethernet switching.

We face competition in certain geographies with companies that have a particular strength and focus in these regions, such as Huawei in China, Intelbras in Latin America and Panasonic in Asia.

While we believe our global, in-house end-to-end services organization provides us with a competitive advantage, it faces competition from companies like those above offering services, either directly or indirectly through their channel partners, with respect to their own product offerings, as well as many value-added resellers, consulting and systems integration firms and network service providers.

In addition, because the business collaboration market continues to evolve and technology continues to develop rapidly, we may face competition in the future from companies that do not currently compete against us, but whose current business activities may bring them into competition with us in the future. In particular, this may be the case as business, information technology and communications applications deployed on converged networks become more integrated to support business collaboration. We may face increased competition from current leaders in information technology infrastructure, information technology, consumer products, personal and business applications and the software that connects the network infrastructure to those applications. With respect to services, we may also face competition from companies that seek to sell remotely hosted services or software as a service directly to the end customer. Competition from these potential market entrants may take many forms, including offering products and applications similar to those we offer as part of another offering. In addition, these technologies continue to move from a proprietary environment to an open standards-based environment.

Several of our existing competitors have, and many of our future competitors may have, greater financial, personnel, technical, research and development and other resources, more well-established brands or reputations and broader customer bases than we do and, as a result, these competitors may be in a stronger position to respond quickly to potential acquisitions and other market opportunities, new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. Some of these competitors may have customer bases that are more geographically balanced than ours and, therefore, may be less affected by an economic downturn in a particular region. Other competitors may have deeper expertise in a particular stand-alone technology that develops more quickly than we anticipate. Competitors with greater resources also may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services or other incentives that we cannot match or do not offer. Industry consolidations may also create competitors with broader and more geographic coverage and the ability to reach enterprises through communications service providers. Existing customers of data networking companies that compete against us may be inclined to purchase enterprise communications products and services from their current data networking or software vendors rather than from us. Also, as communications and data networks converge, we may face competition from systems integrators that traditionally have been focused on data network integration.

We cannot predict which competitors may enter our markets in the future, what form such competition may take or whether we will be able to respond effectively to the entry of new competitors into competition with us or the rapid evolution in technology and product development that has characterized our businesses. In addition, in order to effectively compete with any new market entrant, we may need to make additional investments in our business, use more capital resources than our business currently requires or reduce prices, any of which may materially and adversely affect our profitability.

Our revenues are dependent on general economic conditions and the willingness of enterprises to invest in technology.

Given the current state of the economy, we believe that enterprises continue to be cautious about sustained economic growth and have tried to maintain or improve profitability through cost control and constrained spending. That may include delaying or rejecting capital projects, including with respect to the implementation of our products and services. In addition, there is a growing market trend around Cloud consumption preferences with more customers exploring operating expense models as opposed to capital expense models for procuring services. We believe the market trend toward Cloud models will continue as customers seek ways of reducing their overhead and other costs. All of the foregoing may result in continued pressure on our ability to increase our revenue as well as create competitive pricing pressures and price erosion. If these or other conditions limit our ability to grow revenue or cause our revenue to decline our operating results may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, a portion of our revenues come from the U.S. federal government sector, which may be impacted in the event of future government shutdowns or uncertainties.

Our strategy depends in part on our ability to rely on our indirect sales channel.

An important element of our go-to-market strategy to expand sales coverage and increase market absorption of new products is our global network of alliance partners, distributors, dealers, value-added resellers, telecommunications service providers and system integrators. See “Our Business-Avaya Connect” for more information on our global business partner program and the standard terms of our program agreements. Our financial results could be adversely affected if our contracts with channel partners were terminated, if our relationships with channel partners were to deteriorate, if our support pricing or other services strategies conflict with those of our channel partners, if any of our competitors were to enter into strategic relationships with or acquire a significant channel partner, if channel partners do not become enabled to sell new products or if the financial condition of our channel partners were to weaken. In addition, we may expend time, money and other resources on developing and maintaining channel relationships that are ultimately unsuccessful. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in maintaining, expanding or developing relationships with channel partners. If we are not successful, we may lose sales opportunities, customers or market share.

We are dependent on our intellectual property. If we are not able to protect our proprietary rights or if those rights are invalidated or circumvented, our business may be adversely affected.

As a leader in technology and innovation in business collaboration and communications, we generally protect our intellectual property through patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and other measures. There can be no assurance that patents will be issued from pending applications that we have filed or that our patents will be sufficient to protect our key technology from misappropriation or falling into the public domain, nor can assurances be made that any of our patents, patent applications or our other intellectual property or proprietary rights will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. For example, our business is global and the level of protection of our proprietary technology will vary by country, particularly in countries that do not have well developed judicial systems or laws that adequately protect intellectual property rights. Patent litigation and other challenges to our patents and other proprietary rights are costly and unpredictable and may prevent us from marketing and selling a product in a particular geographic area. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights, we may be at a disadvantage to others who did not incur the substantial time and expense we incurred to create our products.

If we fail to retain or attract key employees, our business may be harmed.

The success of our business depends on the skill, experience and dedication of our employee base. If we are unable to retain and recruit sufficiently experienced and capable personnel, especially in the key areas of product development, sales, services and management, our business and financial results may suffer. Experienced and capable personnel in the technology industry remain in high demand, and there is continual competition for their talents. When talented employees leave, we may have difficulty replacing them and our business may suffer. While we strive to maintain our competitiveness in the marketplace, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully retain and attract the personnel that we need to achieve our business objectives.

We rely on third-party manufacturers and component suppliers, as well as warehousing and distribution logistics providers.

We have outsourced substantially all of our manufacturing operations to several electronic manufacturing services, or EMS, providers. Our EMS providers produce the vast majority of products in facilities located in southern China, with other products manufactured in facilities located in Israel, Mexico, Malaysia, Taiwan, Germany, Ireland and the U.S. All manufacturing of our products is performed in accordance with detailed specifications and product designs furnished or approved by us and is subject to rigorous quality control standards. We periodically review our product manufacturing operations and consider changes we believe may be necessary or appropriate. Although we closely manage the transition process when manufacturing changes are required, we could experience disruption to our operations during any such transition. Any such disruption could negatively affect our reputation and our results of operations. We also purchase certain hardware components and

license certain software components and resell them separately or as part of our products under the Avaya brand. In some cases, certain components are available only from a single source or from a limited source of suppliers. Delays or shortages associated with these components could cause significant disruption to our operations. We have also outsourced substantially all of our warehousing and distribution logistics operations to several providers of such services on a global basis, and any delays or material changes in such services could cause significant disruption to our operations.

As our business and operations relationships have expanded globally, certain operational and logistical challenges as well as changes in economic or political conditions and natural disasters, in a specific country or region, could negatively affect our revenue, costs, expenses and financial condition or those of our channel partners and distributors.

We conduct significant sales and customer support operations and significant amounts of our research and development activities in countries outside of the U.S. and also depend on non-U.S. operations of our contract manufacturers and our channel partners. For fiscal 2013 we derived 46% of our revenue from sales outside the U.S. The vast majority of our contract manufacturing also takes place outside the U.S., primarily in southern China. The transition of even a portion of our operations or functions to a foreign country involves a number of logistical and technical challenges, including:

•

challenges in effectively managing operations in jurisdictions with lower cost structures as a result of several factors, including time zone differences and regulatory, legal, employment, cultural and logistical issues;

•

the potential negative impact on our existing employees as a result of the relocation of workforce resources;

•

an inability to predict the extent of government support;

•

the availability of qualified workers and the level of competition in offshore markets for qualified personnel, including skilled design and technical personnel, as companies expand their operations offshore; and

•

future political, monetary and economic conditions in any specific offshore location.

If we are unable to effectively manage our offshore operations, we may be unable to produce the expected cost savings from any shifts of operations to offshore jurisdictions and our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

In addition, our future operating results, including our ability to import our products from, export our products to, or sell our products in, various countries, could be adversely affected by a variety of uncontrollable and changing factors such as political conditions, economic conditions, legal and regulatory constraints, protectionist legislation, difficulty in enforcing intellectual property rights such as against counterfeiting of our products, relationships with employees and works councils, unfavorable tax and currency regulations, health or similar issues, natural disasters and other matters in any of the countries or regions in which we and our contract manufacturers and business partners currently operate or intend to operate in the future. Our prospective effective tax rate could be adversely affected by, among others, an unfavorable geographical distribution of our earnings and losses, by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets or liabilities or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof. The various risks inherent in doing business in the U.S. generally also exist when doing business outside of the U.S., and may be exaggerated by the difficulty of doing business in numerous sovereign jurisdictions due to differences in culture, laws and regulations.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could negatively impact our operating results.

Foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations may have an impact on our revenue, costs or cash flows from our international operations, which could adversely affect our financial performance. Our primary currency

exposures are to the euro, British pound, Indian rupee, Canadian dollar and Brazilian real. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and as the geographic mix of our business changes. From time to time we enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to reduce the short-term impact of foreign currency fluctuations. However, any attempts to hedge against foreign currency fluctuation risks may be unsuccessful and result in an adverse impact to our operating results and cash flows.

If we are unable to integrate acquired businesses into ours effectively, our operating results may be adversely affected.

From time to time, we seek to expand our business through acquisitions. We may not be able to successfully integrate acquired businesses and, where desired, their product portfolios, into ours, and therefore we may not be able to realize the intended benefits from an acquisition. If we fail to successfully integrate acquisitions, or product portfolios, or if they fail to perform as we anticipate, our existing businesses and our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected. If the due diligence of the operations of acquired businesses performed by us and by third parties on our behalf is inadequate or flawed, or if we later discover unforeseen financial or business liabilities, acquired businesses and their assets may not perform as expected. Additionally, acquisitions could result in difficulties assimilating acquired operations and, where deemed desirable, transitioning overlapping products to be a single product line and the diversion of capital and management’s attention away from other business issues and opportunities. We may fail to retain employees acquired through acquisitions, which may negatively impact the integration efforts. For all the reasons set forth above, the failure to integrate acquired businesses effectively may adversely impact Avaya’s business, results of operations or financial condition.

We may be subject to litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling our products or services.

From time to time, we receive notices and claims from third parties asserting that our proprietary or licensed products, systems and software infringe their intellectual property rights. There can be no assurance that the number of these notices and claims will not increase in the future or that we do not in fact infringe those intellectual property rights. Irrespective of the merits of these claims, any resulting litigation could be costly and time consuming and could divert the attention of management and key personnel from other business issues. The complexity of the technology involved and the uncertainty of intellectual property litigation increase these risks. These matters may result in any number of outcomes for us, including entering into licensing agreements, redesigning our products to avoid infringement, being enjoined from selling products that are found to infringe, paying damages if products are found to infringe and indemnifying customers from infringement claims as part of our contractual obligations. Royalty or license agreements may be very costly and we may be unable to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. Such agreements may cause operating margins to decline. In addition, some of our employees previously have been employed at other companies that provide similar products and services. We may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. These claims and other successful claims of patent or other intellectual property infringement against us could materially adversely affect our operating results. We have made and will likely continue to make investments to license and/or acquire the use of third-party intellectual property rights and technology as part of our strategy to manage this risk, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful or that any costs relating to such activity will not be material. We may also be subject to additional notice, attribution and other compliance requirements to the extent we incorporate open source software into our applications. In addition, third parties have claimed, and may in the future claim, that a customer’s use of our products, systems or software infringes the third party’s intellectual property rights. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to indemnify our customers for some of the costs and damages related to such an infringement claim. Any indemnification requirement could have a material adverse effect on our business and our operating results. See Note 19, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of certain legal proceedings regarding intellectual property.

A breach of the security of our information systems or those of our third party providers could adversely affect our operating results.

We rely on the security of our information systems and, in certain circumstances, those of our third party providers, such as vendors, consultants and contract manufacturers, to protect our proprietary information and information of our customers. In addition, the growth of BYOD programs has heightened the need for enhanced security measures. Information technology system failures, including a breach of our or our third party providers’ data security, could disrupt our ability to function in the normal course of business by potentially causing, among other things, delays in the fulfillment or cancellation of customer orders, disruptions in the manufacture or shipment of products or, delivery of services or an unintentional disclosure of customer, employee or our information. Additionally, despite our security procedures or those of our third party providers, information systems may be vulnerable to threats such as computer hacking, cyber-terrorism or other unauthorized attempts by third parties to access, modify or delete our or our customers’ proprietary information. Any such breach could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and our reputation as a provider of mission critical business collaboration and communications products and services. Such consequences could be exacerbated if we or our third party providers are unable to adequately recover critical systems following a systems failure.

We may be adversely affected by environmental, health and safety, laws, regulations, costs and other liabilities.

We are subject to a wide range of governmental requirements relating to safety, health and environmental protection. If we violate or fail to comply with these requirements, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators, lose customers and damage our reputation, which could have an adverse effect on our business. We are subject to environmental laws governing the cleanup of soil and groundwater contamination that may impose joint and several liability for the costs of investigating and remediating releases of regulated materials at currently or formerly owned or operated sites and at third-party waste disposal sites. We are also subject to various local, federal and international laws and regulations regarding the material content and electrical design of our products that require us to be financially responsible for the collection, treatment, recycling and disposal of those products. For example, the European Union (EU) has adopted the Restriction on Hazardous Substances (RoHS) and Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE Directive) with similar laws and regulations being enacted in other regions. Effective in May 2014, the United States requires companies to begin publicly disclosing their use of conflict minerals that originated in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) or an adjoining country. Additionally, requirements such as the EU Energy Using Product (EuP Directive) are being imposed to address the operating characteristics of our products. Our failure or the undetected failure of our supply chain to comply with existing or future environmental, health and safety requirements could subject us to liabilities exceeding our reserves or adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

In addition, a number of climate change regulations and initiatives are either in force or pending at the local, federal and international levels. Our operations and our supply chain could face increased climate change-related regulations, modifications to transportation to meet lower emission requirements and changes to types of materials used for products and packaging to reduce emissions, increased utility costs to address cleaner energy technologies, increased costs related to severe weather events, and emissions reductions associated with operations, business travel or products. These yet-to-be defined costs and changes to operations could have a financial impact on our business.

Business collaboration products are complex, and design defects, errors, failures or “bugs” may be difficult to detect and correct.

Business collaboration products are complex, integrating hardware, software and many elements of a customer’s existing network and communications infrastructure. Despite testing conducted prior to the release of products to the market and quality assurance programs, hardware may malfunction and software may contain “bugs” that are difficult to detect and fix. Any such issues could interfere with the expected operation of a product, which might negatively impact customer satisfaction, reduce sales opportunities or affect gross margins.

Depending upon the size and scope of any such issue, remediation may have a material impact on our business. Our inability to cure an application or product defect, should one occur, could result in the failure of an application or product line, the temporary or permanent withdrawal from an application, product or market, damage to our reputation, inventory costs, an increase in warranty claims, lawsuits by customers or customers’ or channel partners’ end users, or application or product reengineering expenses. Our insurance may not cover or may be insufficient to cover claims that are successfully asserted against us.

Pension and postretirement healthcare and life insurance liabilities could impair our liquidity or financial condition.

We sponsor non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering a portion of our U.S. employees and retirees, and postretirement benefit plans for a portion of our U.S. retirees that include healthcare benefits and life insurance coverage. We froze benefit accruals and additional participation in our plans for our U.S. management employees effective December 31, 2003, and amended the postretirement plan for U.S. management employees effective January 1, 2013, to terminate retiree dental coverage and to cease providing medical and prescription drug coverage to a retiree, dependent, or lawful spouse who has attained age 65. Certain of our non-U.S. operations also have various retirement benefit programs covering substantially all of their employees. Some of these programs are considered to be defined benefit pension plans for accounting purposes. If one or more of our U.S. pension plans were to be terminated without being fully funded on a termination basis, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or PBGC, could obtain a lien on our assets for the amount of our liability, which would result in an event of default under each of our credit facilities. As a result, any such liens would have a material adverse effect on the Company, including our liquidity and financing arrangements. The measurement of our obligations, costs and liabilities associated with benefits pursuant to our pension and postretirement benefit plans requires that we estimate the present value of projected future payments to all participants, including assumptions related to discount rates, investment returns on designated plan assets, health care cost trends, and demographic experience. If future economic or demographic trends and results are different from our assumptions, then our obligations and cash flow requirements could be higher than we currently estimate. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to meet required minimal funding of our defined benefit plans or to fund our other pension or postretirement healthcare and life insurance obligations, or if we are required or elect to fund any material portion of these obligations now or in the future, we could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, seek additional capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. In addition, if our operating results and available cash are insufficient to meet our pension or postretirement healthcare and life insurance obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and may be required to dispose of material assets or operations in order to meet our obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain any proceeds on terms acceptable to us or at all, and any such proceeds may not be adequate to meet any such obligations then due. The PBGC has the authority under certain circumstances to petition a court to terminate an underfunded pension plan upon the occurrence of an event with respect to which the PBGC determines that the possible long-term loss of the PBGC with respect to the plan may reasonably be expected to increase unreasonably if the plan is not terminated. If our U.S. defined benefit pension plans were to be terminated, we would incur a liability to the plans or the PBGC equal to the amount by which the liabilities of the plans, calculated on a termination basis, exceed the assets of the plans, which amount would likely exceed the amount that we have estimated to be the underfunded amount as of September 30, 2013.

See Note 13, “Benefit Obligations,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details on our pension and postretirement benefit plans, including funding status.

We may incur liabilities as a result of our obligation to indemnify, and to share certain liabilities with, Lucent Technologies Inc., or Lucent, in connection with our spin-off from Lucent in September 2000.

Pursuant to the Contribution and Distribution Agreement between Avaya Inc. and Lucent, a predecessor to Alcatel-Lucent, Lucent contributed to Avaya Inc. substantially all of the assets, liabilities and operations associated with its enterprise networking businesses and distributed all of the outstanding shares of Avaya Inc.’s

common stock to its stockholders. The Contribution and Distribution Agreement, among other things, provides that, in general, Avaya Inc. will indemnify Lucent for all liabilities including certain pre-distribution tax obligations of Lucent relating to our businesses and all contingent liabilities accruing pre-distribution primarily relating to Avaya Inc.’s businesses or otherwise assigned to Avaya Inc. In addition, the Contribution and Distribution Agreement provides that certain contingent liabilities not directly identifiable with one of the parties accruing pre-distribution will be shared in the proportion of 90% by Lucent and 10% by Avaya Inc. The Contribution and Distribution Agreement also provides that contingent liabilities accruing pre-distribution in excess of $50 million that are primarily related to Lucent’s businesses shall be borne 90% by Lucent and 10% by Avaya Inc. and contingent liabilities accruing pre-distribution in excess of $50 million that are primarily related to Avaya Inc.’s businesses shall be borne equally by the parties. See Note 19, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of certain matters involving Lucent for which Avaya Inc. has assumed responsibility under the Contribution and Distribution Agreement. We cannot assure you that Lucent will not submit a claim for indemnification or cost sharing to us in connection with any future matter. In addition, our ability to assess the impact of matters for which Avaya Inc. may have to indemnify or share the cost with Lucent is made more difficult by the fact that we do not control the defense of these matters.

In addition, in connection with the distribution, Avaya Inc. and Lucent entered into a Tax Sharing Agreement that governs the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the distribution with respect to taxes for the periods ending on or before the distribution. Generally, pre-distribution taxes that are clearly attributable to the business of one party will be borne solely by that party, and other pre-distribution taxes will be shared by the parties based on a formula set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement. Costs borne by Avaya under the Tax Sharing Agreement could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Debt

Our degree of leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting obligations on our indebtedness.

The significant terms of our financing agreements can be found in Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. As of September 30, 2013, our total indebtedness was $6,086 million (excluding capital lease obligations). Our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility allows for senior secured borrowings of up to $335 million and the right to request up to $100 million of additional commitments. As of September 30, 2013, there were no borrowings and $82 million of undrawn letters of credit outstanding under this facility. In addition, the senior secured multi-currency revolver available under our senior secured credit facility allows for senior secured borrowings of up to $200 million, and as of September 30, 2013, there were no borrowings under the senior secured multi-currency revolver.

Our degree of leverage could have consequences, including:

•

making it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness;

•

increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

•

requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business opportunities;

•

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as borrowings under our senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility and our senior secured credit facility are at variable rates of interest;

•

limiting our ability to make strategic acquisitions;

•

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

•

limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit in certain respects our flexibility in operating our business.

Avaya Inc.’s credit facilities, the indenture governing its senior unsecured cash-pay notes (the “cash pay notes”) and its senior unsecured payment-in-kind, or PIK toggle notes (the “PIK toggle notes,” and together with the cash pay notes, the “senior unsecured notes”), each due November 1, 2015, the indentures governing its senior secured notes due April 1, 2019 (the “2019 senior secured notes”) and the indenture governing its senior secured notes due 2021 (the “2021 senior secured notes” and, together with the 2019 senior secured notes, the “senior secured notes,” and together with the senior unsecured notes, the “notes”) contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specific types of transactions. These covenants limit Avaya Inc.’s and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to:

•

incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock;

•

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

•

make certain acquisitions or investments;

•

incur or assume certain liens;

•

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

•

sell assets to, or merge or consolidate with, another company.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or both of the credit facilities and/or the indentures governing the notes. In the event of any default under either of the credit facilities, the applicable lenders could elect to terminate borrowing commitments and declare all borrowings and loans outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and other obligations, to be due and payable, which would be an event of default under the indentures governing the notes.

We have refinanced our and our subsidiaries’ debt in the past but there is no assurance we will be able to refinance all or any portion of our or our subsidiaries’ debt in the future. If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings and loans when due, the applicable secured lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. In the event the lenders accelerate the repayment of our or our subsidiaries’ borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and our other ongoing liquidity needs, and we may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations and to fund our planned capital expenditures, acquisitions and other ongoing liquidity needs depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. There can be no assurance that we will maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities or that future borrowings will be available to us under either of our credit facilities or otherwise in an amount sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our

scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. Avaya Inc.’s credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes restrict the ability of Avaya Inc. and its restricted subsidiaries to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from the disposition. Accordingly, we may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain any proceeds on terms acceptable to us or at all, and any such proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

Despite our level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our degree of leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future. Although the credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and any indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. To the extent new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ currently anticipated debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries face could intensify.

A ratings downgrade of Avaya Inc. or other negative action by a ratings organization could adversely affect the trading price of the shares of our common stock.

Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for companies they follow. The condition of the financial and credit markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, developments in our business and operations could lead to a ratings downgrade for Avaya Inc. Any such fluctuation in the rating of Avaya Inc. may impact Avaya Inc.’s ability to access debt markets in the future or increase its cost of future debt which could have a material adverse effect on the operations and financial condition of Avaya Inc., which in return may adversely affect the trading price of shares of our common stock.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If the market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you or at all. In addition, an inactive market may impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies by using our shares as consideration, which, in turn, could materially adversely affect our business.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between the representatives of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to the following factors (in addition to the other risk factors described in this section):

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our results of operations;

•

variance in our financial performance from the expectations of equity research analysts;

•

conditions and trends in the markets we serve;

•

announcements of significant new services or products by us or our competitors;

•

additions or changes to key personnel;

•

changes in market valuation or earnings of our competitors;

•

the trading volume of our common stock;

•

future sale of our equity securities;

•

changes in the estimation of the future size and growth rate of our markets;

•

legislation or regulatory policies, practices or actions; and

•

general economic conditions.

In addition, the stock markets in general have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock irrespective of our operating performance. As a result of these factors, you might be unable to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price after this offering.

The Sponsors will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder approval and may have interests that differ from those of our other stockholders.

After the completion of this offering, the Sponsors will own approximately % of our common stock, or % on a fully diluted basis. The Sponsors have significant influence over corporate transactions. So long as investment funds associated with or designated by the Sponsors continue to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, even if such amount is less than 50%, the Sponsors will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, regardless of whether or not other stockholders believe that the transaction is in their own best interests. Such concentration of voting power could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control or other business combination that might otherwise be beneficial to our stockholders.

In addition, the Sponsors and their affiliates are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time in the future, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. To the extent the Sponsors invest in such other businesses, the Sponsors may have differing interests than our other stockholders. The Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

After completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•

the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

•

the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors;

•

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

•

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize some or all of those exemptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee may not consist entirely of independent directors and, while we may choose to do so, such committees will not be required to conduct annual performance evaluations.

Accordingly, you will not be similarly situated to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

New investors in our common stock will experience immediate and substantial book value dilution after this offering.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value, or deficit, per share of the outstanding shares immediately after the offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and our as-adjusted deficit at September 30, 2013, if you purchase our shares in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share of approximately $ per share. See “Dilution” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Upon expiration of lock-up arrangements between the underwriters and our officers, directors and certain holders of our common stock, a substantial number of shares of our common stock could be sold into the public market shortly after this offering, which could depress our stock price.

Our officers, directors and certain holders of our common stock, options and warrants, holding substantially all of our outstanding shares of common stock prior to completion of this offering, have entered into lock-up agreements with our underwriters which prohibit, subject to certain limited exceptions, the disposal or pledge of, or the hedging against, any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances. Our management stockholders’ agreement also restricts the parties thereto from transferring their shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock (other than shares acquired in the public market subsequent to this offering and other than certain transfers to their affiliates) until 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by our existing stockholders in the market after this offering and after the expiration of these lock-up periods, or the perception that these sales could occur. If a trading market develops for our common stock, and after these lock-up periods expire, many of our stockholders will have an opportunity to sell their stock for the first time. These factors could also make it difficult for us to raise additional capital by selling stock. Please see the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for additional information regarding these factors. In addition, in the future, we may issue securities to raise additional capital or to acquire interests in other companies or technologies. As a result, your interest in our company may be further diluted and the market price of our common stock could decline.

We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

We have no direct operations and derive all of our cash flow from our subsidiaries. Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends and other payments or distributions to meet our obligations. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

We currently do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

Following the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock. Please see the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Anti-takeover provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could prevent or delay a change in control of our company.

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain certain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable, including the following, some of which may only become effective when the Sponsors collectively beneficially own less than 40% of our outstanding shares of common stock:

•

the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;

•

the sole ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;

•

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;

•

limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent;

•

the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote generally on the making, alteration, amendment or repeal of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws, or amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;

•

the required approval of holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of the directors to remove directors and, following the classification of the board of directors, removal only for cause; and

•

the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock, without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a rights plan, or a poison pill, that would work to dilute the stock ownership or a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.

The existence of the foregoing provisions and other anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition. For more information, please see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We may not obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock could be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us publishes unfavorable research or reports or downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, interest in our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” In some cases, these statements may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “our vision,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “will” or “would” or other similar words. These statements discuss future expectations, contain projections of results of operations or of financial condition, or state trends and known uncertainties or other forward-looking information. You are cautioned that forward-looking statements are inherently uncertain. Each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus is subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statement. We refer you to the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus for identification of important factors with respect to these risks and uncertainties. We caution readers not to place considerable reliance on such statements. Our business is subject to substantial risks and uncertainties, including those identified in this prospectus. The information contained in this prospectus is provided by us as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this document as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding:

•

our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses, amortization of intangible assets and interest expense;

•

our expectations regarding the demand for our next-generation business collaboration products and the market trends contributing to such demand;

•

our strategy for worldwide growth, including our ability to develop and sell collaboration and communications products and services, including unified communications, networking products and contact center products;

•

the strength of our current intellectual property portfolio and our intention to obtain patents and other intellectual property rights used in connection with our business;

•

our anticipated competition as the business collaboration market evolves;

•

the product sales to be generated by our backlog;

•

our future cash requirements, including our primary cash requirements for the period October 1, 2013 through September 30, 2014;

•

our intention to use the net proceeds of the initial public offering to repay certain of our existing indebtedness and to redeem our Series A Preferred Stock;

•

our future sources of liquidity, including any future refinancing of our existing debt or issuance of additional securities;

•

the uncertainties regarding our liquidity, including our ability to generate revenue, reduce costs, make future acquisitions and defend against litigation;

•

the impact of new accounting pronouncements; and

•

our expectations regarding the impact of legal proceedings, including antitrust, intellectual property or employment litigation.

Many factors could cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:

•

our ability to develop and sell advanced business collaboration and communications products and services, including unified communications, networking products and contact center products;

•

our reliance on our indirect sales channel;

•

the market for our products and services;

•

our ability to remain competitive in the markets we serve;

•

economic conditions and the willingness of enterprises to make technology investments;

•

our ability to retain and attract key employees;

•

our degree of leverage and its effect on our ability to raise additional capital and to react to changes in the economy or our industry;

•

our ability to integrate acquired businesses;

•

our ability to successfully transition toward or integrate the products of acquired businesses into our portfolio;

•

our ability to manage our supply chain and logistics functions;

•

the ability to protect our intellectual property and avoid claims of infringement;

•

an adverse result in any significant litigation, including antitrust, intellectual property or employment litigation;

•

our ability to maintain adequate security over our information systems;

•

environmental, health and safety laws, regulations, costs and other liabilities and climate change risks;

•

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

•

our ability to detect and fix design defects and “bugs”;

•

risks relating to the transaction of business internationally, and

•

pension and post-retirement healthcare and life insurance liabilities.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds of the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $ million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This assumes an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for the following purposes and in the following amounts:

•

approximately $ million will be used to repay a portion of our long-term indebtedness;

•

approximately $ million will be used to redeem all of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock of which $ million and $ million will be used to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock held by Silver Lake and TPG, respectively. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” For more information on our Series A Preferred Stock, including the terms of redemption, see “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred Stock—Series A Preferred Stock”; and

•

approximately $ million will be used to pay certain amounts in connection with the termination of our management services agreement with affiliates of our Sponsors as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, of which $ million and $ million will be paid to Silver Lake and TPG, respectively, pursuant to the terms of the agreement.

While we currently anticipate that we will use the net proceeds of this offering as described above, we may reallocate the net proceeds from time to time depending upon market and other conditions in effect at the time. To the extent the net proceeds of this offering are greater or less than the estimated amount, because either the offering does not price at the midpoint of the estimated price range or the size of the offering changes, the difference will increase or decrease the amount of net proceeds available for the purposes set forth above. Pending their application, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

DIVIDEND POLICY

Our payment of dividends on our common stock in the future will be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion and will depend on business conditions, our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, the covenants in agreements governing our indebtedness and other factors. We have no current plans to pay dividends on our common stock.

As disclosed above under “Use of Proceeds,” we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem all of our outstanding Series A Preferred Stock. Subject to the rights of holders of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock as described below, the certificate of designations for the Series A Preferred Stock grants holders of our Series A Preferred Stock the right to receive, as, when and if declared by our board of directors and in preference to the holders of any and all other series or classes of capital stock, payable either in cash or, at our option, by issuance of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock, cumulative annual dividends at a rate of 5% per annum on $1,000 per share (which value is to be proportionately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series A Preferred Stock), compounded quarterly from and after the date of issuance of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock. As of September 30, 2013, the carrying value of our Series A Preferred Stock was $151 million which includes $26 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends as well as $57 million of discount accretion. The $57 million of discount accretion was recorded to the carrying amount of the Series A Preferred Stock at the date of issuance so that the carrying amount was equal to the redemption amount at that date of $125 million.

The certificate of designations for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock grants holders of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock the right to receive, as, when and if declared by our board of directors and in preference to the holders of any and all other series or classes of capital stock, payable either in cash or, at our option, by issuance of additional shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, cumulative annual dividends at a rate of 8% per annum on $4,000 per share (which value is to be proportionately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock), compounded annually from and after the date of issuance of such shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. Additionally, holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock participate in any dividends payable on shares of the Company’s common stock on an as converted basis. As of September 30, 2013, the carrying value of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock was $263 million which includes $21 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends, $46 million of accretion to the redemption price, as well as $33 million of discount accretion at the date of issuance.

So long as any share of our Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock remain outstanding, no dividend or distribution may be declared or paid on our common stock unless all accrued and unpaid dividends have been paid on our Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and dividends paid on our common stock may not be paid at a rate greater than the rate paid on Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

In addition, because Avaya Holdings Corp. is a holding company, its ability to pay cash dividends on its common stock may be limited by restrictions on its ability to obtain sufficient funds through dividends or other means from subsidiaries, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing Avaya Inc.’s indebtedness. Refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Certain Outstanding Indebtedness” for a more detailed discussion of the agreements governing our indebtedness and the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock” for a more detailed description of the terms of our Series A Preferred Stock and our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2013:

•

on an actual basis; and

•

on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the sale by us of shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the application of such net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds.” For purpose of this table, the assumed initial public offering price is $ per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

You should read the following table in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” all included elsewhere in this prospectus.


	As of September 30, 2013
	Actual			Pro Forma⁽¹⁾
	(in millions, except share amounts)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	289

Debt:⁽²⁾
Senior secured term B-3 loans	$	2,127
Senior secured term B-4 loans		1
Senior secured term B-5 loans		1,141
7% senior secured notes		1,009
9% senior secured notes		290
10.50% senior secured notes		1,384
9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes due 2015		58
10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015		92
Unaccreted discount		(16	)

Total debt		6,086

Equity awards on redeemable shares		5
Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; authorized 250,000 shares
Series B, 48,921 and 48,921 shares issued and outstanding on an actual and pro forma basis, respectively⁽³⁾		263
Series A, 125,000 and nil shares issued and outstanding on an actual and pro forma basis, respectively		151
Deficiency:
Common stock, par value $.001 per share; authorized 750 million shares, outstanding 488,929,315 and shares on an actual and pro forma basis, respectively		—
Additional paid-in capital		2,489
Accumulated deficit		(4,621	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(1,006	)

Total deficiency		(3,138	)

Total capitalization	$	3,367

(1)

Assumes the net proceeds from this offering, together with cash on hand, are used on the closing date to redeem all outstanding shares of our Series A Preferred Stock for $151 million, which includes accumulated and accrued unpaid dividends of $26 million, as well as the discount accretion recorded at the date of

issuance of $57 million; to repay $ million of long-term indebtedness; and to make a payment to affiliates of our Sponsors in connection with the termination of the management services agreement as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and to pay certain fees and expenses relating to this offering. The pro forma amounts do not give effect to any accounting charges that may be recorded as a result of such payment. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, would (i) increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (ii) would increase (decrease) our total long-term debt reduction by $ million and decrease (increase) our stockholders’ deficiency by $ million.

(2)

For additional information regarding our outstanding indebtedness, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activities,” “Description of Certain Outstanding Indebtedness” and Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

Includes accumulated and unpaid dividends of $21 million, accretion to the redemption price of $46 million, as well as the discount accretion recorded at the date of issuance of $33 million. Please refer to Note 15, “Capital Stock,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

DILUTION

If you invest in shares of our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the as-adjusted net tangible book value, or deficit, per share of our common stock after this offering. The deficit is calculated as the liabilities in excess of our net tangible book value. The deficit per share is determined by dividing the numerator of total liabilities plus the book value of our Series A Preferred Stock less total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) by the denominator of the number of outstanding shares of common stock. Our deficit value at September 30, 2013 was $8,448 million or $17.28 per share of common stock.

Our as-adjusted deficit at September 30, 2013, after giving effect to the sale by us of shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, would have been approximately $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in as-adjusted deficit of $ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors, or approximately % of the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:


Assumed initial public offering price per share				$
Deficit per share as of September 30, 2013, before giving effect to this offering	$	(8,448	)
Decrease in deficit per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering
As adjusted deficit per share, after giving effect to this offering

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would decrease (increase) our as-adjusted deficit by $ million, the as-adjusted deficit per share after this offering by $ per share and the dilution in as-adjusted deficit per share to investors in this offering by $ per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2013, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us since inception, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing shareholders and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, before deducting underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Shares Purchased

Total Consideration

Average Price
Per Share

Number

Percent

Amount

Percent

Existing shareholders

New investors

Total

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all stockholders and the average price per share paid by all stockholders by $ million, $ million and $ per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The above discussion and table are based on 488,929,315 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2013. This excludes the following numbers of shares of our common stock issuable in connection with the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2013, the conversion of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and equity awards under our Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan:

•

shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred shares held by affiliates of our Sponsors, and convertible at any time as such Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is outstanding at a conversion price equal to the lesser of (1) $4.00 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution provisions) and (2) the offering price per share in this offering, which such shares if converted are subject to the lock-up agreements described under “Underwriters” (see “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred Stock—Series B Convertible Preferred Stock”);

•

23,119,417 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options with exercise prices ranging from $2.25 to $5.00 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $3.22 per share;

•

8,235,771 shares of common stock issuable on the vesting and distribution of RSUs; and

•

17,261,816 additional shares of common stock as of September 30, 2013 reserved for future grants under the 2007 Plan.

This also excludes additional shares of common stock reserved for future equity incentive plans to be effective upon the completion of this offering.

To the extent the options or warrants are exercised and awards are granted under these plans, there may be further economic dilution to our stockholders.

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below as of September 30, 2011 and as of and for the years ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 has been derived from audited Consolidated Financial Statements that are not included in this prospectus.

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our financial information may not be indicative of future performance.


	Fiscal year ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	*(in millions, except per share amounts)*
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
REVENUE
Products	$	2,337		$	2,672		$	2,976		$	2,602		$	1,923
Services		2,371			2,499			2,571			2,458			2,227

		4,708			5,171			5,547			5,060			4,150
COSTS
Products:
Costs (exclusive of amortization of acquired technology intangible assets)		963			1,145			1,314			1,243			872
Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets		63			192			257			291			248
Services		1,122			1,248			1,344			1,354			1,164

		2,148			2,585			2,915			2,888			2,284

GROSS PROFIT		2,560			2,586			2,632			2,172			1,866

OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling, general and administrative		1,521			1,630			1,845			1,721			1,272
Research and development		445			464			461			407			309
Amortization of intangible assets		227			226			226			218			207
Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets		—			—			—			—			60
Goodwill impairment		89			—			—			—			235
Restructuring and impairment charges, net		200			147			189			187			162
In-process research and development charge		—			—			—			—			12
Acquisition-related costs		1			4			5			20			29

		2,483			2,471			2,726			2,553			2,286

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)		77			115			(94	)		(381	)		(420	)

Interest expense		(467	)		(432	)		(460	)		(487	)		(409	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt		(6	)		—			(246	)		—			—
Other (expense) income, net		(25	)		(29	)		5			15			14

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES		(421	)		(346	)		(795	)		(853	)		(815	)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes		45			(8	)		(68	)		(18	)		(30	)

NET LOSS		(376	)		(354	)		(863	)		(871	)		(845	)

Less: net income attributable to noncontrolling interests		—			—			—			3			2

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.		(376	)		(354	)		(863	)		(874	)		(847	)

Less: Accretion and accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock		(43	)		(71	)		(7	)		(62	)		—

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP. COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$	(419	)	$	(425	)	$	(870	)	$	(936	)	$	(847	)

SHARE DATA:
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders	$	(0.86	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(1.78	)	$	(1.92	)	$	(1.74	)
Weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding		489.8			489.6			489.0			488.6			488.1


	Fiscal year ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	*(in millions)*
BALANCE SHEET DATA (at end of period):

Cash and cash equivalents	$	289		$	338		$	415		$	594		$	582
Intangible assets, net		1,486			1,775			2,129			2,603			2,636
Goodwill		4,092			4,188			4,079			4,075			3,695
Total assets		7,649			8,184			8,561			9,276			8,665
Total debt (excluding capital lease obligations)		6,086			6,121			6,157			5,928			5,150
Equity awards on redeemable shares		5			—			—			—			—
Preferred stock, Series B		263			227			—			—			—
Preferred stock, Series A		151			144			137			130			—
Total Avaya Holdings Corp. stockholders’ deficiency		(3,138	)		(2,843	)		(2,500	)		(1,543	)		(682	)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS DATA:

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations:
Operating activities	$	151		$	44		$	(300	)	$	42		$	242
Investing activities		(113	)		(283	)		(101	)		(864	)		(155	)
Financing activities		(79	)		155			228			853			(101	)

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:

EBITDA (unaudited)	$	498		$	647		$	313		$	320		$	240
Adjusted EBITDA (unaudited)⁽¹⁾		943			971			971			795			753
Capital expenditures, net		110			92			83			79			76
Capitalized software development costs		14			35			42			43			43

(1)

Adjusted EBITDA is calculated in accordance with, and is disclosed herein to demonstrate compliance with, Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Supplemental Disclosure—EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” for a definition and explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

The following are some of the items affecting the comparability of the selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods presented:

Restructuring Charges and Cost Saving Initiatives—We have maintained our focus on profitability levels and investing in our future results. In connection with our acquisition of the enterprise business solutions business (“NES”) of Nortel Networks Corporation, our acquisition of RADVISION Ltd. (“Radvision”) and in response to global economic conditions, since the Merger in fiscal 2008 and continuing through fiscal 2013, the Company initiated cost savings programs designed to streamline its operations, generate cost savings, and eliminate overlapping processes and expenses. These cost savings programs have included: (1) reducing headcount, (2) relocating certain job functions to lower cost geographies, including service delivery, customer care, research and development, human resources and finance, (3) eliminating real estate costs associated with unused or under-utilized facilities and (4) implementing gross margin improvement and other cost reduction initiatives. In connection with these cost savings programs we recognized restructuring charges of $200 million, $142 million, $189 million, $171 million and $160 million for fiscal 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These costs include employee separation charges such as, but not limited to, severance and employment benefit payments, social pension fund payments, and healthcare and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. The related restructuring costs also include the contractual future lease payments and payments made under lease termination agreements associated with vacated facilities. As of September 30, 2013, the remaining liability associated with these actions is $170 million. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and identify cost savings globally and may take additional restructuring actions in the future, the costs of which could be material. See Note 8, “Business Restructuring Reserves and Programs” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our business restructuring programs.

Refinancing, Interest Expense, and Loss on Extinguishment of Debt—During fiscal 2011 and 2013, Avaya Inc. completed a series of transactions which allowed Avaya Inc. to refinance certain of its debt arrangements. As a result of these transactions, Avaya Inc. extended the maturity date of certain of its debt by an additional three to six years. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our financing arrangements. These transactions included:

•

During the three months ended December 31, 2012, Avaya Inc. completed three transactions to refinance $848 million of term loans under the senior secured credit facility. On October 29, 2012 Avaya Inc. completed an amendment and restatement of the senior secured credit facility and senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility along with the extension of the maturity date of $135 million aggregate principal amount of term B-1 loans from October 26, 2014 to October 26, 2017 by converting such loans into a new tranche of senior secured term B-4 loans (“term B-4 loans”). On December 21, 2012 Avaya Inc. completed an amendment and restatement of the senior secured credit facility along with the extension of the maturity date of $713 million aggregate principal amount of term B-1 loans from October 26, 2014 to March 31, 2018 and $134 million aggregate principal amount of term B-4 loans from October 26, 2017 to March 31, 2018 in each case by converting such loans into a new tranche of senior secured term B-5 loans (“term B-5 loans”). On December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc. issued $290 million of 9% senior secured notes due April 2019 (the “9% Senior Secured Notes”), the proceeds of which were used to repay $284 million principal amount of term B-5 loans and to pay related fees and expenses.

•

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, Avaya Inc. refinanced $584 million of term B-1 loans outstanding under its senior secured credit facility and refinanced $1,384 million of senior unsecured notes. On March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. completed an exchange offer in which $642 million of its 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes due November 1, 2015 and $742 million of 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured paid-in-kind (“PIK”) toggle notes due November 1, 2015 were exchanged for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021. In addition, on March 12, 2013, Avaya Inc. refinanced the remaining term B-1 loans due October 26, 2014, with the cash proceeds from the issuance of $589 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans due March 31, 2018 under its senior secured credit facility.

•

The Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt for the year ended September 30, 2013 of $6 million in connection with (1) the issuance of Avaya Inc.’s 9% Senior Secured Notes and the payment of $284 million of term B-5 loans and (2) the refinancing of $584 million of outstanding term B-1 loans. The loss represents the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value (including unamortized discount and debt issue costs) of the debt.

•

On August 8, 2011, Avaya Inc. amended the terms of the multi-currency revolvers available under its senior secured credit facility and its senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility to extend the final maturity of each from October 26, 2013 to October 26, 2016.

•

On February 11, 2011, Avaya Inc. completed a private placement of $1,009 million of senior secured notes. The senior secured notes were issued at par, bear interest at a rate of 7% per annum and mature on April 1, 2019. The proceeds from the notes were used to repay in full the senior secured incremental term B-2 loans outstanding under the senior secured credit facility (representing $988 million in aggregate principal amount and $12 million in accrued and unpaid interest) and to pay related fees and expenses. The issuance of the senior secured notes and repayment of the senior secured incremental term B-2 loans was accounted for as an extinguishment of the senior secured incremental term B-2 loans and issuance of new debt. Accordingly, the Company recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $246 million based on the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value of the incremental term B-2 loans (including unamortized debt discount and debt issue costs) during fiscal 2011.

Acquisition of NES and Radvision—As a result of the acquisition of NES and Radvision, our operating results include the operations of the NES business and Radvision as of December 19, 2009 and June 5, 2012, respectively. Additionally, some of the items affecting the comparability of the selected financial information for the periods presented regarding these acquisitions include:

•

Acquisition Costs—In connection with the acquisition of NES, we have incurred acquisition-related costs during fiscal 2010 and 2009 of $20 million and $29 million, respectively.

•

Integration Costs—We incurred integration costs with respect to the NES acquisition of $132 million and $208 million, for fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. Integration costs primarily represent third-party consulting fees and other administrative costs associated with consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya and NES. These costs were incurred in connection with, among other things, the on-boarding of NES personnel, developing compatible IT systems and internal processes and developing and implementing a strategic operating plan to help enable a smooth transition with minimal disruption to NES customers. Such costs also include fees paid to Nortel Networks Corporation for logistics and other support functions being performed on a temporary basis according to a transition services agreement. In fiscal 2013 and 2012 we incurred $18 million and $19 million, respectively, of integration costs which were primarily associated with consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya and Radvision and costs associated with NES, primarily related to developing compatible IT systems and internal processes.

•

Impairment—In fiscal 2010, we recognized impairment charges of $16 million associated with certain technologies with overlapping functionality to technologies acquired with NES.

•

Incremental Interest Charges—During the period from December 19, 2009 through September 30, 2010, we incurred incremental interest expense from the financing associated with the acquisition of NES of $117 million, which includes non-cash interest expense of $34 million.

Amortization of Intangible Assets—We recorded amortization of intangible assets of $290 million, $418 million, $483 million, $509 million and $455 million for fiscal 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Amortization of intangible assets represents the amortization of acquired technologies, customer relationships and other intangibles recognized at the time of the Merger and our acquisitions. In acquisition accounting, these intangible assets are recorded at their estimated fair values and then amortized over their estimated economic lives ranging from less than one year to thirteen years. The fluctuation in year-over-year amortization is attributable to the incremental amortization associated with the acquired intangible assets of NES in fiscal 2010 and Radvision in fiscal 2012, offset by reductions in amortization associated with impaired and fully amortized intangibles that are no longer being amortized.

Impairment of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets—During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company recorded an impairment to goodwill associated with its IT professional services, or ITPS, reporting unit of $89 million. The ITPS reporting unit provides specialized information technology services exclusively to U.S. government customers and experienced a decline in revenues as compared to previous periods and a reduction in its forecasts for the remainder of fiscal 2013. The reporting unit was impacted by reduced government spending in anticipation of sequestration and general budget cuts. See Note 5, “Goodwill” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details. During fiscal 2009, we recorded impairments to goodwill and trademark and trade name indefinite-lived intangible assets of $235 million and $60 million, respectively. The impairments were attributable to lower expected future discounted cash flows as a result of the continued weakness in the global economy and changes in discount rates.

Changes in Estimated Lives and Salvage Value of Property—In addition to the restructuring charges associated with vacated facilities under operating leases discussed above, the Company also sold three Company-owned and underutilized facilities in order to reduce its real estate costs. During fiscal 2013, in anticipation of selling a Company-owned facility, additional depreciation of $21 million was recognized as selling, general and administrative expenses. The additional depreciation was the result of changes to the estimated salvage value and

useful life of the facility made to be consistent with the estimated proceeds and timing of the contemplated sale of the facility. The other two formerly owned facilities, prior to being sold, were written down to their net realizable value in fiscal 2012 resulting in $5 million of impairment losses which is included in restructuring and impairment charges, net.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock—In May 2012, the Company issued 48,921 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (with detachable warrants) for gross proceeds of $196 million, in order to fund, in part, the acquisition of Radvision. Because the terms of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock contain an embedded derivative as defined by GAAP, the fair value of that derivative must be recognized as a liability at each balance sheet date, and any change in the fair value of the embedded derivative must be recognized in the Company’s operating results. Included in other (expense) income, net is $(11) million and $(6) million representing the change in the fair value of the embedded derivative for fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively. See discussion in Note 15, “Capital Stock” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details on our preferred stock.

Income Taxes—Benefit from (provision for) income taxes was $45 million, $(8) million, $(68) million, $(18) million and $(30) million for fiscal 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The effective tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate for the periods presented as follows:

•

Changes in Valuation Allowance of Deferred Tax Assets—In fiscal 2009, the Company was in a three-year cumulative U.S. book tax loss position and determined that it is more likely than not that our U.S. net deferred tax assets would not be realized. Accordingly, we provided a valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets. In addition, we recorded a tax provision associated with earnings in certain profitable non-U.S. tax jurisdictions for the period offset by a minimal tax benefit relating to our U.S. pre-tax losses in fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we provided additional valuation allowances associated with the U.S. and our income tax provision primarily relates to earnings of certain profitable non-U.S. tax jurisdictions.

•

Change in Reinvestment of Undistributed Foreign Earnings Assertion—As of September 30, 2012, the Company changed its indefinite reinvestment of undistributed foreign earnings assertion with respect to its non-U.S. subsidiaries. As a result the Company recorded income tax expense of $17 million and $2 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013, respectively, relating to non-U.S. taxes.

•

Effect of Changes in Other Comprehensive Income—During fiscal 2013, the Company recognized a tax charge of $17 million to other comprehensive income related to the elimination of the tax effect of certain interest rate swaps and a tax charge of $109 million to other comprehensive income primarily relating to pension benefits. During fiscal 2012, the Company recorded a tax charge of $62 million to other comprehensive income primarily relating to post-employment benefits. As a result of the tax charges recognized in other comprehensive income, we recognized an income tax benefit in the Consolidated Statements of Operations of $126 million and $62 million, in fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Divestiture of AGC Networks, Inc.—On August 31, 2010, we sold our 59.13% ownership in AGC Networks Ltd. (formerly Avaya GlobalConnect Ltd.), our reseller in India, and recognized a $7 million gain on the sale.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following presents the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2013, and the unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the year ended September 30, 2013.

The following unaudited pro forma financial statements have been developed by applying pro forma adjustments to the historical Consolidated Balance Sheet and Statement of Operations of Avaya Holdings Corp. appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2013 gives effect to the sale of the common stock as contemplated in this offering and the use of the proceeds thereof as if they had occurred on September 30, 2013. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013 gives effect to the refinancing of certain debt that took place during the year ended September 30, 2013 and the sale of the common stock as contemplated in this offering and the use of the proceeds thereof as if they had occurred on October 1, 2012. All pro forma adjustments and underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to the unaudited pro forma financial statements.

The pro forma information presented is for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations that would have been realized if the use of the proceeds thereof were completed on the dates indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that management believes to be reasonable.

The unaudited pro forma statement of operations does not include the effects of:

•

compensation expense relative to the market-based “multiple-of-money” options or cash awards under the Long-Term Incentive Cash Bonus Plan granted by the Company and recognized upon the completion of this offering; or

•

accounting charges that may be recorded as a result of the termination of the management services agreement with affiliates of the Sponsors pursuant to the terms of the agreement.

You should read this information in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma financial statements; and audited historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Avaya Holdings Corp. as of and for the year ended September 30, 2013, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet

September 30, 2013


	Historical			IPO Pro Forma Adjustment (Note 2)			Pro Forma
	(in millions, except per share amounts)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	289		$	—	(a), (b), (c), (d)
Accounts receivable, net		716			—
Inventory		245			—
Deferred income taxes, net		54			—
Other current assets		247			—	(c)

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS		1,551			—

Property, plant and equipment, net		334			—
Deferred income taxes, net		32			—
Intangible assets, net		1,486			—
Goodwill		4,092			—
Other assets		154			—	(c)

TOTAL ASSETS	$	7,649		$	—

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:
Debt maturing within one year	$	35		$	—
Accounts payable		408			—
Payroll and benefit obligations		256			—
Deferred revenue		671			—
Business restructuring reserves, current portion		92			—
Other current liabilities		284			—

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES		1,746			—

Long-term debt		6,051			—	(c)
Pension obligations		1,510			—
Other postretirement obligations		290
Deferred income taxes, net		243			—
Business restructuring reserves, non-current portion		78			—
Other liabilities		450			—	(e)

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES		8,622			—

Equity awards on redeemable shares		5			—
Preferred stock, Series B		263
Preferred stock, Series A		151			—	(b)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY		(3,138	)		—	(a), (c), (d), (e)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY	$	7,649		$	—

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma financial statements.

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Unaudited Pro Forma Statement of Operations

Year Ended September 30, 2013


	Historical			Debt Refinancing Pro Forma Adjustments (Note 3)		IPO Pro Forma Adjustments (Note 2)			Pro Forma
	(in millions, except per share amounts)
REVENUE
Products	$	2,337		$	—	$	—
Services		2,371			—		—

		4,708			—		—

COSTS
Products:
Costs (exclusive of amortization of intangibles)		963			—		—
Amortization of technology intangible assets		63			—		—
Services		1,122			—		—

		2,148			—		—

GROSS PROFIT		2,560			—		—

OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling, general and administrative		1,521			—		—	(g),(i)
Research and development		445			—		—
Amortization of intangible assets		227			—		—
Goodwill impairment		89
Restructuring and impairment charges, net		200			—		—
Acquisition-related costs		1			—		—

TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES		2,483			—		—

OPERATING INCOME		77			—		—
Interest expense		(467	)		21		—	(f)
Loss on extinguishment of debt		(6	)
Other expense, net		(25	)		—		—

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES		(421	)		21		—
Benefit from income taxes		45			—		—

NET LOSS		(376	)		21		—
Less: Accretion and accrued dividends on Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock		(43	)		—		—	(h)

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP. COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$	(419	)	$	21	$	—

SHARE DATA:
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders	$	(0.86	)

Weighted average basic and diluted shares outstanding		489.8

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma financial statements.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The unaudited pro forma financial statements include the following for all applicable periods:

•

The historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Avaya Holdings Corp.

•

Debt refinancing pro forma adjustments related to interest expense which give effect to the refinancing of certain debt that took place during the year ended September 30, 2013 as if such refinancing had occurred on October 1, 2012.

•

Initial public offering pro forma adjustments which give effect to the sale of the number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $ , which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus and the use of the proceeds as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” as if the initial public offering had occurred on October 1, 2012 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma statement of operations and on September 30, 2013 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma balance sheet.

As more fully discussed under “Use of Proceeds,” the Company estimates that it will receive net proceeds of approximately $ million from the sale of the number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $ , which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. The Company intends to use the net proceeds received in connection with this offering to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock for $ million, including accretion and accrued unpaid dividends of $ million, repay $ million of our long-term indebtedness, and to pay $ million in connection with the termination of the management services agreement with affiliates of our Sponsors. Under the terms of the Management Services Agreement, the agreement will terminate upon an initial public offering, and, upon such termination the one-time success fee referenced in the preceding sentence is due.

NOTE 2: INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

The unaudited pro forma financial statements reflect the pro forma adjustments of the sale of the number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $ , which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus and the use of the proceeds as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.” The tax effects of these pro forma adjustments are not material to the unaudited pro forma statement of operations as a result of the valuation allowance established against the Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets.

ADJUSTMENTS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2013 related to the sale of the number of shares set forth on the cover of this prospectus at an assumed initial public offering price of $ , which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus and the use of the proceeds as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” are as follows:

Pro Forma Adjustments

Sale of
Shares
(a)

Redemption
of Series A
Preferred
Stock
(b)

Repayment
of debt
(c)

Payment of
Monitoring
Fee
(d)

Compensation
expense (e)

Net
Adjustments

Increases / (Decreases) in

(in millions)

Cash and cash equivalents

Other current assets

Other assets

Long-term debt

Other liabilities

Preferred Stock: Series A

Stockholders’ deficiency

(a) Sale of Shares—As more fully discussed under “Use of Proceeds,” the Company estimates that it will receive net proceeds of approximately $ million from the sale of the common stock offered in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. These proceeds assume that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares.

(b) Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock—The Company intends to use the net proceeds received in connection with this offering in part to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock for $ million, including accrued unpaid dividends of $ million.

(c) Repayment of debt—The Company intends to use the net proceeds received in connection with this offering in part to repay $ million of Avaya Inc.’s long-term indebtedness.

(d) Payment of Monitoring Fee—The Company intends to use the net proceeds received in connection with this offering in part to pay $ million in connection with the termination of the management services agreement with affiliates of our Sponsors pursuant to its terms.

(e) Compensation expense—The pro forma adjustment of $ million has been provided to give effect to $ million of stock-based compensation expense associated with market-based “multiple-of-money” options granted by the Company and $ million of compensation expense relative to cash awards granted by the Company under the Long-Term Incentive Cash Bonus Plan, which will be recognized upon completion of this offering.

ADJUSTMENTS TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the year ended September 30, 2013 related to the sale of the common stock offered in this offering and the use of the proceeds thereof are as follows:

(f) Interest expense—The pro forma adjustment of $ million has been provided to eliminate a portion of the interest expense associated with certain long-term indebtedness reflected in the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Avaya Holdings Corp. for the year ended September 30, 2013. The Company intends to use the net proceeds received in connection with this offering in part to repay $ million of Avaya Inc.’s long-term indebtedness.

(g) Selling, general and administrative expense—The pro forma adjustment of $ million has been provided to eliminate the annual monitoring fee payable under the management services agreement with affiliates of our Sponsors reflected in the historical Consolidated Financial Statements of Avaya Holdings Corp. for the year ended September 30, 2013. Under the terms of the management services agreement, the agreement will terminate upon consummation of this offering and the Company is required to pay a success fee of $ to affiliates of our Sponsors.

(h) Dividends on Series A Preferred Stock—The pro forma adjustment of $ has been provided to eliminate accrued dividends on the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock for the year ended September 30, 2013. The Company intends to use the net proceeds received in connection with this offering in part to redeem all outstanding shares of its Series A Preferred Stock for $ million, including accrued unpaid dividends of $ million.

(i) Compensation expense—The pro forma adjustment of $ million reflects $ million of stock-based compensation expense associated with market-based “multiple-of-money” options granted by the Company and $ million of compensation expense relative to cash awards granted by the Company under the Long-Term Incentive Cash Bonus Plan for the year ended September 30, 2013 as if the sale of the common stock as contemplated in this offering had occurred on October 1, 2012.

NOTE 3: DEBT REFINANCING PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

Debt refinancing pro forma adjustments related to interest expense for the year ended September 30, 2013 give effect to the refinancing of certain debt that took place during fiscal 2013 as if the refinancings had occurred on October 1, 2012. The tax effects of these pro forma adjustments are not material to the unaudited pro forma statement of operations as a result of the valuation allowance established against the Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets. Such pro forma adjustments include:

•

the elimination of interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discounts, recognized on the senior secured term B-1 loans outstanding under the senior secured credit facility, and the portion of the senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured paid-in-kind toggle notes that were refinanced, and

•

adjustments to interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discounts, associated with the new senior secured term B-4 loans, senior secured term B-5 loans, 9% Senior Secured Notes and 10.50% Senior Secured Notes. The interest expense on the variable rate senior secured term B-4 loans and senior secured term B-5 loans was determined by applying an applicable margin to the 3-month LIBOR rate on the date of the respective transaction (subject to a floor of 1.25%). A 0.125% change in the LIBOR rate would have no impact on the pro forma interest expense, as the LIBOR rate was not in excess of the floor.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011. You should read this discussion and analysis together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve significant risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Overview

Our products and services address the needs of a diverse range of customers, including large multinational enterprises, midmarket businesses and government organizations. As of September 30, 2013, we had over 300,000 customers, including more than 95% of the Fortune 500 companies and installations in over one million customer locations worldwide. Our customers operate in a broad range of industries, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, health care, education and government.

We employ a flexible go-to-market strategy with direct and indirect presence in over 160 countries. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 10,900 channel partners and for fiscal 2013, our product revenue from indirect sales represented approximately 76% of our total product revenue.

For fiscal 2013 and 2012, we generated revenue of $4,708 million and $5,171 million, respectively. For fiscal 2013 and 2012, product revenue represented 50% and 52% of our total revenue and services revenue represented 50% and 48%, respectively. For each of fiscal 2013 and 2012, revenue generated in the United States was 54%. For fiscal 2013 and 2012 we had a net loss of $376 million and $354 million, respectively, and Adjusted EBITDA of $943 million and $971 million, respectively. See “EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” for a definition and explanation of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

History

We have a long history of innovation dating back to our research and development roots in Bell Laboratories when we were a part of AT&T. Avaya was formerly the Business Communications business unit of Lucent Technologies, Inc. (“Lucent”), a 1996 spin-off from AT&T. Since our own spin-off from Lucent in 2000, we have been a leading provider of unified communications and contact center products and services and more recently business collaboration products and services to our customers. Avaya Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, operated as a public company with common stock traded on the New York Stock Exchange from October 1, 2000 until acquired by affiliates of our Sponsors on October 26, 2007.

Business Trends

There are a number of trends and uncertainties affecting our business. For example, the effect that general economic conditions have on our customers’ willingness to spend on information technology, and particularly enterprise communications technology, impacts the demand for our products and, as a result, our revenue. The global economic downturn during 2008 through 2010 as well as recent economic uncertainties negatively affected most of the markets we serve. In the most recent years, we experienced lower sales of our unified communications products, which we believe can be attributable in part to customers choosing not to upgrade their systems in a cautious spending environment and a reduction in spending by government customers in the U.S. as a result of sequestration and budget cuts. In addition, we believe the lower sales of our unified communications products can be attributable, in part, to a growing market trend around Cloud consumption preferences with more customers exploring operating expense, or OpEx models, as opposed to capital expense, or CapEx models, for procuring products and services. Increasingly, to help manage costs and efficiencies, CIOs are exploring a shift to OpEx models, where they pay a fee for business collaboration and communications services but the underlying solutions, infrastructure and headcount are owned and managed by the vendor, as opposed to CapEx models that require them to invest in and own the solutions, infrastructure and headcount. We believe that the top three services that enterprises plan to move to the Cloud over the next two years are e-mail and office productivity suites, unified communications, and audio and video conferencing. As we see our pipeline of deals shift away from the premise based CapEx model toward an OpEx model, our contract values are usually larger, however, the associated revenues will be recognized over a longer period, typically three to seven years.

As we actively position ourselves to address these market trends, we also continue to invest significantly in research and development. During fiscal 2013, we’ve delivered a total of 101 new product releases, which is nearly double the level from fiscal 2012. In December 2009, we acquired the enterprise business solutions business (“NES”) of Nortel Networks Corporation in order to further expand our technology portfolio, enhance our customer base, broaden our indirect sales channel and provide us greater ability to compete globally. In June 2012, we acquired RADVISION Ltd. (“Radvision”), a global provider of videoconferencing and telepresence technologies over internet protocol, or IP, and wireless networks. The integrated Avaya and Radvision technology portfolios provides customers a highly integrated and interoperable suite of cost-effective, easy to use, high-definition video collaboration products, with the ability to interoperate with multiple mobile devices including Apple iPad and Google Android. On October 1, 2013, we acquired IT Navigator Ltd. (“IT Navigator”) a global provider of Cloud, social media and management products and services. The integration of the Avaya and IT Navigator portfolios is expected to add key management reporting and social media capabilities and enhance Avaya’s Cloud as well as its unified communication and contact center products. We believe the investments in NES, Radvision, IT Navigator and other acquisitions, as well as our ongoing investments in research and development, are helping us to capitalize on the increasing focus of enterprises on deploying collaboration products to increase productivity, reduce costs and complexity and gain competitive advantages, which is being further accelerated by a trend toward a more mobile workforce and the associated proliferation of devices.

We have also successfully expanded our indirect channel. Since fiscal 2009 and the acquisition of NES, our indirect channel has grown from 53% to 76% of our product revenues. We believe this expansion of our indirect channel favorably impacts our financial results by reducing selling expenses and allowing us to reach more end users and grow our business, although sales through the indirect channel generally generate lower profits than direct sales due to higher discounts. In furtherance of our effort to maintain an effective business partner program, we continue to refine and expand our global coverage.

Certain trends and uncertainties also impact our global services organization, which provides us a large recurring revenue stream. Due to advances in technology, our customers continue to expect to pay less for traditional services. In addition, despite the benefits of a robust indirect channel, our channel partners have direct contact with our customers that may foster independent relationships between them and a loss of certain services agreements for us. We have been able to offset these impacts by focusing on other types of services not traditionally provided by our channel partners, such as professional services and Cloud and managed services.

For each of fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, revenue outside of the U.S. represented 46% of total revenue.

Foreign currency exchange rates and fluctuations have had an impact on our revenue, costs and cash flows from our international operations. Our primary currency exposures are to the euro, British pound, Indian rupee, Canadian dollar and Brazilian real. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and as the geographic mix of our business changes and we are not able to predict the impact that foreign currency fluctuations will have on future periods.

Continued Focus on Cost Structure

We maintain our focus on profitability levels and investing in our future results. In connection with the Merger in fiscal 2008 and continuing through fiscal 2013, the Company initiated cost savings programs designed to streamline its operations, generate cost savings, and eliminate overlapping processes and expenses associated with various acquisitions and in response to the global economic downturn. These cost savings programs have included: (1) reducing headcount, (2) relocating certain job functions to lower cost geographies, including service delivery, customer care, research and development, human resources and finance, (3) eliminating real estate costs associated with unused or under-utilized facilities and (4) implementing gross margin improvement and other cost reduction initiatives.

During fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013, we were able to execute on several gross margin improvement and other cost reduction initiatives. These initiatives included obtaining better pricing from our contract manufacturers and transportation vendors which has improved our products gross margins. In addition, we have streamlined our operations by redesigning the Avaya support website and continue to transition our customers from an agent-based support model to a self-service/web-based support model. These improvements have allowed us to reduce the workforce and relocate positions to lower-cost geographies and improve our services gross margins.

We expect our gross profit and gross margin to continue to improve in the foreseeable future as we continue to implement additional initiatives such as increasing our focus on sales of higher margin software, working with our contract manufacturers and transportation vendors to secure more favorable pricing, optimizing the design of products and services delivery to drive efficiencies, and achieving greater economies of scale.

Historically, lower profits experienced by the acquired NES business and competitor and customer pricing pressures have been challenges to improving the gross margins of our business. However, we continue to apply our business model discipline to the NES business we acquired in 2009 in furtherance of our gross margin initiatives.

In addition to the improvements in gross margin, we have successfully reduced our operating expenses through these cost savings programs, primarily through reducing our labor and real estate costs in gross margin, we have successfully reduced our operating expenses through these cost savings programs, primarily through reducing our labor and real estate costs.

Reductions in labor costs have been achieved through the elimination of redundancies by redefining and consolidating job functions, reductions in management and in back-office headcount of our sales organization, reduced headcount in our services business, the use of remote monitoring of customer systems as discussed above, and a shift in the mix of the Company’s distribution channels toward the indirect channel which reduced our personnel needs. We were also able to attain additional savings as the Company placed greater emphasis on shifting job functions to its shared service centers in India and Argentina, as well as the automation of customer service.

In connection with these labor costs objectives, subsequent to the Merger in fiscal 2008, the Company rolled out initiatives to eliminate approximately 2,800 employee positions, of which 2,200 were located in the U.S. and 600 were located outside the U.S., predominantly in EMEA. Further, as part of the acquisition of NES in

December 2009, we acquired a workforce of approximately 5,900. As a consequence of this acquisition, we took additional actions during fiscal 2009 and 2010 to eliminate and consolidate redundant job functions to help manage our labor costs. As a result of the 2008 initiatives and our acquisition of NES, the Company’s workforce at September 2008, 2009 and 2010 was approximately 17,500, 15,500 and 18,900, respectively, excluding the employees of AGC Network Limited, our 59.13% owned subsidiary which we sold in August 2010. In addition, the Company successfully relocated approximately 750 and 70 employee positions in fiscal 2009 and 2010, respectively, to its shared service centers in India and Argentina. During fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013, additional cost savings programs were initiated to further reduce headcount that included reaching agreements with the works council representing employees of certain of the Company’s German subsidiaries for the elimination of positions, offering enhanced separation plans to certain management employees in the U.S., and other actions primarily focused in the U.S. and EMEA. As a result of these programs, the Company’s workforce at September 2011, 2012 and 2013 was approximately 18,600, 17,000 and 14,500, respectively.

Reductions in real estate costs were achieved by: (1) eliminating redundant facilities, particularly research and development facilities, in similar geographic areas as part of transitioning and integrating the operations of NES, (2) reductions in headcount, which decreased our real estate needs, and (3) reducing operating costs through more efficient facilities management. These initiatives enabled us to vacate and consolidate facilities without affecting the quality or distribution of our products and services, and reduce our real estate costs. Subsequent to the Merger, and as a consequence of the planned headcount reductions, the Company began aggressively vacating and consolidating its facilities in an effort to reduce its real estate costs. In addition, as part of the acquisition of NES, the Company assumed leases in the U.S. for facilities that were redundant to existing Avaya facilities, thereby creating excess real estate capacity. Since fiscal 2008, the Company has strategically vacated facilities globally, the most significant of which were located in the U.S., Germany and the United Kingdom, and those actions have generated cost savings.

Since the Merger, the Company has recognized in aggregate over $1 billion in restructuring charges. The aggregate restructuring charges include employee separation charges such as, but not limited to, severance and employment benefit payments, social pension fund payments, and healthcare and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. The aggregate restructuring charges also include the future lease payments and payments made under lease termination agreements associated with vacated facilities. As of September 30, 2013, the remaining liability associated with these actions is $170 million. This liability includes $73 million of employee separation payments, a substantial portion of which will be paid in fiscal 2014, and $97 million of cash payments associated with lease obligations of vacated facilities of which $24 million will be paid in fiscal 2014 and the balance through fiscal 2021.

As a portion of our 2013 actions took place during the second half of fiscal 2013, the benefits are not fully reflected in our operating results as of September 3, 2013. We expect our operating margin to continue to improve in the foreseeable future as we begin to realize the full positive effects of our 2013 cost savings programs in our reported results. As we begin fiscal 2014, the Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and identify additional cost savings globally. Although a specific plan does not exist at this time, the Company may take additional restructuring actions in the future, the costs of which could be material. All costs associated with such actions would be recognized in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance and the Company’s accounting policies as outlined in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Restructuring Programs” and Note 8, “Business Restructuring Reserves and Programs,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Refinancing of Debt

During fiscal 2013, Avaya Inc. completed a series of transactions which allowed Avaya Inc. to refinance (1) all of its senior secured term B-1 loans (“term B-1 loans”) outstanding under its senior secured credit facility originally due October 26, 2014, and (2) $642 million of its 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes and

$742 million of its senior unsecured paid-in-kind (“PIK”) toggle notes each originally due November 1, 2015. As a result of these debt refinancing transactions, Avaya Inc. extended the maturity date of $2.8 billion of its debt by an additional three to six years.

Long-term debt consists of the following:


In millions	September 30, 2013			September 30, 2012
Variable rate senior secured term B-1 loans due October 26, 2014	$	—		$	1,434
9.75% senior unsecured cash pay notes due November 1, 2015		58			700
10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due November 1, 2015		92			834
Variable rate senior secured term B-3 loans due October 26, 2017		2,127			2,152
Variable rate senior secured term B-4 loans due October 26, 2017		1			—
Variable rate senior secured term B-5 loans due March 31, 2018		1,141			—
7% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019		1,009			1,009
9% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019		290			—
10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021		1,384			—
Unaccreted discount		(16	)		(8	)

		6,086			6,121
Debt maturing within one year		(35	)		(37	)

Long-term debt	$	6,051		$	6,084

On October 29, 2012, Avaya Inc. completed an amendment and restatement of the senior secured credit facility and senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility along with the extension of the maturity date of $135 million aggregate principal amount of term B-1 loans from October 26, 2014 to October 26, 2017 by converting such loans into a new tranche of senior secured term B-4 loans (“term B-4 loans”). On December 21, 2012 Avaya Inc. completed an amendment and restatement of the senior secured credit facility along with the extension of the maturity date of $713 million aggregate principal amount of term B-1 loans from October 26, 2014 to March 31, 2018 and $134 million aggregate principal amount of term B-4 loans from October 26, 2017 to March 31, 2018 in each case by converting such loans into a new tranche of senior secured term B-5 loans (“term B-5 loans”). On December 21, 2012 Avaya Inc. issued $290 million of 9% senior secured notes due April 2019, the proceeds of which were used to repay $284 million principal amount of term B-5 loans and to pay related fees and expenses.

On March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. completed an exchange offer in which $642 million of the 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $742 million of the 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes each originally due November 1, 2015 were exchanged for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021. In addition, on March 12, 2013, Avaya Inc. refinanced the remaining term B-1 loans due October 26, 2014, with the cash proceeds from the issuance of $589 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans due March 31, 2018 under its senior secured credit facility.

In connection with the amendments and restatements of the senior secured credit facility necessary to effectuate the transactions described above, the applicable interest rate for the portion of the term B-1 loans that were converted into term B-4 loans and term B-5 loans was also changed. The weighted average interest rate of the Company’s outstanding debt as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 was 7.4% and 6.1%, respectively excluding the impact of the interest rate swaps described in Note 10, “Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The Company incurred $49 million in debt issuance and debt modification costs in connection with the debt refinancing transactions during fiscal 2013, of which $18 million was expensed as incurred and included in Other Expense, net and $31 million was deferred and is being amortized over the term of the related debt.

Annual maturities of debt, based on our debt profile as of September 30, 2013 and 2012, for the next five years ending September 30th and thereafter consist of:


	September 30,
In millions	2013		2012*
2014	$	38	$	38
2015		53		1,442
2016		174		1,542
2017		38		23
2018		3,116		2,037
2019 and thereafter		2,683		1,009

Total	$	6,102	$	6,091

The September 30, 2012 debt profile as presented above excludes $38 million of scheduled payments made during fiscal 2013.

The 9% senior secured notes and the 10.50% senior secured notes have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and may not be offered or sold absent registration under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws or applicable exemptions from registration requirements.

See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional details regarding our financing arrangements.

Acquisition of RADVISION, Ltd.

On June 5, 2012, Avaya acquired Radvision, a global provider of videoconferencing and telepresence technologies over IP and wireless networks for $230 million in cash.

The integrated Avaya and Radvision technology portfolios provide customers a highly integrated and interoperable suite of cost-effective, easy to use, high-definition video collaboration products, with the ability to interoperate with multiple mobile devices including Apple iPad and Google Android. We are integrating Radvision’s enterprise video infrastructure and high value endpoints with Avaya’s award winning Avaya Aura Unified Communications platform to create a compelling and differentiated product designed to accelerate the adoption of video collaboration. Radvision brings to Avaya a portfolio which includes a full range of videoconferencing products, technologies and expertise serving large enterprises, small businesses, and service providers. It includes standards-based applications, open infrastructure and endpoints for ad-hoc and scheduled videoconferencing with room-based systems, desktop, and mobile consumer devices. Radvision has enabled Avaya to provide a Cloud offering through hosted products by service providers. The integrated Avaya and Radvision portfolios will extend intra-company business to business and business to consumer video communications, and also support internal “Bring Your Own Device” initiatives. See discussion in Note 4, “Business Combinations,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details.

Financial Operations Overview

The following describes certain components of our statement of operations and considerations impacting those results.

Revenue. We derive our revenue primarily from the sale and service of business collaboration and communications systems and applications. Our product revenue includes the sale of unified communications,

contact center, midmarket enterprise communications, video and data networking products. Product revenue accounted for 50%, 52% and 54% of our total revenue for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our services revenue includes product maintenance and support, professional services, including design and integration, and Cloud and managed services.

We employ a flexible go-to-market strategy with direct and indirect presence in over 160 countries and as of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 10,900 channel partners. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 our product revenue from indirect sales represented approximately 76%, 75% and 76% of our total product revenue, respectively. Our revenue outside the United States represented 46% of our total revenue for each of fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Because we sell our products to end-users in a wide range of industries and geographies, demand for our products is generally driven more by the level of general economic activity than by conditions in one particular industry or geographic region.

Cost of Revenue. Cost of product revenue consists primarily of hardware costs, royalties and license fees for third-party software included in our systems, personnel and related overhead costs of operation including but not limited to current engineering, freight, warranty costs, amortization of acquired technology intangible assets and provisions for excess inventory. We outsource substantially all of our manufacturing operations to several EMS providers. Our EMS providers produce the vast majority of our products in facilities located in southern China, with other products produced in facilities located in Israel, Mexico, Malaysia, Taiwan, Germany, Ireland and the U.S. The majority of these costs vary with the unit volumes of product sold. We expect over time to increase the software content of our products, decrease our product costs and improve product gross profits. Cost of services revenue consists of salaries and related overhead costs of personnel engaged in support and services. As we continue to realize the benefit of cost saving initiatives, which include productivity improvements from automation of customer service, reducing the workforce and relocating positions to lower cost geographies, we expect our cost of services revenue will decrease as a percentage of services revenue.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses primarily include personnel costs, sales commissions, travel, marketing promotional and lead generation programs, trade shows, professional services fees and related overhead expenses. We plan to continue to invest in development of our distribution channels by increasing the size of our field sales force and continue to develop the capabilities of our channel partners to enable us to expand into new geographies and further increase our sales to small and medium enterprises across the world.

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salary and benefit costs for executive and administrative staff, the use and maintenance of administrative offices, including depreciation expense, logistics, information systems and legal, financial, human resources, and other corporate functions. Administrative expenses generally do not increase or decrease directly with changes in sales volume.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses primarily include personnel costs, outside engineering costs, professional services, prototype costs, test equipment, software usage fees and related overhead expenses. Research and development expenses are recognized when incurred. The level of research and development expense is related to the number of products in development, the stage of development process, the complexity of the underlying technology, the potential scale of the product upon successful commercialization and the level of our exploratory research. We conduct such activities in areas we believe will accelerate our longer term net revenue growth.

We are devoting substantial resources to the development of additional functionality for existing products and the development of new products and related software applications. We intend to continue to make significant investments in our research and development efforts because we believe they are essential to maintaining and improving our competitive position. Accordingly, we expect research and development expenses to continue to increase.

Amortization of Intangible Assets. As a result of the Merger, the acquisitions of NES and Radvision, and other acquisitions, significant amounts were recognized in purchase accounting for the estimated fair values of customer relationships associated with the businesses acquired. The fair value of these intangible assets was estimated by independent valuations at the time of acquisition and is amortized into our operating expenses over their estimated useful lives.

Goodwill Impairment. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level annually each September 30th and more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. If the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to the carrying value of that goodwill and a loss is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill.

Restructuring and Impairment Charges, net. In response to the global economic climate, the acquisitions of NES and Radvision and the Company’s commitment to control costs, the Company implemented initiatives designed to streamline the operations of the Company and generate cost savings. The Company exited and consolidated facilities and terminated or relocated certain job functions. The expenses associated with these actions are reflected in our operating results. As the Company continues to evaluate and identify additional operational synergies, additional cost saving opportunities may be identified and future restructuring charges may be incurred.

Interest Expense. Interest expense consists primarily of interest on indebtedness under Avaya Inc.’s credit facilities and its notes. Interest expense also includes the amortization of deferred financing costs, the amortization of debt discount (including amortization of debt discount associated with Avaya Inc.’s incremental B-2 term loans that were refinanced in February 2011), and the expense associated with interest rate derivative instruments we use to minimize our exposure to variable rate interest payments associated with Avaya Inc.’s debt. We regularly evaluate market conditions, our liquidity profile, and various financing alternatives for opportunities to enhance our capital structure. If market conditions are favorable, we may refinance existing debt or issue additional debt securities.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt. Avaya Inc. has completed a series of transactions to extend the maturity dates of certain debt. Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), the Company was required to account for certain of these transactions as an extinguishment of debt. A loss representing the difference between the reacquisition price of the original debt (including consent fees paid by Avaya to the holders of the original debt that consented to the transaction) and the carrying value of the old debt (including unamortized debt discount and debt issue costs) was recognized. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding such transactions.

Other (Expense) Income, net. Other (expense) income, net consists primarily of gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and forward contracts, changes in the fair value of certain features included in the Company’s Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“preferred series B”) which are considered an embedded derivative, third party fees incurred in connection with certain debt modifications and the Company’s registration statement, interest income, and other gains and losses that are not considered part of the Company’s ongoing major or central operations.

Income Taxes. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Our effective income tax rate differs from the U.S. federal tax rate primarily due to (1) the effect of taxable income in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, (2) changes in the valuation allowance established against the Company’s deferred tax assets, (3) recognition of income tax benefit in the Consolidated Statements of

Operations associated with tax charges on net gains/losses in other comprehensive income, particularly as it relates to pension and post-employment benefits and interest rate swaps, and (4) changes in estimates of uncertain tax positions. As of September 30, 2012, the Company changed its indefinite reinvestment of undistributed foreign earnings assertion with respect to its non-U.S. subsidiaries. As a result the Company recorded income tax expense of $17 million and $2 million in fiscal 2012 and 2013, respectively, relating to non-U.S. taxes.

Selected Segment Information

The Company conducts its business operations in three segments. Two of those segments, Global Communications Solutions (“GCS”) and Avaya Networking (“Networking”), make up Avaya’s Enterprise Collaboration Solutions (“ECS”) product portfolio. The third segment contains the Company’s services portfolio and is called Avaya Global Services (“AGS”).

In GCS, we deliver business collaboration and communications products primarily for IT infrastructure, unified communications, and contact centers. Our infrastructure and UC application products are designed to promote collaboration, innovation, productivity and real-time decision-making by providing business users a highly intuitive and personalized user experience that enables them to collaborate seamlessly across various modes of communication, including voice, video, email, instant messaging, text messaging, web conferencing, voicemail and social networking. Our contact center applications are highly reliable, scalable communications-centric applications suites designed to optimize customer service.

Our Networking segment provides a broad range of internet protocol networking infrastructure products including ethernet switches, routers and Virtual Private Network or VPN appliances, wireless networking routers, access control products, unified management products and end-to-end virtualization strategies and architectures.

Through our AGS segment we help our customers evaluate, plan, design, implement, support, manage and optimize their enterprise communications networks to help them achieve enhanced business results. Our award-winning service portfolio includes product support, integration and professional and Cloud and managed services that enable customers to optimize and manage their converged communications networks worldwide.

The following table presents revenue and gross profit by segment for the periods indicated:


	Fiscal year ended September 30, 2013												Fiscal year ended September 30, 2012
	Revenues						Gross Profit						Revenues						Gross Profit
	Dollar Amount			Percent of Total Revenue			Dollar Amount			Percent of Revenue			Dollar Amount			Percent of Total Revenue			Dollar Amount			Percent of Revenue
Global Communications Solutions	$	2,096			45	%	$	1,276			61	%	$	2,390			46	%	$	1,387			58	%
Avaya Networking		242			5	%		101			42	%		284			6	%		115			40	%

Enterprise Collaboration Systems		2,338			50	%		1,377			59	%		2,674			52	%		1,502			56	%
Avaya Global Services		2,371			50	%		1,250			53	%		2,499			48	%		1,224			49	%
Unallocated Amounts		(1	)		0	%		(67	)			⁽¹⁾		(2	)		0	%		(140	)			⁽¹⁾

	$	4,708			100	%	$	2,560			54	%	$	5,171			100	%	$	2,586			50	%

⁽¹⁾

Not meaningful

Financial Results Summary

The following table sets forth for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, our results of operations as reported in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.


	Fiscal year ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions, except per share amounts)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
REVENUE
Products	$	2,337		$	2,672		$	2,976
Services		2,371			2,499			2,571

		4,708			5,171			5,547

COSTS
Products:
Costs (exclusive of amortization of acquired technology intangible assets)		963			1,145			1,314
Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets		63			192			257
Services		1,122			1,248			1,344

		2,148			2,585			2,915

GROSS PROFIT		2,560			2,586			2,632
OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling, general and administrative		1,521			1,630			1,845
Research and development		445			464			461
Amortization of intangible assets		227			226			226
Goodwill impairment		89			—			—
Restructuring and impairment charges, net		200			147			189
Acquisition-related costs		1			4			5

		2,483			2,471			2,726

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)		77			115			(94	)
Interest expense		(467	)		(432	)		(460	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt		(6	)		—			(246	)
Other (expense) income, net		(25	)		(29	)		5

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES		(421	)		(346	)		(795	)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes		45			(8	)		(68	)

NET LOSS		(376	)		(354	)		(863	)
Less: Accretion and accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock		(43	)		(71	)		(7	)

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$	(419	)	$	(425	)	$	(870	)

PER SHARE DATA:
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted	$	(0.86	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(1.78	)
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and diluted		489.8			489.6			489.0

Summary of the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2013 versus 2012

Our fiscal 2013 revenue decreased 9% as compared to fiscal 2012, primarily as a result of lower customer spending on unified communication, contact center and networking products in a cautious economic environment. These factors impacting our product revenues also contributed to lower maintenance and professional services revenue. Further, the reduction in spending by government customers in the U.S. as result of sequestration and budget cuts also negatively impacted our product and services revenues.

During fiscal 2013, we experienced lower sales of our unified communications products, particularly gateways and legacy NES phones and platforms. We believe these declines are primarily attributable to customers choosing not to upgrade their systems in a cautious economic environment. The decline in gateway sales may be in part impacted by better utilization of SIP technology, which enables our customers to run their communications networks more efficiently. We believe the decrease in our product revenues may also be due in part to a growing market trend around Cloud consumption preferences with more customers exploring OpEx models as opposed to CapEx models for procuring technology. Increasingly, to help manage costs and efficiencies, CIOs are exploring a shift to OpEx models, where they pay a fee for business collaboration and communications services but the underlying solutions, infrastructure and headcount are owned and managed by the vendor, as opposed to CapEx models that require them to invest in and own the solutions, infrastructure and headcount. We believe the market trend toward OpEx models will continue as customers seek ways of reducing their overhead and other costs

The Company continues to identify opportunities to streamline its operations and generate cost savings which includes consolidating and exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions. During fiscal 2013, the Company incurred restructuring charges of $200 million, which includes actions to eliminate employee positions primarily in EMEA and the U.S. and the future rental payments related to operating lease obligations associated with the unused space of our Frankfurt, Germany facility and certain other facilities. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and identify cost savings globally and may take additional restructuring actions in the future, the costs of which could be material.

Operating income for fiscal 2013 was $77 million as compared to operating income of $115 million for fiscal 2012, a decrease of $38 million. In addition to the changes in our revenues discussed above, our fiscal 2013 operating results compared to our fiscal 2012 results reflect, among other things:

•

a 1% decrease in gross profit primarily as a result of decreased revenues, while gross margin increased to 54.4% in fiscal 2013 as compared to 50.0% in fiscal 2012;

•

the impact of a goodwill impairment charge of $89 million relating to our IT professional services, or ITPS, reporting unit;

•

additional depreciation charges as the Company continues to consolidate and vacate under-utilized facilities; and

•

a $10 million charge recognized in the third quarter of fiscal 2013 based on the resolution of certain legal matters.

These decreases were partially offset by the continued benefit from cost savings initiatives.

Operating income includes non-cash depreciation and amortization of $454 million and $564 million, goodwill impairment of $89 million and $0 million and share-based compensation of $11 million and $8 million for fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Net loss for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $376 million and $354 million, respectively. The increase in our net loss is primarily attributable to the decrease in operating income as described above, higher interest expense and costs incurred in connection with the modifications to certain credit facilities, partially offset by the impact of income taxes and higher foreign currency transaction gains for fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012.

Summary of the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2012 versus 2011

Our fiscal 2012 revenue decreased 7% as compared to fiscal 2011, primarily as a result of lower IT infrastructure spending and investment levels by our end customers, quality issues on certain product/solution integration transitions primarily in the second quarter of fiscal 2012, as well as the unfavorable impact of foreign currency. Incremental revenue from the Radvision business for the period June 5, 2012 through September 30, 2012 was $31 million.

Operating income for fiscal 2012 was $115 million as compared to operating loss of $94 million for fiscal 2011, an increase of $209 million. The increase in operating income was primarily attributable to the continued benefit from cost savings initiatives and lower restructuring charges in fiscal 2012. These improvements to our operating results were partially offset by the decrease in revenue described above.

In addition to the factors discussed above, our fiscal 2012 operating results compared to our fiscal 2011 results reflect, among other things:

•

a 2% decrease in gross profit primarily as a result of decreased revenues, while gross margin increased to 50.0% in fiscal 2012 as compared to 47.4% in fiscal 2011; and

•

a decrease in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expense primarily due to reductions in integration-related costs related to the acquisition of the NES business, a favorable impact of foreign currency, and lower expenses associated with our employee incentive plans, which are driven by our actual financial results relative to established targets.

Operating income (loss) includes non-cash depreciation and amortization of $564 million and $653 million and share-based compensation of $8 million and $12 million for fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Our net loss for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $354 million and $863 million, respectively. The decrease in our net loss is primarily attributable to the early extinguishment of debt related to the Company’s debt refinancing in fiscal 2011, an increase in operating income as described above, a decrease in the provision for income taxes and a decrease in interest expense for fiscal 2012 as compared to fiscal 2011.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2013 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2012

Revenue

Our revenue for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $4,708 million and $5,171 million, respectively, a decrease of $463 million or 9%. Revenue from the Radvision business for fiscal 2013 was $80 million and for the period June 5, 2012 through September 30, 2012 was $31 million.

The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue by portfolio:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
							Percentage of Total Revenue						Yr. to Yr. Percent Change			Yr. to Yr. Percent Change, net of Foreign Currency Impact
Dollars in millions	2013			2012			2013			2012			Yr. to Yr. Percent Change			Yr. to Yr. Percent Change, net of Foreign Currency Impact
GCS	$	2,096		$	2,390			45	%		46	%		(12	)%		(12	)%
Purchase accounting adjustments		(1	)		(2	)		—	%		—	%			⁽¹⁾			⁽¹⁾
Networking		242			284			5	%		6	%		(15	)%		(15	)%

Total product revenue		2,337			2,672			50	%		52	%		(13	)%		(13	)%
AGS		2,371			2,499			50	%		48	%		(5	)%		(5	)%

Total revenue	$	4,708		$	5,171			100	%		100	%		(9	)%		(9	)%

⁽¹⁾

Not meaningful

GCS revenue for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $2,096 million and $2,390 million, respectively, a decrease of $294 million or 12%. The decrease in GCS revenue was primarily the result of lower customer spend on unified communications and contact center products in a cautious economic environment as discussed above. These decreases were partially offset by the incremental revenue from the Radvision business for fiscal 2013 as compared to the period June 5, 2012 through September 30, 2012.

Networking revenue for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $242 million and $284 million, respectively, a decrease of $42 million or 15%. The decrease in Networking revenue is primarily a result of lower customer spend in a cautious economic environment.

AGS revenue for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $2,371 million and $2,499 million, respectively, a decrease of $128 million or 5%. The decrease in AGS revenue was primarily due to lower maintenance and professional services revenues as a result of lower product sales particularly in the U.S. and lower ITPS revenues associated with our U.S. government customers. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in revenues from Cloud and managed services performed under contracts entered into in prior periods.

The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue by location:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
					Percentage of Total Revenue						Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change			Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change, net of Foreign Currency Impact
Dollars in millions	2013		2012		2013			2012			Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change
U.S.	$	2,560	$	2,786		54	%		54	%		(8	)%		(8	)%
International:
EMEA		1,239		1,349		26	%		26	%		(8	)%		(8	)%
APAC—Asia Pacific		457		497		10	%		10	%		(8	)%		(7	)%
Americas International—Canada and Latin America		452		539		10	%		10	%		(16	)%		(14	)%

Total International		2,148		2,385		46	%		46	%		(10	)%		(9	)%

Total revenue	$	4,708	$	5,171		100	%		100	%		(9	)%		(9	)%

Revenue in the U.S. for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $2,560 million and $2,786 million, respectively, a decrease of $226 million or 8%. The decrease in U.S. revenue was primarily attributable to lower sales associated with our unified communications and contact center products, which contributed to lower revenues from maintenance and professional services, particularly with ITPS revenues associated with our U.S. Government customers. Revenue in EMEA for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $1,239 million and $1,349 million, respectively, a decrease of $110 million or 8%. The decrease in EMEA revenue was primarily attributable to lower sales

associated with our unified communications products and to lesser extent lower sales associated with our contact center and networking products, partially offset by the incremental revenues from the Radvision business. Revenue in APAC for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $457 million and $497 million, respectively, a decrease of $40 million or 8%. The decrease in APAC revenue is primarily attributable to lower revenues associated with our unified communications and network products and professional services, partially offset by an increase in maintenance services. Revenue in Americas International was $452 million and $539 million for fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively, a decrease of $87 million or 16%. The decrease in Americas International revenue was particularly attributable to Canada and Brazil and was associated primarily with our unified communications and contact center products, as well as an unfavorable impact of foreign currency.

We sell our products both directly and through an indirect sales channel. The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue from sales of products by channel:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
					Percentage of ECS Product Revenue						Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change			Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change, net of Foreign Currency Impact
Dollars in millions	2013		2012		2013			2012			Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change
Direct	$	551	$	662		24	%		25	%		(17	)%		(17	)%
Indirect		1,786		2,010		76	%		75	%		(11	)%		(11	)%

Total ECS product revenue	$	2,337	$	2,672		100	%		100	%		(13	)%		(13	)%

Gross Profit

The following table sets forth a comparison of gross profit by segment:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
	Gross Profit						Gross Margin
Dollars in millions	2013			2012			2013			2012			Change
GCS	$	1,276		$	1,387			60.9	%		58.0	%	$	(111	)	(8	)%
Networking		101			115			41.7	%		40.5	%		(14	)	(12	)%

ECS		1,377			1,502			58.9	%		56.2	%		(125	)	(8	)%
AGS		1,250			1,224			52.7	%		49.0	%		26		2	%
Unallocated amounts		(67	)		(140	)			⁽¹⁾			⁽¹⁾		73			⁽¹⁾

Total	$	2,560		$	2,586			54.4	%		50.0	%	$	(26	)	(1	)%

⁽¹⁾

Not meaningful

Gross profit for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $2,560 million and $2,586 million, respectively, a decrease of $26 million or 1%. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in sales volume and lower pricing as a result of increasing competition in the marketplace partially offset by the success of our gross margin improvement initiatives, the impact of lower amortization of acquired technology intangible assets, and a $5 million benefit associated with our release of a contingent liability reserve related to a labor matter in EMEA following the receipt of a favorable court ruling. Our gross margin improvement initiatives included exiting facilities, reducing the workforce, relocating positions to lower-cost geographies, productivity improvements, and obtaining better pricing from our contract manufacturers and transportation vendors. As a result of the above initiatives, gross margin increased to 54.4% for fiscal 2013 from 50.0% for fiscal 2012.

GCS gross profit for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $1,276 million and $1,387 million, respectively, a decrease of $111 million or 8%. The decrease in GCS gross profit is primarily due to the decrease in sales volume and lower pricing as a result of increasing competition in the marketplace partially offset by the success of our gross margin improvement initiatives discussed above. As a result of the above factors, GCS gross margin increased to 60.9% for fiscal 2013 compared to 58.0% for fiscal 2012.

Networking gross profit for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $101 million and $115 million, respectively, a decrease of $14 million or 12%. Networking gross margin increased to 41.7% for fiscal 2013 from 40.5% for fiscal 2012. The decrease in Networking gross profit is primarily due to lower revenues, while the increase in gross margin was as a result of the success of our gross margin improvement initiatives partially offset by lower revenues which did not allow us to leverage our fixed costs.

AGS gross profit for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $1,250 million and $1,224 million, respectively, an increase of $26 million or 2%. The increase is primarily due to the continued benefit from our gross margin improvement initiatives discussed above, and a $5 million benefit associated with the release of a contingent liability related to a labor matter in EMEA as a result of a favorable court ruling. We have redesigned the Avaya support website and continue to transition our customers from an agent-based support model to a self-service/web-based support model. These improvements have allowed us to reduce our workforce and relocate positions to lower-cost geographies. The increase in AGS gross profit was partially offset by a decrease in services revenue. As a result of the above initiatives, AGS gross margin increased to 52.7% for fiscal 2013 compared to 49.0% for fiscal 2012.

Unallocated amounts for fiscal 2013 and 2012 include the effect of the amortization of acquired technology intangibles and costs that are not core to the measurement of segment management’s performance, but rather are controlled at the corporate level. The decrease in unallocated costs is primarily due to the impact of lower amortization associated with acquired technology intangible assets acquired prior to fiscal 2012.

Operating Expenses


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
					Percentage of Revenue
Dollars in millions	2013		2012		2013			2012			Change
Selling, general and administrative	$	1,521	$	1,630		32.3	%		31.5	%	$	109		(7	)%
Research and development		445		464		9.5	%		9.0	%		(19	)	(4	)%
Amortization of intangible assets		227		226		4.8	%		4.4	%		1		—	%
Goodwill impairment		89		—		1.9	%		—	%		89		—	%
Restructuring and impairment charges, net		200		147		4.2	%		2.8	%		53		36	%
Acquisition-related costs		1		4		—	%		0.1	%		(3	)	(75	)%

Total operating expenses	$	2,483	$	2,471		52.7	%		47.8	%	$	12		—	%

SG&A expenses for fiscal 2013 and 2012 were $1,521 million and $1,630 million, respectively, a decrease of $109 million. The decrease was primarily due to lower expenses as a result of our cost savings initiatives, lower selling expenses and a $3 million benefit associated with our release of a contingent liability reserve related to a labor matter in EMEA following the receipt of a favorable court ruling. Our cost savings initiatives included exiting and consolidating facilities, reducing workforce and relocating positions to lower-cost geographies. These decreases were partially offset by the incremental expenses associated with the Radvision business for the full twelve months ended September 30, 2013 versus the period June 5, 2012 through September 30, 2012, $21 million of additional depreciation expense related to the change in the estimates of the salvage value and useful life of one of the Company’s U.S. facilities and a $10 million charge recognized in the third quarter of fiscal 2013 based on the resolution of certain legal matters.

R&D expenses for fiscal 2013 and 2012 were $445 million and $464 million, respectively, a decrease of $19 million. The decrease in R&D expense was primarily due to lower expenses associated with our cost savings initiatives discussed above partially offset by the incremental expenses associated with the Radvision business. Although the Company has identified opportunities to streamline its R&D functions, it continues to focus on product development and innovation. During fiscal 2013 and 2012 the Company introduced 101 and 57 new products, respectively. Capitalized software development costs for fiscal 2013 and 2012 were $14 million and $35 million, respectively, a decrease of $21 million.

Amortization of intangible assets for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $227 million and $226 million, respectively.

Goodwill impairment associated with our ITPS reporting unit for fiscal 2013 was $89 million. The ITPS reporting unit provides specialized information technology services exclusively to U.S. government customers and experienced a decline in revenues as compared to previous periods and, as of March 31, 2013, a reduction in its forecasts for the remainder of fiscal 2013. The reporting unit was impacted by reduced government spending in anticipation of sequestration and general budget cuts. Additionally, there was much uncertainty regarding how sequestration cuts would be implemented and the impact they will have on contractors supporting the government. As a result of these events, the Company determined that an interim impairment test of the reporting unit’s goodwill should be performed.

Based on our performance of step one of the goodwill impairment test, we determined that the estimated fair value of the ITPS reporting unit was less than the carrying value of its net assets (including goodwill). Based on the second step of the goodwill impairment test, we determined that the book value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeded its implied fair value. Accordingly, we wrote down the goodwill balance by $89 million. The impairment was primarily the result of budgetary constraints, sequestration and uncertainty regarding spending on the part of the U.S. government. The reduced valuation of the reporting unit reflects additional market risks and lower sales forecasts for the reporting unit, which is consistent with economic trends at that time.

The Company tested goodwill for impairment at September 30, 2013 and 2012 and determined that no impairment existed.

Restructuring and impairment charges, net, for fiscal 2013 and 2012 were $200 million and $147 million, respectively, an increase of $53 million. The Company continued to identify opportunities to streamline its operations and generate cost savings which included consolidating and exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2013 include employee separation costs of $139 million and lease obligations of $61 million. These costs primarily include the payments associated with employee severance actions in EMEA and the U.S. and lease obligations associated with the vacated portion of a facility in Frankfurt, Germany, and facilities in the United Kingdom and the U.S. The severance actions in EMEA provided for the elimination of 234 positions and resulted in a charge of $48 million. The separation charges include, but are not limited to, social pension fund payments and health care and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. Enhanced severance plans were offered to certain management employees in the U.S. in the first and third quarters of fiscal 2013 and resulted in the elimination of 196 and 447 positions and restructuring charges of $9 million and $20 million, respectively. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2012 include employee separation costs of $123 million and lease obligations of $19 million. Employee separation costs for the period include $70 million associated with a plan presented to the works council on February 13, 2012 representing employees of certain of the Company’s German subsidiaries to eliminate 327 positions. In addition to the restructuring charges related to Germany, the Company had employee separation costs in the U.S., Canada, and EMEA, excluding Germany. Costs related to lease obligations include facilities partially or totally vacated during the period primarily located in the United Kingdom and the U.S. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and identify cost savings globally and may take additional restructuring actions in the future, the costs of which could be material.

During fiscal 2012, the Company initiated a plan to dispose of a Company owned facility in Germany and relocate to a new facility. Accordingly, the Company wrote the value of this asset down to its net realizable value and had reclassified this asset to held for sale. Included in restructuring and impairment charges, net is an impairment of $5 million for fiscal 2012. During the first quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company sold this facility.

Acquisition-related costs for fiscal 2013 were $1 million and include third-party legal and other costs related to business acquisitions in fiscal 2013. Acquisition-related costs for fiscal 2012 were $4 million and include third-party legal and other costs related to business acquisitions in fiscal 2012.

Operating Income

Fiscal 2013 operating income was $77 million compared to operating income of $115 million for fiscal 2012.

Operating income for fiscal 2013 and 2012 includes non-cash expenses for depreciation and amortization of $454 million and $564 million, goodwill impairment of $89 million and $0 and share-based compensation of $11 million and $8 million, respectively.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $467 million and $432 million, respectively, which includes non-cash interest expense of $21 million and $22 million, respectively. Non-cash interest expense for each period includes amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discount. Cash interest expense for fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 increased as a result of certain debt refinancing transactions partially offset by a decrease in interest expense as a result of the expiration of certain unfavorable interest rate swap contracts.

During fiscal 2013, the Company completed a series of transactions which allowed the Company to refinance term loans under its senior secured credit facilities that originally matured October 26, 2014 and substantially all of its senior unsecured notes that were scheduled to mature on November 1, 2015. As a result of these transactions and the resulting extension of the maturity of a large portion of our indebtedness, the Company extended the maturity date of $2.8 billion of its debt by an additional three to six years, although the interest rates associated with the refinanced portion of the Company’s debt increased. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

In connection with (1) the issuance of our 9% senior secured notes and the payment of $284 million of our term B-5 loans and (2) the refinancing of $584 million of outstanding term B-1 loans, we recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt for fiscal 2013 of $6 million. The loss represents the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value (including unamortized discount and debt issue costs) of the debt. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other expense, net, for fiscal 2013 and 2012 was $25 million and $29 million, respectively. During fiscal 2013, other expense, net, includes third party fees incurred in connection with debt modifications of $18 million and changes in the fair value of the preferred series B embedded derivative of $11 million, partially offset by net gains on foreign currency transactions of $5 million. Also included in other expense, net for fiscal 2013 is a $1 million translation loss recognized in connection with the devaluation of the bolivar by the Venezuela government in February 2013. During fiscal 2012, other expense, net, was primarily related to net foreign currency transaction losses of $21 million and changes in the fair value of the preferred series B embedded derivative of $6 million.

Benefit from (Provision for) Income Taxes

For fiscal 2013 the benefit from income taxes was $45 million as compared to the provision for income taxes of $8 million for fiscal 2012.

The effective rate for fiscal 2013 differs from the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate primarily due to (1) the effect of tax rate differentials on foreign income/loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (2) changes in the valuation allowance established against the Company’s deferred tax assets, (3) $17 million of income tax benefit recognized upon the expiration of certain interest rate swaps, and (4) the recognition of a $109 million benefit as a result of net gains in other comprehensive income.

During fiscal 2013, the Company recognized $17 million of income tax benefit related to the elimination of the tax effect of certain interest rate swaps in other comprehensive income. The tax effect of such interest rate swaps was recognized in other comprehensive income prior to the establishment of a valuation allowance against the Company’s U.S. net deferred tax assets and was eliminated following the expiration of the final interest rate swap upon which the tax effect was established.

During fiscal 2013, the Company recorded a tax charge of $109 million to other comprehensive income primarily relating to pension benefits. The charge to other comprehensive income resulted in an income tax benefit in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The effective income tax rate for fiscal 2012 differs from the U.S. federal tax rate primarily due to (1) the effect of taxable income in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, (2) the valuation allowance established against the Company’s deferred tax assets, (3) recognition of a $62 million benefit as a result of net gains in other comprehensive income, (4) $17 million of income tax expense related to undistributed foreign earnings, and (5) $9 million of income tax benefit related to the correction of prior year deferred tax assets and liabilities for certain non-U.S. legal entities.

As of September 30, 2012, the Company changed its indefinite reinvestment of undistributed foreign earnings assertion with respect to its non-U.S. subsidiaries. As a result the Company recorded income tax expense of $17 million in fiscal 2012 relating to non-U.S. taxes.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company recorded a correction to prior year deferred tax assets and liabilities for certain non-U.S. legal entities. This adjustment decreased the provision for income taxes by $9 million. Without this adjustment the Company’s provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate would have been $17 million and (5%), respectively for fiscal 2012. The Company evaluated the correction in relation to the current quarter and fiscal 2012, as well as the periods in which the adjustment originated, and concluded that the adjustment is not material to the current year and any prior quarter or year.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2012 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2011

Revenue

Our revenue for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $5,171 million and $5,547 million, respectively, a decrease of $376 million or 7%. Incremental revenue from the Radvision business for the period June 5, 2012 through September 30, 2012 was $31 million. The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue by portfolio:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
							Percentage of Total Revenue						Yr. to Yr. Percent Change			Yr. to Yr. Percent Change, net of Foreign Currency Impact
In millions	2012			2011			2012			2011			Yr. to Yr. Percent Change			Yr. to Yr. Percent Change, net of Foreign Currency Impact
GCS	$	2,390		$	2,675			46	%		49	%		(11	)%		(10	)%
Purchase accounting adjustments		(2	)		(3	)		—	%		—	%		⁽¹	⁾		⁽¹	⁾
Networking		284			304			6	%		5	%		(7	)%		(6	)%

Total ECS product revenue		2,672			2,976			52	%		54	%		(10	)%		(9	)%

AGS		2,499			2,573			48	%		46	%		(3	)%		(1	)%
Purchase accounting adjustments		—			(2	)		—	%		—	%		⁽¹	⁾		⁽¹	⁾

Total service revenue		2,499			2,571			48	%		46	%		(3	)%		(1	)%

Total revenue	$	5,171		$	5,547			100	%		100	%		(7	)%		(6	)%

⁽¹⁾

Not meaningful

GCS revenue for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $2,390 million and $2,675 million, respectively, a decrease of $285 million or 11%. The decrease in GCS revenue was driven by lower IT infrastructure spend by our end customers, limited quality issues on product/solution integration transitions, pricing pressures and an unfavorable impact of foreign currency, particularly in EMEA. The Company continues to make progress addressing the limited quality issues in its infrastructure products portfolio through patches issued to end-users and applied to inventories held by our contract manufacturers.

Networking revenue for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $284 million and $304 million, respectively, a decrease of $20 million or 7%. The decrease in Networking revenue is primarily a result of higher demand in fiscal 2011 due to our new product offerings, primarily in the U.S.

AGS revenue for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $2,499 million and $2,573 million, respectively, a decrease of $74 million or 3%. The decrease in AGS revenue was primarily due to an unfavorable impact of foreign currency, particularly in EMEA, as well as customers reducing their spending on maintenance contracts. These decreases in maintenance contracts revenue were partially offset by an increase in professional services.

The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue by location:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
					Percentage of Total Revenue						Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change			Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change, net of Foreign Currency Impact
Dollars in millions	2012		2011		2012			2011			Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change
U.S.	$	2,786	$	2,998		54	%		54	%		(7	)%		(7	)%
International:
EMEA		1,349		1,488		26	%		27	%		(9	)%		(6	)%
APAC—Asia Pacific		497		515		10	%		9	%		(3	)%		(3	)%
Americas International—Canada and Latin America		539		546		10	%		10	%		(1	)%		2	%

Total International		2,385		2,549		46	%		46	%		(6	)%		(4	)%

Total revenue	$	5,171	$	5,547		100	%		100	%		(7	)%		(6	)%

Revenue in the U.S. for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $2,786 million and $2,998 million, respectively, a decrease of $212 million or 7%. The decrease in U.S. revenue was primarily due to lower revenues associated with our infrastructure products portfolio, maintenance services particularly in the government sector, and networking products, partially offset by higher sales associated with contact center applications and professional services. Revenue in EMEA for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $1,349 million and $1,488 million, respectively, a decrease of $139 million or 9%. The decrease in EMEA revenues was primarily due to lower revenues associated with our infrastructure products portfolio, German rental base and maintenance services associated with our infrastructure products portfolio, as well as an unfavorable impact of foreign currency, partially offset by an increase in sales of our new networking product offerings. Revenue in APAC for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $497 million and $515 million, respectively, a decrease of $18 million. The decrease in APAC revenue is primarily attributable to lower revenues associated with our infrastructure products portfolio, partially offset by higher maintenance services and professional services. Revenue in Americas International was $539 million and $546 million for fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively, a decrease of $7 million or 1%. The decrease in Americas International revenue was primarily due to lower revenues associated with our infrastructure products and contact center portfolios and an unfavorable impact of foreign currency, partially offset by an increase in Networking revenues.

We sell our products both directly and through an indirect sales channel. The following table sets forth a comparison of revenue from sales of products by channel:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
					Percentage of ECS Product Revenue						Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change			Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change, net of Foreign Currency Impact
Dollars in millions	2012		2011		2012			2011			Yr. to Yr. Percentage Change
Direct	$	662	$	700		25	%		24	%		(5	)%		(3	)%
Indirect		2,010		2,276		75	%		76	%		(12	)%		(11	)%

Total ECS product revenue	$	2,672	$	2,976		100	%		100	%		(10	)%		(9	)%

The percentage of product sales through the indirect channel decreased by 1 percentage point to 75% in fiscal 2012 as compared to 76% in fiscal 2011. The decrease in sales volume in the indirect channel was a result of the revenue declines and factors causing those declines discussed above and due to inventory working capital management by distributors. The percentage of total revenue derived from indirect channels decreased relative to the percentage derived from direct sales due to the continuing transition from legacy NES products to the newer Avaya platforms. Sales from the NES business, prior to its acquisition by Avaya, were substantially generated through the indirect channel.

Gross Profit

The following table sets forth a comparison of gross profit by segment:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
	Gross Profit						Gross Margin
Dollars in millions	2012			2011			2012			2011			Change
GCS	$	1,387		$	1,532			58.0	%		57.3	%	$	(145	)	(9	)%
Networking		115			131			40.5	%		43.1	%		(16	)	(12	)%

ECS		1,502			1,663			56.2	%		55.9	%		(161	)	(10	)%
AGS		1,224			1,222			49.0	%		47.5	%		2		—	%
Unallocated amounts		(140	)		(253	)		⁽¹	⁾		⁽¹	⁾		113		⁽¹	⁾

Total	$	2,586		$	2,632			50.0	%		47.4	%	$	(46	)	(2	)%

⁽¹⁾

Not meaningful

Gross profit for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $2,586 million and $2,632 million, respectively. Gross profit decreased by $46 million or 2% and includes incremental gross profit from the Radvision business for the period June 5, 2012 through September 30, 2012 of $22 million. The decrease is attributable to decreased sales volumes, pricing pressures and an unfavorable impact of foreign currency. These decreases were partially offset by the success of our gross margin improvement initiatives as discussed below, the impact of lower amortization of acquired technology intangible assets, reductions in integration-related costs related to the acquisition of the NES business, a favorable change in our product mix as we had lower sales of lower margin products and lower costs associated with our employee incentive plans, which are driven by our actual financial results relative to established targets. Gross margin increased to 50.0% for fiscal 2012 from 47.4% for fiscal 2011. The increase in gross margin is primarily due to the success of our gross margin improvement initiatives as discussed above, the impact of lower amortization of acquired technology intangible assets, reductions in integration-related costs related to the acquisition of the NES business and lower costs associated with our employee incentive plans.

GCS gross profit for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $1,387 million and $1,532 million, respectively. GCS gross profit decreased $145 million or 9%. The decrease in GCS gross profit is primarily due to the decrease in sales volume, pricing pressures and the unfavorable impact of foreign currency. These decreases were partially offset

by the success of our gross margin improvement initiatives discussed above. The decreases were also offset by the reductions in integration-related costs related to the acquisition of the NES business and a favorable change in our product mix as we had lower sales of lower margin products. GCS gross margin increased to 58.0% for fiscal 2012 compared to 57.3% for fiscal 2011. The increase is primarily due to the positive effect of our gross margin improvement initiatives described above and a favorable change in our product mix as we had lower sales of lower margin products partially offset by lower sales volume, which reduced the leverage on our fixed costs.

Networking gross profit for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $115 million and $131 million, respectively. Networking gross margin decreased to 40.5% for fiscal 2012 from 43.1% for fiscal 2011. The decreases in Networking gross profit and margin were due to lower revenues which did not allow us to leverage our fixed costs.

AGS gross profit for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $1,224 million and $1,222 million and gross margin was 49.0% and 47.5%, respectively. The increases in AGS gross profit and gross margin are primarily due to the continued benefit from cost savings initiatives discussed above, as well as lower costs associated with our employee incentive plans. We have redesigned the Avaya support website and are transitioning our customers from an agent-based support model to a self-service/web-based support model. These improvements have allowed us to reduce the workforce and relocate positions to lower-cost geographies. These increases in AGS gross profit were partially offset by a decrease in services revenue.

Unallocated amounts for fiscal 2012 and 2011 include the effect of the amortization of acquired technology intangibles related to the acquisition of NES and the Merger, costs that are not core to the measurement of segment management’s performance, but rather are controlled at the corporate level, and certain purchase accounting adjustments in connection with the Merger. Unallocated costs for fiscal 2012 also included the effect of the amortization of acquired technology intangible assets related to the acquisition of Radvision in June 2012. The decrease in unallocated costs is primarily due to the impact of lower amortization associated with technology intangible assets acquired prior to fiscal 2012.

Operating Expenses


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
					Percentage of Revenue
Dollars in millions	2012		2011		2012			2011			Change
Selling, general and administrative	$	1,630	$	1,845		31.5	%		33.3	%	$	(215	)	(12	)%
Research and development		464		461		9.0	%		8.3	%		3		1	%
Amortization of intangible assets		226		226		4.4	%		4.1	%		—		—	%
Restructuring and impairment charges, net		147		189		2.8	%		3.4	%		(42	)	(22	)%
Acquisition-related costs		4		5		0.1	%		0.1	%		(1	)	(20	)%

Total operating expenses	$	2,471	$	2,726		47.8	%		49.2	%	$	(255	)	(9	)%

SG&A expenses for fiscal 2012 and 2011 were $1,630 million and $1,845 million, respectively, a decrease of $215 million. The decrease was primarily due to reductions in integration-related costs related to the acquisition of the NES business, a favorable impact of foreign currency, lower expenses as a result of our cost savings initiatives discussed above and lower expenses associated with our employee incentive plans, which are driven by our actual financial results relative to established targets. Integration-related costs included in SG&A were $19 million and $103 million for fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively. In fiscal 2011, integration-related costs primarily represent third-party consulting fees and other administrative costs associated with consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya and NES. These costs were incurred in connection with, among other things, the on-boarding of NES personnel, developing compatible IT systems and internal processes, and developing and implementing a strategic operating plan to enable a smooth transition with minimal disruption to NES customers. Such costs include fees paid to certain Nortel-controlled entities for logistic and other support

functions being performed on a temporary basis pursuant to a transition services agreement which expired in June 2011. For fiscal 2012, integration-related costs are primarily associated with the continued development of compatible IT systems.

R&D expenses for fiscal 2012 and 2011 were $464 million and $461 million, respectively, an increase of $3 million. The increase was primarily due to an increase in costs of new product development, as well as the incremental expenses associated with the acquisition of Radvision. The increase in these costs was partially offset by lower expenses associated with our employee incentive plans, which are driven by our actual financial results relative to established targets, and a favorable impact of foreign currency. Capitalized software development costs for fiscal 2012 and 2011 were $35 million and $42 million, respectively, a decrease of $7 million. Because the projects in our product development portfolio for fiscal 2011 were generally further along in the development cycle than those for fiscal 2012, we capitalized a lower portion of our current period R&D spend.

Amortization of intangible assets for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $226 million.

Restructuring and impairment charges, net, for fiscal 2012 and 2011 were $147 million and $189 million, respectively, a decrease of $42 million. The Company continues to focus on controlling costs and, as a result, implemented additional initiatives designed to streamline its operations and generate cost savings. These initiatives include exiting facilities and reducing the workforce or relocating positions to lower cost geographies. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2012 include employee separation costs of $123 million and lease obligations of $19 million. Employee separation costs for fiscal 2012 include $70 million associated with a plan presented to the works council on February 13, 2012 representing employees of certain of the Company’s German subsidiaries to eliminate 327 positions. The costs consist of severance and employment benefits payments and include, but are not limited to, social pension fund payments and health care and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. In addition to the restructuring charges related to Germany, the company had employee separation costs in the US, Canada and EMEA, excluding Germany. Costs related to lease obligations include facilities partially or totally vacated during the period primarily located in the United Kingdom and the U.S. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2011 include employee separation costs of $153 million and lease obligations of $36 million. Employee separation charges for this period include $56 million associated with an agreement reached with the Germany works council representing employees of certain of Avaya’s German subsidiaries for the elimination of 210 employee positions. For fiscal 2011, lease obligations included in restructuring charges represent the remaining lease obligations associated with facilities partially or totally vacated during the period primarily in Ireland and the U.S. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to streamline its operations and identify cost savings globally and may take additional restructuring actions in the future, the costs of which could be material.

The Company initiated a plan to dispose of a Company owned facility in Munich, Germany and relocate to a new facility. Accordingly, the Company wrote the value of this asset down to its net realizable value of $3 million and reclassified this asset as held for sale. Included in restructuring and impairment charges, net in the Statement of Operations is an impairment charge of $5 million for fiscal 2012.

Acquisition-related costs for fiscal 2012 and 2011 were $4 million and $5 million, and include third-party legal and other costs related to the acquisition of Radvision and other business acquisitions in fiscal 2012 and 2011.

Operating Income (Loss)

Operating income for fiscal 2012 was $115 million compared to an operating loss of $94 million for fiscal 2011.

Results for fiscal 2012 include the impact of integration-related costs (included in SG&A and elsewhere) of $19 million and acquisition-related costs of $4 million. In addition, in fiscal 2012, the Company incurred

impairment charges of $5 million related to the write-down of the Munich, Germany facility. For fiscal 2011, we incurred integration-related costs (included in SG&A and elsewhere) of $132 million and acquisition-related costs of $5 million.

Operating income (loss) for fiscal 2012 and 2011 includes non-cash expenses for depreciation and amortization of $564 million and $653 million and share-based compensation of $8 million and $12 million, respectively.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for fiscal 2012 and 2011 was $432 million and $460 million, respectively, which includes non-cash interest expense of $22 million and $41 million, respectively. Non-cash interest expense for fiscal 2012 includes (1) amortization of debt issuance costs and (2) accretion of debt discount attributable to our senior secured term B-3 loans which were issued on February 11, 2011 as a result of the modification to certain provisions of the senior secured credit facility. Non-cash interest expense for fiscal 2011 includes: (1) amortization of debt issuance costs and (2) accretion of debt discount attributable to our senior secured incremental term B-2 loans through February 11, 2011 the date on which the loans were repaid in full, and (3) accretion of debt discount attributable to our senior secured term B-3 loans which were issued on February 11, 2011 as a result of the modification to certain provisions of the senior secured credit facility.

Cash interest expense for fiscal 2012 decreased $9 million. The decrease was a result of the expiration of certain unfavorable interest rate swap contracts combined with the impact of the issuance of the senior secured notes and the related repayment of the senior secured incremental B-2 loans. The senior secured notes bear interest at a lower rate per annum than the previously outstanding senior secured incremental term B-2 loans. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in interest expense due to the impact of the amendment and restatement of the senior secured credit facility. The amendment and restatement of the senior secured credit facility resulted in the creation of a new tranche of senior secured term B-3 loans which bear interest at a higher rate per annum than the senior secured term B-1 loans that they replaced.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

In connection with the issuance of Avaya Inc.’s senior secured notes and the payment in full of the senior secured incremental term B-2 loans, we recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt for fiscal 2011 of $246 million. The loss represents the difference between the reacquisition price of the incremental term B-2 loans (including consent fees paid by Avaya to the holders of the incremental term B-2 loans that consented to the amendment and restatement of the senior secured credit facility of $1 million) and the carrying value of the incremental term B-2 loans (including unamortized debt discount and debt issue costs).

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other expense, net, for fiscal 2012 was $29 million as compared to other income, net of $5 million for fiscal 2011. During fiscal 2012, other expense, net primarily related to net foreign currency transaction losses of $21 million, changes in the fair value of the preferred series B embedded derivative of $6 million and third party fees incurred in connection with the preparation of the Company’s registration statement of $3 million. During fiscal 2011, net foreign currency transaction gains and interest income were partially offset by fees paid to third parties in connection with the modification of the senior secured term B-1 loan of $9 million.

Provision for Income Taxes

For fiscal 2012 and 2011 the provision for income taxes was $8 million and $68 million and the effective income tax rate was 2% and 9%, respectively.

In fiscal 2012, the Company recorded a tax charge of $62 million to other comprehensive income primarily relating to post-employment benefits. The charge to other comprehensive income resulted in the recording of a $56 million federal and a $6 million state income tax benefit in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. In fiscal 2011, the Company recorded a tax benefit to other comprehensive income. Therefore, there was no adjustment to the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The effective income tax rate for fiscal 2011 differs from the U.S. federal tax rate primarily due to the effect of taxable income in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions and due to the valuation allowance established against the Company’s U.S. deferred tax assets.

See Note 12, “Income Taxes” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details and a reconciliation of the Company’s loss before income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before income taxes, interest expense, interest income and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA provides us with a measure of operating performance that excludes items that are outside the control of management, which can differ significantly from company to company depending on capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which companies operate and capital investments. Under Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements, its ability to draw on the revolving credit facilities or engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments and paying dividends is tied in part to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP measures. GAAP is a reference to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. As defined in Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements, Adjusted EBITDA is a measure of EBITDA further adjusted to exclude certain charges and other adjustments permitted in calculating covenant compliance under Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements. We believe that including supplementary information concerning Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements and because it serves as a basis for determining management compensation. In addition, we believe Adjusted EBITDA provides more comparability between our historical results and results that reflect purchase accounting and our new capital structure following the Merger. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA measures our financial performance based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term, such as the Company’s pricing strategies, volume, costs and expenses of the organization.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent net income (loss) or cash flow from operations as those terms are defined by GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs. While Adjusted EBITDA and similar measures are frequently used as measures of operations and the ability to meet debt service requirements, these terms are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations. In particular, the definition of Adjusted EBITDA in Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements also allow us to add back certain non-cash charges that are deducted in calculating net income (loss). Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements also allows us to add back restructuring charges, Sponsors’ monitoring fees and other specific cash costs and expenses as defined in the agreements and that portion of our pension costs, other post-employment benefit costs, and non-retirement post-employment benefits costs representing the amortization of prior service costs and net actuarial gains/losses associated with these employment benefits. However, these are expenses that may recur, may vary and are difficult to predict. Further, Avaya Inc.’s debt agreements require that Adjusted EBITDA be calculated for the most recent four fiscal quarters. As a result, the measure can be disproportionately affected by a particularly strong or weak quarter. Further, it may not be comparable to the measure for any subsequent four-quarter period or any complete fiscal year.

The unaudited reconciliation of net loss, which is a GAAP measure, to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is presented below:


	Fiscal year ended September 30,
(In millions)	2013			2012			2011
Net loss	$	(376	)	$	(354	)	$	(863	)
Interest expense		467			432			460
Interest income		(2	)		(3	)		(5	)
Income tax (benefit) expense		(45	)		8			68
Depreciation and amortization		454			564			653

EBITDA		498			647			313
Impact of purchase accounting adjustments		1			3			—
Restructuring charges, net		200			142			189
Sponsors’ monitoring fees (a)		7			7			7
Acquisition-related costs (b)		1			4			5
Integration-related costs (c)		15			19			132
Loss on extinguishment of debt (d)		6			—			246
Third-party fees expensed in connection with debt modification (e)		18			—			9
Non-cash share-based compensation		11			8			12
Write-down of held for sale assets to net realizable value		—			5			1
(Gain) loss on investments and sale of long-lived assets, net		(1	)		3			1
Impairment of long-lived assets		1			6			—
Goodwill impairment		89			—			—
Reversal of contingent liability related to acquisition		—			(1	)		—
Change in fair value of Preferred Series B embedded derivative (f)		11			6			—
Venezuela hyperinflationary and devaluation charges		1			—			—
Securities registration fees (g)		1			3			—
Resolution of legal matters		10			—			—
(Gain) loss on foreign currency transactions		(5	)		21			(12	)
Pension/OPEB/nonretirement postemployment benefits and long-term disability costs (h)		79			98			68

Adjusted EBITDA	$	943		$	971		$	971

(a)

Sponsors’ monitoring fees represent monitoring fees payable to affiliates of the Sponsors pursuant to a management services agreement entered into at the time of the Merger. See Note 18, “Related Party Transactions,” in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.

(b)

Acquisition-related costs include legal and other costs related to Radvision, NES and other acquisitions.

(c)

associated with Radvision primarily relate to consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya and Radvision and the costs associated with NES primarily relate to developing compatible IT systems and internal processes.

(d)

Loss on extinguishment of debt represents the loss recognized in connection with the repayment of $284 million of term B-5 loans and $584 million of term B-1 loans in fiscal 2013. The loss is based on the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value of the debt. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(e)

The third-party fees expensed in connection with debt modification represent fees paid to third parties in connection with the modifications of the senior secured credit facility and the exchange of $1,384 million of senior unsecured notes for senior secured notes in fiscal 2013. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(f)

Represents the loss on changes in the fair value of certain embedded derivative features of the Company’s Series B preferred stock. Under GAAP, these embedded features must be recognized at fair value at each balance sheet date with the changes in the fair value recognized in operations. See Note 15, “Capital Stock.” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.

(g)

Represents third party fees incurred in connection with the Company’s registration statement.

(h)

Represents that portion of our pension costs, other post-employment benefit costs and non-retirement post-employment benefit costs representing the amortization of prior service costs and net actuarial gains/losses associated with these employment benefits. In fiscal 2013, the amount includes a net curtailment gain of $9 million associated with the U.S. pension and postretirement plans. In fiscal 2012 the amounts include a curtailment charge of $5 million associated with workforce reductions in Germany and the U.S.

Supplemental Quarterly Financial Information

Our quarterly revenues and other financial measures have varied in the past and can be expected to vary in the future due to numerous factors, including modest seasonality related to the structure of our incentive compensation plan, which has been based on annual targets rather than quarterly targets, and customer budget cycles generally resulting in higher revenue in the fourth fiscal quarter relative to other quarters. The following table sets forth our unaudited (a) revenue, (b) gross profit and (c) reconciliations of net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for each of the eight quarters in the period ended September 30, 2013. Operating results for these periods are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year or of the results expected in future periods. You should read this data together with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


	Three months ended
	September 30, 2013				June 30, 2013				March 31, 2013				December 31, 2012				September 30, 2012				June 30, 2012				March 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
	(in millions)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
REVENUE
Products		$	617			$	560			$	529			$	631			$	652			$	634			$	637			$	749
Services			583				590				589				609				625				616				620				638

			1,200				1,150				1,118				1,240				1,277				1,250				1,257				1,387

COSTS
Products:
Costs (exclusive of amortization of technology intangible assets)			232				234				236				261				283				271				280				311
Amortization of technology intangible assets			14				13				14				22				46				47				49				50
Services			273				276				282				291				302				309				315				322

			519				523				532				574				631				627				644				683

GROSS PROFIT		$	681			$	627			$	586			$	666			$	646			$	623			$	613			$	704

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA
Net income (loss)		$	25			$	(132	)		$	(188	)		$	(81	)		$	6			$	(169	)		$	(165	)		$	(26	)
Interest expense			121				122				116				108				108				107				108				109
Interest income			—				(1	)			—				(1	)			—				(1	)			(1	)			(1	)
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes			(36	)			(3	)			3				(9	)			(54	)			88				(24	)			(2	)
Depreciation and amortization			123				110				107				114				138				140				143				143

EBITDA			233				96				38				131				198				165				61				223
Impact of purchase accounting adjustments			—				1				—				—				1				1				1				—
Restructuring charges, net			35				63				18				84				14				17				90				21
Sponsors’ monitoring fees^(a)			2				1				2				2				2				1				2				2
Acquisition-related costs^(b)			—				1				—				—				—				1				2				1
Integration-related costs^(c)			3				3				5				4				5				6				3				5
Loss on extinguishment of debt^(d)			—				—				3				3				—				—				—				—
Third-party fees expensed in connection with debt modification^(e)			—				—				14				4				—				—				—				—
Non-cash share-based compensation			4				4				1				2				1				2				2				3
Write-down of held for sale assets to net realizable value			—				—				—				—				1				4				—				—
(Gain) loss on investments and sale of long-lived assets, net			—				(1	)			—				—				—				—				2				1
Impairment of long-lived assets			—				1				—				—				4				2				—				—
Goodwill impairment			—				—				89				—				—				—				—				—
Reversal of contingent liability related to acquisition			—				—				—				.				(1	)			—				—				—
Change in fair value of Preferred Series B embedded derivative^(f)			(2	)			21				(4	)			(4	)			3				3				—				—
Venezuela hyperinflationary and devaluation charges			—				—				1				—				—				—				—				—
Securities registration fees^(g)			—				1				—				—				—				—				3				—
Resolution of legal matters			—				10				—				—				—				—				—				—
Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions			5				5				(17	)			2				14				(5	)			11				1
Pension/OPEB/nonretirement postemployment benefits and long-term disability costs^(h)			15				19				22				23				25				28				23				22

Adjusted EBITDA		$	295			$	225			$	172			$	251			$	267			$	225			$	200			$	279

(a)

Sponsors’ monitoring fees represent monitoring fees payable to affiliates of the Sponsors pursuant to a management services agreement entered into at the time of the Merger. See Note 18, “Related Party Transactions,” in our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.

(b)

Acquisition-related costs include legal and other costs related to Radvision, NES and other acquisitions.

(c)

Integration-related costs primarily represent third-party consulting fees and other administrative costs associated with consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya with Radvision and NES. The costs associated with Radvision primarily relate to consolidating and coordinating the operations of Avaya and Radvision and the costs associated with NES primarily relate to developing compatible IT systems and internal processes.

(d)

(e)

(f)

Represents the loss (gain) on changes in the fair value of certain embedded derivative features of the Company’s Series B preferred stock. Under GAAP, these embedded features must be recognized at fair value at each balance sheet date with the changes in the fair value recognized in operations. See Note 15, “Capital Stock.” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.

(g)

Represents third party fees incurred in connection with the Company’s registration statement.

(h)

Represents that portion of our pension costs, other post-employment benefit costs and non-retirement post-employment benefit costs representing the amortization of prior service costs and net actuarial gains/losses associated with these employment benefits. In fiscal 2013, the amount includes a net curtailment gain of $9 million associated with the U.S. pension and postretirement plans. In fiscal 2012, the amounts include a curtailment charge of $5 million associated with workforce reductions in Germany and the U.S.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We expect our existing cash balance, cash generated by operations and borrowings available under our credit facilities to be our primary sources of short-term liquidity. Based on our current level of operations, we believe these sources will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months. Our ability to meet our cash requirements will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. As part of our analysis, we have assessed the implications of recent financial events on our current business and determined that these market conditions have not affected our ability to meet our obligations as they come due in the ordinary course of business and have not had a significant impact on our liquidity as of September 30, 2013. However, we cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us under our credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs.

Sources and Uses of Cash

The following table provides the condensed statements of cash flows for the periods indicated:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012			2011
Net cash (used for) provided by:
Net loss	$	(376	)	$	(354	)	$	(863	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used for operating activities		470			616			637
Changes in operating assets and liabilities		57			(218	)		(74	)

Operating activities		151			44			(300	)
Investing activities		(113	)		(283	)		(101	)
Financing activities		(79	)		155			228
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(8	)		7			(6	)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		(49	)		(77	)		(179	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		338			415			594

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	289		$	338		$	415

Operating Activities

Cash provided by (used for) operations was $151 million, $44 million and $(300) million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In fiscal 2011, cash used for operations included $291 million in payments associated with the refinancing of our incremental term B-2 loans. In connection with this refinancing the Company recognized a $241 million cash loss on the extinguishment of debt (excluding $5 million of non-cash charges for debt issuance costs) and paid $50 million of amortized discount.

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used for) operations for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $470 million, $616 million and $637 million, and consisted of depreciation and amortization of $454 million, $564 million and $653 million, deferred income taxes of $(111) million, $(37) million and $(3) million, unrealized loss (gain) on foreign currency exchange of $(23) million, $29 million and $(38) million, non-cash interest expense of $21 million, $22 million and $41 million, third-party fees expensed in connection with debt modifications of $18 million, $0 and $9 million, changes in the fair value of Preferred Series B embedded derivative of $11 million, $6 million and $0 and share based compensation of $11 million, $8 million and $12 million, respectively. Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities also include goodwill impairment of $89 million during fiscal 2013. In addition to these adjustments, as discussed above we paid $50 million of amortized discount in connection with the repayment of our incremental B-2 loans during fiscal 2011.

Cash provided by (used for) changes in operating assets and liabilities for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $57 million, $(218) million and $(74) million, respectively.

In fiscal 2013 changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in a net increase in cash and cash equivalents and was predominantly driven by improvements in the collection of receivables, increases in deferred revenues attributable to a number of annual prepaid maintenance contracts, the effects of non-cash business restructuring reserves net of cash payments against reserves established in prior years and a decrease in inventory levels. These increases in net cash and cash equivalents were partially offset by payments associated with our employee incentive programs and a decrease in accounts payable.

In fiscal 2012 changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in a net decrease in cash and cash equivalents and was predominantly driven by payments associated with our business restructuring reserves established in prior years, decreases in accounts payable and deferred revenue balances and payment of previously established employee payroll and benefit obligations, the most significant of which were payments under our pension and employee incentive plans. These decreases were partially offset by a decrease in inventory levels.

In fiscal 2011 changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted in a net decrease in cash and cash equivalents and was predominantly driven by a decrease in foreign exchange contracts due to settlement and changes in foreign currency exchange rates associated with these contracts, an increase in inventory and a decrease in payroll and benefit obligations. These decreases in operating assets and liabilities were partially offset by the increase in accrued interest as a result of the issuance of the senior secured notes and repayment of the senior secured incremental term B-2 loans, which resulted in a change in the timing of when our interest payments are due.

Investing Activities

Net cash used for investing activities for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $113 million, $283 million and $101 million, and consisted primarily of cash used for the acquisition of businesses of $12 million, $234 million and $16 million, capital expenditures of $110 million, $92 million and $83 million and payments to develop capitalized software of $14 million, $35 million and $42 million, respectively. Cash used for the acquisition of businesses in fiscal 2012 includes $208 million of payments (net of cash acquired of $22 million) related to our acquisition of Radvision. Cash used for investing activities for fiscal 2013 was partially offset by $23 million of cash proceeds from the sales of long-lived assets. Cash used for investing activities for fiscal 2012 was partially offset by $74 million of cash proceeds from the sale of investments primarily related to marketable securities which were acquired in connection with the acquisition of Radvision and subsequently sold.

Financing Activities

Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $(79) million, $155 million and $228 million, respectively, and primarily included proceeds from our financing agreements (net of repayments), proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and payments for debt issuance and modification costs.

Cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2013 includes proceeds of $589 million from the issuance of senior secured term B-5 loans and proceeds of $290 million from the issuance of 9% senior secured notes. The proceeds from the issuance of the senior secured term B-5 loans were used to repay $584 million principal amount of our senior secured term B-1 loans and the proceeds from the issuance of the 9% senior secured notes were used to repay $284 million principal amount of our term B-5 loans. Additionally, during fiscal 2013, the Company completed a non-cash exchange in which $642 million of the 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $742 million of the 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes were exchanged for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes. Cash used for financing activities for fiscal 2013 also includes cash paid for debt issuance and modification costs of $49 million.

In fiscal 2012 net cash provided by financing activities included proceeds of $196 million from the issuance of 48,921 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock with detachable warrants to purchase 24.5 million shares of common stock and $60 million borrowed by the Company under its senior secured asset-based credit facility both of which were used to finance, in part, the acquisition of Radvision. Following the completion of the acquisition, all amounts borrowed under the senior secured asset-based credit facility were repaid in full.

In fiscal 2011 net cash provided by financing activities included proceeds of $967 million from the issuance of $1,009 million of senior secured notes net of $42 million of cash paid for debt issuance and debt modification costs. The proceeds from the issuance of the senior secured notes were used, to repay in full the senior secured incremental term B-2 loans which had a discounted carrying value of $696 million. In addition to the discounted carrying value of $696 million, the total payment of $987 million included $241 million of unamortized loan discount recognized as a cash loss on extinguishment of debt (excluding $5 million of non-cash charges for debt issuance costs) and $50 million of amortized loan discount as discussed in Sources and Uses of Cash—Operating Activities above.

Net cash provided by financing activities was partially offset by the scheduled repayments of our long-term debt of $38 million, $37 million and $42 million in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Contractual Obligations and Sources of Liquidity

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2013:


	Payments due by period
In millions	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Capital lease obligations⁽¹⁾	$	21	$	4	$	8	$	8	$	1
Operating lease obligations⁽²⁾		450		93		147		104		106
Purchase obligations with contract manufacturers and suppliers⁽³⁾		46		46		—		—		—
Other purchase obligations⁽⁴⁾		127		61		62		4		—
9.75% senior unsecured cash pay notes due November 1, 2015⁽⁵⁾		58		—		58		—		—
10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due November 1, 2015⁽⁵⁾		92		—		92		—		—
Variable rate senior secured term B-3 loans due October 26, 2017⁽⁶⁾		2,127		25		50		2,052		—
Variable rate senior secured term B-4 loans due October 26, 2017⁽⁶⁾		1		—		—		1		—
Variable rate senior secured term B-5 loans due March 31, 2018⁽⁶⁾		1,141		13		27		1,101		—
7% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019⁽⁵⁾		1,009		—		—		—		1,009
9% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019⁽⁵⁾		290		—		—		—		290
10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2011⁽⁵⁾		1,384		—		—		—		1,384
Interest payments due on long-term debt⁽⁷⁾		2,688		453		939		836		460
Pension benefit obligations⁽⁸⁾		220		220		—		—		—

Total	$	9,654	$	915	$	1,383	$	4,106	$	3,250

(1)

The payments due for capital lease obligations do not include future payments for interest.

(2)

Contractual obligations for operating leases include $97 million of future minimum lease payments that have been accrued for in accordance with GAAP pertaining to restructuring and exit activities.

(3)

We purchase components from a variety of suppliers and use several contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services for our products. During the normal course of business, in order to manage manufacturing lead times and to help assure adequate component supply, we enter into agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that allow them to produce and procure inventory based upon forecasted requirements provided by us. If we do not meet these specified purchase commitments, we could be required to purchase the inventory. See Note 19, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details on our purchase commitments.

(4)

Other purchase obligations represent an estimate of contractual obligations in the ordinary course of business, other than commitments with contract manufacturers and suppliers, for which we have not received the goods or services as of September 30, 2013. Although contractual obligations are considered enforceable and legally binding, the terms generally allow us the option to cancel, reschedule and adjust our requirements based on our business needs prior to the delivery of goods or performance of services.

(5)

The contractual obligations for our notes represent principal payments only.

(6)

The contractual obligations for the senior secured credit facility represent the minimum principal payments owed per year. The contractual cash obligations do not reflect any contingent mandatory annual principal repayments that may be required to be made upon us achieving certain excess cash flow targets, as defined in our senior secured credit facility.

(7)

The contractual obligations for interest payments represent the related interest payments on long-term debt. The interest payments for the senior secured term B-3 loans, senior secured term B-4 loans, and senior secured term B-5 loans were calculated by applying an applicable margin to a projected 3-month LIBOR rate. The interest payments for the notes were calculated using the stated interest rate.

(8)

The Company sponsors non-contributory defined pension and postretirement plans covering certain employees and retirees. The Company’s general funding policy with respect to qualified pension plans is to contribute amounts at least sufficient to satisfy the minimum amount required by applicable law and regulations, or to directly pay benefits where appropriate. Most postretirement medical benefits are not pre-funded. Consequently, the Company makes payments as these retiree medical benefits are disbursed.

Additionally, as of September 30, 2013, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $268 million. Also, included in non-current liabilities is $9 million relating to audits by state and local and foreign taxing authorities for the periods prior to the Company’s separation from Lucent Technologies Inc. (now Alcatel-Lucent) pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement between the Company and Lucent. Further, an additional $38 million for gross interest and penalties relating to these amounts had been classified as non-current liabilities. At this time, the Company is unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in connection with these tax liabilities; therefore, such amounts are not included in the above contractual obligation table.

Our primary future cash requirements will be to fund working capital, debt service, capital expenditures, restructuring payments and benefit obligations. In addition, we may use cash in the future to make strategic acquisitions.

In addition to our working capital requirements, we expect our primary cash requirements for fiscal 2014 to be as follows:

•

Debt service—We expect to make payments of $491 million during fiscal 2014 for principal and interest associated with long-term debt.

•

Restructuring payments—We expect to make payments of approximately $92 million during fiscal 2014 for employee separation costs and lease termination obligations associated with restructuring actions we have implemented through September 30, 2013.

•

Capital expenditures—We expect to spend approximately $129 million for capital expenditures and capitalized software development costs during fiscal 2014.

•

Benefit obligations—We estimate we will make payments under our pension and postretirement obligations totaling $226 million during fiscal 2014. These payments include: $144 million to satisfy the minimum statutory funding requirements of our U.S. qualified plans, $7 million of payments under our U.S. benefit plans which are not pre-funded, $29 million under our non-U.S. benefit plans which are predominately not pre-funded, $46 million under our U.S. retiree medical benefit plan which is not pre-funded. See discussion in Note 13, “Benefit Obligations” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details of our benefit obligations.

We and our subsidiaries, affiliates and significant shareholders may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt (including publicly issued debt) through cash purchases and/or exchanges, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, by tender offer or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Future Sources of Liquidity

We expect our existing cash balance, cash generated by operations and borrowings available under our credit facilities to be our primary sources of short-term liquidity. We expect that revenues from higher margin products and services and continued focus on accounts receivable, inventory management and cost containment will enable us to generate positive net cash from operating activities. As the Company continues to evaluate and identify additional operational synergies, additional cost saving opportunities may be identified and future restructuring charges may be incurred.

Avaya Inc. currently has two revolving credit facilities providing for borrowings of up to an aggregate of $535 million subject to certain contractual limitations. Avaya Inc.’s senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility provides senior secured revolving financing of up to $335 million, subject to availability under a borrowing base which, at any time, equals the sum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. In addition, although the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility does not require Avaya

Inc. to comply with any financial ratio maintenance covenants, if Avaya Inc. has Excess Availability under the facility of less than $33.5 million at any time, it will not be permitted to borrow any additional amounts thereunder unless its pro forma Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (each such term as defined in the credit agreement governing the facility) is at least 1.0 to 1.0. At September 30, 2013 there were no borrowings under the facility, however there were letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business which reduce the amount of borrowings available. Based on the borrowing base as calculated at September 30, 2013, the remaining availability under the facility was $228 million which is net of $82 million in issued letters of credit. Avaya Inc. also has a senior secured multi-currency revolver, which allows for borrowings of up to $200 million. At September 30, 2013, there were no amounts outstanding under the senior secured multi-currency revolver and the $200 million was available in full. Both revolving credit facilities include other customary conditions that, if not complied with, could restrict Avaya Inc.’s availability to borrow. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company changed its indefinite reinvestment of undistributed foreign earnings assertion with respect to its non-U.S. subsidiaries. This change in assertion reflects the Company’s intention and ability to maintain flexibility with respect to sourcing of funds from non-U.S. locations.

The Company is planning to make an initial public offering of its common stock as contemplated in this prospectus. We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to repay certain of our existing indebtedness and to redeem our Series A Preferred Stock.

If we do not generate sufficient cash from operations, face unanticipated cash needs such as the need to fund significant strategic acquisitions or do not otherwise have sufficient cash and cash equivalents, we may need to incur additional debt or issue additional equity. In order to meet our cash needs we may, from time to time, borrow under our credit facilities or issue long-term or short-term debt or equity, if the market and our credit facilities and the indentures governing our notes permit us to do so. Furthermore, if we acquire a business in the future that has existing debt, our debt service requirements may increase. We regularly evaluate market conditions, our liquidity profile, and various financing alternatives for opportunities to enhance our capital structure. If market conditions are favorable, we may refinance our existing debt or issue additional securities.

Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents of $289 million as of September 30, 2013 and future cash provided by operating activities will be sufficient to meet our future cash requirements described above for at least the next twelve months. Our ability to meet these requirements will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. As of September 30, 2013, our cash and cash equivalent balances held outside the U.S. were $207 million. As of September 30, 2013, balances of cash and cash equivalents held outside the U.S. that are in excess of in-country needs and cannot be distributed to the U.S. without restriction were not material.

Uncertainties Regarding Our Liquidity

We believe the following uncertainties exist regarding our liquidity:

•

Revenues—Our ability to generate net cash from operating activities has been a primary source of our liquidity. If our revenues and gross profits were to decline significantly during an economic downturn and challenging market conditions, particularly in the U.S. and Europe, our ability to generate net cash from operating activities in a sufficient amount to meet our cash needs could be adversely affected. Furthermore, our net cash provided by operating activities may be insufficient if we face unanticipated cash needs such as the funding of a future acquisition or other capital investment

•

Cost Saving Initiatives—Our ability to reduce costs through cost saving initiatives will have a direct effect on our cash flows and available cash balances, as certain restructuring charges are recorded in the current year but are paid in future periods. Further, although we may identify additional cost saving

initiatives in the future, we may be unsuccessful in these actions or the amount required for severance payments may be so prohibitive as to preclude the implementation of such cost savings initiatives, which could negatively impact our future cash flows.

•

Future Acquisitions—We may from time to time in the future make acquisitions. Such acquisitions may require significant amounts of cash or may result in increased debt service requirements to the extent we assume or incur debt in connection with such acquisitions.

•

Litigation—In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in litigation, claims, government inquiries, investigations, charges and proceedings. See Note 19, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus. Our ability to successfully defend the Company against pending and future litigation may impact cash flows.

Debt Service Obligations

As a result of the Merger and the acquisition of NES, our level of indebtedness increased. As of September 30, 2013, principal payments due under our indebtedness were $6,102 million, excluding capital lease obligations of $21 million. Our interest expense for fiscal 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $467, $432 million and $460 million, respectively, and included $21 million, $22 million and $41 million of non-cash interest expense, respectively.

Our leverage requires that a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness.

We continually monitor our exposure to the risk of increased interest rates as portions of our borrowings under our credit facilities are at variable rates of interest. We use interest rate swap agreements to manage the amount of our floating rate debt to the extent we deem appropriate. At September 30, 2013 there were no outstanding swap agreements.

Deferred Tax Assets

Our deferred tax assets are primarily a result of deductible temporary differences related to net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, benefit obligations, tax credit carryforwards, and other accruals which are available to reduce taxable income in future periods. As of September 30, 2013, the Company had tax-effected NOL carryforwards of $1,105 million, comprised of $560 million for U.S. Federal, state and local taxes and $545 million for foreign taxes including $197 million, $283 million and $29 million, in Germany, Luxembourg and France, respectively. U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards expire through 2031, with the majority expiring in excess of 10 years. The majority of the foreign NOL carryforwards have no expiration. Additionally, the Company has various other tax credit carryforwards totaling $83 million. Of this total, $21 million expire within five years, $25 million expire between five and 15 years, $20 million expire in excess of 15 years, and the remaining have no expiration.

The Internal Revenue Code contains certain provisions which may limit the use of U.S. federal net operating losses and U.S. federal tax credits upon a change in ownership (determined under very broad and complex direct and indirect ownership rules) in the Company within a three-year testing period. As a result of the Merger in October 2007, a significant change in the ownership of the Company occurred that limits, on an annual basis, the Company’s ability to utilize its pre-Merger U.S. federal NOLs and U.S. federal tax credits. The Company’s NOLs and tax credits will continue to be available to offset taxable income and tax liabilities (until such NOLs and tax credits are either used or expire) subject to the annual limitation. We do not believe that the share issuance as contemplated in this prospectus will itself, or when aggregated with other prior shareholder ownership changes during the applicable testing period, cause an ownership change that would further limit, on an annual basis, our ability to utilize our current U.S. federal net operating losses and U.S. federal tax credits.

As a result of continuing pre-tax losses incurred subsequent to the Merger, as of September 30, 2013, excluding the U.S. deferred tax liabilities on indefinite-lived intangible assets, our deferred tax assets exceed our deferred tax liabilities in the U.S. and we are in a three-year cumulative book taxable loss position in the U.S.

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company considered the scheduled reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities, projected future taxable income, and certain tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on this assessment in fiscal 2013 the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets in certain significant jurisdictions, including the U.S., Canada, Ireland, Germany, Luxembourg, Spain and France will not be realized to the extent they exceed the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities. The recognition of valuation allowances will continue to adversely affect our effective income tax rate.

At September 30, 2013, the valuation allowance of $1,617 million is comprised of $988 million relating to U.S. deferred tax assets and $629 million relating to foreign deferred tax assets for which $296 million, $282 million and $29 million relates to our German, Luxembourg and French subsidiaries, respectively. In fiscal 2013, the Company recorded an increase of $90 million to its valuation allowance. The increase in the valuation allowance is comprised of a $98 million change to net deferred tax assets primarily related to other changes in other comprehensive income offset by a $8 million benefit included in the provision for income taxes.

Credit Facilities

In connection with the Merger on October 26, 2007, Avaya Inc. entered into borrowing arrangements with several financial institutions, certain of which arrangements have since been amended. Long-term debt under Avaya Inc.’s borrowing arrangements includes a senior secured credit facility consisting of term loans and a revolving credit facility, a senior secured multi-currency asset based revolving credit facility, senior secured notes and senior unsecured notes. On August 8, 2011, Avaya Inc. amended the terms of the multi-currency revolvers available under its senior secured credit facility and its senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility to extend the final maturity of each from October 26, 2013 to October 26, 2016.

During the three months ended December 31, 2012, Avaya Inc. completed three transactions which allowed Avaya Inc. to refinance $848 million of term loans under its senior secured credit facilities that originally matured October 26, 2014. These transactions were (1) an amendment and restatement of the senior secured credit facility and the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility on October 29, 2012 along with the extension of the maturity date of $135 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured term B-1 loans (“term B-1 loans”), (2) an amendment and restatement of the senior secured credit facility on December 21, 2012 along with the extension of the maturity date of $713 million aggregate principal amount of term B-1 loans and $134 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured term B-4 loans, and (3) the issuance on December 21, 2012 of $290 million of 9% senior secured notes due April 2019.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, Avaya Inc. refinanced the remaining $584 million of term B-1 loans outstanding under its senior secured credit facility with the cash proceeds of $589 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans under the senior secured credit facility.

Additionally, during the three months ended March 31, 2013, Avaya Inc. refinanced $1,384 million of senior unsecured notes, through (1) amendments to the senior secured credit facility and the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility permitting the refinancing of the 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes due 2015 and 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015 (collectively, the “Old Notes”) with indebtedness secured by a lien on certain collateral on a junior-priority basis and (2) the exchange of $1,384 million of Old Notes for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes due 2021.

The Company regularly evaluates market conditions, its liquidity profile, and various financing alternatives for opportunities to enhance its capital structure. If opportunities are favorable, Avaya Inc. may refinance existing debt or issue additional debt securities.

In connection with the acquisition of Radvision, Avaya Inc. borrowed $60 million under its senior secured asset-based credit facility. Following the completion of the acquisition, all amounts borrowed were repaid in full.

We are not in default under the senior secured credit facility, the indentures governing Avaya Inc.’s notes or Avaya Inc.’s senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Guarantees of Indebtedness and Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We are party to several types of agreements, including surety bonds, purchase commitments, product financing arrangements and performance guarantees, which are fully discussed in Note 19, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements, respectively.

Legal Proceedings and Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We are subject to certain legal proceedings, which are fully discussed in Note 19, “Commitments and Contingencies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements, respectively.

Use of Estimates and Critical Accounting Policies

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are based on the selection and application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require us to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and the accompanying notes. Future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty. Therefore, the determination of estimates requires the exercise of judgment. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and any such differences may be material to the financial statements. We believe that the following policies may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in their application and represent the critical accounting policies used in the preparation of our financial statements. If different assumptions or conditions were to prevail, the results could be materially different from our reported results.

Acquisition Accounting

The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method, which requires an allocation of the purchase price of an acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue primarily from the sale of products, software, and services for communications systems and applications. The Company’s products are sold directly through its worldwide sales force and indirectly through its global network of distributors, service providers, dealers, value-added resellers, systems integrators and business partners. Services includes (i) supplemental maintenance service, including services provided under contracts to monitor and optimize customers’ communications network performance; (ii) professional services for implementation and integration of converged voice and data networks, network security and unified communications; and (iii) Cloud and managed services. Maintenance contracts have terms that range from one to five years. Contracts for professional services typically have terms that range from four to six weeks for standard products and from six months to one year for customized products. Contracts for Cloud and managed services have terms that range from one to seven years.

In accordance with GAAP, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. For arrangements that require acceptance of the product, system, or solution as specified by the customer, revenue is deferred until the acceptance criteria have been met.

other allowances, including promotional marketing programs and other incentives as a reduction of revenue at time of sale. When estimating returns, the Company considers customary inventory levels held by third-party distributors.

The Company enters into multiple deliverable arrangements, which may include various combinations of products, software and services. Most product and service deliverables qualify as separate units of accounting and can be sold on a standalone basis. A deliverable constitutes a separate unit of accounting when it has standalone value and, where return rights exist, delivery or performance of the undelivered items is considered probable and substantially within the Company’s control. When the Company sells products with implementation services, they are generally combined as one or more units of accounting, depending on the nature of the services and the customer’s acceptance requirements.

Most of the Company’s products have both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the products’ essential functionality. For these multiple deliverable arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to the deliverables based on their relative selling prices. To the extent that a deliverable is subject to specific guidance on whether and/or how to allocate the consideration in a multiple deliverable arrangement, that deliverable is accounted for in accordance with such specific guidance. The Company limits the amount of revenue recognition for delivered items to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or meeting other future performance obligations.

The Company allocates revenue based on a selling price hierarchy of vendor-specific objective evidence, third-party evidence, and then estimated selling price. Vendor-specific objective evidence is based on the price charged when the deliverable is sold separately. Third-party evidence is based on largely interchangeable competitor products or services in standalone sales to similarly situated customers. As the Company is unable to reliably determine what competitors products’ selling prices are on a standalone basis, the Company is not typically able to determine third-party evidence. Estimated selling price is based on the Company’s best estimates of what the selling prices of deliverables would be if they were sold regularly on a standalone basis. Estimated selling price is established considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices in different geographies and through different sales channels, major product and services groups, and customer classifications.

Once the Company allocates revenue to each deliverable, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with its policies when all revenue recognition criteria are met. Products revenue is generally recognized upon delivery and Cloud and managed services revenue is generally recognized ratably over the period during which the services are performed. However, revenue for professional services arrangements is generally recognized upon completion of performance and revenue for arrangements that require acceptance of the product, system, or solution, is recognized when the acceptance criteria have been met.

Standalone or subsequent sales of software or software-related items are recognized in accordance with the software revenue recognition guidance. For multiple deliverable arrangements that only include software items, the Company generally uses the residual method to allocate the arrangement consideration. Under the residual method, the amount of consideration allocated to the delivered items equals the total arrangement consideration, less the fair value of the undelivered items. Where vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value for the undelivered items cannot be determined, the Company defers revenue until all items are delivered and services have been performed, or until such evidence of fair value can be determined for the undelivered items.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect

for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Additionally, the accounting for income taxes requires the Company to evaluate and make an assertion as to whether undistributed foreign earnings will be indefinitely reinvested or repatriated. As discussed more fully in Note 12, “Income Taxes” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements at September 30, 2012, the Company changed its indefinite reinvestment of undistributed foreign earnings assertion with respect to its non-U.S. subsidiaries. FASB (“Financial Accounting Standards Board”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) subtopic 740-10, “Income Taxes—Overall” (“ASC 740-10”) prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, classification, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.

Significant judgment is required in evaluating our uncertain tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes. Although we believe our reserves are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which is reflected in our historical income tax provision and accruals. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances.

Intangible and Long-lived Assets

Intangible assets include technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade-names and other intangibles. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from two to fifteen years. Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the estimated fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually each September 30^th, and more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an asset may be impaired. The estimated useful lives of intangible and long-lived assets are based on many factors including assumptions regarding the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors, expectations regarding the future use of the asset, and our historical experience with similar assets. The assumptions used to determine the estimated useful lives could change due to numerous factors including product demand, market conditions, technological developments, economic conditions and competition.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic testing for impairment in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles–Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”) at the reporting unit level which is one level below the Company’s operating segments. The assessment of goodwill impairment is conducted by estimating and comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting units’ net assets, as defined in ASC 350, to their carrying value as of that date. The fair value is estimated using an income approach whereby the fair value of the reporting unit is based on the future cash flows that each reporting unit’s assets can be expected to generate. Future cash flows are based on forward-looking information regarding market share and costs for each reporting unit and are discounted using an appropriate discount rate. Future discounted cash flows can be affected by changes in industry or market conditions or the rate and extent to which anticipated synergies or cost savings are

realized with newly acquired entities. The test for impairment is conducted annually each September 30th, and more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

At September 30, 2013 the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that the respective book values of the Company’s reporting units did not exceed their estimated fair values and that it was not necessary to record impairment charges. In order to evaluate the sensitivity of the fair value calculations on the goodwill impairment test the Company applied a hypothetical 10% decrease to the fair value of each reporting unit. This hypothetical 10% decrease in the fair value of each reporting unit at September 30, 2013 would not result in an impairment of goodwill for any reporting unit.

Restructuring Programs

The Company accounts for exit or disposal of activities in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations” (“ASC 420”). In accordance with ASC 420, a business restructuring is defined as an exit or disposal activity that includes but is not limited to a program that is planned and controlled by management and materially changes either the scope of a business or the manner in which that business is conducted. Business restructuring charges includes (i) one-time termination benefits related to employee separations, (ii) contract termination costs and (iii) other costs associated with exit or disposal activities including, but not limited to, costs for consolidating or closing facilities and relocating employees.

A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value for one-time termination benefits once the plan of termination is communicated to affected employees and it meets all of the following criteria: (i) management commits to a plan of termination, (ii) the plan identifies the number of employees to be terminated and their job classifications or functions, locations and the expected completion date, (iii) the plan establishes the terms of the benefit arrangement and (iv) it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or the plan will be withdrawn. Contract termination costs include costs to terminate a contract or costs that will continue to be incurred under the contract without benefit to the Company. A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value when the Company either terminates the contract or ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value for other associated costs in the period in which the liability is incurred.

In connection with the Merger, the Company adopted a plan to exit certain activities of the newly acquired company. A liability was recognized as of the consummation date of the acquisition for the costs under the exit plan in accordance with the authoritative guidance at that time if these costs were not associated with or were not incurred to generate revenues of the combined entity after the consummation date and either (i) had no future economic benefit to the combined company, were incremental to other costs incurred by either the acquired company or the acquiring company in the conduct of activities prior to the consummation date, and were expected to be incurred as a direct result of the plan to exit an activity of the acquired company or (ii) the cost represented an amount to be incurred by the combined company under a contractual obligation of the acquired company that existed prior to the consummation date and will either continue after the plan is completed with no economic benefit to the combined company or be a penalty incurred by the combined company to cancel that contractual obligation.

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

The Company sponsors non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering a portion of its U.S. employees and retirees, and postretirement benefit plans covering a portion of its U.S. retirees that include healthcare benefits and life insurance coverage. Certain non-U.S. operations have various retirement benefit programs covering substantially all of their employees. Some of these programs are considered to be defined benefit pension plans for accounting purposes.

The Company’s pension and postretirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial valuations. Inherent in these valuations are key assumptions, including the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Material changes in pension and postretirement benefit costs may occur in the future due to changes in these assumptions, changes in the number of plan participants, changes in the level of benefits provided, changes in asset levels and changes in legislation.

The discount rate is subject to change each year, consistent with changes in rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments currently available and expected to be available during the expected benefit payment period. The Company selects the assumed discount rate for its U.S. pension and postretirement plans by applying the rates from the AonHewitt AA Only and AonHewitt AA Only Above Median yield curves to the expected benefit payment streams and develops a rate at which it is believed the benefit obligations could be effectively settled. The Company follows a similar process for its non-U.S. pension plans by applying the AonHewitt Euro AA corporate bond yield curve. Based on the published rates as of September 30, 2013, the Company used a weighted average discount rate of 4.75% for the U.S. pension plans, 3.61% for the non-U.S. pension plans, and 4.62% for the postretirement plans. For the U.S. pension plans, non-U.S. pension plans, and the postretirement plans, every one-percentage-point increase or decrease in the discount rate reduces or increases our benefit obligation by $367 million, $99 million and $53 million, respectively.

The market-related value of the Company’s plan assets as of the measurement date is developed using a 5-year smoothing technique. First, a preliminary market-related value is calculated by adjusting the market-related value at the beginning of the year for payments to and from plan assets and the expected return on assets during the year.

The expected return on assets represents the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets adjusted up to plus or minus 2% based on the actual 10-year average rate of return on plan assets. A final market-related value is determined as the preliminary market-related value, plus 20% of the difference between the actual return and expected return for each of the past five years.

These pension and other postretirement benefits are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 715, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits” (“ASC 715”). ASC 715 requires that plan assets and obligations be measured as of the reporting date and the over-funded, under-funded or unfunded status of plans be recognized as of the reporting date as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In addition, ASC 715 requires costs and related obligations and assets arising from pensions and other postretirement benefit plans to be accounted for based on actuarially-determined estimates.

The plans use different factors, including years of service, eligible compensation and age, to determine the benefit amount for eligible participants. The Company funds its U.S. pension plans in compliance with applicable laws. See Note 13, “Benefit Obligations,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of the Company’s pension and postretirement plans.

Commitments and Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business we are subject to legal proceedings related to environmental, product, employment, intellectual property, licensing and other matters. In addition, we are subject to indemnification and liability sharing claims by Lucent Technologies Inc. (now Alcatel-Lucent) under the terms of the Contribution and Distribution Agreement. In order to determine the amount of reserves required, we assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters as well as potential ranges of probable losses. A determination of the amount of reserves required for these contingencies is made after analysis of each individual issue. The estimates of required reserves may change in the future due to new developments in each matter or changes in approach such as a change in settlement strategy. Assessing the adequacy of any reserve for matters for which we may have to indemnify Alcatel-Lucent is especially difficult, as we do not control the defense of

those matters and have limited information. In addition, estimates are made for our repurchase obligations related to products sold to various distributors who obtain financing from certain third party lending institutions, as described in Note 19, “Commitments and Contingencies” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

Share-based Compensation

Expense Recognition

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all share-based payment awards based on their estimated fair values at the date of grant. The 2007 Plan governs the issuance of equity awards, including RSUs and stock options, to eligible plan participants. Key employees, directors, and consultants of the Company may be eligible to receive awards under the 2007 Plan. As of September 30, 2013, the Company had authorized the issuance of up to 49,848,157 shares of its stock under the 2007 Plan and there remained 17,261,816 shares available for future grant.

Option Awards

During fiscal 2008 and 2009, the Company granted time-based, performance-based “EBITDA,” and market-based “multiple-of-money” options to purchase stock. Options granted during fiscal 2008 have an exercise price of $5.00, and options granted during fiscal 2009 have an exercise price of $3.80, which was the fair value of the underlying shares at the time granted, in each case as determined by the board of directors at the date of grant.

In November 2009, our compensation committee approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals holding stock options having exercise prices of $5.00 and $3.80 per share could exchange them on a one-option-for-one-option basis, for replacement options with an exercise price of $3.00 per share, the fair value of the underlying shares at the time of exchange, and with new vesting terms. The replacement options issued to participants in the exchange program include time-based and market-based multiple-of-money options. The time-based options vest ratably over four years following the date of exchange. The multiple-of-money options vest upon the achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in the Company. The exchange offer was closed on November 16, 2009 and substantially all eligible options were tendered for exchange and have an effective exchange date of November 17, 2009.

During the period November 18, 2009 through October 1, 2012, the Company granted time-based and multiple-of-money options to purchase stock.

On February 25, 2013, the Compensation Committee of the board of directors approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals holding multiple-of-money and EBITDA stock options could exchange them on a three-for-one basis for RSUs. The replacement RSUs will vest in full in December 2013.

Subsequent to October 1, 2012, the Company granted time-based options to purchase stock. As a result of the stock option exchange programs offered in November 2009 and February 2013, outstanding stock options at September 30, 2013 consist of time-based stock options and those EBITDA and multiple-of-money stock options that were not tendered for exchange.

A complete discussion of the terms and conditions of the granted awards and the exchange offer is provided in Note 14, “Share-based Compensation,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statement included elsewhere in this prospectus.

For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 the Company recognized share-based compensation associated with these options of $3 million, $5 million and $10 million, respectively. At September 30, 2013, there was $5 million of unrecognized share-based compensation that the Company expects to recognize as expense over the next four

years associated with 2007 Plan options. The expected expense does not include any compensation associated with the multiple-of-money awards as vesting of the multiple-of-money awards is outside of the control of the Company and the award recipients. Vesting of the multiple-of-money awards will only occur upon achievement of defined returns of the Sponsors’ initial investment in the Company. The offering contemplated by this prospectus will not meet the vesting condition included in the multiple-of-money awards because the Sponsors will not be selling shares in the offering. At September 30, 2013, exercisable options and unvested time-based options that are expected to vest aggregate to 21,606,412 and have a weighted average exercise price of $3.21, a fair value at the date of grant of $41 million, an intrinsic value of less than $1 million, and a weighted average remaining contractual term of 7 years.

The following table summarizes option awards under the 2007 Plan:


Options (in 000s)	Time- based			EBITDA			Multiple-of- Money			Total			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Fair Value at Date of Grant (in 000s)
Outstanding—October 1, 2010		29,597			154			14,383			44,134		$	3.03	$	70,800
Granted		4,466			—			2,404			6,870		$	3.58		8,705
Exercised		(55	)		—			—			(55	)	$	3.00		(105	)
Forfeited		(4,905	)		(58	)		(2,390	)		(7,353	)	$	3.08		(11,846	)

Outstanding—October 1, 2011		29,103			96			14,397			43,596		$	3.11		67,554
Granted		3,745			—			2,017			5,762		$	4.22		9,696
Exercised		(1,094	)		—			—			(1,094	)	$	3.00		(2,067	)
Forfeited		(5,991	)		(14	)		(3,911	)		(9,916	)	$	3.14		(14,064	)

Outstanding—September 30, 2012		25,763			82			12,503			38,348		$	3.28		61,119
Granted		3,078			—			186			3,264		$	2.88		4,527
Exercised		(89	)		—			—			(89	)	$	3.11		(173	)
Exchanged		—			(46	)		(10,159	)		(10,205	)	$	3.30		(9,248	)
Forfeited		(6,405	)		(13	)		(1,781	)		(8,199	)	$	3.26		(12,785	)

Outstanding—September 30, 2013		22,347			23			749			23,119		$	3.22	$	43,440

Restricted Stock Units

The Company has issued RSUs each of which represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s stock when fully vested.

Compensation expense relating to RSUs is based upon the fair market value of common stock underlying the grant, which was determined in accordance with the terms of the 2007 Plan. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized compensation expense associated with RSUs of $8 million, $3 million and $2 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2013, there was $11 million of unrecognized share based compensation associated with RSUs that the Company expects to recognize as expense through August 2017. The following table summarizes the RSUs granted under the 2007 Plan:


Nonvested Shares	Shares
Non-vested shares at October 1, 2010		925,789
Granted		305,000
Forfeited		(65,789	)
Vested		(432,500	)

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2011		732,500
Granted		1,956,115
Forfeited		(220,682	)
Vested		(547,046	)

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2012		1,920,887
Granted		6,541,439
Forfeited		(710,743	)
Vested		(1,416,680	)

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2013		6,334,903

Fair Value Measurement and Valuation Methodologies

Valuation of Common Stock. Since our common stock is not publicly traded, the terms of the 2007 Plan require that our board or a committee of the board, as plan administrator, determine the fair market value of a share of our common stock. The determination is based in part upon the recommendation of our CEO and an independent third-party appraisal that is obtained at least annually and is reassessed by the plan administrator at least semi-annually. The table below summarizes equity awards granted by the Company and the valuation of our common stock as determined by the plan administrator for fiscal 2008 through 2013:


			Option Grants
Period	Fair Value of Common Stock		Number			Exercise Price		RSU Grants⁽²⁾		Fair Value at Date of Grant
	(units granted and fair value in thousands)
Year ended September 30, 2008	$	5.00		39,185		$	5.00		110	$	89,892
Year ended September 30, 2009	$	3.80		12,555		$	3.80		331	$	27,498

2009 Stock option exchange-tendered⁽¹⁾				(28,595	)				—	$	(63,064	)
2009 Stock option exchange-replacement	$	3.00		28,595		$	3.00		—	$	52,173
Year ended September 30, 2010	$	3.00		17,925		$	3.00		345	$	23,048
Eight months ended May 31, 2011	$	3.00		4,025		$	3.00		215	$	4,823
Four months ended September 30, 2011	$	4.40		2,845		$	4.40		90	$	4,924
Seven months ended April 30, 2012	$	4.40		3,162		$	4.40		1,559	$	12,504
Five months ended September 30, 2012	$	4.00		2,600		$	4.00		397	$	5,641
Two months ended November 30, 2012	$	4.00		531		$	4.00		150	$	1,426
Four months ended March 31, 2013	$	3.00		1,500		$	3.00		415	$	3,120
Six months ended September 30, 2013	$	2.25		1,233		$	2.25		5,976	$	15,273

(1)

Represents the original grant date fair value of stock options tendered for exchange under the stock option exchange program in November 2009. The replacement options issued included time-based and market-based multiple-of-money options. A complete discussion of the terms and conditions of the granted awards and the exchange offer is provided in Note 14, “Share-based Compensation,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

Excludes 550,000 of RSUs granted with put features which are valued based on their put features. During fiscal 2013, the put right with respect to 150,000 of those RSUs was exercised. See “Executive Compensation” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We considered numerous objective and subjective factors in valuing our common stock at each valuation date consistent with the guidance in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid. These objective and subjective factors included, but were not limited to:

•

arm’s length sales of our common stock in privately negotiated transactions;

•

valuations of our common stock;

•

our stage of development and financial position; and

•

our future financial projections.

Other factors that went into the determination of the fair value of our stock price included: (1) our then current and projected financial performance, including the consideration of the potential outcomes of such performance and their corresponding impact on our common stock valuation, (2) general economic conditions, (3) our peer group of companies and their performance and (4) the volatility in equity markets.

In October 2007, the board estimated the fair value of the Company’s common stock to be $5.00 per share. This is consistent with the net book value of each share immediately following the closing of the Merger. The Practice Aid indicates that a third-party transaction between a willing buyer and a willing seller is the best indication of fair value. As Avaya Holdings Corp. has no material assets or standalone operations other than its ownership in Avaya Inc., we believe Avaya Holdings Corp.’s net investment in Avaya Inc. immediately after the Merger to be the best estimate of the fair value of the Company and that the resulting net book value per share of common stock to be the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at the time of the Merger. At each grant date subsequent to the Merger until a new valuation was performed in October 2008, the plan administrator considered the objective and subjective factors discussed above and determined that the $5.00 value was a reasonable estimation of fair value at each such grant date.

Subsequent to fiscal 2008, to assist the plan administrator in its determination of the fair value of our common stock, independent third-party valuations of the Company’s enterprise value were also performed as of October 15, 2008, September 30, 2009, September 30, 2010, May 31, 2011, October 31, 2011, April 30, 2012, October 31, 2012, March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013, and September 30, 2013. The valuations were prepared using two different valuation approaches, the income approach and market approach, to determine the value of the Company’s common stock.

The Income Approach quantifies the future cash flows that management expects to achieve consistent with our annual business plan and forecasting process. These future cash flows are discounted to their net present values using a rate corresponding to an estimated weighted-average cost of capital. The discount rate reflects the risks inherent in the cash flows and the market rates of return available from alternative investments of similar type and quality as of the valuation date. Our weighted average cost of capital is calculated by weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated percentages in our capital structure as well as the capital structure of comparable publicly-traded companies. The weighted average cost of capital assumption utilized in the valuations of the Company ranged from 11% to 13%.

The Market Approach considers the fair value of an asset based on the price at which comparable assets have been purchased under similar circumstances. The market approach used relies on published transactions,

based on a weighted average of multiples of actual and forecasted revenue and actual and forecasted EBITDA, which is consistent with the primary performance indicators underlying our annual business plan and forecasting process. The multiples were determined based on trading multiples of a peer group of companies that are periodically reviewed by management for consistency with our business strategy, the businesses and markets in which we operate, and our competitive landscape or, the Stock Price Peer Group. For the valuations performed, the multiples of actual and forecasted revenue utilized ranged from 1.3 times to 2.0 times and actual and forecasted EBITDA utilized ranged from 6.2 times to 12.4 times. These multiples were then adjusted as appropriate for specific characteristics of the Company such as size, projected growth and EBITDA as a percentage of revenue as it relates to our Stock Price Peer Group. Additionally, a 10% to 15% “equity control premium” was applied in order to estimate the value of equity on a marketable, controlling basis, as the Stock Price Peer Group included only widely-held publicly traded companies and we are controlled by the Sponsors.

We believe both of these approaches provide reliable estimates of the Company’s operating value. Therefore we apply an equal weighting to each approach and have not applied a discounting factor for the lack of marketability of the common stock for being a private company.

In addition, the plan administrator considered input from management and the CEO as well as other factors when assessing fair value, including: (1) our then current and projected financial performance, and the consideration of the potential outcomes of such performance, (2) general economic conditions, (3) the performance of our Stock Price Peer Group and (4) volatility in the equity markets. The independent third-party valuations as of September 30, 2009 did not consider the results of NES, which was consummated in December 2009 and the independent third-party valuations as of April 30, 2012 did not consider the results of Radvision, which was consummated in June 2012. However, management and the plan administrator did consider the likelihood of consummating the acquisition of NES and Radvision in valuing our common stock in October 2009 and April 2012, respectively. Based on those considerations, the plan administrator valued our common stock at $3.80, $3.00, $3.00, $4.40, $4.40, $4.00, $3.00, $2.25, $2.25, and $2.25 in November 2008, October 2009, December 2010, May 2011, October 2011, April 2012, October 2012, March 31, 2013, June 30, 2013 and September 30, 2013, respectively.

For each grant date subsequent to the then most recent valuation, the plan administrator considered whether it was necessary to update the estimated fair value considering, among other factors, financial performance, changes in general economic conditions and recent business and industry developments. Based on a consideration of these factors, the plan administrator determined that the latest value was a reasonable estimate of fair value at each grant date.

During fiscal 2008 and the first half of fiscal 2009, the global economy experienced a downturn, which negatively affected most markets. Several of our customers and competitors reduced their financial outlooks or disclosed that they were experiencing very challenging market conditions with little visibility of a rebound. Indications were that enterprises were not willing to spend on enterprise communications technology, and the revenue growth experienced in previous years was not expected in the near term. As demonstrated by the Company’s results, the demand for products fell as revenues were down when compared to the same period of the prior year. Cutbacks in spending, access to credit, employment variability, corporate profit growth, interest rates, energy prices, and other factors in specific markets were expected to further impact customer willingness to spend on communications technology in the near term. As a result, the Company’s projected future cash flows indicated a loss in fair value and in September 2008 and March 2009, the Company recognized goodwill impairments of $899 million and $235 million, respectively. We believe that these factors support the decline in the fair value of our common stock from $5.00 to $3.80 and subsequently to $3.00 and that these declines were consistent with the trends in our business and the global economy at that time.

Although the global economic downturn during 2008 and 2010 negatively affected most of the markets we serve, during this period we maintained our focus on profitability levels and investing in our future results. Additionally, market conditions improved globally during the period December 2010 through May 2011. Equity

markets in general demonstrated growth and interest rates declined during this period. These trends had a significant effect on the value of our equity and accordingly the Board of Directors reassessed its valuation of the Company’s common stock in accordance with the provisions of the 2007 Plan and in May 2011 established its fair value at $4.40 per share. The increase in our valuation at this time was primarily driven by two factors: (1) the decrease in interest rates, which contributed to the decrease in the estimated weighted average cost of capital used to discount our estimated future cash flows under the income approach, and (2) the improvements in the equity markets during the period December 2010 through May 2011, which increased the multiples used under the market approach.

During the three months ended March 31, 2012 and continuing for the remainder of fiscal 2012 and into fiscal 2013, the Company experienced a decline in revenue. Constrained capital spending by several of our customers caused them to delay system upgrades. In addition GDP growth and unemployment remained at challenging levels especially in those theaters from which we derive our strongest concentrations of revenue such as the U.S. and EMEA. Also during the second half of fiscal 2012, the global economic recovery stalled with equity markets in general declining. We believe these factors support the decline in the fair value of our common stock from $4.40 to $4.00, $3.00 and subsequently to $2.25. The decrease in our valuation during this time was primarily driven by (1) the decline in our revenue which also impacted the Company’s forecast, and (2) the declines in the equity markets which decreased the multiples used under the market approach.

As more fully discussed in Note 14, “Share-based Compensation,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, in November 2009, the plan administrator approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals holding stock options having exercise prices of $5.00 and $3.80 per share could exchange them on a one-option-for-one-option basis, for replacement options with an exercise price of $3.00 per share, the then fair market value of the underlying shares. The exchange offer was closed on November 16, 2009 and 28,595,000 options were tendered for exchange.

As more fully discussed in Note 14, “Share-based Compensation,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, in February 2013 Avaya’s Compensation Committee approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals holding market-based “multiple-of-money” and performance-based “EBITDA” stock options could exchange them on a three-for-one basis for RSUs. The tender offer was closed on April 30, 2013 and 10,204,689 options were tendered for exchange.

Valuation of Option Awards. The fair value of option awards is determined at the date of grant utilizing the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein binomial option pricing model which is affected by the fair value of the Company’s stock as well as a number of complex and subjective assumptions. Expected volatility is based primarily on a combination of the Company’s Stock Price Peer Group’s historical volatility and estimates of implied volatility of the Company’s Stock Price Peer Group. The risk-free interest rate assumption was derived from reference to the U.S. Treasury Spot rates for the expected term of the stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s current intent not to issue a dividend under its dividend policy. The expected holding period assumption was estimated based on the Company’s historical experience.

The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. Some of the critical assumptions used in estimating the grant date fair value are presented in the table below:


	Fiscal year ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009			2008
Weighted-average assumptions/inputs:
Exercise price	$	2.81		$	4.22		$	3.58		$	3.00		$	3.80		$	5.00
Stock price	$	2.81		$	4.22		$	3.58		$	3.00		$	3.80		$	5.00
Term		5 years			5 years			5 years			5 years			5 years			5 years
Volatility		62.76	%		54.15	%		48.12	%		51.01	%		63.94	%		46.50	%
Risk-free rate		0.74	%		0.84	%		1.57	%		2.28	%		2.24	%		3.93	%
Dividend yield		—	%		—	%		—	%		—	%		—	%		—	%

Under the 2007 Plan, the exercise price of stock options cannot be set at a price below the estimated fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

New Accounting Guidance Recently Adopted

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In the first quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company adopted new guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income and its components in the financial statements. This guidance eliminated the option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity and instead requires presentation either in a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive statements. The relevant presentation and disclosures have been applied retrospectively for all periods presented.

Goodwill

In September 2011, the FASB issued revised guidance intended to simplify how an entity tests goodwill for impairment. As a result of the guidance, an entity will be allowed to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. An entity will not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The accounting guidance became effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2013 and did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements or financial statement disclosures.

Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

In July 2012, the FASB issued revised guidance intended to simplify how an entity tests indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment. As a result of the guidance, an entity will be allowed to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. An entity will not be required to perform the quantitative impairment test unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived asset is impaired. The accounting guidance became effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2013 and did not have an impact on the consolidated financial statements or financial statement disclosures.

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Effective

In February 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-02 “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The standard requires that companies present, either in a single note or parenthetically on the face of the financial statements, the effect of significant amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income based on its source and the income statement line items affected by the reclassification. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2014 and is only expected to impact the presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related financial statement disclosures.

In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11 “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The standard requires the netting of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTBs”) against a deferred tax asset for a loss or other carryforward that would apply in settlement of the uncertain tax positions. UTBs are required to be netted against all available same-jurisdiction loss or other tax carryforwards that would be utilized, rather than only against carryforwards that are created by the UTBs. This accounting guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2015. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this accounting guidance may have on its consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Transactions

Recorded Transactions—We utilize foreign currency forward contracts primarily to manage short-term exchange rate exposures on certain receivables, payables and loans residing on foreign subsidiaries’ books, which are denominated in currencies other than the subsidiary’s functional currency. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the changes in the fair value of the foreign currency forward contracts were substantially offset by changes resulting from the revaluation of the hedged items.

The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is sensitive to changes in currency exchange rates. A 10% upward shift in the value of the foreign currencies that we trade against from the prevailing market rates would have had a negative impact of $8 million, $6 million, and $9 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. A 10% downward shift in the value of the foreign currencies that we trade against from the prevailing market rates would have had a positive impact of $13 million, $11 million and $9 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Forecasted Transactions—From time to time, we use foreign currency forward contracts to offset certain forecasted foreign currency transactions primarily related to the purchase or sale of product expected to occur during the ensuing twelve months. The change in the fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is recognized as other income or expense in the period in which the exchange rates change. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, these gains and losses were not material to our results of operations.

Interest Rate Risk

From time to time, the Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage the amount of its floating rate debt in order to reduce its exposure to variable rate interest payments associated with certain borrowings under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2013 each of these agreements has reached maturity and there are no outstanding interest rate swap agreements.

See Note 10, “Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details related to these interest rate swap agreements.

BUSINESS

Our Company

These industry leading products and services are also designed to be flexible, reliable and secure, enabling simplified management and cost reduction while providing a platform for next-generation collaboration from Avaya.

We are highly focused on serving our core business collaboration and communications markets with open fit-for-purpose products and distributed software services and support models. We shape our portfolio to meet the demands of customers today and in the future. Our products are aimed at large enterprises, midmarket businesses and government organizations. We offer our products in three key business collaboration and communications categories:

•

Real-Time Collaboration, Video and Unified Communications Software, Infrastructure and Endpoints for an increasingly mobile workforce

•

Customer Experience Management, including Contact Center applications

•

Networking for data center, campus, branch, and wireless access to complement our business collaboration, unified communications and contact center portfolios

These three categories are supported by Avaya’s portfolio of services including product support, integration, professional services and Cloud and managed services. These services enable customers to optimize and manage their communications networks worldwide and achieve enhanced business results.

Significant industry trends, such as the Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) and the blurring of consumer and enterprise, called the “Consumerization of IT,” are driving the overall move toward enterprise mobility. Enterprises seek 24x7 device and location agnostic collaboration and communications products to increase employee effectiveness, reduce costs and gain competitive advantages in the marketplace. In addition, we believe many businesses today have grown through acquisition or lack central controls on infrastructure and are left with inefficient, disparate communications infrastructures that may benefit financially from consolidation. As a result of these trends, we believe that enterprises require holistic, flexible business solutions that are designed to facilitate collaboration, and incorporate enterprise-class stability, scalability and security. Additionally, we believe that the market will evolve to require secure collaboration between enterprises including video, desktop sharing, presence and directory updates.

our Avaya Aura platform, our Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) standards-based software suite that brings together voice, video and data into a single, integrated communications and collaboration platform. Our portfolio of business collaboration and communications products is designed to deliver a simple and intuitive user experience, seamlessly integrating various modes of communications and collaboration, including real-time voice, video, instant messaging, presence, and conferencing, and non-real-time email, voicemail and social networking. In addition, we have decoupled products and services from the user’s location and allowed consolidation of infrastructure in the data center. Our products take the critical step of replacing voice-centric call control used by traditional Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) products with standards-based SIP session management. This allows communications applications to operate freely from the underlying infrastructure and supports both multiple media (voice, video, text) and modes (call, conference, instant messaging/chat, and email) of communication over the same session in a more cost-effective manner. SIP, as an open standard enables multi-vendor application integration, helps customers reduce operating expenses by providing more efficient management of network connectivity options and enhances the user experience by improving communication quality for real time media connections by initiating sessions per connection to improve throughput and reduce delays. Our Avaya Aura Contact Center leverages our session management architecture and applies these collaboration principles and resulting benefits to customer interactions.

We have further enhanced our business through acquisitions that have amplified our innovation and growth strategy. In addition to our acquisition of the enterprise business solutions business (NES) of Nortel Networks Corporation in 2009, in June 2012, we acquired RADVISION Ltd. (Radvision), a global provider of videoconferencing and telepresence technologies over internet protocol, or IP, and wireless networks. The integrated Avaya and Radvision technology portfolios provide customers a highly integrated and interoperable suite of cost-effective, easy to use, high-definition video collaboration products, with the ability to interoperate with multiple mobile devices including Apple iPad and Google Android. On October 1, 2013, we acquired IT Navigator Ltd. (IT Navigator) a global provider of Cloud, social media and management products and services. The integration of the Avaya and IT Navigator portfolios is expected to add key management reporting and social media capabilities and enhance Avaya’s Cloud as well as its unified communication and contact center products. We believe the investments in NES, Radvision, IT Navigator and other acquisitions, as well as our ongoing investments in research and development, are helping us to capitalize on the increasing focus of enterprises on deploying collaboration products in order to increase productivity, reduce costs and complexity and gain competitive advantage, which is being further accelerated by a trend toward a more mobile workforce and the associated proliferation of devices.

Our products and services address the needs of a diverse range of customers, including large multinational enterprises, small and medium-sized businesses and government organizations. As of September 30, 2013, we had over 300,000 customers, including more than 95% of the Fortune 500 companies, with installations in over one million customer locations worldwide. Our customers operate in a broad range of industries, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, healthcare, education and government, and include, among others, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Progressive Casualty Insurance Company, Whirlpool Corporation, The Hewlett-Packard Company, or HP, United Air Lines, Inc., Marriott International, Inc., the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, Australia National University and the FDIC. We employ a flexible go-to-market strategy with direct and indirect presence in over 160 countries. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 10,900 channel partners and for fiscal 2013, our product revenue from indirect sales represented approximately 76% of our total product revenue.

Our Industry

Trends Driving Business Collaboration Spending

Increasingly Mobile Workforce Needs Anytime/Anywhere Collaboration Tools. According to a 2011 International Data Corporation (IDC) report, the number of mobile workers worldwide is projected to increase 30% from 1.0 billion in 2010 to 1.3 billion in 2015¹, increasing the demand in today’s enterprise for both reliable wired and wireless access. In addition, a Forrester Research, Inc. survey indicates that 71% of firms in the U.S. and Western Europe report that providing more mobility support for employees both outside the office and within their facilities is a high or critical priority². This highlights the importance of the challenges enterprises face in the move toward a more geographically dispersed, 24x7 workforce. To quickly solve business challenges while improving their efficiency, enterprises need collaboration technology that can bring people together with the right information at the right time in the right context to make critical business decisions. These increasingly mobile workers need to be able to connect remotely to their business applications from wherever they are and demand the same experience and capabilities they have when at their office desk.

Proliferation of Devices and Applications Expanding the Number of Points of Integration. The number and types of endpoints are growing rapidly. Whereas in the past, business users communicated primarily via desk-phones, today they continue to use not only desk-based devices, but also various mobile devices such as laptops, smartphones and tablets. Gartner reports from September 2013 forecasted that 205 million notebook and ultramobile PC units shipped worldwide in 2012 are projected to grow to 244 million in 2016³, 478 million premium mobile phone (providing integrated data capability) sales to end users worldwide in 2012 are projected to grow to 864 million in 2016⁴, and 120 million tablet (utility, basic and premium) units shipped worldwide in 2012 are projected to grow to 463 million in 2017³. In order to communicate seamlessly and securely across these devices, applications and endpoints must be integrated into the communications infrastructure and provide a way for IT professionals to have a consolidated view of these devices and applications so that the environment can be managed effectively and reliably.

Consumerization of the Enterprise has Changed Expectations of Business Users and Put More Pressure on IT Departments. With the proliferation of consumer devices such as the Apple iPhone and Apple iPad, Google Android smartphones and tablets, business applications available through online stores such as the Apple iTunes store and social networking applications such as Facebook and Twitter, business users are increasingly using consumer-focused products and applications for business tasks, particularly in the areas of collaboration and communication. This has put a significant strain on IT departments to support and secure these devices and

IDC Mobile Worker Population 2011-2015 Forecast, Document #232073, December 2011

Forrester Research Forrsights Networks And Telecommunications Survey, Q1 2013, April 2013

Gartner Forecast: Desk-Based PCs, Notebooks, Ultramobiles and Tablets, Worldwide, 2011-2017, 3Q13 Update, Ranjit Atwal and Carolina Milanesi, September 2013

⁴

Gartner Forecast: Mobile Phones, Worldwide, 2010-2017, 3Q13 Update, Annette Zimmermann, et al, September 2013

100

applications within the enterprise. In addition, business users expect their enterprise IT solutions to mimic the intuitive experience they enjoy with their consumer devices and applications, forcing IT departments to seek products and services that can deliver this kind of experience and enterprise vendors to design their products so that they are easier to use.

Business Leaders are Increasingly Challenged with Tight IT Budgets and are Exploring Operating Expense and Cloud Models. Due to continued macro-economic uncertainty, businesses are closely managing overall spending while at the same time making strategic IT investments to gain competitive advantage. As IT departments become increasingly sophisticated and strategically important within the enterprise, business leaders are increasingly held accountable to demonstrate an acceptable level of return for their IT investments. To meet these challenges, CIOs are turning to virtualization technologies that allow enterprises to increase the utilization of costly hardware resources and reduce the physical number of servers needed. Enterprises are also deploying collaboration solutions that allow them to leverage their existing IT investments while providing a flexible roadmap to gradually upgrade their systems. In addition, CIOs are seeking to rationalize their network infrastructure and computing hardware to simplify their IT environments and reduce expenses while also increasing the reliability and scalability of their business collaboration and communications environments to avoid lost productivity and revenue due to systems outages. Increasingly, to help manage costs and efficiencies, CIOs also are exploring a shift to operating expense models, where they pay a fee for business collaboration and communications services but the underlying solutions, infrastructure and headcount are owned and managed by the vendor, as opposed to capital expenditure models that require them to invest in and own the solutions, infrastructure and headcount.

Together these trends add to the complexity of enabling business collaboration, and drive business leaders to seek simpler, holistic solutions that are easy-to-use, scalable and cost-effective.

Business Collaboration Solutions of Our Competitors Do Not Adequately Address These Trends

Despite the aforementioned trends, we believe competitors’ solutions still fall short of delivering a seamless real-time collaboration experience. Historically, enterprises deployed separate, independent systems to satisfy their communication needs, deploying a different system for voice, email and video usually from different vendors. This siloed approach to communications presents challenges when trying to enable seamless, real-time collaboration. Earlier solutions attempted to aggregate these disparate systems under a common user interface, but failed to integrate them from the ground up on a common platform. As a result, in our view, these solutions suffer from the following limitations:

Competitors’ Solutions were built from an Email or Data Networking Focus, Not for Real-Time Collaboration. As organizations become more decentralized and decisions are increasingly made by groups rather than individuals, business users need to be able to collaborate and communicate in real-time while being able to access information. Many collaboration tools fall short of their promise to enable cross-enterprise cooperation, often simply aggregating different modes of communication around their core competency (email or data) with a single interface to integrate the underlying architectures. As a result, users have a disjointed experience, where the different modes of communication are independent and do not share a common context. For example, an ongoing conversation between people within an enterprise or between an enterprise and its customers that includes emails, phone calls, instant messages and social media occurs over independent and

101

unrelated applications in most competitor environments. As a result, these interactions cannot be seamlessly integrated in real-time or intelligently routed along with the conversation history across various modes and media. The limitations of existing solutions force users to fall back on using the various modes of communication independently, resulting in inefficient interactions and delays in solving complex business problems needing input from multiple constituents.

Traditional Products and Services are Closed and Proprietary, Forcing Customers to use a Single Vendor and Abandon Existing IT Investments. Some of our competitors’ collaboration products and services use proprietary, closed architectures, which do not integrate well with those of other vendors. This forces customers to choose a platform that does not offer all the desired features and functionality and makes it difficult to integrate third-party applications to address broader enterprise requirements. As a result, customers often either have to abandon their existing infrastructure investments or accept unnecessary levels of complexity and costs in order to deploy new infrastructure equipment and/or new applications. In addition, because these products and services employ proprietary architectures, it is more difficult for developers to create third-party applications that can support them, giving the customer less flexibility and choice with respect to new functionality that may be introduced.

Limited Consumer Device Support. We believe that because of their proprietary nature, some competitors’ products and services do not easily lend themselves to enabling new consumer devices with seamless, real-time collaboration applications. These products and services lack the infrastructure to reliably integrate, support and secure these consumer devices and therefore inhibit the potential benefits these devices can bring to the enterprise.

Most Collaboration Products and Services Vendors Lack an In-House Global Services Organization to Support Customers and Partners Through Implementation, Maintenance and Day-to-Day Operations. Given the complexity of deploying a collaboration product, many customers require some level of assistance to migrate from their current communications environment and may also require help to integrate the new system with their existing infrastructure and business applications. However, most collaboration vendors lack a full scale in-house services organization that includes global managed services for multi-vendor collaboration applications and infrastructure or the integration expertise to help customers and partners manage this transition.

High Total Cost of Ownership. Because many products and services employ proprietary architectures, they require a significant investment in new infrastructure and significant customized integration to address communication requirements not met out of the box. In addition, because many of these products and services were not fit-for-purpose, they have loosely integrated systems that are difficult to deploy and manage and often require significant professional services support upfront and ongoing IT costs to manage and maintain. Such traditional products and services require more complex system integration and achieve reliability through the over deployment of equipment rather than the optimization of product. The result is reliability at a higher cost that is more difficult to scale as business needs change.

Addressable Market for Business Collaboration Products and Services is Large and Growing

We believe that the trend toward a more mobile workforce and the proliferation of devices and applications creates a significant market opportunity for business collaboration. In addition, we believe that the limitations of traditional collaboration products and services and capital-intensive buying models present an opportunity for differentiated vendors to gain market share.

We believe that the business collaboration market includes spending on unified communications, contact center applications and networking infrastructure equipment as well as spending on professional, managed/cloud and support services to implement, maintain and manage these tools. Industry analysts project that in 2013, these markets will have grown to $104 billion of vendor spending in aggregate, with unified communications accounting for $14 billion, contact center accounting for $4 billion, data networking infrastructure accounting for $30 billion and support, managed/cloud and professional services accounting for the remaining $56 billion. Of course, certain segments of this market are growing faster than others. For example, in the unified

102

communications segment, spending for applications is growing at a faster rate than for desk phones. However, markets are impacted positively by the need for enterprises to increase productivity and upgrade their unified communications strategy to a more integrated approach. In response to this need, industry analysts expect that from 2013 through 2016 aggregate spending on unified communications, contact center, data networking and support, managed and professional services will grow at annual growth rates of 3% to 5%.

The Benefits of Our Products and Services

We are a leader in business collaboration and communications and are leveraging our leadership to recognize and address the challenges impacting our industry. We have created next-generation business collaboration and communications products and services that offer an innovative approach, delivering to our customers fit-for-purpose, open solutions that we believe enable them to experience enhanced levels of productivity at a lower total cost of ownership than our competitors. The key benefits of our products and services include:

Innovative Real-Time, Multimedia, Multi-Platform Collaboration Tools that Promote Business Collaboration. Our next-generation business collaboration and communications products and services are designed to provide our customers with the software and infrastructure needed to bring together the right people with the right information at the right time in the right context regardless of the communications technology, devices or location. Our technology can seamlessly integrate different media, enabling interactions with simultaneous video, voice, instant messaging and content, as well as more efficient and effective business collaboration for real-time decision-making.

Fit-For-Purpose Products and Services that Offer an Enhanced User Experience, Productivity Benefits and Lower Total Cost of Ownership. We deliver comprehensive, fit-for-purpose products and services that are designed for the needs of today’s distributed, collaborative workforce, while addressing what we believe are the three key performance challenges for an enterprise-class communications environment: resiliency, efficiency and scalability. Most vendors try to address these demands by layering on more architectures and protocols. In the process, they sacrifice simplicity, flexibility and total cost of ownership. In contrast, our products and services are specifically designed to address these needs, require less hardware and perform better than our competitors.

Open Standards-Based Architecture that Enables Flexible and Extensible Collaboration. Our open standards-based technology, including our Avaya Aura platform, accommodate customers with multi-vendor environments seeking to leverage their existing investments, supplements what they have with the specific collaboration products and/or services they need and rapidly creates and deploys applications. Providing enterprises with strong integration capabilities gives them the flexibility to take advantage of new collaboration and contact center tools and devices as they are introduced, rather than being confined to a single vendor and having to compromise on functionality. We continue to invest in our developer ecosystem, Avaya DevConnect, which boasted over 22,000 members as of September 30, 2013. This, together with our Agile Communication Environment (ACE), toolkits, application programming interfaces (APIs) and integration environments allow businesses to derive unique value from our architecture.

Enterprise-Class Products and Services that are Scalable, Secure, Reliable and Backed by Our Award-Winning Services. Our product portfolio has been designed to be highly reliable, secure and scalable and is backed by our award-winning global services. AGS is a leading provider of support services relating to business collaboration and communications products, offering services support tools to help our customers monitor, troubleshoot and manage their infrastructure. In addition, AGS delivers cloud and managed as well as professional services, providing the integration expertise necessary to help customers migrate from their current communications environment to next-generation business collaboration and communications environments.

103

integration activities and to support and manage unified communications services. Enterprises also can make changes to unified communications services, which can be automatically populated and published throughout the environment, speeding up deployment of new services, infrastructure or unified communications applications.

By implementing our technology, we believe customers benefit from:

•

Improved productivity, efficiency and decision-making of business users.

•

An easy-to-use and flexible solution that enables seamless communication across multiple modes and devices in real-time.

•

Enterprise-class reliability, scalability and security backed by our award-winning global in-house services organization.

•

Lower total cost of ownership.

•

Closer and more targeted communication with their customers.

Our Competitive Strengths

In addition to the strengths of our technology, we believe the following competitive strengths position us well to capitalize on the opportunities created by the market trends affecting our industry.

Leading Position across Our Key End Markets. We are a leader in business collaboration and communications, with leading market share in worldwide unified communications⁵, contact center infrastructure⁶, voice maintenance services⁷ and enterprise messaging⁸, and a position in the Leader’s quadrant in each of Gartner’s Magic Quadrants for Corporate Telephony, Unified Communications and Contact Center Infrastructure.⁹

We believe that our market leadership and our incumbent position within our customer base better enables us to cross-sell to existing customers and win new customers.

Large, Diverse and Global Customer Installed Base. Our products and services address the needs of a diverse range of customers from large multinational enterprises to small and medium-sized businesses in various industries, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, health care, education and government. As of September 30, 2013, we had over 300,000 customers, including more than 95% of the Fortune 500 companies and installations in over one million customer locations worldwide. We have thousands of direct customers and no end-user customers represented more than two percent

⁵

Dell’Oro Group, Enterprise Telephony Report, 4Q12, February, 2013.

⁶

Gartner Inc. Market Share, Contact Center: Worldwide, 2012, Drew Kraus, March, 2013. Gartner ranks Avaya the leader in Contact Center Agent End-User Revenue by Manufacturer, Worldwide in 2012.

⁷

IntelliCom Analytics, Services Market Dashboard, Q4 2012 Global Lifecycle Services Market Workbook, April, 2013.

⁸

T3i Group, InfoTrack for Converged Applications, Messaging Systems Shipments, Revenue & Market Share Details, Full Year 2012, May 2013.

⁹

Gartner Magic Quadrants-Gartner Magic Quadrant for Corporate Telephony, Jay Lassman, et al, September, 2013.

- Gartner Magic Quadrant for Unified Communications, Bern Elliot et al, July 2013.

- Gartner Magic Quadrant for Contact Center Infrastructure, Worldwide, Drew Kraus, et al, June 2013.

Gartner, Inc. (Gartner) does not endorse any vendor, product or service depicted in our research publications, and does not advise technology users to select only those vendors with the highest ratings. Gartner research publications consist of the opinions of Gartner’s research organization and should not be construed as statements of fact. Gartner disclaims all warranties, expressed or implied, with respect to this research, including any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

The Gartner Report(s) described herein, (the Gartner Report(s)) represent(s) data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. (Gartner), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report(s) are subject to change without notice.

104

of our revenue for fiscal 2013. In addition, many of our largest enterprise customers have been buying from us for over 10 years. We believe our large and diverse customer base provides us with recurring revenue and the opportunity to further expand within our customer base.

History of Innovation with Large Pipeline of New Products and Differentiated Approach to Commercialization. We continue to innovate rapidly, expanding on our technical heritage from Bell Labs. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 5,900 patents and pending patent applications, including foreign counterparts. Our patents and pending patent applications cover a wide range of products and services involving a variety of technologies, including, but not limited to, unified communications (including video, social media, telephony and messaging), contact centers, wireless communications and data networking. During fiscal 2013, we delivered a total of 101 new product releases, which is nearly double the level from fiscal 2012.

Acquisitions Have Further Amplified Our Innovation and Growth Strategy. Key examples of this include IT Navigator, acquired in October 2013 and Radvision, acquired in June 2012. The Radvision portfolio includes videoconferencing and telepresence technologies over IP and wireless networks. The integrated Avaya and Radvision technology portfolios provides customers a highly integrated and interoperable suite of cost-effective, easy to use, high-definition video collaboration products, with the ability to interoperate with multiple mobile devices including Apple iPad and Google Android. The IT Navigator portfolio includes Cloud, social media and management products and services. The integration of the Avaya and IT Navigator portfolios is expected to add key management reporting and social media capabilities and enhance Avaya’s Cloud as well as its unified communication and contact center products. We believe the investments in Radvision, IT Navigator and other acquisitions, as well as our ongoing investments in research and development, are helping us to capitalize on the increasing focus of enterprises on deploying collaboration products in order to increase productivity, reduce costs and complexity and gain competitive advantage, which is being further accelerated by a trend toward a more mobile workforce and the associated proliferation of devices.

Flexible Go-to-Market Strategy Expands Reach of Our Products and Services. We sell our products and services both directly and through an indirect sales channel, tailoring our go-to-market strategy to our target markets. Our indirect sales channel is comprised of an extensive network of alliance partners, distributors, dealers, value-added resellers, telecommunications service providers and system integrators that allows us to reach customers across industries and globally. We have an extensive set of vertical specific products ranging from industries such as finance/insurance, healthcare, hospitality, manufacturing and retail. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 10,900 channel partners worldwide. Our indirect sales channel represented approximately 76% and 75% of our product revenues for fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Global End-to-End Services Capability Provides Large Recurring Revenue Stream. Avaya Global Services is uniquely positioned to deploy, support and manage Avaya products as a result of joint planning between R&D and service planning in advance of new products being released. Avaya Global Services has direct access to our research and development teams necessary to quickly resolve customer issues. This allows Avaya to provide quality service for Avaya products.

Our worldwide services-delivery infrastructure and capabilities help customers address their critical business collaboration and communications needs from initial planning and design through implementation, maintenance and day-to-day operation of both cloud and on-premise products and services. Contracts for support services typically have terms that range from one to five years, and contracts for managed services typically have terms that range from one to seven years. In fiscal 2013, the U.S. accounted for approximately 65% of our support revenue, with contract renewal rates of more than 80%. We generated 50% of our revenues for fiscal 2013 from services. As such, our services relationships have provided us with a large recurring revenue base and significant visibility into our customers’ future collaboration needs.

Experienced Management Team with Track Record of Execution. We have an experienced team of senior executives with diverse and complementary backgrounds that combine extensive knowledge of the

105

communications industry. During their service at our company and past service at other leading enterprises, our management team has demonstrated an ability to identify critical trends in the technology and communications sectors and develop a comprehensive strategic vision to enable businesses to capitalize on those trends.

Our Strategy

Leverage our Leading Market Positions to Drive the Adoption of our Next-Generation Collaboration Products. We believe that our market leadership, global scale and extensive customer interaction creates a strong platform from which to drive and shape the evolution of enterprise communications toward greater business collaboration. Our track record with our customers gives us the credibility that we believe provides us with a competitive advantage in helping them cope with this evolution. Additionally, extensive interaction with our large, global and diversified customer base helps us gain greater insight into market needs, which we incorporated into the design of the Avaya Aura platform, the Avaya Flare Experience, Avaya ACE and our other new products, such as Avaya Aura Collaboration Environment, Avaya IP Office 9.0 and Avaya Messaging Service. This insight will continue to help shape our product roadmap into the future.

Capture Additional Market Share across our Portfolio of Products and Services. While we have leading market presence in the majority of the markets we serve, most of our markets still have numerous competitors of varying size. Changes in business communications needs will challenge many of these competitors to innovate and allow us the opportunity to gain share with our broader portfolio of products and services. We also believe that scale and service capability become increasingly important as the complexity and importance of communications grows within the enterprise. As potential customers look to migrate to our products and services, our open architecture can integrate with competitor systems and provide a path for gradual transition while still achieving cost savings and improved functionality.

While we believe our data products are best-in-class, we still have a modest market presence in data networking, a market we believe will be $30 billion in 2013 based on industry analysts’ projections. However, we believe our data networking products can solve important customer needs around efficiency and resiliency and offer a compelling value proposition to both our large installed base and new customers. We also believe there is significant opportunity to sell support contracts to customers acquired in the NES acquisition. This effort began in the third quarter of fiscal 2010 and is expected to contribute to growth in the support coverage for our installed base as existing support contracts come up for renewal.

Grow Avaya Managed Services. With Communications Outsourcing Products and Services, Avaya provides custom managed services for multi-vendor applications and infrastructure. Avaya offers end-to-end management for any stage of the network lifecycle to help extend the potential of aging communications environments and enable customers to adopt new technology easily. Avaya takes a vendor-agnostic approach to managing communications and day-to-day operations. We help design, implement, and manage technology upgrades, working in existing environments and offering flexible financial models to meet budget and business needs. As of September 30, 2013, Avaya has more than 3.1 million ports under contract for managed services globally, supported by communications managed services experts and a next-generation management platform.

Expand Margins and Profitability. We have multiple initiatives to increase our profit margins worldwide, including expanding gross profits and reducing operating expenses. From fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2013 we increased our gross margin, excluding the amortization of acquired technology intangible assets and the impact of purchase accounting adjustments, from 47% to 56% and we are pursuing the following initiatives to further expand our gross profits:

•

Driving lower material cost through our improved supplier mix and increased component commonality.

106

•

Greater use of low cost regions for supplier sourcing, contract manufacturing and provisioning of some support services.

•

Optimizing design of products to drive material and supply chain efficiencies.

•

Increasing the percentage of our revenue represented by higher-margin software.

•

Generating service productivity improvements through methodology and diagnostic tools as well as promoting greater web-based self-service tools.

We also have the following initiatives to reduce operating expenses as a percentage of revenues:

•

Cost savings initiatives associated with acquisitions.

•

Other restructuring activities including exiting facilities and reducing the workforce or relocating positions to lower cost geographies.

•

Sales productivity improvements and distribution channel optimization.

Continue to Develop Innovative Products and Services Around our Next-Generation Business Collaboration Products to Drive Revenue and Shorten Sales Cycle. We intend to extend our industry-leading position through continued focus on product innovation and substantial investment in research and development for new products and services. Evidence of this focus is that, during fiscal 2013, we delivered a total of 101 new product releases, which is nearly double the level from fiscal 2012. Examples include: the Avaya Flare Experience for iPhone and Windows, Avaya Aura, Avaya Aura Collaboration Environment, Avaya Aura Contact Center, Avaya Aura Conferencing, Avaya IP Office 9.0, Avaya Video Conferencing Solution, Avaya ACE, Avaya VENA, Avaya Communication Outsourcing products and services and Avaya Messaging Service. We believe our ability to innovate is advanced by feedback gathered from our extensive customer relationships and our customer focus. We believe this customer focus allows us to better meet our customers’ needs and anticipate market demand. In addition, we plan to continue to make investments across the portfolio to create enhancements and breakthroughs in a number of key areas, which we believe will encourage customers to upgrade their products more frequently to take advantage of our ongoing product innovation and to deploy our user experience across an array of Avaya and third-party endpoints. We also plan to continue to embrace the opportunity presented by cloud computing, endorsing a model that allows enterprises to benefit from deploying applications both on premise and in the cloud. We will seek new ways to leverage the Virtual Desktop Integration (VDI) trend to securely deliver business collaboration to users.

Continue to Invest in and Expand our Sales and Distribution Capabilities to Attack New Markets and Better Penetrate Existing Markets. Our flexible go-to-market strategy, which consists of both a direct sales force and approximately 10,900 channel partners (as of September 30, 2013), allows us to reach customers across industries and around the globe while allowing them to interact with Avaya in a way that fits their organization. We intend to continue investing in our channel partners and sales force to optimize their market focus, enter new geographies and provide our channel partners with training, marketing programs, and technical support through our Avaya Connect program. We also plan to leverage our sales and distribution channels to accelerate customer adoption and generate an increasing percentage of our revenue from our new high-value software products, data networking, video collaboration, mid-market offers, and user experience-centric applications.

Pursue Strategic Relationships, Alliances and Acquisitions. We plan to continue to establish relationships and alliances and selectively acquire capability-enhancing businesses as key elements in our strategy going forward. We believe we have one of the largest communications-focused developer and technology partner ecosystems. This is evidenced by the Avaya DevConnect program, which promotes the development, compliance-testing and co-marketing of innovative third-party products that are compatible with Avaya’s standards-based products and services and has more than 22,000 registered companies as of September 30, 2013. We also maintain key relationships with large technology vendors such as International Business Machines Corporation (IBM), HP, and Oracle. Additionally, we will continue to make acquisitions when we find opportunities with compelling strategic and financial rationales.

107

Retain, Recruit and Develop Talent Globally. We are focused on developing a workforce that has both exceptional technical capabilities and the leadership skills that are required to support our technological and geographical growth. Building and nurturing a committed, diverse and engaged workforce with the highest levels of ethics and integrity is at the heart of our strategy.

We have dramatically reshaped our workforce throughout our entire organization and have an executive team with significant experience in operating leading technology companies. Our transformation to being the leader in business collaboration and communications will be fueled by developing new workforce capabilities and building upon our talented team in place today.

Our Products and Services

We offer products and services in three key business collaboration and communications categories:

•

Real-Time Collaboration, Video and Unified Communications Software, Infrastructure and Endpoints for an increasingly mobile workforce

•

Customer Experience Management, including Contact Center applications

•

Networking for data center, campus, branch, and wireless access to complement our business collaboration, unified communications and contact center portfolios

Our products and services are designed to meet the diverse needs of small and mid-size businesses, as well as large enterprises and government customers. The majority of our product portfolio is comprised of software products that reside on either a client or server. Client software resides on both our own and third-party devices, including desk phones, tablets, desktop PCs and mobile phones. Server-side software controls communication and collaboration for the enterprise, and delivers rich value-added applications such as messaging, telephony, voice, video and web conferencing, mobility and customer service. Hardware includes a broad range of desk phones, servers and gateways and LAN/WAN switching wireless access points and gateways. A portion of the portfolio has been subjected to rigorous interoperability and security testing and is approved for acquisition by the US Government. Avaya’s portfolio of services include product support, integration, cloud and managed services as well as professional services that enable customers to optimize and manage their communications networks worldwide and achieve enhanced business results.

Our Products

Real-Time Collaboration, Video and Unified Communications

Enterprises of all sizes depend on Avaya for unified communications products and technology that help improve efficiency, collaboration and competitiveness. Our people-centric products integrate voice, video and data, enabling users to communicate and collaborate in real-time, in the mode best suited to each interaction. This eliminates inefficiencies in communications to help make organizations more productive and responsive.

Video and Conferencing

Avaya helps enable faster, more effective collaboration inside the enterprise and externally with conferencing products for desktops, meeting rooms and mobile devices.

•

Radvision Scopia is a standards-based portfolio of hardware and software products that includes conference room systems, desktop and mobile video conferencing and infrastructure and management (see “—Platforms, Infrastructure and Phones” below for more information).

Radvision Scopia High Definition (“HD”) video conferencing room systems incorporate state-of-the-art video technology with capabilities required to support today’s room system deployments. The

108

Radvision Scopia XT5000 is ideal for large conference rooms, while the Radvision Scopia XT4200 is specifically designed for the needs of smaller and mid-sized conference rooms. We also offer desktop clients from the software Radvision Scopia Desktop to the Radvision Scopia XT Executive 240. These advanced HD personal video conferencing endpoints are cost effective for expanding the reach of the video deployment beyond the conference room.

Radvision Scopia Mobile extends the Radvision Scopia product to the latest mobile devices providing applications for video conferencing, control and management via smartphones and tablets supporting Apple iOS and Google Android. Radvision Scopia products are used by institutions, enterprises and service providers to create high quality, easy-to-use voice, video, and data collaboration environments, regardless of the communication network—IP, SIP, 3G, 4G, H.323, integrated services digital networks (ISDN) or next generation integrated messaging systems (IMS).

•

Avaya Aura Conferencing gives users one-touch control over collaboration. With it they can drag and drop contacts to start a conference, without dialing, switch between IM, email, voice, and video in one window and in one application, scroll and click on contacts with the ability to send invitations that automatically contain conference information and links, share content and desktops with a click of the “collaborate” button, and see who is in the conference, who just arrived and who is presenting.

•

The Avaya Flare Experience is an easy-to-use interface with one-click access to real-time, enterprise-wide audio, video, and web collaboration. The intuitive drag-and-drop experience integrates directories, contextual history, and more. During a conference, a user can manage everything with built-in controls, including the ability to click an icon to escalate from an audio call to point-to-point, or multi-party video, or start web collaboration, access contacts, enterprise directories, and preferences via the contact fan, share desktops, applications, or the whiteboard and take notes and minutes. The Avaya Flare Experience can be downloaded onto many consumer devices including Apple iPad, Apple iPhone and Windows-based PCs.

Communication and Messaging

Avaya applications deliver advanced enterprise communication and messaging tools to end users on their device of choice. Among others, Avaya offers Avaya one-X Unified Communications clients, which deliver software-based user experiences for consistent, enterprise-wide mobility and collaboration. Users can work from anywhere, using virtually any device, including desktop and laptop computers, tablets and smartphones—helping enterprises lower expenses, increase productivity, enhance business continuity, and streamline customer support.

•

Avaya one-X Communicator is ideal for users who communicate frequently, manage multiple calls, set up ad-hoc conferencing and need to be highly reachable. Avaya one-X Communicator provides users with access to unified communications capabilities including voice calling, audio conferencing, instant messaging and presence, corporate directories and communication logs. This software client can be deployed on desktop or laptop computers running either Microsoft Windows or Apple Mac operating systems and is supported over VDI connections.

•

Avaya one-X Mobile enables users to access enterprise communications from a wide selection of mobile devices, including high-end smart phones and tablets. A choice of one-X Mobile clients is available for popular platforms including Apple iPhone, Google Android and RIM BlackBerry. Through integration with Avaya one-X Client Enablement Services, Avaya one-X Mobile users have access to a broad range of unified communications capabilities such as visual voicemail, corporate directory, aggregated presence, VIP lists and synchronized call logs and contacts. Avaya one-X Mobile gives users single number/single identity for both inbound and outbound calls, even when using personal devices.

•

Avaya Client Applications provide access to Avaya voice and video services from business applications such as Microsoft Lync, Microsoft Office Communications Server, Microsoft Outlook, Microsoft Office, IBM Sametime, and customer relationship management CRM applications such as Salesforce.com and Microsoft Dynamics.

109

In addition to the above, Avaya’s standards-based, IP unified messaging portfolio provides features such as call answering, voice messaging, and speech capabilities, each supporting specific business and end user needs.

Platforms, Infrastructure and Phones

Avaya’s feature-rich applications have at their foundation platforms and infrastructure products designed to support and strengthen them. In addition, Avaya’s product portfolio includes phones and other endpoints that are designed to showcase the benefits those applications provide to their users.

•

The Avaya Aura platform is at the core of many of our next-generation collaboration and communications products. Using this architecture, organizations can rapidly and cost-effectively deploy applications from a centralized data center to users on nearly any device or network. The Avaya Aura platform provides a simple means of connecting legacy, multi-vendor systems to new open standards SIP-based applications, helping enterprises to reduce costs and increase user productivity and choice simultaneously. We believe our Avaya Aura platform is one of the most reliable, secure and comprehensive offerings in the industry and that our commitment to open, standards-based products helps provide customers with the flexibility to be more efficient and successful.

The Avaya Aura platform uses virtualization technology across all applications to reduce the physical number of servers relative to existing offerings, reducing total cost of ownership for medium sized and large enterprises alike. The Avaya Aura portfolio provides collaboration and communication capabilities on a broad variety of operating systems, devices, desktop, laptop and tablet computers, smart phones, mobile devices and dedicated deskphones.

•

Avaya Aura Collaboration Environment is a software platform that reduces the complexity of embedding collaboration and communications capabilities into business applications, making it possible to quickly develop creative new ways of doing business. It enables the integration of business applications with unified communications technology and contact center capabilities including voice, texts, and email.

•

Avaya IP Office is our award-winning, flagship solution for the midmarket. Avaya IP Office simplifies processes and streamlines information exchange within systems. Communications capabilities can be added as needed. Avaya IP Office connects to both traditional and the latest IP lines to give growing companies flexibility and the ability to retain and leverage their existing investment. The latest version of Avaya IP Office (9.0) offers increased scale, flexible deployment options, simplified management and support for branch deployments. Avaya IP Office software extends Avaya innovation to the midmarket, delivering a seamless collaboration experience across voice, video and mobility for up to 2,000 users.

•

Avaya Aura Messaging gives users a rich set of features that increase their reachability, add new message notification options, and provide more ways to access and receive messages-all controlled using an intuitive web portal. Avaya Aura Messaging adapts to enterprise environments with flexible per-user message storage options, resiliency options and deployment options for consolidation, centralization and scale. Avaya Aura Messaging helps to enable smooth migrations from legacy voicemail systems, with choice of telephone user interface (TUI), and tools for migrations.

•

Avaya Messaging Service extends SMS messages to and from smartphones, tablets, notebooks and desktop devices, thereby enabling one-number communications via text messaging. By flowing through the corporate network, Avaya Messaging Service brings the same level of security, compliance and quality companies expect in email text messaging.

•

Avaya Agile Communication Environment (ACE) offers a rich set of web application programming interfaces, or APIs, that enable developers to integrate communications into other business applications (such as CRM, enterprise resource planning (ERP), business process management (BPM) and social application frameworks) and business processes (such as dynamic team formation, business continuity planning and customer engagements). For more policy-based style customization on enterprise communications, the Avaya ACE Foundation Toolkit offers Java APIs to allow customers to build Java

110

feature sets to influence the treatment of incoming and/or outbound communications leveraging the SIP architecture. These capabilities enable rapid development of custom applications, which helps reduce costs and increases flexibility for enterprises. Programmers with limited communications expertise can readily embed real-time communications in business applications and workflows, expanding both the ability and opportunity to use Avaya collaboration capabilities. Avaya ACE provides a versatile platform for the members of Avaya DevConnect, our developer ecosystem, to build applications.

•

Avaya Session Border Controller (SBC) for Enterprise provides enhanced security for mobile collaboration allowing remote users to securely connect to the enterprise without the need of a VPN connection, and protects SIP trunks from multiple threats.

•

Radvision Video Conferencing infrastructure includes Radvision Scopia Elite MCUs, which are reliable and highly scalable multi-party video conferencing platforms for enterprise and service provider environments. They offer advanced and easy-to-use multi-party infrastructure for video conferencing and are at the core of a high definition deployment. In addition, gateways for Microsoft Lync and SIP provide connectivity and interoperability with unified communications products to standards-based video conferencing systems and infrastructure. Radvision Scopia Gateways are ideal for connecting IP video networks with ISDN and public switched telephone networks (PSTN) networks providing connectivity to ISDN endpoints or telephones. In addition to the above, Radvision Scopia Management provides a comprehensive management product for voice and video collaboration, while Radvision Scopia ECS Gatekeeper is a high-performance, H.323 ECS (Enhanced Communication Server) Gatekeeper that provides intelligent, advanced backbone management for IP telephony and multimedia communication networks. Finally, Radvision’s eVident monitoring technology helps enable enterprises and service providers to ensure network readiness before and after voice and video applications are deployed.

•

Endpoints are sold in a range of models that suit employees at every level, including IP and digital deskphones, digital enhanced cordless telecommunications (DECT) handsets, wireless phones, conference phones and the Avaya Desktop Video Device (ADVD).

Avaya Contact Center and Customer Experience Management

Avaya is a leader in the contact center market. The contact center portfolio provides a foundation for managing voice interactions that has been extended to include multiple channels supporting instant messaging, video, email and social media. Based on client engagements globally, we understand how to deliver world-class customer experience management to establish rich and informed relationships with customers. Our approach is based on two core principles:

•

Awareness, which is the application of relevant available contextual information for each customer; and

•

Persistent conversation, which connects all interactions with a customer into a seamless experience.

Avaya believes there are five components to effective Customer Experience Management. Each component delivers value to an organization, and, when combined, they help improve customer acquisition, increase customer retention & growth, deliver high quality experiences and help enable efficient management. Avaya Contact Center products align along these five components:

•

Interaction, which involves connecting an enterprise with its end customers over their preferred media and modes such as web, social, mobile, voice and video. This also includes the desktop element that provides relevant information to agents and knowledge workers and facilitates collaboration across all the resources involved in delivering the customer experience. It includes products such as Customer Connections Mobile, Customer Connections Web, Social Media Manager, Automated Chat, One Touch Video, Avaya one-X Agent and Avaya Aura Agent Desktop.

•

Experience includes leveraging real-time awareness of customer needs, business policies and resource availability to determine the next best action and best resource to address the customer needs at the

111

right time based on target customer experience the organization wants to deliver. It is also responsible for integrating inbound and outbound self service, agent selection and workflows with back-office processes and operations to enable this holistic customer experience. It includes products such as Intelligent Customer Routing, Dynamic Routing, Avaya Aura Call Center Elite Multichannel, Avaya Aura Contact Center, Avaya Interaction Center, Avaya Aura Experience Portal, Media Processing Server, Proactive Contact, Proactive Outreach Manager and Callback Assist.

•

Performance encompasses the collection, consolidation and analysis of data and information in order to gain insight into the customer experience and business performance. It includes reporting and analytics tools for improving overall workforce management, skills, efficiency and effectiveness. It includes products such as Avaya Call Management System, Avaya IQ, Avaya Operational Analyst, Speech Analytics, Call Recording, Quality Monitoring, Workforce Management, e-Learning and e-Coaching, Customer Feedback and Avaya Aura Performance Center.

•

Design includes open, standards-based tools for creating and managing applications and workflows that are integrated into back office processes, third party applications and customer databases. It includes products such as Avaya Aura Orchestration Designer and Application Enablement Services.

•

Management means enabling centralized management and administration for all the above systems, applications and resources within the framework as well as the ability to identify potential issues and perform root-cause analysis to prevent system outages and performance degradation. It includes products such as Avaya Contact Center Control Manager.

Avaya Networking

In support of our data communications strategy, our networking product portfolio is designed to address and compete on the basis of three key requirements: resiliency, efficiency and performance.

Our networking portfolio is complementary to our unified communications and contact center portfolios based on the Avaya Aura architecture. We believe that customers today benefit from end-to-end product design, testing and support. Over time we expect customers to benefit from development work in integrated provisioning, system management, quality of experience and bandwidth utilization.

Our networking products focus on data center, campus, branch and wireless access networking, and we believe these products provide better support for real-time collaboration. Our networking portfolio includes:

•

Ethernet Switching-a range of Ethernet Switches for data center, core, edge and branch applications;

•

Unified Branch-a range of routers and VPN appliances that provide a secure connection for branches;

•

Wireless Networking-cost-effective and scalable products that enable enterprises to support wireless connectivity and services;

•

Access Control-products that enforce role- and policy-based access control to the network; and

•

Unified Management-providing support for data and voice networks by simplifying the requirements associated across functional areas.

Avaya leverages these hardware platforms to deliver a range of next-generation networking capabilities that are collectively offered under the Virtual Enterprise Network Architecture (VENA) banner. An end-to-end strategic framework, VENA helps simplify data center and campus networking and optimizes business applications and service deployments, while helping to reduce costs, improve time-to-service and enhance business agility. For example, Fabric Connect, part of the VENA portfolio, is a fully-integrated, end-to-end network virtualization offering based on the Shortest-Path Bridging (SPB) standard, designed to automate service provisioning, improve performance and reduce outages.

We sell our portfolio of data networking products globally into enterprises of all types, with particular strength in healthcare, education, hospitality, financial services and local and state government.

112

Avaya Services

Avaya Global Services consult, enable, support, manage, optimize and even outsource enterprise communications products (applications and networks) to help customers achieve enhanced business results both directly and through partners. Avaya’s award-winning portfolio of services enables customers to mitigate risk, reduce total cost of ownership, and optimize communication products for performance worldwide. Avaya Global Services is supported by patented design and management tools and network operations and technical support centers around the world.

Avaya’s Global Services portfolio spans three types of services, Avaya Professional Services, Avaya Global Support Services, and Avaya Cloud and Managed Services. Avaya Client Services is a business unit that encompasses Avaya Global Support Services and Avaya Cloud and Managed Services offers.

•

Avaya Professional Services (APS) helps organizations leverage technologies effectively to meet their business objectives. Our strategic and technical consulting, as well as deployment and customization services, help customers accelerate business performance and deliver an improved customer experience. Whether deploying new products or optimizing existing capabilities, APS leverages its specialists globally and operates in three core areas:

•

Enablement Services, providing access to expertise and resources for defining and deploying Avaya products that maximize technology potential and helping assure they work as designed. Avaya Professional Services strives to exceed customers’ expectations by providing the greatest possible benefit for their investment.

•

Optimization Services, to help drive increased value and greater business results from customers’ existing technology. Leveraging best practices, Avaya consultants and product architects analyze a communications environment in the context of customer business priorities and strategies, helping develop a communications business case, expected results and technical considerations.

•

Innovation Services, to help an organization leverage communications to reach new levels of business potential and market competitiveness. Focused on leading technology and advanced services delivery, we offer a forward-thinking perspective to drive new business productivity, employee efficiency and superior levels of service. Our consultative approach and custom application services, from business planning through to execution and product integration, creates alignment with customer’s specific business objectives.

•

Avaya Client Services (ACS) is a market-leading organization that supports, manages and optimizes enterprise communications networks to help customers mitigate risk, reduce total cost of ownership, and optimize product performance. ACS is supported by patented tools and by network operations and technical support centers around the world. The contracts for these services range from one to multiple-years, with three year terms being the most common. Custom or complex services contracts are typically five years in length. The portfolio of ACS services includes:

•

Global Support Services provides a comprehensive suite of support options both directly and through partners to proactively resolve issues and improve uptime. Support offers and capabilities include 24x7 remote support, proactive remote monitoring, parts replacement and onsite response. Recent innovations include our new Avaya Support Web site that quickly connects customers to advanced Avaya technicians via live chat, voice or video. The web site also provides access to “Ava”, an interactive virtual chat agent that quickly searches our knowledge base and a wide range of “how-to” videos to answer customer support questions. Ava learns with each customer interaction and can make the decision to transition the chat to an Avaya technician—often without the customer realizing the change is taking place. All new support solutions are published to the web by our engineers, generally within 90 minutes of finding a resolution, adding value for customers by providing known solutions for potential issues rapidly. Most of our customers also benefit from real-time monitoring of diagnostic and system status to proactively identify potential issues to improve reliability, uptime and faster issue resolution.

113

•

Avaya Cloud and Managed Services, which provides IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL)-aligned, multivendor managed and outsourcing services for customers’ communications environments. Avaya can globally manage complex multi-vendor, multi-technology and aging networks with Service Level Agreements (SLAs) to help optimize network performance. With Avaya Managed Services, Avaya can manage a customer’s mixed environment and gain the opportunity to upgrade it over time to the latest technology, at the pace and in an operational expense model that makes sense for the customer. Managed services can be procured in standard packages or in fully custom arrangements that include tailored SLAs, billing and reporting. In addition, managed services can take the form of one of three Cloud models offered by Avaya:

•

Avaya Powered Partner Cloud, supporting public and private products offered by service providers and system integrators;

•

Avaya Cloud for Customers and Partners, an Avaya-hosted multi-customer public cloud option; and

•

Private Cloud, a private cloud model for individual customers.

Our Technology

We believe that technology enhances the way in which people collaborate. At Avaya, we work with customers, industry groups and technical bodies to foster innovation. Across our portfolio we leverage critical technology to our customers’ advantage. Avaya is a leading innovator in leveraging the use of SIP for business collaboration. This open-standard based protocol shifts communications from having to coordinate multiple, independent media and communications systems toward session management based environments, where multiple media and resources can flexibly be brought into a fully-integrated, session-based interaction. This fundamental difference supports more fluid, effective and persistent collaboration across multiple media and modes of communications.

Centralized SIP-Based Architecture

At the core of our architecture, SIP based Avaya Aura Session Manager centralizes communications control and application integration. Avaya Aura Session Manager orchestrates a wide array of communication and collaboration applications and systems by decoupling them from the network. Applications can be deployed to individual users based on their need, rather than by where they work or the capabilities of the system to which they are connected. Avaya Aura Session Manager reduces complexity and provides the foundation for broader unified communications and collaboration strategies.

Unique SIP-Based Experiences

The Avaya Flare Experience leverages the Avaya Aura technology and its session control and management, presence, unified communications features and services, application creation and enablement capabilities. Social network interfaces to services, such as Facebook, allow for integrated directories across platforms. Users can access Microsoft Exchange services, such as e-mail, contacts and calendar, directly from a user’s contact card and, via the Avaya Aura Presence Services, can exchange instant message and presence information with Microsoft Lync users (i.e., Microsoft Communicator clients). Point-to-point video calls do not require a separate video conferencing server, and multi-party conferencing is enabled by Avaya Aura Conferencing.

Flexible Deployment Options

While Avaya’s unified communication offerings, including its comprehensive video portfolio and Avaya’s contact center products, have traditionally been deployed on a customer’s premise, the underlying distributed architecture enables a broader range of deployment options. Supporting customers looking to shift all or a portion of their communication and collaboration investment from capital expense to operating expense, Avaya’s unified

114

communications and contact center products and services can be deployed in public, private, hybrid and managed cloud models by small to large enterprises and by service providers and systems integrators. Further, through comprehensive monitoring technologies, these products and services can also be deployed as managed services.

Additional Technologies

In addition to SIP, we use technologies including:

•

SIP/SIMPLE and XMPP: the Avaya Aura Presence Services collects, publishes, aggregates and federates rich presence and enables instant messaging using SIP/SIMPLE and XMPP standards, providing interoperability with systems from other vendors, including but not limited to Microsoft, IBM and Google;

•

Platform Services: Avaya’s products are designed for extensibility, allowing customers, systems integrators, and ISVs using industry standard protocols and interfaces to develop new applications and to seamlessly integrate with the underlying capabilities of the communication and collaboration infrastructure;

•

Operating System, or OS, Support: our software applications run on a broad range of operating systems including, but not limited to, Microsoft Windows, Apple MAC OS, Google Android and RIM Blackberry;

•

High Quality/Low Bandwidth Video: Avaya’s Video products and services are able to deliver high quality video while minimizing bandwidth consumption and responding to adverse network conditions through the use of dual 1080p/60fps video channels, H.264 High Profile for bandwidth efficiency and cascading media to optimize bandwidth between sites and H.264 Scalable Video Coding (SVC) technology to maintain quality video during times of intermittent network congestion;

•

Virtualization Technology is used in our core Avaya Aura portfolio to reduce the physical server footprint using hypervisor technology to run multiple applications concurrently on a single physical platform;

•

Resilient data networking: our data portfolio provides highly resilient IPv4 and IPv6 routing services, with redundant hardware components, forwarding and restart capabilities that minimize interruptions, including one of the industry’s few sub second failover capabilities; and

•

Avaya believes that as WebRTC (web based real-time communication) standards continue to mature, WebRTC will be a key component of both unified communications and contact center products enabling broader access and simpler deployment models. Avaya has dedicated resources developing extensions to existing products and exploring new uses of this emerging technology.

Alliances

Avaya has formed commercial and partnering arrangements through global alliances to improve the availability of our products and services and the value derived by customers from our products and services. Our global alliances are strategically oriented commercial relationships with key partners. Outside of such global alliances, typically our partners participate in the market for Avaya products and services through Avaya programs such as Avaya Connect, the channel certification and enablement program from Avaya, and/or Avaya DevConnect, the Avaya developer community program. Global alliances with Avaya are typically of three kinds - Global Service Provider Alliances, Global Systems Integrator Alliances, and Ecosystem Alliances. Global Service Provider (SP) alliances are partnering arrangements by Avaya with leading telecommunications service providers for enterprise communications and collaboration. Global Systems Integrator (SI) alliances have also been entered into with a number of companies. With global SPs and SIs, Avaya pursues sell-to, sell-thru and sell-with sales opportunities for Avaya products and services. We believe these alliance partners are integral in implementing and offering the cloud-based Communications-as-a-service (CaaS) services, and Avaya sees them

115

as a principal route to market for Avaya’s Unified Collaboration-as-a-service (UCaaS) and Contact Center-as-a-service (CCaaS) solutions. These global SPs and SIs are certified in the Avaya solutions portfolios extending our global sales, implementation and support capabilities. Through Ecosystem Alliances, Avaya engages with IT and telecommunications industry leaders to bring to our joint customers solutions with use cases spanning combined products and services that can provide an opportunity for our joint customers to experience enhanced value.

Avaya DevConnect

The Avaya DevConnect program is designed to promote the development, compliance-testing and co-marketing of innovative third-party products that are compatible with Avaya’s standards-based products. Member organizations have expertise in a broad range of technologies, including IP telephony, contact center and unified communications applications.

As of September 30, 2013, more than 22,000 companies have registered with the program, including more than 450 companies operating as Technology Partners that are eligible to submit their products or services for compatibility testing by the Avaya Solution Interoperability and Test Lab. Avaya Test Lab engineers work in concert with each submitting member company to develop comprehensive test plans for each application to validate the product integrations.

Customers; Sales, Partners and Distribution

Customers

Our customer base is diverse, ranging in size from small businesses employing a few employees to large government agencies and multinational companies with over 100,000 employees. As of September 30, 2013, we had over 300,000 customers, including more than 95% of the Fortune 500 companies and installations in over one million customer locations worldwide. Our customers operate in a broad range of industries, including financial services, manufacturing, retail, transportation, energy, media and communications, health care, education and government, and include, among others, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Progressive Casualty Insurance Company, Whirlpool Corporation, United Air Lines, Inc., Marriott International, Inc., the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association, Australia National University and the FDIC. We employ a flexible go-to-market strategy with direct and indirect presence in over 160 countries. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 10,900 channel partners and for fiscal 2013, our product revenue from indirect sales represented approximately 76% of our total product revenue.

No single customer represented more than 10% of our revenue for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011. See Note 17, “Reportable Segments,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for customer geographic information.

Sales, Partners and Distribution

Our global go-to-market strategy is designed to focus and strengthen our reach and impact on large multinational enterprises, midmarket and more regional enterprises and small businesses. Our go-to-market strategy is to serve our customers the way they prefer to work with us, either directly with Avaya or through our indirect sales channel, which includes our global network of alliance partners, distributors, dealers, value-added resellers, telecommunications service providers and system integrators. Our sales organizations are equipped with a broad product and software portfolio, complemented with services offerings including product support, integration and professional and managed services.

The Avaya sales organization is globally deployed with direct and indirect (e.g., channel partner) presence in over 160 countries. We continue to focus on efficient deployment of Avaya sales resources, both directly and indirectly, for maximum market penetration and global growth. Our investment in our sales organization includes

116

training curricula to support the evolution of our sales strategy toward a solutions-based sales process targeted at helping businesses reduce costs, lower risk and grow their revenues. The program includes sales process, skills and solutions curricula for all roles within our sales organization.

Avaya Connect

As of September 30, 2013, there were approximately 10,900 channel partners that serve our customers worldwide through Avaya Connect, our business partner program. Through the use of certifications, the program positions partners to sell, implement and maintain our communications systems, applications and services. Avaya Connect offers clearly defined partner categories with financial, technical, sales and marketing benefits that grow in parallel with levels of certification. We support partners in the program by providing a portfolio of industry-leading products in addition to sales, marketing and technical support. Although the terms of individual channel partner agreements may deviate from our standard program terms, our standard program agreements for resellers generally provide for a term of one year with automatic renewal for successive one year terms and may generally be terminated by either party for convenience upon 30 days prior notice and our standard program agreements for distributors may generally be terminated by either party for convenience upon 90 days prior notice. Certain of our contractual agreements with our largest distributors and resellers, however, permit termination of the relationship by either party for convenience upon prior notice of 180 days. Our partner agreements generally provide for responsibilities, conduct, order and delivery, pricing and payment, and include customary indemnification, warranty and other similar provisions. No single channel partner represents more than 10% of our revenue for fiscal 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Research and Development

We make substantial investments in research and development to develop new systems, services and software in support of business collaboration, including, but not limited to, converged communications systems, communications applications, multimedia contact center innovations, collaboration tools, messaging applications, video, speech enabled applications, business infrastructure and architectures, converged mobility systems, cloud offerings, web services, communications-enabled business processes and applications, data networks and services for our customers.

We invested $445 million, $464 million and $461 million in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, on research and development. Customer-sponsored research and development activities that we have conducted have not been material.

Manufacturing and Suppliers

We have outsourced substantially all of our manufacturing operations to several electronic manufacturing services or EMS providers. Our EMS providers produce the vast majority of our products in facilities located in southern China, with other products manufactured in facilities located in Israel, Mexico, Malaysia, Taiwan, Germany, Ireland and the U.S. All manufacturing of our products is performed in accordance with detailed specifications and product designs furnished or approved by us and is subject to rigorous quality control standards. We periodically review our product manufacturing operations and consider changes we believe may be necessary or appropriate. We also purchase certain hardware components and license certain software components from third-party original equipment manufacturers or OEMs and resell them separately or as part of our products under the Avaya brand.

In some cases, certain components are available only from a single source or from a limited source of suppliers. Delays or shortages associated with these components could cause significant disruption to our operations. We have also outsourced substantially all of our warehousing and distribution logistics operations to several providers of such services on a global basis, and any delays or material changes in such services could cause significant disruption to our operations. For more information on risks related to products, components and

117

logistics, see “Risk Factors-Risks Associated with our Company-We rely on third-party manufacturers and component suppliers, as well as warehousing and distribution logistics providers” and “Risk Factors-Risks Associated with our Company-As our business and operations related relationships have expanded globally, certain operational and logistical challenges as well as changes in economic or political conditions and natural disasters, in a specific country or region, could negatively affect our revenue, costs, expenses and financial condition or those of our channel partners and distributors.”

Competition

Our contact center products and services compete with companies such as Genesys Telecommunications Laboratories, Inc., or Genesys, Cisco, Huawei and Mitel in the enterprise segment and with companies such as Cisco and Interactive Intelligence, Inc. or Interactive Intelligence, in the midmarket and cloud products and services.

We face competition in certain geographies with companies that have a particular strength and focus in these regions, such as Huawei in China, Intelbras S.A. or Intelbras, in Latin America and Matsushita Electric Corporation of America, or Panasonic, in Asia.

Technological developments and consolidation within the industry, as well as changes in the products and services that we offer, result in frequent changes to our group of competitors. The principal competitive factors applicable to our products and services include:

•

product features, performance and reliability;

118

•

customer service and technical support;

•

relationships with distributors, value-added resellers and systems integrators;

•

an installed base of similar or related products;

•

relationships with buyers and decision makers;

•

price;

•

the relative financial condition of competitors;

•

brand recognition;

•

the ability to integrate various products into a customer’s existing environment, including the ability of a provider’s products to interoperate with other providers’ business collaboration products;

•

the ability to offer hosted or cloud products and services; and

•

the ability to be among the first to introduce new products and services.

For more information on risks related to our competition, see “Risk Factors-Risks Associated with Our Company-We face formidable competition from providers of unified communications, contact center and networking products and related services; as these markets evolve, we expect competition to intensify and expand to include companies that do not currently compete directly against us.”

Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

We own a significant number of patents important to our business and we expect to continue to file new applications to protect our research and development investments in new products and services across all areas of the business. As of September 30, 2013, we had approximately 5,900 patents and pending patent applications, including foreign counterpart patents and foreign applications. Our patents and pending patent applications cover a wide range of products and services involving a variety of technologies, including, but not limited to, unified communications (including video, social media, telephony and messaging), contact centers, wireless communications and networking. The duration of our patents is determined by the laws of the country of issuance and for U.S. patents may be 17 years from the date of issuance of the patent or 20 years from the date of its filing, depending upon when the patent application was filed. In addition, we hold numerous trademarks, both in the U.S. and in other countries.

Our intellectual property holdings include those assigned to us by Lucent Technologies (now Alcatel-Lucent) at Avaya’s inception, which included a number of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property directly related to and important to our business. Lucent and its subsidiaries also granted certain rights and licenses to specified patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property needed for the manufacture, use and sale of our products. Rights to these patents were granted through a cross license entered into with Lucent. In addition, Lucent conveyed to Avaya numerous licenses and sub-licenses under patents of third parties.

We will obtain patents and other intellectual property rights used in connection with our business when practicable and appropriate. Historically, we have done so organically or through commercial relationships as well as in connection with acquisitions, including the acquisition of NES. For example, in the acquisition of NES, we acquired over 800 patents and patent applications and were licensed a significant number of patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property.

Our intellectual property policy is to protect our products, technology and processes by asserting our intellectual property rights where appropriate and prudent. From time to time, assertions of infringement of certain patents or other intellectual property rights of others have been made against us. In addition, certain pending claims are in various stages of litigation. Based on industry practice, we believe that any licenses or

119

other rights that might be necessary for us to continue with our current business could be obtained on commercially reasonable terms. However, we cannot assure you that any of those licenses or other rights will always be available on acceptable terms or that litigation will not occur. The failure to obtain necessary licenses or other rights, or litigation arising out of such claims, could adversely affect our business.

For more information concerning the risks related to patents, trademarks and other intellectual property, please see “Risk Factors-Risks Associated with our Company-We are dependent on our intellectual property. If we are not able to protect our proprietary rights or if those rights are invalidated or circumvented, our business may be adversely affected.” and “Risk Factors-Risks Associated with our Company-We may be subject to litigation and infringement claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses or prevent us from selling our products or services.”

Backlog

Our backlog for product sales generated, which represents the aggregate of the sales price of orders received from customers, but not yet recognized as revenue, was $145 million, $149 million and $149 million on September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These orders are expected to be recognized as revenue within the next 90 days, however, all orders are subject to possible rescheduling by customers. Although we believe that the orders included in the backlog are firm, some orders may be canceled by the customer without penalty, and we may elect to permit cancellation of orders without penalty where management believes it is in our best interests to do so. We do not believe that our backlog, as of any particular date, is necessarily indicative of actual net sales for any future period.

Employees

As of September 30, 2013, we employed 14,538 employees, of which 14,415 were full-time employees (13,658 were non-represented employees and 757 were represented employees covered by collective bargaining agreements) and 123 were part-time non-represented employees. Of the 757 full-time employees covered by collective bargaining agreements as of September 30, 2013, 741 were in the United States and 16 were located in Canada.

In the U.S., our current three-year agreements with the Communications Workers of America and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers will expire on June 7, 2014.

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

We are subject to a wide range of governmental requirements relating to safety, health and environmental protection, including (a) certain provisions of environmental laws governing the cleanup of soil and groundwater contamination, (b) various local, federal and international laws and regulations regarding the material content and electrical design of our products that require us to be financially responsible for the collection, treatment, recycling and disposal of those products, and (c) various employee safety and health regulations that are imposed in various countries within which we operate. For example, we are currently involved in several remediations at currently or formerly owned or leased sites, which we do not believe will have a material impact on our business or results of operations. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Associated with Our Company—We may be adversely affected by environmental, health and safety, laws, regulations, costs and other liabilities” for a discussion of the potential impact such governmental requirements and climate change risks may have on our business.

Corporate Responsibility at Avaya

Avaya’s Corporate Responsibility Program incorporates four key elements: Environment, Community, Marketplace and Workplace. For Environment, Avaya looks for means to leave the world at a minimum the same and hopefully better than we found it. Marketplace includes engaging in fair and ethical business dealings with

120

our customers and our supply chain. Workplace means developing a desirable place to work for our employees across the globe. Community is Avaya working to positively impact society as a whole and supporting the communities where we are located. Please see “Risk Factors—Risks Associated with Our Company—We may be adversely affected by environmental, health and safety, laws, regulations, costs and other liabilities.”

Properties

As of September 30, 2013, we had 211 leased facilities (which included 13 storage locations containing between 100 to 400 square feet) and 3 owned facilities, located in 58 countries. These included 13 primary research and development facilities located in Canada, China, Germany, India, Ireland, Israel, Italy and the U.S. Our real property portfolio consists of aggregate floor space of 5.2 million square feet, of which 4.7 million square feet is leased and 0.5 million square feet is owned. Of the 4.7 million square feet which is leased, 1.2 million related to property for which the future minimum lease payments have been accrued for in accordance with GAAP. Our lease terms range from monthly leases to 13 years. We believe that all of our facilities and equipment are in good condition and are well maintained. Our facilities are used for current operations of all operating segments. For additional information regarding obligations under operating leases, see Note 19, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements located elsewhere in this prospectus.

Legal Proceedings

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in litigation, claims, government inquiries, investigations and proceedings, including, but not limited to, those identified below, relating to intellectual property, commercial, employment, environmental and regulatory matters. Other than as described below, the Company believes there is no litigation pending or environmental and regulatory matters against the Company that could have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Antitrust Litigation

The trial commenced on September 9, 2013. The Company rested its affirmative case on November 12, 2013, and the Defendants filed motions for judgment as a matter of law against certain of the Company’s remaining claims. These motions were argued on November 18, 2013. The Court did not rule on the motions, indicating it would reserve a decision until later in the proceedings. The Defendants began to present their portion of the case on November 19, 2013, and the trial is expected to end in early 2014. With respect to Defendants’ counterclaims, the Company cannot estimate the possible loss or range of possible loss, if any, as there are significant legal and factual issues to be resolved. In the event Defendants ultimately succeed at trial and in subsequent appeals, any potential loss could be material as Defendants are claiming substantial damages.

121

Under the federal antitrust laws, defendants will be entitled to three times the amount of any actual damages awarded for lost profits, plus attorneys’ fees and costs. Defendants allege lost profit damages of up to $144 million before trebling, excluding attorneys’ fees and costs. The Company believes Defendants’ counterclaims, including its damages calculations, are without merit and unsupported by the facts. At this time an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, the Company cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on the manner in which it does business, its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Intellectual Property

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in litigation alleging it has infringed upon third parties’ intellectual property rights, including patents. Some litigation may involve claims for infringement against customers by third parties relating to the use of Avaya’s products, as to which the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope to certain customers. These matters are on-going and the outcomes are subject to inherent uncertainties. As a result, the Company cannot be assured that any such matter will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Other

In October 2009, a group of former employees of Avaya’s former Shreveport, Louisiana manufacturing facility brought suit in Louisiana state court, naming as defendants Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc., Lucent Technologies Services Company, Inc., and AT&T Technologies, Inc. The former employees allege hearing loss due to hazardous noise exposure from the facility dating back over forty years, and stipulate that the total amount of each individual’s damages does not exceed fifty thousand dollars. In February 2010 plaintiffs amended their complaint to add the Company as a named defendant. There are 101plaintiffs in the case. Defendants’ motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ complaint was denied on April 30, 2012. At this time an outcome cannot be predicted however, because the amounts of the claims are not material, the Company believes the outcome of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on the manner in which it does business, its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

General

The Company records accruals for legal contingencies to the extent that it has concluded it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. No estimate of the possible loss or range of loss in excess of amounts accrued, if any, can be made at this time regarding the matters specifically described above because the inherently unpredictable nature of legal proceedings may be exacerbated by various factors, including: (i) the damages sought in the proceedings are unsubstantiated or indeterminate; (ii) discovery is not complete; (iii) the proceeding is in its early stages; (iv) the matters present legal uncertainties; (v) there are significant facts in dispute; (vi) there are a large number of parties (including where it is uncertain how liability, if any, will be shared among multiple defendants); or (vii) there is a wide range of potential outcomes.

122

MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes industry and trade association data, forecasts and information that we have prepared based, in part, upon data, forecasts and information obtained from independent trade associations, industry publications and surveys and other information available to us. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and independent sources. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. Our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

123

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of November 1, 2013 (with the exception of John Chen, who ceased serving as director effective November 11, 2013):


Name	Age		Position
Pierre-Paul Allard		54	Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and President Global Field Operations
Gary E. Barnett		60	Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Collaboration
James M. Chirico, Jr.		55	Executive Vice President, Business Operations
Pamela F. Craven		60	Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer
Fariborz Ebrahimi		52	Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Roger C. Gaston		57	Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Jaroslaw S. Glembocki		57	Senior Vice President, Quality Program Office
Kevin J. Kennedy		58	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Marc J. Randall		52	Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Networking
Michael M. Runda		57	Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Client Services
Brett A. Shockley		53	Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
David Vellequette		57	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Directors
Charles H. Giancarlo		55	Chairman of the Board of Directors
John W. Marren		50	Director
Afshin Mohebbi		50	Director
Greg K. Mondre		39	Director
Kiran Patel		65	Director
Ronald Rittenmeyer		66	Director
Gary B. Smith		52	Director

Pierre-Paul Allard, Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Development

Mr. Allard has been our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and President, Global Field Operations since July 2013. He served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Development since May 7, 2012. Previously, he spent 19 years at Cisco Systems, Inc., or Cisco, a provider of communications and networking products and services. Most recently, from August 2003 until February 2012, he served as Vice President, Sales and Operations, Global Enterprise at Cisco. Prior to joining Cisco, he spent 12 years at International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, a global provider of information technology products and services. Since September 2008, Mr. Allard has served on the Board of Directors of EXFO Inc., a provider of next-generation test and service assurance solutions for wireless and wireline network operators and equipment manufacturers in the global telecommunications industry.

Gary E. Barnett, Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Collaboration

Mr. Barnett has been our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Collaboration since December 20, 2011. Prior to that time, from August 2011 until December 2011, he served as our Vice President

124

and General Manager of UC Applications, and from April 2011 until August 2011, he served as our Vice President of CC Applications. Previously, from October 2005 until April 2011, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Aspect Software, Inc., a provider of unified communications and contact center software and services.

James M. Chirico, Jr., Executive Vice President, Business Operations

Mr. Chirico has been our Executive Vice President, Business Operations since June 14, 2010. Previously, from February 3, 2009 until June 14, 2010, he served as our Chief Restructure Officer and President, Operations. From January 2, 2008 until February 3, 2009, he served as our Senior Vice President and President, Operations. Prior to that time, from February 1998 to November 2007, Mr. Chirico held various senior management positions at Seagate Technology, a designer, manufacturer and marketer of hard disc drives, including Executive Vice President, Global Disc Storage Operations, from February 2006 until November 2007, and Senior Vice President and General Manager, Asia Operations, from September 2000 to February 2006.

Pamela F. Craven, Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer

Mrs. Craven has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since August 2006. In that role, she continues to serve as General Counsel, which is a position she has held since September 2000. She also served as Corporate Secretary from September 2000 to January 2007. She was a Senior Vice President from August 2002 until August 2006.

Fariborz Ebrahimi, Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Mr. Ebrahimi has been our Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since February 18, 2013. Previously, he was employed by Verizon Communications Inc., a leading provider of communications, information and entertainment products and services to consumers, businesses and governmental agencies. From January 2006 until December 2013 he served as Senior Vice President and CIO for Corporate Network and Technology which included Verizon’s Wireline network as well as Verizon Shared Services Operations (VSO) which included the finance operations, real estate and supply chain services supporting all Verizon companies.

Roger C. Gaston, Senior Vice President, Human Resources

Mr. Gaston has been our Senior Vice President, Human Resources since May 2006. In his role, Mr. Gaston is responsible for employee compensation and benefits, employee communications, workforce relations, organizational development and transformation, recruitment, talent management and labor relations.

Jaroslaw S. Glembocki, Senior Vice President, Quality Program Office

Mr. Glembocki has served as our Senior Vice President, Quality Program Office since November 7, 2011. Previously he served as Chief Operating Officer of Solexant Corp., a developer of third-generation ultrathin-film PV technology, from March 2011 until October 2011. From June 2009 until March 2011, Mr. Glembocki was engaged in various consulting projects. Prior to that, Mr. Glembocki served as Senior Vice President of Recording Heads and Medai Operations at Seagate Technology HDD Holdings, a designer, manufacturer and marketer of hard disc drives, from October 2000 until May 2009.

Kevin J. Kennedy, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Kennedy has been our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors since December 22, 2008. Previously, from September 2003 until December 2008, he served as Chief Executive Officer of JDS Uniphase Corporation, or JDSU, a provider of optical communications products, and from March 2004 until December 2008, he also served as President of JDSU. He was a member of JDSU’s Board of Directors

125

from November 2001 until August 2012 and served as Vice Chairman of their Board of Directors from December 2008 until August 2012. Mr. Kennedy is also on the Board of Directors of KLA-Tencor Corporation, a supplier of process control and yield management solutions for the semiconductor industry. Mr. Kennedy served on the Boards of Directors of Rambus Inc., a developer of a high-speed chip-to-chip interface technology, from April 2003 until July 2008 and Polycom Inc., a provider of telepresence, voice and video conferencing solutions, from May 2008 until January 2009. Mr. Kennedy was selected to serve as a director in light of his role as Chief Executive Officer, the management perspective he brings to the board deliberations, his extensive management experience and his experience on multiple pubic company boards.

Marc J. Randall, Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Networking

Mr. Randall has been our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Avaya Networking since December 20, 2011. From January 31, 2011 until December 16, 2011, he served as Vice President and General Manager of Cisco Systems, Inc., a provider of communications and networking products and services. Previously, from 2008 to 2010, he served as Senior Vice President of Products and Offerings of Brocade, Inc., a provider of network solutions. Prior to that time, from 2003 until 2008, he served as President, CEO and a Director of Force10 Networks, a provider of data center networking.

Michael M. Runda, Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Client Services

Mr. Runda has been our Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Client Services since May 2012. From October 2011 until May 2012, he served as our Vice President, Global Support Services. Prior to that time, from 2010 until 2011, he served as Chief Executive Officer of KCS Academy, where he was responsible for the startup of the KCS Academy, a subsidiary of the Consortium for Service Innovation. The Academy developed and delivered executive legal and technical support and consulting practices. From 2006 until 2010, he served as the Vice President of Global Support for Inuit Corporation. From 2004 until 2010, he served in various positions on the Board of Directors for the Consortium for Service Innovation.

Brett A. Shockley, Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

Mr. Shockley has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since May 2013 and prior to that, he served as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Avaya Applications and Emerging Technologies from December 2011 to May 2013. From April 2011 until December 2011, he served as our Senior Vice President of Strategy and Corporate Development. From July 2009 until April 2011, Mr. Shockley served as our Vice President of Emerging Products and Technology. Previously, from January 2002 until October 2008, he was Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Spanlink Communications, Inc., a provider of unified communications and contact center solutions. Mr. Shockley previously served on the Board of Directors of Wireless Ronia until 2011.

David Vellequette, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Vellequette has been our Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since October 1, 2012. Previously, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, a position he held from June 2005 until August 2012, of JDS Uniphase Corporation, or JDSU, a provider of optical communications products a position he held from June 2005 until August 2012. He joined JDSU as Vice President and Operations Controller in July 2004. Since January 2007, Mr. Vellequette has served on the Board of Directors of Superconductor Technologies Inc., a provider of HTS materials.

Charles H. Giancarlo, Chairman of the Board of Directors

Mr. Giancarlo has been a member of our Board of Directors since June 30, 2008 and has been our Chairman of the Board of Directors since December 22, 2008. He served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from June 30, 2008 until December 22, 2008. Mr. Giancarlo has been a Special Advisor of Silver Lake since October

126

2013 and previously was Managing Director of Silver Lake since 2007. Mr. Giancarlo is also on the Boards of Directors of Accenture plc, a management consulting business, Imperva, Inc., a data security company, and various private companies. He served on the Board of Directors of Netflix, Inc., an online movie rental subscription service, from April 2007 until May 2012. Mr. Giancarlo’s related industry experience, experience in financial matters, service as an executive officer and director of other companies, prior service as our Chief Executive Officer, experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, and affiliation with Silver Lake, which has the right to select three of our directors, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director our Company.

John W. Marren, Director

Mr. Marren has been a member of our Board of Directors since August 24, 2012 and he previously served as a member of our Board of Directors from October 26, 2007 to April 15, 2011. Mr. Marren joined TPG Capital in 2000 as Partner and leads TPG’s technology team. Mr. Marren served as Chairman of the Board of MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc., a provider in the semiconductor and solar industries from 2001 to 2012. Mr. Marren’s related industry experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, and affiliation with TPG, which has the right to select three of our directors, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director our Company.

Afshin Mohebbi, Director

Mr. Mohebbi has been a member of our Board of Directors since April 2011. Mr. Mohebbi has been a Senior Advisor to TPG since 2004. Previously, Mr. Mohebbi held various executive positions at Qwest Communications International Inc., British Telecom Plc., SBC Communications Inc. and Pacific Telesis Group. Mr. Mohebbi’s related industry experience, service as an executive officer and director of other companies, experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors, and affiliation with TPG, which has the right to select three of our directors, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director our Company.

Greg K. Mondre, Director

Mr. Mondre has been a member of our Board of Directors since October 26, 2007. Mr. Mondre has been a Managing Partner of Silver Lake since 2012 and a Managing Director of Silver Lake since 2005. Prior to joining Silver Lake in 1999, he was a principal at TPG and an investment banker at Goldman, Sachs & Co., a global investment banking and securities firm. Mr. Mondre is also on the boards of directors of various private companies. Mr. Mondre’s experience in financial matters, service as a director of other companies, experience in working with companies controlled by private equity sponsors and affiliation with Silver Lake, which has the right to select three of our directors, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director of our Company.

Kiran Patel, Director

Kiran Patel has been a member of our Board of Directors since October 1, 2013. Mr. Patel served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Small Business Group of Intuit, a provider of financial software solutions for consumers and small businesses, from December 2008 to September 2013. He was Senior Vice President and General Manager, Consumer Tax Group from June 2007 to December 2008 and Chief Financial Officer from September 2005 to January 2008. Mr. Patel also serves on the Board of Directors of KLA-Tencor Corporation and is a trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds. Mr. Patel’s experience as a Chief Financial Officer and independence from the Company led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director of the Company.

Ronald Rittenmeyer, Director

Ronald Rittenmeyer has been a member of our Board of Directors since October 1, 2013. Mr. Rittenmeyer currently serves as the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Expert Global Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as NCO Group, Inc.), a global provider of business process outsourcing services, where he has

127

been employed since 2011. Mr. Rittenmeyer is also the former Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Electronic Data Systems Corporation, serving from 2005 to 2008. Mr. Rittenmeyer is currently a director of American International Group, Inc. and Tenet Healthcare Corporation. Mr. Rittenmeyer’s service as an executive officer and director of other companies and affiliation with TPG, which has the right to select three of our directors, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director of our Company.

Gary B. Smith, Director

Mr. Smith has been a Director of the Company since December 6, 2011. Mr. Smith currently serves as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Ciena Corporation, or Ciena, a network infrastructure company. Mr. Smith began serving as Chief Executive Officer of Ciena in May 2001, in addition to his existing responsibilities as president and director, positions he has held since October 2000. Mr. Smith also serves on the Board of Directors of CommVault Systems, Inc., a provider of data and information management software applications and related services, a position he has held since May 2004. Mr. Smith’s nearly 30 years of experience in the global telecommunications industry, experience in financial matters and independence from the Company, led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director of the Company.

Board Composition and Director Independence

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the board of directors. Our board of directors is currently composed of eight directors: Mr. Kennedy, two representatives from Silver Lake, three representatives from TPG and two non-affiliated directors. We expect that, effective upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will appoint and to serve on our board of directors and that our board of directors will determine that each such director is an independent director under the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Each of Mr. Smith and Mr. Patel is a non-affiliated director, and each has been determined by the Board to meet the independence rules of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Under our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, until such time as the Sponsors collectively cease to beneficially own at least 40% or more of our outstanding common stock (such time referred to in this section as the “triggering event”), the number of directors shall be no fewer than three and no more than fifteen. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the directors will be elected to serve until the earlier of their death, resignation or removal, or until their successors have been elected and qualified. Vacancies and newly-created directorships on the board may be filled by the remaining directors, and until the triggering event, vacancies on the board may also be filled by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock.

Currently, each director is elected for a one-year term. Our certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that at the first annual meeting after the triggering event, the board shall be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms.

Prior to the triggering event, directors may be removed with or without cause by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock. Following the triggering event, our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

A stockholders’ agreement between us and our current shareholders contains an agreement among the parties pursuant to which each of the Sponsors, in its sole discretion, designates three of the current directors. In connection with the consummation of this offering, certain of the provisions in the stockholders’ agreement are likely to be amended or terminated. In addition, Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement provides that, for so long as he is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, our Sponsors shall ensure that their affiliates vote to elect him as a member of our board of directors.

128

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to be a “controlled company” under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange because more than 50% of our outstanding voting power will be held by the Sponsors. See “Principal Stockholders.” We intend to rely upon the “controlled company” exception relating to the board of directors and committee independence requirements under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Pursuant to this exception, we will be exempt from the rules that would otherwise require that our board of directors consist of a majority of independent directors and that our compensation committee and nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors. The “controlled company” exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, which require that our audit committee have at least one independent director upon consummation of this offering, consist of a majority of independent directors within 90 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and exclusively of independent directors within one year following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Board Committees

We currently have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee with the composition and responsibilities described below. The members of each committee are appointed by the board of directors and serve until their successor is elected and qualified, unless they are earlier removed or resign. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when necessary to address specific issues.

Audit Committee

Following the offering, the Audit Committee will be composed of Messrs. Mondre, Mohebbi, Smith and . will serve as the Chairperson of the Audit Committee.

Each of Mr. Smith and Mr. Patel is a non-affiliated Director, and each has been determined by the Board to meet the independence rules of the New York Stock Exchange and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our Board will determine that and meet the independence rules as well. Within 90 days following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we anticipate that the Audit Committee will consist of a majority of independent directors, and within one year following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the Audit Committee will consist exclusively of independent directors. None of our Audit Committee members simultaneously serves on the audit committees of more than three public companies, including ours. The board of directors has affirmatively determined that Messrs. Mondre, and qualify as audit committee financial experts under the applicable requirements of the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Our Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things:

•

selecting the independent auditors;

•

pre-approving all audit engagement fees and terms, as well as audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditors;

•

at least annually, obtaining and reviewing a report of the independent auditors describing the audit firm’s internal quality-control procedures and any material issues raised by its most recent review of internal quality controls;

•

annually evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of the independent auditors;

•

discussing the scope of the audit and any problems or difficulties;

•

reviewing and discussing the annual audited and quarterly unaudited financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions in Results of Operations” with management and the independent auditor;

129

•

discussing types of information to be disclosed in earnings press releases and provided to analysts and rating agencies;

•

discussing policies governing the process by which risk assessment and risk management are to be undertaken;

•

reviewing and evaluating the adequacy of the Company’s ethics and compliance program, including our Code of Conduct, Operating with Integrity;

•

reviewing disclosures made by the chief executive officer and chief financial officer regarding any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting;

•

reviewing internal audit activities and qualifications of the internal audit function;

•

establishing procedures for receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, auditing or internal controls and the submission of anonymous employee concerns regarding accounting and auditing;

•

discussing with our general counsel any material government investigations, litigation or legal matters that could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on business or financial statements;

•

approving all related party transactions;

•

reviewing and approving the Company’s decisions to enter into certain swaps and security-based swaps;

•

annually reviewing and reassessing the Audit Committee charter; and

•

preparing the report required by the SEC to be included in our annual report on Form 10-K or our proxy or information statement.

The Audit Committee has authority under its charter to obtain advice and assistance from outside legal counsel, accounting, or other outside advisors as deemed appropriate to perform its duties and responsibilities. A copy of the charter will be available on our website at www.avaya.com upon completion of this offering. Information contained in, and that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated into and does not form a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Giancarlo, Marren and Smith. Mr. Marren serves as Chairman of the Compensation Committee. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, the Compensation Committee, or a subcommittee, will be composed of “outside directors” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code.

The Compensation Committee is responsible for:

•

reviewing and approving individual performance of each of the Company’s senior officers reporting directly to the CEO and setting their compensation based on that evaluation;

•

reviewing the individual goals and objectives of, and evaluating the performance of, the chief executive officer, and setting the chief executive officer’s compensation based on that evaluation;

•

making recommendations to the board of directors regarding the adoption of new incentive compensation and equity-based plans, and administering our existing incentive compensation and equity-based plans;

•

making recommendations to the board of directors regarding compensation of the board members and its committee members;

•

annually reviewing the Compensation Committee charter and recommending any proposed changes to the Board;

130

•

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our filings with the SEC and preparing an annual compensation committee report for inclusion in our annual report on Form 10-K or proxy statement; and

•

overseeing any other such matters as the board of directors shall deem appropriate from time to time.

The Compensation Committee has authority under its charter to access such internal and external resources, including retaining legal, financial, or other advisors, as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or appropriate to fulfill its responsibilities. A copy of the charter will be available on our website at www.avaya.com upon completion of this offering. Information contained in, and that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated into and does not form a part of this prospectus.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The Nominating and Governance Committee of our board of directors consists of Messrs. Kennedy and Mohebbi. Mr. Mohebbi serves as Chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

The Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for and oversees:

•

evaluating the performance, size and composition of the full board of directors annually to determine the qualifications and areas of expertise needed to further enhance the composition of the board of directors and working with management in attracting candidates with those qualifications;

•

establishing criteria for the selection of new directors;

•

identifying individuals qualified to become directors and reviewing the qualifications of prospective nominees;

•

recommending the slate of nominees for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement and presentation to the Company’s shareholders at each annual meeting, if any;

•

establishing a policy for considering shareholder nominees for election to our board of directors and reviewing any candidates for board membership nominated by shareholders;

•

recommending qualified individuals to serve as committee members on the various board committees and recommending to the full board of directors, as appropriate, changes in number, function or composition of committees;

•

reviewing the performance of any board member eligible to stand for re-election at our annual meeting, if any, as well as other criteria prescribed by Company policies;

•

establish criteria and processes for, and overseeing, the performance and self-evaluation process of our board of directors;

•

reviewing and assessing any director who retires, changes from the principal occupation or principal background association held when such director was originally invited to join the board of directors, joins any new board of directors of a public company or private company or joins a governmental commission, and in each case, determining whether it believes that such director’s change in circumstances represents a conflict of interest or otherwise inhibits such director’s ability to serve the best interest of the Company and its stockholders;

•

evaluating the need and, if necessary, create a plan for the orientation and continuing education of directors;

•

monitoring, with the assistance of our General Counsel, current developments in the regulation and practice of corporate governance; and

•

reviewing our corporate governance guidelines once adopted and providing recommendations to the board of directors regarding possible changes.

131

The Nominating and Governance Committee has sole authority under its charter to retain and terminate, at the Company’s expense, any search firm or advisor to be used to identify director candidates and has sole authority to approve the search firm’s or advisor’s fees and other retention terms. A copy of the charter will be available on our website at www.avaya.com upon completion of this offering.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors understands that there is no single, generally accepted approach to providing board leadership and that given the dynamic and competitive environment in which we operate, the right board leadership structure may vary as circumstances warrant. To this end, our board of directors has no policy mandating the combination or separation of the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. We currently have a separate Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. This leadership structure has been determined to be appropriate for us at this time in light of our current relationship with our Sponsors, though our board of directors believes the matter should be discussed and considered from time to time as circumstances change.

Board Oversight of Risk Management

While the full board of directors has the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, its committees oversee risk in certain specified areas. In particular, our Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements and the incentives created by the compensation awards it administers. Our Audit Committee oversees management of enterprise risks as well as financial risks and effective upon the consummation of this offering will also be responsible for overseeing potential conflicts of interests. Pursuant to the board of directors’ instruction, management regularly reports on applicable risks to the relevant committee or the full board of directors, as appropriate, with additional review or reporting on risks conducted as needed or as requested by the board of directors and its committees.

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

Our Code of Conduct, Operating with Integrity, is designed to help directors and employees worldwide to resolve ethical issues in an increasingly complex global business environment. The Code of Conduct applies to all directors and employees, including, without limitation, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Corporate Controller and any other employee with any responsibility for the preparation and filing of documents with the SEC. The Code of Conduct covers a variety of topics, including those required to be addressed by the SEC. Topics covered include, but are not limited to, conflicts of interest, confidentiality of information and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Directors and employees of the Company receive periodic updates regarding policies governed by and changes to the Code of Conduct. The Code of Conduct is available at our Investor Relations website located at http://investors.avaya.com. We will post amendments to or waivers of the provisions of the Code of Conduct made with respect to any of our directors and executive officers on that website within four business days. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and is therefore not incorporated by reference. During fiscal 2013, no amendments to or waivers of the provisions of the Code of Conduct were made with respect to any of our directors or executive officers.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

During fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee was comprised of Mr. Marren (Chairman), Mr. Smith and Mr. Giancarlo. Mr. Marren became a member of the Compensation Committee in October 2012, and he was appointed Chairman of the Compensation Committee in February 2013. For additional information regarding transactions between those entities and Avaya, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” below.

132

Compensation Committee

Pursuant to its charter, the compensation committee of Avaya Holdings Corp., which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Compensation Committee,” must consist of at least three members. A Compensation Committee member serves until his successor is elected and qualified. The Compensation Committee charter provides that the Compensation Committee acts on behalf of the Company and Avaya Inc. All of our executive officers are employees of Avaya Inc. During fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee held four meetings. For fiscal 2013 the Compensation Committee members were Messrs. Giancarlo, Marren (Chairman) and Smith. Mr. Giancarlo previously served as Chairman of the Compensation Committee from September 2012 to April 2013.

Compensation Committee Report

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K included in this prospectus with management and, based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this prospectus.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

John W. Marren, Chairman

Charles Giancarlo

Gary B. Smith

133

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

I. Introduction

This Executive Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes compensation for each of the executive officers of Avaya Holdings Corp. (the “Company”) named in the Summary Compensation Table, who we refer to as the Named Executive Officers. For fiscal 2013, Messrs. Kennedy, Vellequette, Chirico and Shockley were active as of September 30, 2013 and as of the date of this filing. Mr. Mitchell was active as of September 30, 2013, but ceased serving as SVP, Global Sales on July 7, 2013 and further separated from employment with the Company effective October 1, 2013.

II. Executive Summary

Avaya is a privately-owned company controlled by affiliates of Silver Lake and TPG, our Sponsors. As such, our compensation programs reflect both our business needs and our ownership structure and include elements that we believe are common among private-equity controlled companies. These include:

•

Competitive base salaries for our Named Executive Officers.

•

A significant focus in our annual and long-term incentive programs on “Adjusted EBITDA,” which we believe provides a measure of our financial performance and value creation based on operational factors that management can impact in the short-term.

•

Use of discretion by our Compensation Committee in the assessment of both Company and individual performance.

•

Greater utilization of cash for long-term compensation given the illiquidity of Company equity.

•

Substantial use of one-time equity awards for our senior executives upon hire to focus and motivate long-term value creation for our shareholders.

The Compensation Committee has provided additional compensation from time to time in recognition of the efforts of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, to continue to transform the Company’s business, which has occurred in a challenging economic environment. These pay elements have been provided to reward performance, encourage the acceleration of the operational improvements, and retain critical talent amid the uncertainty of a multi-year transformation of our business.

More specifically, for fiscal year 2013, our executive compensation strategy has included:

•

Limited salary increases to maintain a competitive pay position relative to market and recognize individual merit.

•

The Company’s annual cash incentive plan, with the use of quarterly Adjusted EBITDA results to focus and reward for execution of our business plans.

•

A new Strategic Transformation Growth Incentive (STGI) program, which is an award of cash and equity designed to ensure executive retention during a critical period of our transformation.

•

A cash long-term incentive opportunity to reward for annual Adjusted EBITDA achievement and create longer-term retention incentives.

In addition to the above, the Committee approved for 2013:

•

Discretionary cash awards to recognize business performance in 2012 that was not reflected in the formulaic incentive plans for that year.

•

A stock option exchange program that allowed all of our employees with certain out-of-the money performance-based stock options with limited retention value to replace them with more retentive and motivating restricted stock units.

•

A long-term cash award which is designed to provide some value assurance for our executives relative to their up-front equity awards given the uncertainty regarding when a liquidity event might occur for the Company’s common stock.

134

These additional pay elements were provided to recognize and reward the performance and contributions of our executives and employees.

The remainder of this Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes the Compensation Committee’s processes for making decisions as well as explaining each of the programs described above in more detail.

III. Executive Compensation Processes

A. Compensation Committee

In accordance with its Charter, the Compensation Committee of Avaya Holdings Corp. approves all elements of compensation for the executive officers, including compensation decisions for the Named Executive Officers.

B. Compensation Consultant

Pursuant to its charter, the Compensation Committee has sole authority to retain, at the expense of the Company, as applicable, and terminate any compensation consultant for the Compensation Committee, and it has sole authority to approve that consultant’s fees and other retention terms. During fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee did not retain any such consultant. However, from time to time the Compensation Committee received support from compensation advisors at each of Silver Lake and TPG, our Sponsors.

The Company retained Pearl Meyer as an advisor on compensation matters through January of 2013. In January 2013, and for the remainder of the fiscal year, the Company retained a new advisor on compensation matters, Semler Brossy Consulting Group, LLC (“Semler Brossy”). Semler Brossy provides market data on executive pay levels and practices to the Company and guidance to our management team on program design and recommendations made to the Compensation Committee.

C. How Compensation Decisions are Made

Performance is the driving factor in compensation-related decisions for all employees, including Named Executive Officers. The Board of Directors discusses Named Executive Officer performance at least semi-annually, considering individual contributions relative to internal peers on a quantitative and qualitative basis, as well as overall impact. Materials and recommendations are developed using market and Peer Group data and further consider the advice of our Compensation Consultant. All recommendations are reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee, and are discussed with the Board of Directors to ensure alignment.

When making decisions, the Compensation Committee reviews total compensation, including base salary, cash and non-cash, short-term and long-term incentives, including equity awards. In addition, the Compensation Committee considers the Company’s status as a privately-held entity.

D. Benchmarking and Competitive Analysis

In December 2012, the Executive Compensation group, in conjunction with Pearl Meyer, evaluated each executive officer’s compensation, including the CEO, using market data. The market data included national surveys that covered a broad group of companies in a variety of industries as well as data from our Peer Group as described below for select officer positions. Generally, we benchmark our executive officers’ compensation against the market median for base salary, target bonus opportunity, annual long-term incentive value and total direct compensation (consisting of base salary, target bonus opportunity, long-term cash and equity awards). However, we do not have an explicit philosophy regarding our pay positioning relative to the market data by element or in total, and the Compensation Committee exercises its discretion to pay individuals above or below the median of market in recognition of each executive’s skills, contributions, and performance, as well as retention and other factors which may be relevant, each assessed without a specific weighting in the Compensation Committee’s judgment.

In August 2013, the Executive Compensation group, in conjunction with the Company’s new compensation consultant, Semler Brossy, reassessed the composition of the Peer Group in recognition of the changes in the

135

Company’s business since becoming privately held in October 2007. Based upon their recommendations, the Compensation Committee agreed that the Peer Group should be revised to focus on a group of companies whose scope and industry dynamic would provide the Company with the appropriate context for gauging the reasonableness of executive pay. The new Peer Group will be used for the Company’s competitive pay benchmarking process during fiscal 2014.

The following types of companies were considered when modifying the composition of the Peer Group:

•

publicly traded companies, to provide sufficient publicly available data to benchmark pay;

•

companies with headquarters in North America;

•

companies with similar businesses to the Company, even if not directly competitive (i.e. businesses that provide technology-related products and services to enterprise customers); and

•

companies having revenue generally within one-half to two times the Company’s revenue.

Based on the foregoing, the following changes were made to the Peer Group:


No Change	Removed	Added
Adobe Systems Inc.	Agilent Technologies, Inc.	Autodesk, Inc.
Broadcom Corp.	Anixter International Inc.	BMC Software Inc.
CA, Inc.	DST Systems, Inc.	Brocade Communications Systems Inc.
EMC Corp.	Harris Corp.	Citrix Systems Inc.
Juniper Networks Inc.	Intuit Inc.	Cognizant Technology Solutions Corp.
Qualcomm Inc.	Level 3 Communications, Inc.	Computer Sciences Corp.
Symantec Corp.	NCR Corp.	Motorola Solutions
Unisys Corp.	Pitney Bowes Inc.	Teradata Corp.
NetApp, Inc.	Xerox Corp.	VMWare

IV. Elements of Executive Officer Compensation

The Company relies upon a mix of base salaries and short- and long-term cash and non-cash programs as well as certain other compensation vehicles to attract talent and retain its top performers. The following highlights the elements of the Company’s compensation program for executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, for fiscal 2013.

A. Base Salaries

Base salaries are designed to compensate individuals for their current contributions to the Company as reflected in their day-to-day performance. Base salaries are intended to be competitive relative to similar positions at companies of comparable size and similar industries. Consideration of salary adjustments, if any, generally is based on competitive market data and individual performance. During fiscal 2013, the base salary for Mr. Kennedy remained unchanged at $1,250,000. In consideration of individual performance leading up to and during fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee adjusted the base salary for Mr. Shockley from $450,000 to $475,000 effective December 1, 2012, and in December 2012 for Messrs. Chirico and Mitchell from $640,000 and $500,000 to $675,000 and $600,000 respectively, effective January 1, 2013. Additionally, in June 2013, following an assessment of the value of Mr. Vellequette’s total compensation package versus other Avaya senior officers and the Peer Group, the Compensation Committee adjusted Mr. Vellequette’s base salary from $575,000 to $625,000 to recognize the important nature of his role and his individual contributions during fiscal 2013.

B. Short-Term Incentives

In addition to the Company’s more broadly-based annual cash bonus program, during fiscal 2013 specific programs were adopted to recognize significant efforts to continue the Company’s business transformation and to retain executive officers as well as a core group of key talent.

136

1. Annual Non-Equity Incentive Plan

The Avaya Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan, or STIP, is Avaya’s annual cash bonus plan. The plan is designed to reward employees, including the Named Executive Officers, for their contributions to Avaya’s business results. Actual awards are directly determined by the Company’s performance against specific financial targets and further adjusted based on individual contribution level. Therefore, the opportunity for more significant awards increases when both the Company and the employee achieve higher levels of performance.

Company Financial Targets

For fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee determined that corporate performance would be measured quarterly against Adjusted EBITDA on a pre-STIP basis (i.e., before taking into account the payment of STIP), or Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

For fiscal 2013, the STIP pool was determined each quarter based on Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA results as shown in the table below. Once the threshold was achieved, each quarter’s STIP funding was calculated as $3.75 million + 20% of each Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA dollar attained above the threshold. If the Company achieved threshold performance for all four fiscal quarters, the total amount of funding would have been $15 million. STIP was paid out to employees two times per fiscal year:

•

1st half payment = Q1 funding + Q2 funding

•

2nd half payment = Q3 funding + Q4 funding

In 2013, payouts were earned based on Q1 and Q4 performance above the thresholds that were established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the year. Of the funding indicated, approximately $690,000 was received by the Named Executive Officers, excluding Mr. Kennedy, whose compensation will be discussed at our December 2013 Board of Directors meeting. For additional details, please see the Summary Compensation Table.


	Fiscal 2013								Fiscal
	Q1		Q2		Q3		Q4		2013
Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA Result	$	255,200,000	$	174,600,000	$	224,800,000	$	310,100,000	$	964,700,000

Funding:
At $253,750,000 Threshold	$	3,750,000	$	—	$	—	$	3,750,000	$	7,500,000
For Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA > Threshold x 20% rate		300,000		—		—		11,500,000		11,800,000

Fiscal 2013 STIP Funding	$	4,050,000	$	—	$	—	$	15,250,000	$	19,300,000

The CEO had the discretion to recommend to the Compensation Committee an adjustment to the overall amount of funding available by +/- 5%, based on factors including, but not limited to (i) customer satisfaction as determined based on a net promoter score (NPS) compiled with the help of a third party vendor, (ii) quality of products and services as determined by the CEO and (iii) customer service metrics, such as time to resolve issues. The CEO did not recommend any such adjustments for 2013.

Individual Performance Ratings

In the event funding for the STIP is attained in any six-month period, the size of an individual employee’s award is determined based upon his or her individual performance rating. Performance ratings are determined based on individual contribution level relative to peers within the Company, leadership behaviors, cross-functional effectiveness and attainment of objectives, all of which are assessed by an employee’s supervisor in

137

his or her judgment, without any specific weighting. The CEO provides the Compensation Committee with assessments of each executive officer’s individual performance and the Compensation Committee assesses the CEO’s performance. By way of example, an employee who had a fiscal 2013 STIP target of $350,000 could be awarded amounts below, at or above $350,000 based on his/her individual performance rating. The exact amount to be awarded will depend upon the level of STIP funding available for all STIP participants.

2. Segment Transformation Growth Incentive (STGI) Program

On July 10, 2013, certain employees including the Named Executive Officers received awards under a new program, specifically designed following a competitive assessment of actual pay versus market, to address a competitive gap, which created retention risk during an important stage of our transformation strategy.

Form of Award

The STGI program provides each participant with a dollar denominated award. Award ranges were established as a percentage of base pay for each eligible corporate level and actual award amounts were determined within these pre-established ranges considering factors such as actual pay versus market, individual contribution level, importance of role and expected future contributions. Each of the Named Executive Officers was given the right to elect to receive his or her award either 50% in cash and 50% in Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) or 75% in cash and 25% in RSUs. The RSUs were issued under the Avaya Holdings Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2007 Plan. Because Mr. Mitchell’s award was related to his agreement to assist in the transition prior to his separation date, he received an all-cash award.

For additional information regarding the cash and RSU portions of these awards, please see the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2013 table.

C. Long-Term Incentives

During fiscal 2013, the Company utilized a set of cash and equity awards to incentivize achievement of long-term corporate objectives and, where applicable, align management interests with those of shareholders. In addition to the Company’s more broadly-based equity plan, during fiscal 2013 specific programs were adopted to recognize significant efforts to continue the Company’s business transformation and to retain executive officers as well as a core group of key talent. Also, the Company made one-time awards in connection with offers of employment. The details of awards issued in fiscal 2013, including those with respect to Mr. Vellequette’s offer of employment, are set forth in the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table.

1. Equity awards

All equity-based awards are granted under the 2007 Plan. See “2007 Plan” following the Summary Compensation Table for more details on the Plan itself. In alignment with our overall compensation philosophy, equity awards are determined by balancing the interests of shareholders, in terms of the impact of dilution, with the need to provide long-term incentive compensation that is competitive with peer companies. Individual grants of equity awards are based on various factors, including but not limited to: roles and responsibilities, individual performance, the value of equity being given up (in the context of new hires), the value of equity previously awarded (in the context of retention), the amount of competition that exists for key talent, Avaya’s private equity ownership and Peer Group and market data.

During fiscal 2013, Mr. Vellequette received equity awards associated with his offer of employment.

For additional details, please see the Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2013 table.

2. Executive Committee Long-Term Incentive Plan

On December 22, 2010, the Compensation Committee approved a plan to provide cash incentives to certain executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, to help promote the long-term value of the Company, referred to as the Avaya Inc. Executive Committee 2011-2013 Performance Recognition Plan, as

138

amended, the EC LTIP. Each award under the EC LTIP consists of the grant to a plan participant of the conditional right to receive a dollar amount credited to an account for such participant based on the Company’s performance during the applicable fiscal year. For fiscal years 2011 to 2013, the amount credited to a participant’s account for each of the respective fiscal years is determined based on the Company’s financial performance compared to performance thresholds and targets established by the Compensation Committee, subject to a multiplier for each threshold and target. The amount credited to a participant’s account for a fiscal year equals his or her targeted award multiplied by the multiplier determined based on the Company’s actual performance. For fiscal years 2011 to 2013, attainment of the requisite metric between threshold and target levels will result in a pro rata adjustment (based on straight line interpolation) to the applicable multipliers. The Compensation Committee establishes thresholds and targets under the EC LTIP during the first quarter of each respective fiscal year.

For fiscal years 2011 to 2013, if the actual results of the requisite metric attained for a fiscal year are less than the applicable threshold, then no amount will be credited to a participant’s account for that fiscal year. For any fiscal year between 2011 and 2013 where the actual results of the requisite metric equal or exceed the target for such year, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, credit an additional amount to one or more participant’s accounts based on any factors it determines are appropriate, including, but not limited to individual performance and contribution to the business. In no event, however, will the amount credited to a participant’s account exceed 160 percent of that participant’s targeted award.

Unless previously paid, each award will be automatically forfeited, and no payment will be made, upon termination of a participant’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries before it is paid for any reason, other than involuntary termination without cause, disability, death and, for awards covering the fiscal 2014 and 2015 periods, retirement.

In addition, a participant will (i) forfeit any and all rights with respect to the award or to amounts previously paid under an award and (ii) be required to pay back any such previously paid amounts, if the participant breaches any nondisclosure, non-competition, non-solicitation or other undertakings set forth in the award agreement.

For fiscal years 2011 through fiscal 2013, the thresholds and targets were based upon “Management EBITDA” results. Management EBITDA was defined as Adjusted EBITDA, subject to certain modifications and exceptions and excluding the impact of payments under the STIP. Unlike Adjusted EBITDA, to determine Management EBITDA, the Company does not adjust for the amortization of unrecognized prior service cost or unrecognized net actuarial gains/losses associated with non-retirement post-employment benefits and long-term disability costs, the Company does not deduct income from unrestricted subsidiaries, net of dividends received, the Company does not adjust for purchase accounting impacts related to the Merger for the recognition of deferred revenue and reduction for deferred costs and business partner commissions written off in purchase accounting, the Company does adjust for the full expense related to pension and other post-employment benefit obligations and the Company does deduct software development costs from the calculation.

Fiscal 2013 results for Management EBITDA of $965 million did not meet the threshold for fiscal 2013 under the EC LTIP established by the Compensation Committee and therefore, no amounts were earned for fiscal 2013 to any of the Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Vellequette, who, pursuant to the terms of his offer of employment, was to receive the greater of $400,000 and the actual award earned. However, the Compensation Committee did make discretionary awards under this plan in recognition of the fact that the Company achieved 99% of its Management EBITDA threshold amount. See the amounts awarded in the Summary Compensation Table, under the heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Comp.”

D. Additional Fiscal 2013 Pay Actions

During fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee approved additional compensation actions to recognize performance on a discretionary basis and retain and motivate key employees, with the goal of helping to build shareholder value.

139

1. Short-Term Cash Awards

On December 6, 2012, the Compensation Committee approved a short-term cash award program designed to recognize significant efforts to continue the Company’s business transformation during fiscal 2012 despite the fact that corporate targets were not achieved under the STIP. The awards were designed to retain executive officers and a core group of approximately 3,000 employees. Amounts per individual were determined as a percentage of base salary and were relative to the amount of variable pay opportunity for each corporate level, including the Named Executive Officers. Awards to executive officers, other than Mr. Shockley, will be paid in three installments provided the executive officer is employed on the date of payment.

In addition, Mr. Kennedy was granted a cash award of $592,382, payable at the end of December 2012 in recognition of his leadership during fiscal 2012.

For additional details, please see the Summary Compensation Table, under the heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Comp.”

2. Stock Option Exchange Program

On February 25, 2013, the Compensation Committee approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals, including the Named Executive Officers, holding multiple-of-money, or MoM, stock options and performance-based “EBITDA” stock options could exchange them on a three-for-one basis for RSUs (“MoM Option Exchange Offer”). The replacement RSUs will vest in full in December 2013. The Company conducted the MoM Option Exchange Offer because the time horizon for vesting of the MoM stock options was unknown and the Company believed that these stock options were not fulfilling their purpose of attracting and motivating key employees. The tender offer was closed on April 30, 2013 and 10,204,689 options were tendered for exchange. In connection with the MoM Option Exchange Offer, 3,401,654 replacement RSUs were granted which have an effective grant date of May 6, 2013.

For additional details, please see the Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal 2013 table, under the header “Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards”.

3. Long-Term Cash Award Program

On December 6, 2012, the Compensation Committee approved a long-term cash award program for senior officers, including the Named Executive Officers. These awards were designed to provide a degree of value assurance relative to our equity plans for executives due to the uncertainty regarding the timing of any liquidity event for shares of our common stock. Longer serving executives with fully vested initial awards were provided with a shorter vesting period than more recently hired executives. The program terms specify that the award will be payable in three installments and further that the third installment payment for each award recipient will be adjusted downward (i) to reflect shares of our common stock previously owned and sold by that individual and (ii) if our common stock is then publicly traded, to reflect the value of shares of our common stock that individual owns or could receive upon exercise of stock options or vested RSUs, in each case excluding shares relating to continuation stock options, continuation restricted stock units and cash invested in connection with the going-private transaction of the Company. Awards to Named Executive Officers were as follows:


Named Executive Officer	Cash Payment (First Installment)	Cash Payment (Second Installment)	Target Range for Payment (Third Installment)⁽¹⁾
Kevin J. Kennedy	$994,000	$1,656,000	$3,975,000 - $7,288,000
David Vellequette	$173,000	$517,500	$1,660,000 - $2,836,000⁽²⁾
James M. Chirico, Jr.	$523,000	$871,875	$2,093,000 - $3,836,000
Thomas G. Mitchell	$342,000	—	—
Brett A. Shockley	$285,000	$475,000	$1,140,000 - $2,090,000

(1)

Actual amounts to be awarded will depend on individual performance rating for the year in which the third installment payment is to be made, but will not be less than the minimum of the range.

(2)

The third installment of Mr. Vellequette’s award was increased by the Compensation Committee on June 28, 2013 and previously had been the range of approximately $1,035,000 to $1,898,000. The increase followed an assessment of the value of Mr. Vellequette’s total compensation package versus his peers and was intended to recognize the importance of his role and his individual contributions during fiscal 2013.

140

E. Other Compensation

In addition to base salaries, short-term incentives and long-term incentives, the Company provides its executive officers with certain other benefits to remain competitive in the market.

1. Perquisites

Certain temporary relocation expenses are paid on behalf of executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, in order to attract and retain critical talent. For additional information regarding perquisites made available to the Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2013, please see the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table and the corresponding footnotes.

2. Post-Employment Benefit Information

Pension Plans

Avaya maintains a non-contributory qualified pension plan, known as the Avaya Inc. Pension Plan for Salaried Employees, or APPSE, which covers U.S. salaried employees hired before January 1, 2004. Pension amounts based on the pension plan formula that exceed the applicable Code limitations with respect to qualified pension plans are paid to qualifying individuals under a non-contributory unfunded supplemental pension plan, called the Avaya Inc. Supplemental Pension Plan, or ASPP. Effective December 31, 2003, pension benefit accruals provided under the APPSE and accruals provided under the ASPP were frozen with respect to all employees. Additionally, no new employees hired after December 31, 2003, including all of the Named Executive Officers, are eligible to participate in the APPSE or the ASPP. Please see “Pension Benefits” below for additional information.

Savings Plans

At the same time the changes were made to the APPSE and the ASPP described above, the Company enhanced the Avaya Inc. Savings Plan for Salaried Employees, or ASPSE, a qualified savings plan that covers U.S. salaried employees, and created the Avaya Inc. Savings Restoration Plan, or ASRP. The ASRP is an unfunded non-qualified deferred compensation plan designed to restore contribution opportunities lost under the ASPSE as a result of Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, Code limits. The ASRP provides that executives will be able to defer compensation and receive Company allocations (automatic company contributions and company matching contributions) that cannot be made or received under the ASPSE because of limitations imposed by the Code. The Company suspended matching contributions under the ASRP effective March 1, 2009.

Under the APPSE, effective January 1, 2013, the Company matching allocation is made on a quarterly basis, once a Company performance threshold is met. The matching formula is 50% on the first 5% of eligible compensation contributed by a participant on a pre-tax basis. The Company match is capped at $3,000 annually, per participant.

For more information regarding each of these plans, please see “Pension Benefits” and “Nonqualified Defined Contribution and Other Deferred Compensation Plans” below.

V. Employment, Change in Control and Separation Arrangements

A. Mr. Kennedy’s Employment Agreement

Mr. Kennedy is party to an employment agreement with the Company under which he agrees to serve as the Company’s President and CEO. The agreement, which became effective December 22, 2008, has an initial three-year term that is automatically renewed for subsequent one-year periods unless notice of non-renewal is delivered by the Company. Under the agreement, Mr. Kennedy’s base salary is $1,250,000. It provides that his target cash award under the STIP is 100% of his base salary, with the maximum award payable to him under the

141

STIP being subject to a cap of 200% of his base salary. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Kennedy received a guaranteed incentive award for fiscal 2009 of $965,754 and a transition bonus of $850,000. The Compensation Committee approved a change to Mr. Kennedy’s target opportunity under the STIP, to 125% of his base salary, effective January 1, 2011.

Under the agreement, Mr. Kennedy received, effective as of the date his employment with the Company commenced, a grant of 5,000,000 stock options having an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock at the time of grant, which was $3.80. These awards were exchanged for replacement options with an exercise price of $3.00 per share, vesting ratably in four annual installments, under a stock option exchange program available to all holders of stock options, conducted in fiscal 2010.

Effective December 22, 2008, Mr. Kennedy also received 400,000 RSUs, which are now fully vested and for which the underlying shares have been distributed to him. Prior to an initial public offering, (i) if Mr. Kennedy’s employment is terminated other than for cause, (ii) if he voluntarily resigns for any reason or (iii) upon his death or disability, Mr. Kennedy has the right to require the Company to purchase from him any or all of the shares of common stock subject to those vested RSUs at fair market value, unless fair market value is less than $10 per share, in which case the purchase price shall be $10 per share, or the RSU Price. Further, in the event that certain “drag-along” or “tag-along” provisions under the management stockholders’ agreement are exercised and Mr. Kennedy sells shares of common stock underlying those vested RSUs in certain transactions and receives less than $10 per share, then we are obligated to pay to Mr. Kennedy the difference between $10 per share and the amount realized by Mr. Kennedy in such transaction.

In addition, the agreement provides that, for so long as Mr. Kennedy is the Company’s CEO, the Sponsors shall ensure that their affiliates vote to elect him as a member of our board of directors.

B. Change in Control Agreements

None of the Named Executive Officers is a party to a change in control agreement.

C. Involuntary Separation Plan

The Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers, amended and restated as of February 1, 2009, is designed to provide a specific payment and certain benefit enhancements to eligible executive officers of the Company and its affiliated companies and subsidiaries, including the Named Executive Officers, in the event that their employment is involuntarily terminated under certain conditions. Eligible executive officers include the CEO and all executive officers elected by the Company’s board of directors at a level above Vice President who are designated “At Risk” under the Avaya Force Management Program Guidelines. For a description of the potential amounts that could be received by each of the Named Executive Officers assuming an involuntary separation had occurred as of September 30, 2013, please see the section below titled “Potential Payments on Occurrence of Change in Control and Other Events.”

VI. Fiscal 2014 Actions and Changes to Compensation

Following the conclusion of fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee approved changes to certain executive officer compensation arrangements, including those for certain Named Executive Officers.

Short-Term Incentive Plan

1. Executive Committee Discretionary Annual Incentive Plan

On October 15, 2013, the Compensation Committee approved a new short-term incentive structure, providing employees at various corporate levels with incentive opportunities through more appropriate vehicles, based on their ability to directly impact the Company’s EBITDA performance. As part of the new structure, the Compensation Committee approved a new compensation plan, called the Executive Committee Discretionary

142

Annual Incentive Plan (the “EC DAIP”) for executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers. In connection with the adoption of the EC DAIP, the Compensation Committee amended the STIP to exclude the EC DAIP participants from participation in the STIP.

Under the EC DAIP, there are two six-month performance periods in each fiscal year with the first being October 1 through March 31 and the second being April 1 through September 30, although the Compensation Committee has the discretion to modify the performance periods. At the beginning of each performance period, the Compensation Committee will establish (i) target awards for participants and (ii) the performance criteria to be applicable to awards for such performance period. Awards will be made by the Compensation Committee following the end of each performance period and will be paid as soon as practicable after the performance period.

The total amount of funding for any performance period will not be less than 70% of target awards for all participants in the Plan for such performance period. The amount paid to a participant with respect to an award will be determined in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee. In the case of participants other than the CEO, the CEO will make a recommendation to the Compensation Committee as to the amount of each such participant’s award payment. The determination of the amount paid with respect to an award for each participant will be made after the end of each performance period and may be less than (including no award) or greater than the target award, up to a maximum amount of two times such participant’s target award. A participant will not be eligible to receive an award if he or she voluntarily terminates employment or is involuntarily terminated for cause, in each case before the award is paid.

On November 15, 2013, the Compensation Committee determined the minimum and maximum funding for the plan for fiscal 2014 of approximately $4.2 million and $12 million, respectively. In addition, the Compensation Committee established the individual performance criteria for receiving awards under the EC DAIP for each of the October 1, 2013 to March 31, 2014 and April 1, 2014 to September 30, 2014 performance periods. At the end of each of the performance periods, with respect to senior officers other than the CEO, the CEO will recommend awards to the Compensation Committee for approval based on individual performance as measured by factors including, but not limited to, overall impact, teamwork, attitude and results. Any award for the CEO will be determined by the Compensation Committee. The maximum and minimum amounts were determined using proposed target awards that have not been communicated to participants in the plan because the ultimate issuance of awards and their amounts is discretionary.

2. EC LTIP

On December 6, 2012, the Compensation Committee approved the amendment and restatement of the EC LTIP. The plan was revised to include additional executive officers as participants and to extend the term of the plan to cover fiscal years 2014 and 2015 in addition to the previously covered fiscal years of 2011 through 2013. The plan amendments did not modify any previously issued awards covering fiscal years 2011 through 2013.

On November 15, 2013, the Compensation Committee approved an amendment to the EC LTIP to modify the methodology in which awards are made to participants. Previously, an amount would be credited to a participant’s account in a fiscal year based on the achievement by the Company of financial thresholds and targets based on Adjusted EBITDA, excluding the impact of payments under STIP, or any successor plan. For fiscal years 2014 and 2015, the EC LTIP was revised to eliminate the performance threshold and instead to base awards on a single Company financial target of Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA. Further, under the revised EC LTIP, the Compensation Committee has full discretion to credit amounts to a participant’s account if the Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA target is not reached. In no event, however, will the amount credited to a participant’s account exceed 160% of that participant’s targeted award.

143

3. LTI Grant Strategy and FY14 Grants

On November 15, 2013, the Compensation Committee approved a long-term incentive grant (“LTI Grant”) comprised of a mix of stock options, RSUs and cash to senior officers.

The table below reflects the fiscal 2014 LTI Grants awarded to the Named Executive Officers, with the exception of Mr. Kennedy, whose compensation is scheduled for review at our December 2013 Board of Directors meeting.


Officer	LTI Grant Total ($)		Stock Options				RSUs				Cash ($)
Officer	LTI Grant Total ($)		($)		(#)		($)		(#)		Cash ($)
David Vellequette, SVP and Chief Financial Officer	$	2,250,000	$	450,000		360,000	$	675,000		300,000	$	1,125,000
James J. Chirico, Jr., EVP, Business Operations	$	2,250,000	$	450,000		360,000	$	675,000		300,000	$	1,125,000
Brett A. Shockley, SVP and Chief Technology Officer	$	750,000	$	150,000		120,000	$	225,000		100,000	$	375,000

Stock options and RSUs under the LTI Grant vest 1/3 on the first anniversary of the date of grant and 1/12 on each quarterly anniversary of the date of grant thereafter. The cash portion of each LTI Grant will vest 1/3 on each anniversary of the date of grant. The number of RSUs and stock options awarded is based upon the fair market value of a share of our common stock, which was $2.25 on the date of grant and a Black-Scholes value of $1.25 as of June 30, 2013, respectively.

In addition, if at the end of each year during the vesting period it is determined that a Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA target is achieved by the Company, then a multiplier of 1.5 times will be applied to the value of the RSU and cash portions of each award. If the multiplier applies, the additional RSUs and cash that will be granted on that date of determination will be 100% vested at the time of grant and, in the case of RSUs, will be delivered in shares using the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. By way of example, if the RSU and cash portions of an award are $450,000 and $750,000, respectively, and the Pre-STIP Adjusted EBITDA target is achieved triggering the 1.5 times multiplier, then the value of additional RSUs and cash to be awarded on the date of determination would be $250,000 (or 50% of $450,000) and $375,000 (or 50% of $750,000), respectively.

4. Perquisites

On November 15, 2013, the Compensation Committee approved annual allowances to each of the senior officers of the Company, payable on December 31st of each year, to be used for tax preparation and financial planning services. The CEO will receive a $20,000 annual allowance and each senior officer other than the CEO will receive a $15,000 annual allowance.

VII. Conclusion

The Compensation Committee believes that the Company’s compensation program for executive officers supports the Company’s philosophy that compensation should be designed to attract, motivate and retain executive officers and employees in such a way as to create value for the benefit of the Company’s stockholders. The Company feels confident that the Company’s salary, short-term incentive, long-term incentive and other compensation programs help enable the Company to create a competitive total compensation package. In addition, the Company believes that this total compensation package helps reinforce the Company’s commitment to reward employees for performance against stated goals and objectives, both at the corporate and individual levels.

144

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the compensation earned by the Company’s Named Executive Officers for services rendered in all capacities to the Company and its subsidiaries for the fiscal years indicated. The Company’s Named Executive Officers for fiscal 2013 include our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and our three most highly compensated executive officers in fiscal 2013 other than the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.


Name	Year		Salary ($)⁽⁴⁾		Bonus ($)⁽⁵⁾		Stock Awards ($)⁽⁶⁾		Option Awards ($)⁽⁶⁾		Non-Equity Incent. Plan Comp ($)⁽⁷⁾		All Other Comp. ($)⁽⁸⁾		Total ($)
Kevin J. Kennedy⁽¹⁾		2013	$	1,250,000	$	592,382	$	2,575,001		—	$	2,932,000	$	17,571	$	7,366,954
President and Chief Executive Officer		2012	$	1,250,000		—		—		—		—	$	78,648	$	1,328,648
President and Chief Executive Officer		2011	$	1,250,000		—		—		—	$	2,584,227	$	25,112	$	3,859,339

David Vellequette⁽²⁾		2013	$	587,500	$	200,000	$	1,006,251	$	585,000	$	1,071,250	$	7,718	$	3,457,719
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

James M. Chirico, Jr.		2013	$	653,269		—	$	708,127		—	$	2,085,250	$	7,819	$	3,454,465
Executive Vice President, Business Operations		2012	$	636,250	$	100,000		—		—		—	$	28,970	$	765,220
Executive Vice President, Business Operations		2011	$	625,000	$	2,100,000		—		—	$	1,326,508	$	106,750	$	4,158,258

Thomas G. Mitchell⁽³⁾		2013	$	563,461	$	125,000	$	262,501		—	$	1,784,000	$	6,623	$	2,741,585
Senior Vice President, Global Sales		2012	$	500,000		—	$	440,000	$	135,850		—	$	3,340	$	1,079,190
Senior Vice President, Global Sales		2011	$	475,000	$	503,250	$	150,000	$	754,650	$	298,533	$	2,960	$	2,184,393

Brett A. Shockley		2013	$	455,353		—	$	478,503		—	$	1,070,000	$	688,148	$	2,692,004
Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

(1)

The Board of Directors expects to review CEO compensation for fiscal 2013 at its December 2013 meeting. Therefore, certain elements of Mr. Kennedy’s compensation have neither been determined nor included.

(2)

Mr. Vellequette became the Company’s Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on October 1, 2012. His 2013 salary reflects an adjustment from $575,000 to $625,000 that became effective June 30, 2013.

(3)

Mr. Mitchell joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Channel Integration on May 3, 2010 and was named Senior Vice President, SME and Avaya Go to Market effective April 1, 2011, at which time, his base salary was adjusted from $450,000 to $500,000. He subsequently assumed the role of Senior Vice President, Global Sales effective January 11, 2013 and his salary was adjusted from $500,000 to $600,000 effective January 1, 2013.

(4)

Amounts shown for fiscal 2013 reflect the impact of participation in the Company’s mandatory one-week furlough program for Messrs. Chirico and Mitchell.

(5)

Amounts shown for fiscal 2013 reflect: (i) for Mr. Kennedy, a one-time recognition bonus award, (ii) for Mr. Vellequette, a sign-on payment in connection with his offer of employment, (iii) for Mr. Mitchell, the second installment of a retention award made to him in December 2012. The amount shown for Mr. Chirico for fiscal 2012 reflects the second installment of a cash bonus program adopted to retain employees assisting with the NES acquisition. Amounts shown for fiscal 2011 reflect: (i) for Mr. Chirico, a special retention award and the first installment of a cash bonus program adopted to retain employees assisting with the NES acquisition of $2,000,000 and $100,000, respectively and (ii) for Mr. Mitchell a sign-on payment in connection with his offer of employment.

(6)

Amounts indicated for the “Stock Awards” and “Option Awards” columns represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards during the respective years as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” or ASC 718, without regard to forfeiture assumptions. For more information regarding the valuation of stock-based awards (including assumptions made in such valuation), refer to Note 14, “Share-based Compensation,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

145

Included in fiscal 2013 is the incremental fair value of the replacement RSUs awarded under the MoM Option Exchange Offer in which MoM and performance-based “EBITDA” stock options were exchanged for RSUs. See “Grants of Plan Based Awards in Fiscal 2013” for more information.

Not included in fiscal 2011, 2012 or 2013 are any amounts attributable to MoM stock options as it is not possible to determine if the performance condition (e.g., sale or initial public offering of our common stock) will be satisfied until such event actually occurs. For options granted to Mr. Vellequette in 2013, assuming the highest level of achievement, the aggregate grant date fair value for fiscal 2013 would have been $410,375. For options granted to Mr. Mitchell in fiscal 2011 and 2012, assuming the highest level of achievement, the aggregate grant date fair value for fiscal 2011 and 2012 would have been $434,700 and $93,450 respectively.

(7)

Reflects amounts earned under each of the following programs for the Named Executive Officers.


Name	Year		Annual STIP Awards (a)		Short Term Cash Award (b)		Segment Transformation Growth Incentive (c)		Long Term Cash Bonus (d)		EC Long Term Incentive Plan (e)		Total
Kevin J. Kennedy		2013	$	125,000	$	1,563,000	$	250,000	$	994,000		—	$	2,932,000
		2012		—		—		—		—		—		—
		2011	$	959,227		—		—		—	$	1,625,000	$	2,584,227
David Vellequette		2013	$	217,000		—	$	206,250	$	173,000	$	475,000	$	1,071,250
James M. Chirico, Jr.		2013	$	231,000	$	650,000	$	206,250	$	523,000	$	475,000	$	2,085,250
		2012		—		—		—		—		—		—
		2011	$	389,008		—		—		—	$	937,500	$	1,326,508
Thomas G. Mitchell		2013	$	42,000	$	400,000	$	1,000,000	$	342,000		—	$	1,784,000
		2012		—		—		—		—		—		—
		2011	$	115,200		—		—		—	$	183,333	$	298,533
Brett A. Shockley		2013	$	75,000	$	360,000	$	75,000	$	285,000	$	275,000	$	1,070,000

(a)

Represents annual STIP award payments as discussed under “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Short-Term Incentives.”

(b)

Represents a short-term cash award. See “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Additional Fiscal 2013 Pay Actions.” For all Named Executive Officers with the exception of Mr. Shockley, awards are payable in three installments in December 2012, March 2013 and December 2013. Mr. Shockley’s award is payable in two installments in December 2012 and December 2013. Mr. Mitchell forfeited the third installment of his award upon his voluntary termination of employment effective October 1, 2013.

(c)

Represents the Cash portion of the STGI program earned for the fiscal year as described in “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Short-Term Incentives.” With the exception of Mr. Mitchell, the cash portion of each executive officer award vests monthly over a 12 month period from July 1, 2013 to June 30, 2014, provided the award recipient is employed by the Company as of the last day of the applicable month. Although vested monthly, each award will be payable 50% on December 31, 2013 and 50% on June 30, 2014. Mr. Mitchell’s award vested September 30, 2013, and was paid 50% on September 30, 2013, with the remaining 50% payable on December 31, 2013. If an award recipient is terminated for cause, he or she will be deemed to have forfeited his or her award, including any vested but unpaid balances of the cash portion of the award.

(d)

Represents Long-Term Cash Bonus award payments in fiscal 2013 as discussed under “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Additional Fiscal 2013 Pay Actions.”

(e)

Represents Long-Term Cash Incentives earned as discussed under “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Long-Term Incentives.” The amount for 2013 represents a discretionary award based upon achievement of 99% of threshold amount established by the Compensation Committee at the beginning of the performance period for payment of the awards.

(8)

During fiscal 2013, the Named Executive Officers received certain perquisites provided by or paid for by the Company pursuant to Company policies.

146

For Messrs. Chirico, Shockley and Vellequette, amounts include benefit amounts associated with Company contributions to the ASPSE on the same basis as other employees. For all Names Executive Officers, amounts further include life insurance premiums paid for by the Company (the amount for Mr. Kennedy was $17,571), and for Mr. Shockley’s, commuting expenses.

The Company provides relocation assistance to eligible employees who change their place of residence for their positions at Avaya. The type and amount of assistance varies by leadership level. Mr. Shockley received approximately $633,000 in relocation assistance when he moved from Minnesota to California, where the Company’s headquarters are located. The amount reported is the cost incurred by the Company and includes home finding, temporary living, transportation of household goods, closing costs and carrying costs. It also includes a loss on the sale of his home of approximately $205,000.

The Company also provides reimbursement of taxes incurred on taxable moving expenses. The amount reported for Mr. Shockley includes approximately $45,000 in tax reimbursement for fiscal 2013.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2013

The following table sets forth information concerning non-equity and equity incentive awards granted in fiscal 2013 to each of the Named Executive Officers. The equity incentive awards were made under the 2007 Plan described below.


Name	Grant Date		Board Approval Date			Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards							Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards						Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards (5)		Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards (6)
Name	Grant Date		Board Approval Date			Threshold		Target		Maximum			Threshold		Target		Maximum		Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards (5)		Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards (6)
Kevin J. Kennedy		—		—			—	$	1,562,500	$	2,500,000	(1)		—		—		—		—		—
		—		12/22/10		$	937,500	$	1,250,000	$	2,000,000	(2)		—		—		—		—		—
		12/06/12		12/06/12	(3)		—	$	1,250,000		—			—		—		—		—		—
		12/06/12		12/06/12	(4)		—	$	5,631,000	$	8,944,000			—		—		—		—		—
		05/06/13		05/06/13	(7)		—		—		—			—		700,001		—		—	$	1,575,002
		06/28/13		06/28/13	(8)		—	$	1,000,000		—			—		444,444		—		—	$	1,000,000
David Vellequette		—		—			—	$	562,500		—	(1)		—		—		—		—		—
		—		12/22/10		$	431,250	$	575,000	$	920,000	(2)		—		—		—		—		—
		10/01/12		10/01/12	(9)		—		—		—			—		150,000		—		—	$	600,000
		10/01/12		10/01/12	(10)		—		—		—			—		500,000		—	$	4.00	$	585,000
		12/06/12		12/06/12	(4)		—	$	2,178,000	$	3,353,500			—		—		—		—		—
		05/06/13		05/06/13	(7)		—		—		—			—		58,334		—		—	$	131,252
		06/28/13		06/28/13	(8)		—	$	825,000		—			—		122,222		—		—	$	275,000
James M. Chirico, Jr.		—		—			—	$	573,750		—	(1)		—		—		—		—		—
		—		12/22/10		$	468,750	$	625,000	$	1,000,000	(2)		—		—		—		—		—
		12/06/12		12/06/12	(3)		—	$	575,000		—			—		—		—		—		—
		12/06/12		12/06/12	(4)		—	$	2,965,000	$	4,708,000			—		—		—		—		—
		05/06/13		05/06/13	(7)		—		—		—			—		192,501		—		—	$	433,127
		06/28/13		06/28/13	(8)		—	$	825,000		—			—		122,222		—		—	$	275,000
Thomas G. Mitchell		—		—			—	$	480,000		—	(1)		—		—		—		—		—
		—		12/22/10		$	375,000	$	500,000	$	800,000	(2)		—		—		—		—		—
		05/06/13		05/06/13	(7)		—		—		—			—		116,667		—		—	$	262,501
		06/28/13		06/28/13	(8)		—	$	500,000		—			—		—		—		—		—
Brett A. Shockley		—		—			—	$	380,000		—	(1)		—		—		—		—		—
		—		12/22/10		$	300,000	$	400,000	$	640,000	(2)		—		—		—		—		—
		12/06/12		12/06/12	(3)		—	$	300,000		—			—		—		—		—		—
		12/06/12		12/06/12	(4)		—	$	1,615,000	$	2,565,000			—		—		—		—		—
		05/06/13		05/06/13	(7)		—		—		—			—		79,335		—		—	$	178,504
		06/28/13		06/28/13	(8)		—	$	300,000		—			—		133,333		—		—	$	300,000

147

(1)

Represents fiscal 2013 target awards under the STIP. The maximum target amount for Mr. Kennedy’s STIP award reflects the fact that his employment agreement places a limit of 200% of his annual base salary on his total STIP award, if any.

(2)

Represents fiscal 2013 threshold, target and maximum potential awards under the EC LTIP, which is discussed above under “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Long Term Incentives.”

(3)

Represents the third installment awarded under the Short-Term Cash Award program. See “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Additional Fiscal 2013 Pay Actions.”

(4)

Represents the second and third installments awarded under the Long—Term Cash Award program. See “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Additional Fiscal 2013 Pay Actions.”

(5)

Under the terms of the 2007 Plan, the exercise price for an award cannot be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise prices indicated represent the fair market value of our common stock on the applicable grant dates, as determined by the Compensation Committee, the administrator under the 2007 Plan.

(6)

Amounts shown represent the grant date fair value of each award as calculated in accordance with ASC 718, without regard to forfeiture assumptions. For more information regarding the valuation of stock-based awards (including assumptions made in such valuation), refer to Note 14, “Share-based Compensation,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Not included are any amounts attributable to MoM stock options as it is not possible to determine if the performance condition (e.g., sale or initial public offering of the Company) will be satisfied until such event actually occurs.

(7)

Represents the incremental fair value of the RSUs awarded under the MoM Option Exchange Offer. See “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Additional Fiscal 2013 Pay Actions.” Messrs. Kennedy, Vellequette, Chirico, Mitchell and Shockley tendered 2,100,000, 175,000, 577,500, 350,000 and 238,000 outstanding and unvested MoM stock options, respectively, in that exchange offer.

(8)

Amounts shown represent the grant date fair value of the cash and RSUs awarded in the STGI program. See “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Short—Term Incentives.” RSU awards under the STGI vest monthly, but the shares underlying vested awards generally will not be distributed until the earlier occurrence of a change in control of the Company, the recipient’s death or disability, the recipient’s termination of employment from the Company or the fifth (5th) anniversary of the grant date of the award. If an award recipient is terminated for cause, he or she will be deemed to have forfeited his or her award, including any vested but undistributed RSUs.

(9)

Represents time-based RSU awards vesting 25% annually until fully vested four years from the date of grant.

(10)

Represents time-based stock option awards vesting 25% annually until fully vested four years from the date of grant and MoM stock options vesting 50% or 100% upon the achievement of certain returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in the Company as described in the “Description of 2007 Plan” below. Mr. Vellequette exchanged 175,000 of the MoM stock options for 58,334 RSUs awarded under the MoM Option Exchange Offer. See note 7 above and “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation-Additional Fiscal 2013 Pay Actions.”

Description of 2007 Plan

The Conpany has adopted the 2007 Plan, in which executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, and other employees, directors and consultants are eligible to participate. As of September 30, 2013, 49,848,157 shares of our common stock were authorized for issuance in connection with awards granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan, in addition to 2,924,125 shares available for issuance in satisfaction of Continuation Options and Continuation Units, or together the Continuation Awards. None of the Named Executive Officers holds any Continuation Awards. The Company’s common stock is not publicly traded. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis-Use of Estimates and Critical Accounting Policies-Share-based Compensation” for information on the methodology to value our common stock.

148

RSUs

Each RSU awarded under the 2007 Plan, when vested, entitles the holder to receive one share of the Company’s common stock, subject to certain restrictions on their transfer and sale as provided for in the 2007 Plan and the related award agreements. RSUs granted during fiscal 2013 generally vest 25% on each anniversary of the grant date.

Stock Options

Each stock option, when vested and exercised, entitles the holder to receive one share of the Company’s common stock, subject to certain restrictions on transfer and sale as provided for in the 2007 Plan and the related award agreements. All stock options awarded under the 2007 Plan expire ten years from the date of grant or upon cessation of employment, in which event there are limited exercise provisions associated with vested stock options.

From the beginning of fiscal 2012 through February 2013, awards of time-based and market-based multiple-of-money, or MoM, stock options were made to Company employees. Each grant of stock options included 65% time-based vesting and 35% MoM-based vesting awards. The time-based portions of the stock options vest 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date and thereafter vest in equal installments annually over the following three-year period, becoming fully vested four years after the grant date. The MoM stock options vest 50% upon the achievement of a multiple of 1.6 times, and 100% upon the achievement of a multiple of 2.0 times or greater, the initial amount invested in the Company by Silver Lake and TPG, our Sponsors. Under the 2007 Plan, the initial amount invested in the Company by Silver Lake and TPG, our Sponsors is defined as $1.5 billion. Effective February 2013, the Company ceased granting MoM stock options and thereafter, stock options granted vest 25% on each anniversary of the grant date.

To the extent an individual acquires shares of our common stock upon exercise of a stock option or vesting of an RSU, those shares are subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions contained in a management stockholders’ agreement and, in the case of certain executive officers, including certain of the Named Executive Officers, a registration rights agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.

149

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table below sets forth the outstanding equity awards at the end of fiscal 2013 for each of the Named Executive Officers.


	OPTION AWARDS										STOCK AWARDS
Name	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options # Exercisable⁽¹⁾		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options # Unexercisable		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options⁽²⁾		Option Exercise Price		Option Expiration Date		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That have Not Vested⁽³⁾		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested $⁽⁴⁾
Kevin J. Kennedy		2,437,500		—		812,500	$	3.00		11/17/19
		520,000		—		130,000	$	3.00		11/19/19
												1,033,334	$	2,325,002
David Vellequette		—		—		325,000	$	4.00		10/01/22
												300,001	$	675,001
James M. Chirico, Jr.		609,375		—		203,125	$	3.00		11/17/19
		208,000		—		52,000	$	3.00		11/19/19
												284,168	$	639,377
Thomas G. Mitchell		292,500		—		292,500	$	3.00		03/31/21
		16,250		—		48,750	$	4.40		02/16/22
												191,667	$	431,251
Christopher M. Formant		124,313		—		41,438	$	3.00		11/17/19
		16,000		—		4,000	$	3.00		11/19/19
		73,125		—		73,125	$	4.40		06/23/21
		32,500		—		97,500	$	4.40		12/05/21
												179,335	$	403,503

(1)

Represents the exercisable portion of stock options granted and outstanding.

(2)

The vesting dates for the stock option awards indicated are as follows:


Name	Original Time Based Stock Option Grant		Grant Date		Vesting Description
Kevin J. Kennedy		3,250,000		11/17/09	25% annually (4 year full vest)
		650,000		11/19/09	20% on 12/19/09; 20% annually thereafter (fully vested 12/19/13)
David Vellequette		325,000		10/01/12	25% annually (4 year full vest)
James M. Chirico, Jr.		812,500		11/17/09	25% annually (4 year full vest)
		260,000		11/19/09	20% on 12/19/09; 20% annually thereafter (fully vested 12/19/13)
Thomas G. Mitchell		585,000		03/31/11	25% annually (4 year full vest)
		65,000		02/16/12	25% annually (4 year full vest)
Brett A. Shockley		165,750		11/17/09	25% annually (4 year full vest)
		20,000		11/19/09	20% on 12/19/09; 20% annually thereafter (fully vested 12/19/13)
		146,250		06/23/11	25% annually (4 year full vest)
		130,000		12/05/11	25% annually (4 year full vest)

150

(3)

The awards are scheduled to vest as follows:


Name	RSU Award		Grant Date		RSUs Vested		RSUs Cancelled		RSUs Unvested		Vesting Description⁽ⁱ⁾
Kevin J. Kennedy		700,001		05/06/13		—		—		700,001	100% on 12/16/2013
		444,444		06/28/13		111,111		—		333,333	Monthly for 12 months on the Last Day of Each Month beginning 7/31/2013
David Vellequette		150,000		10/01/12		—		—		150,000	25% annually (4 year full vest)
		58,334		05/06/13		—		—		58,334	100% on 12/16/2013
		122,222		06/28/13		30,556		—		91,667	Monthly for 12 months on the Last Day of Each Month beginning 7/31/2013
James M. Chirico, Jr.		192,501		05/06/13		—		—		192,501	100% on 12/16/2013
		122,222		06/28/13		30,556		—		91,667	Monthly for 12 months on the Last Day of Each Month beginning 7/31/2013
Thomas G. Mitchell		100,000		02/16/12		25,000		—		75,000	25% annually (4 year full vest)
		116,667		05/06/13		—		—		116,667	100% on 12/16/2013
Brett A. Shockley		79,335		05/06/13		—		—		79,335	100% on 12/16/2013
		133,333		06/28/13		33,333		—		100,000	Monthly for 12 months on the Last Day of Each Month beginning 7/31/2013

(i)

RSUs with the Vesting Description “100% on 12/16/2013” were awarded in accordance with the MoM Option Exchange Offer. See “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Additional Fiscal 2013 Pay Actions.” RSUs with the Vesting Description “Monthly for 12 months on the Last Day of Each Month beginning 7/31/2013” were awarded in accordance with the STGI Program—See “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Short-Term Incentives.”

(4)

Determined using the fair market value of our common stock on the last day of the fiscal year, which was $2.25 per share. Mr. Mitchell’s unvested RSUs were forfeited on October 1, 2013, due to his voluntary termination.

Options Exercised and Stock Vested

During fiscal 2013, there were no exercises of stock options by any of the Named Executive Officers. The following table sets forth the vesting of RSU awards in fiscal 2013:


	Option Awards				Stock Awards
Name	Number of Shares Aquired on Exercise		Value Realized on Exercise		Number of Shares Aquired on Vestin			Value Realized on Vesting^(iv)
Kevin J. Kennedy		—		—		211,111	^(i)(ii)	$	550,000
David Vellequette		—		—		30,556	⁽ⁱⁱ⁾	$	68,750
James M. Chirico, Jr.		—		—		30,556	⁽ⁱⁱ⁾	$	68,750
Thomas G. Mitchell		—		—		25,000	⁽ⁱⁱⁱ⁾	$	75,000
Brett A. Shockley		—		—		33,333	⁽ⁱⁱ⁾	$	75,000

(i)

The Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise and the Value Realized on Exercise represents shares subject to an award of 400,000 RSUs that vested 25% annually and were granted to Mr. Kennedy pursuant to his employment agreement. The amount that vested in fiscal 2013 represents the fourth and final vesting installment of 100,000 RSUs. Under the terms of the award agreement, the receipt of all 400,000 of the underlying shares was deferred until December 22, 2012, at which time they all were issued to him. Pursuant to Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement he has the right to require the Company to repurchase those 400,000 shares at $10 per share under certain circumstances (see “—Employment, Change in Control and Separation Agreements” for further details). If those provisions had been invoked, Mr. Kennedy would

151

have received $4 million for those 400,000 shares. The balance of the RSUs and Value Realized on Vesting (aggregating 111,111 RSUs) represents RSUs awarded in the STGI program. See “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Short-Term Incentives.”

(ii)

Represents vesting for RSUs awarded in the STGI program. See “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Short-Term Incentives.” Had the shares been delivered to the recipients on vesting, the value realized by each individual per share would have been $2.25.

(iii)

Represents shares subject to an RSU award granted to Mr. Mitchell in fiscal 2012 in recognition of his increased role and responsibilities within the Company. The amount that vested in fiscal 2013 represents the second of four equal vesting installments.

(iv)

As noted above, except with respect to the 100,000 shares distributed to Mr. Kennedy pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, the receipt of shares subject to each of these RSU awards has been deferred. Had the shares been delivered to the recipients on vesting, the value realized by each individual per share would have been $2.25 for each of Messrs. Vellequette, Chirico and Shockley, which was the fair market value of one share of our common stock on each of their respective vesting dates. The value realized by each of Messrs. Kennedy and Mitchell would have been $550,000 and $75,000, respectively.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The table below sets forth information concerning all nonqualified deferred compensation earned by each of the Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2013.

All information represents data from the ASRP, a nonqualified defined contribution plan designed to restore lost tax-deferred savings opportunities for executives unavailable under the ASPSE, the Company’s qualified savings plan, due to Code limitations. Executives may contribute from 1-25% of eligible compensation (including base pay, short-term disability payments, short-term incentive compensation and marketing/sales compensation paid after the executive reaches the maximum contribution and/or compensation limit established by the Code). Effective March 1, 2009, the Company suspended matching contributions to this plan. Earnings are based on the individual fund allocations selected by each participant from among the variety of different investment fund choices available; investment elections can be changed daily, subject to certain funds’ trading restrictions. All participants are fully vested.


Name	Executive Contributions in the Last Fiscal Year		Registrant Contributions in the Last Fiscal Year		Aggregate Earnings in the Last Fiscal Year			Aggregate Withdrawals / Distributions in the Last Fiscal Year		Aggregate Balance at the Last Fiscal Year End
Kevin J. Kennedy	$	44,800		—	($	5,159	)		—	$	285,720
David Vellequette		—		—		—			—		—
James M. Chirico, Jr.	$	29,499		—	$	44,714			—	$	296,993
Thomas G. Mitchell		—		—		—			—		—
Brett A. Shockley		—		—		—			—		—

Potential Payments on Occurrence of Change of Control and Other Events

General

The sections below indicate amounts that could have been received by each of the Named Executive Officers following, or in connection with, involuntary separation and resignation/retirement. The sections assume that the triggering event happened as of September 30, 2013. It should be noted that each of the sections below represents the various amounts that could have been received by the Named Executive Officers under alternative scenarios, and they are not cumulative in nature.

152

Involuntary Separation

Cash and Benefits

During fiscal 2013, the Named Executive Officers were participants under the Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers, or the Senior Officer Plan. The Plan is designed to provide a specific payment and certain benefit enhancements to eligible “Senior Officers” of Avaya and its affiliated companies and subsidiaries in the event that their employment is involuntarily terminated under certain conditions.

The Senior Officer Plan covers the CEO and each other officer of the Company who is elected by the Company’s board of directors at a level above vice president and who is designated “At Risk” under the Avaya Force Management Program Guidelines.

The Senior Officer Plan provides that a Senior Officer is “At Risk” if there is a Company initiated termination other than for “cause,” defined as: (i) a material breach of duties and responsibilities as an executive officer of the Company (other than as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness) which is demonstrably willful and deliberate, which is committed in bad faith or without reasonable belief that such breach is in the best interests of the Company and which is not remedied in a reasonable period of time after receipt of written notice from the Company specifying such breach; (ii) conviction (including a plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of a felony involving moral turpitude; (iii) the commission of theft, fraud, breach of trust or any act of dishonesty involving the Company or its subsidiaries; or (iv) any significant violation of the Company’s Code of Conduct or any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company or its subsidiaries.

In the event that a Senior Officer (other than Mr. Kennedy) is terminated by the Company other than for “cause,” that Senior Officer is entitled to receive under the Senior Officer Plan, upon executing a termination agreement and release, a payment equal to 100% of final annual base salary, along with certain other benefits to continue for a period of time post-termination of employment, including certain medical benefits as prescribed by applicable law, and outplacement services. With respect to Mr. Kennedy, the terms of his employment agreement provide that his involuntary termination would be governed by the same plan, but he would be entitled to a payment equal to 200% of his base salary plus 200% of his target bonus under the STIP for the year of termination, in addition to the other benefits offered generally to Senior Officers under the Senior Officer Plan.

Under the terms of the EC LTIP, if a participant’s employment was terminated involuntarily without cause as of September 30, 2013, such participant’s account would have been credited for any amount earned during fiscal 2013 and subsequently paid on December 31, 2013.

With respect to the cash portions of STGI awards, in the event that a participant is involuntarily terminated other than for cause, he or she will receive full vesting credit for the month in which that termination occurs, and all future monthly vesting and award amounts will be forfeited. In such an event, the payment date for any vested cash portion of the award will occur on or about 30 days following the date of termination. By way of example, if an award recipient other than Mr. Mitchell is terminated other than for cause in November 2013 but prior to the end of that month, that participant would have five (5) months of his or her award vested (July, August, September, October and November 2013), and the vested amounts would be payable in December 2013. Using that example, there would be no further vesting and no additional cash payouts for that participant under the program.

The table below represents amounts that could have been received by each of the Named Executive Officers as of September 30, 2013, assuming an involuntary separation occurred on that date.


Name	Cash Payment Based on Salary⁽¹⁾		Cash Payment Based on Target Bonus⁽²⁾		Cash Payment Based on Vested STGI Award⁽³⁾		Outplacement Services⁽⁴⁾		Total⁽⁵⁾
Kevin J. Kennedy	$	2,500,000	$	2,500,000	$	250,000	$	10,000	$	5,260,000
David Vellequette	$	625,000	$	562,500	$	206,250	$	10,000	$	1,403,750
James M. Chirico, Jr.	$	675,000	$	573,750	$	206,250	$	10,000	$	1,465,000
Thomas G. Mitchell	$	600,000	$	480,000	$	500,000	$	10,000	$	1,590,000
Brett A. Shockley	$	475,000	$	380,000	$	75,000	$	10,000	$	940,000

153

(1)

Amounts represent two times annual base salary for Mr. Kennedy, and one times annual base salary for each of Messrs. Vellequette, Chirico, Mitchell, and Shockley, each as of September 30, 2013.

(2)

Amount for Mr. Kennedy is equal to two times his target STIP award as per his employment agreement. Amounts indicated for Named Executive Officers other than Mr. Kennedy assume that the last date of employment was September 30, 2013 and that the Company paid STIP at target. Amounts are reflective of total target STIP opportunity for the fiscal year, regardless of actual results for fiscal 2013 as set forth above under “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Short Term Incentives.” See “Summary Compensation Table” for actual STIP payments earned in 2013.

(3)

Amount represents the vested Cash portion of the STGI Program. See “—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Short-Term Incentives.”

(4)

Represents an estimated cost to the Company for outplacement services based upon historical experience.

(5)

Excludes amounts earned in the EC LTIP Plan for fiscal 2011 and the discretionary award earned in fiscal 2013. See “Summary Compensation Table” and chart in footnote (7).

Stock Options

Termination without Cause (Outside of the Change in Control Context)

If an employee is terminated without “cause,” generally there would be an acceleration of vesting of time-based stock options as follows: one quarter of the shares that otherwise would have vested at the end of the vesting year had the termination not occurred will vest for each partial or full quarter in which the optionee was employed during that vesting year. “Vesting year” means a twelve-month period beginning on the date of grant or an anniversary of the date of grant, as applicable, and ending on the first anniversary of such beginning date.

Generally, the employee would have 90 days post-termination of employment to exercise any vested stock options, and any unvested stock options would be forfeited as of the date of termination. However, Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement would allow him 12 months, and not 90 days, to exercise his vested stock options in such an event. The number of stock options for which vesting would be accelerated due to an involuntary termination as of September 30, 2013 and the value of the accelerated options are represented in the table below. In as much as the exercise price of each option is equal to or greater than the fair market value, those stock options are not exercisable, and no value has been attributed to them below.


Name	Number of Time-based Stock Options Accelerated Vesting		Exercise Price		Value of Accelerated Vesting Options
Kevin J. Kennedy		942,500	$	3.00		—
David Vellequette		81,250	$	4.00		—
James M. Chirico, Jr.		255,125	$	3.00		—
Thomas G. Mitchell		73,125	$	3.00		—
		12,188	$	4.40		—
Brett A. Shockley		45,438	$	3.00		—
		50,781	$	4.40		—

Termination without Cause (Change in Control Context)

Stock option award agreements also contain certain provisions that are triggered upon a change in control. Under the 2007 Plan, “change in control” is defined to mean the acquisition by a person or group of at least forty percent (40%) of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock or securities representing at least forty percent (40%) of the voting power of Avaya Holdings Corp.

With respect to time-based stock options, if an employee is terminated without cause within one-year following a change in control, then, unless the stock option has been terminated, exercised or exchanged for other current or deferred cash or property in connection with the change in control, the time-based stock option is treated as having vested in full immediately prior to such termination of employment.

154

Generally, a terminated employee would have 90 days post-termination of employment to exercise any of such vested time-based stock options. Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement would allow him 12 months to exercise all of his stock options in such an event. The number of stock options for which vesting would be accelerated due to an involuntary termination due to a change in control as of September 30, 2013 and the value of the accelerated options are represented in the table below. Pursuant to the terms of the 2007 Plan, if the exercise price of a grant is equal to or greater than the fair market value, those stock options are not exercisable. The fair market value of a share of our common stock on September 30, 2013 was $2.25, and the exercise price of each option held by the Named Executive Officers was $3.00, with the exception of one award for Mr. Mitchell and one award for Mr. Shockley each having an exercise price of $4.40. Because the fair market value of $2.25 is less than the respective exercise prices for those awards, no value has been attributed to them.


Name	Number of Time-based Stock Options Accelerated Vesting		Exercise Price		Value of Accelerated Vesting Options
Kevin J. Kennedy		942,500	$	3.00		—
David Vellequette		325,000	$	4.00		—
James M. Chirico, Jr.		255,125	$	3.00		—
Thomas G. Mitchell		292,500	$	3.00		—
		48,750	$	4.40		—
Brett A. Shockley		45,438	$	3.00		—
		50,781	$	4.40		—

Restricted Stock Units

RSU awards issued under the 2007 Plan, including the RSU portions of the STGI awards, generally provide for accelerated vesting upon death or disability or upon a termination following a change in control (each as defined in the 2007 Plan). However, Replacement RSUs associated with the stock option exchange program conducted in fiscal 2013 provided an additional acceleration condition upon involuntary termination without cause or termination of employment under any enhanced severance plan adopted by the Company prior to December 16, 2013. As the fair market value of a share of our common stock on September 30, 2013 was $2.25, the number and value of RSUs that would be accelerated is represented in the table below.


Name	Number of Restricted Stock Units Accelerated Vesting		Fair Market Value at September 30, 2013		Value of Accelerated Vesting Units
Kevin J. Kennedy		811,112	$	2.25	$	1,825,002
David Vellequette		88,890	$	2.25	$	200,003
James M. Chirico, Jr.		223,057	$	2.25	$	501,878
Thomas G. Mitchell		116,667	$	2.25	$	262,501
Brett A. Shockley		112,668	$	2.25	$	253,503

In addition to the amounts shown above, to the extent that receipt of shares underlying previously vested RSUs has been deferred, those shares would be distributed upon the earlier of a change in control, death or disability (each as defined in the 2007 Plan), termination of employment or five (5) years from the grant date. As the fair market value of a share of our common stock on September 30, 2013 was $2.25, the number of shares and value of previously vested and deferred shares is represented in the table below.


Name	Number of Restricted Stock Units Deferred Distribution		Fair Market Value at September 30, 2013		Value of Deferred Distribution Units
Kevin J. Kennedy		111,111	$	2.25	$	250,000
David Vellequette		30,556	$	2.25	$	68,751
James M. Chirico, Jr.		104,469	$	2.25	$	235,055
Thomas G. Mitchell		74,638	$	2.25	$	167,936
Brett A. Shockley		33,333	$	2.25	$	74,999

155

Resignation/Retirement

Cash and Benefits

Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement provides that, in the event he resigns for “good reason,” he would be entitled to receive the same amount as set forth under “Involuntary Separation–Cash and Benefits” above. Under the agreement, “good reason” means: a material reduction by the Company in his base salary; a material breach of the agreement by the Company which shall include a material reduction or material negative change by the Company in the type or level of compensation and benefits (other than base salary) to which he is entitled under the agreement, other than any such reduction or change that is part of and consistent with a general reduction or change applicable to all senior officers of the Company; a material failure by the Company to pay or provide to him any compensation or benefits to which he is entitled; a change in Mr. Kennedy’s status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities that constitutes a material and adverse change from his status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities as in effect immediately before such change; the assignment to him of any duties or responsibilities that are materially and adversely inconsistent with his status, positions, titles, offices or responsibilities as in effect immediately before such assignment; any removal of Mr. Kennedy from or failure to reappoint or reelect him to any of such positions, titles or offices; the Company changing the location of its principal executive offices to a location more than 50 miles from its current principal office; any material breach by us or Avaya Inc. of the agreement or any other agreement between us or Avaya Inc. and Mr. Kennedy incorporated by reference in the agreement; or the provision of notice by Avaya Inc. of its intention not to renew the agreement.

In all other contexts, upon resignation or retirement, there would be no continuation of benefits (other than certain medical benefits as prescribed by applicable law) and no additional payments made under any of the Company’s defined contribution (qualified and nonqualified) plans to any of the Named Executive Officers, other than as set forth under the “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans” table.

With respect to the EC LTIP, if a participant’s employment was terminated due to Retirement as of September 30, 2013, such participant’s account would have been credited for any amount earned during fiscal 2013 and subsequently paid, December 31, 2013. If a change of control had occurred prior to September 30, 2013 and a participant’s employment was voluntarily terminated with “good reason” within one year of the change of control event, such participant’s account would have been credited for any amount earned during fiscal 2013.

Equity Awards

Generally, each of the Named Executive Officers has up to 30 days subsequent to a resignation to exercise vested stock options, and any unvested stock options as of the date of termination of employment are forfeited. If the resignation is for “good reason” (as defined in the 2007 Plan), then each of the Named Executive Officers would have 90 days from the date of such termination to exercise any vested stock options. However, Mr. Kennedy’s employment agreement provides that, with respect to his stock option awards, he would have 12 months, and not 90 days, following his termination of employment to exercise those stock options.

In addition, with respect to time-based stock options, if the resignation is for “good reason” and it occurs within one-year following a change in control (as defined under the 2007 Plan), then, unless the time-based stock option has been terminated, exercised or exchanged for other current or deferred cash or property in connection with the change in control, the time-based stock option is treated as having vested in full immediately prior to such termination of employment. For a summary of the time-based stock options held by each of the Named Executive Officers, please see “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.” The number and value of the shares accelerated on resignation for “good reason” is identical to the section above labeled “Termination without Cause (Change in Control Context).”

Confidentiality; Non-Compete; Non-Solicitation; Recoupment of Profits

All of the Company’s senior officers, including the Named Executive Officers, have signed confidentiality agreements as a requirement for receiving certain stock-based compensation. The agreements stipulate that these officers will not misappropriate or disclose the Company’s proprietary information.

156

The agreements generally provide that, during the term of their employment and for a period of twelve months from the date of termination of employment, the officers will not directly or indirectly: (i) subject to certain exceptions, work for or provide services to, in any capacity, whether as an employee, independent contractor or otherwise, whether with or without compensation, a material competitor of the Company; (ii) hire or solicit for hire any employee of the Company or seek to persuade or induce any employee of the Company to discontinue employment with the Company; (iii) hire or engage any independent contractor providing services to the Company, or solicit, encourage or induce any independent contractor providing services to the Company to terminate or diminish in any substantial respect its relationship with the Company; (iv) subject to certain limitations, (a) solicit, encourage or induce any customer of the Company to terminate or diminish in any substantial respect its relationship with the Company or (b) seek to persuade or induce any such customer or prospective customer of the Company to conduct with anyone else any substantial business or activity which such customer or prospective customer conducts or could conduct with the Company.

If the officers breach the provisions of these agreements, then the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it, have the right to institute legal proceedings to enjoin the offending conduct. In addition, the Company generally has the immediate right to call and repurchase any shares of stock that have been issued under any stock options that have been awarded to the optionee by the Company at a purchase price that is the lesser of cost or fair market value.

Director Compensation

In August 2011, we implemented a non-affiliated director compensation program in which independent directors will receive an initial grant of RSUs with a market value of $200,000 upon joining the board of directors and an annual retainer of $100,000 in cash (which was to be reduced to $80,000 at such time as we have at least three independent directors on our board of directors) plus RSUs with a market value of $150,000. Each independent director who serves on the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee receives an additional $10,000 as part of his annual retainer in lieu of meeting attendance fees. The Audit Committee Chairperson receives an additional $20,000 as part of his annual retainer and each of the Compensation Committee Chairperson and the Nominating and Governance Committee Chairperson receives an additional $15,000 as part of his annual retainer. Eligible directors can elect to receive their cash retainers in the form of RSUs, provided that at least 50% of their aggregate annual cash compensation was required to be in the form of RSUs. Each RSU granted under the program vests immediately upon issuance and is distributed to a director upon his resignation or removal from the board. The market value of all RSUs granted under the program is established based on the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date prior to the date on which that director is elected or appointed to serve.

Effective October 1, 2013, the Company’s board revised the program to (i) set the annual cash retainer at $100,000 and eliminate the step-down to $80,000 in the event three or more independent directors serve on the Company’s board and (ii) remove the requirement that independent directors must elect to receive at least 50% of their aggregate annual cash compensation in the form of RSUs. All other terms of the program remain unchanged.

During fiscal 2013, Mr. Gary Smith was the only independent director on Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc.’s boards of directors and on our Audit and Compensation Committees. For fiscal 2013, of his total annual retainer worth $120,000, based on his service on the board and his appointment as a member of the Audit and Compensation Committees, Mr. Smith elected to receive that retainer $60,000 in cash and $60,000 in RSUs (equaling 20,000 RSUs). All restricted stock units were awarded to Mr. Smith based upon the fair market value of our common stock on December 19, 2012, the date of grant, which was $3.00 per share. The RSUs were granted pursuant to the terms of the 2007 Plan and were fully vested on the date of grant. The shares underlying the RSUs will not be distributed to him until his resignation or removal from the board of directors.

157

Below is a summary of the compensation received by Mr. Smith for his service as a director of the Company and Avaya Inc. during fiscal 2013. Except as indicated below, none of our other directors received compensation from us for service on the board of directors during fiscal 2013:


Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash		Stock Awards(1)		Option Awards		Non- Equity Incentive Plan Comp.		Change in Pension Value and Non- Qualified Deferred Comp.on Earnings		All Other Comp.		Total
Gary Smith	$	60,000	$	210,000	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	270,000

(1)

Amount represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards as calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” or ASC 718, without regard to forfeiture assumption. For more information regarding the valuation of stock-based awards (including assumptions made in such valuation), refer to Note 14, “Share-based Compensation,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Effective October 15, 2013, Mr. Kiran Patel was elected a director of the Company and Avaya Inc., and, because he qualifies as an independent director, he will be a participant in the non-affiliated director compensation program for fiscal 2014.

158

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Arrangements with Our Sponsors

In connection with their investment in us, we entered into certain stockholder agreements and registration rights agreements with the Sponsors and various co-investors. Certain of those agreements were amended in connection with the financing of the NES acquisition and again in connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition (see Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013 for more information). The co-investors include individuals and entities invited by our Sponsors to participate in our financings, such as affiliated investment funds, individuals employed by affiliates of our Sponsors, limited partners of our Sponsors and members of our management. In addition, we entered into a management services agreement with affiliates of the Sponsors and, from time to time, we may enter into various other contracts with companies affiliated with our Sponsors.

Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with the Merger, we entered into a stockholders’ agreement with the Sponsors and certain of their affiliates. This stockholders’ agreement was amended and restated in connection with the financing of the NES acquisition and again in connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition. The stockholders’ agreement contains certain restrictions on the Sponsors’ and their affiliates’ transfer of our equity securities, contains provisions regarding participation rights, contains standard tag-along and drag-along provisions, provides for the election of our directors, mandates board approval of certain matters to include the consent of each Sponsor and generally sets forth the respective rights and obligations of the stockholders who are parties to that agreement. None of our officers or directors are parties to this agreement, although certain of our non-employee directors may have an indirect interest in the agreement to the extent of their affiliations with the Sponsors.

Registration Rights Agreement

In addition, in connection with the Merger, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Sponsors and certain of their affiliates which was amended and restated in connection with the financing of the NES acquisition and again in connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, as amended, we will provide the Sponsors and certain of their affiliates party thereto with certain demand registration rights following the expiration of the 180-day lockup period in respect of the shares of our common stock held by them. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public following the consummation of this offering, we will be required to give notice of such registration to the Sponsors and their affiliates party to the agreement of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to certain limitations, the Sponsors and such holders will have piggyback registration rights providing them with the right to require us to include shares of common stock held by them in such registration. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, associated with any registration of shares by the Sponsors or other holders described above. We have agreed to indemnify each holder of our common stock covered by the registration rights agreement for violations of federal or state securities laws by us in connection with any registration statement, prospectus or any preliminary prospectus. Each holder of such securities has in turn agreed to indemnify us for federal or state securities law violations that occur in reliance upon written information the holder provides to the Company in connection with any registration statement in which a holder of such securities is participating. None of our officers or directors is a party to this agreement, although our non-employee directors may have an indirect interest in the agreement to the extent of their affiliations with the Sponsors.

Management Services Agreement and Consulting Services

Both Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. are party to a management services agreement with Silver Lake Management Company, L.L.C., an affiliate of Silver Lake, and TPG Capital Management, L.P., an affiliate of

159

TPG, who are collectively referred to as the Managers, pursuant to which the Managers provide management and financial advisory services to us. Pursuant to the management services agreement, the Managers receive a monitoring fee of $7.0 million per annum, or the monitoring fees, and reimbursement on demand for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. In the event of a financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control transaction involving us during the term of the management services agreement, the Managers have the right to require us to pay to the Managers a fee equal to customary fees charged by internationally-recognized investment banks for serving as a financial advisor in similar transactions. The management services agreement may be terminated at any time by the Managers, but otherwise has an initial term ending on December 31, 2017 that automatically extends each December 31st for an additional year unless earlier terminated by us or the Managers. The term has automatically extended six times since the execution of the agreement such that the current term is December 31, 2023. The management services agreement will terminate pursuant to its terms upon consummation of this offering, and, upon termination, the Managers will receive a one-time fee in an amount equal to $ , which is the net present values of the monitoring fees that would have been payable during the remaining term of the management services agreement. The termination fee will be calculated using the current term ending December 31, 2023. The management services agreement contains customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Managers and their affiliates.

In the course of business, Avaya will enter into arrangements with affiliates of the Sponsors pursuant to which consultants are engaged to provide services to the Company. For each of fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, expenses associated with these consulting agreements with affiliates of TPG were less $1 million.

Transactions with Other Sponsor Portfolio Companies

The Sponsors are private equity firms that have investments in companies that do business with Avaya. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we recorded $6 million, $7 million and $8 million, respectively, associated with sales of the Company’s products and services to companies in which one or both of the Sponsors have investments. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, we purchased goods and services of less than $1 million, $2 million, and $3 million, respectively from companies in which one or both of the Sponsors have investments.

Financing

Term Loans Held by Sponsors

Since April 2008, affiliates of TPG have held some of Avaya Inc.’s outstanding term B-1 loans. In fiscal 2013, certain of the term B-1 loans held by those affiliates were reclassified as term B-5 loans, $22 million of which were repaid in connection with the issuance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes. Based on the amount of the term B-1 and term B-5 loans that were held during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, and consistent with the terms of the loan, those affiliates received payments of principal and interest (inclusive of amounts paid by the Company in connection with the issuance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes) aggregating approximately $23 million, $4 million and $6 million, respectively.

Since September 2008, an affiliate of Silver Lake held some of Avaya Inc.’s outstanding term B-1 loans. In fiscal 2011, certain of the term B-1 loans held by this affiliate were reclassified as term B-3 loans and in fiscal 2013, the remaining term B-1 loans were reclassified as term B-5 loans. Based on the amount of the term B-1, term B-3, and term B-5 loans that were held by an affiliate of Silver Lake during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, and consistent with the terms of the loan, that affiliate received payments of principal and interest aggregating approximately $5 million, $10 million and $8 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2013, affiliates of Silver Lake held no outstanding principal amounts of term loans under the senior secured credit facility. As of September 30, 2012, affiliates of Silver Lake held $45 million and $122 million in outstanding principal amounts of term B-1 term B-3 loans.

160

On October 29, 2012, December 21, 2012 and February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc. amended the terms of its credit facilities in connection with certain refinancing transactions. Lenders who provided consents in connection with the amendments and/or agreed to have loans that they held in one tranche of term loans reclassified as another received certain fees. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” to our consolidated audited financial statements included in this prospectus. Affiliates of Silver Lake received less than $1 million in each of these transactions. Affiliates of TPG received less than $1 million in each of the 2012 transactions.

See Note 9. “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details on our financing arrangements.

Preferred Stock Ownership by Sponsors

In connection with the financing of the NES acquisition, we issued shares of our Series A Preferred Stock. As of September 30, 2013, affiliates of TPG owned 38,864.13 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock (representing 31.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock) and affiliates of Silver Lake owned 38,864.13 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock (representing 31.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock). See “Description of Our Capital Stock—Preferred Stock.” As described in “Use of Proceeds” above, we intend to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock plus accrued unpaid dividends, in an aggregate amount of $ with the net proceeds from this offering.

In connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition, we issued shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. As of September 30, 2013, affiliates of TPG owned 32,649 shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (representing 66.7% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) and affiliates of Silver Lake owned 32,649 shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (representing 66.7% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock). See “Description of Our Capital Stock—Preferred Stock.”

For information regarding the equity holdings of affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake, please see “Principal Stockholders.”

Arrangements Involving our Directors and Executive Officers

Sponsor Board Appointments

Charles Giancarlo and Greg Mondre are Directors of each of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and they hold the positions of Special Advisor and Managing Partner and Managing Director, respectively, of Silver Lake. John W. Marren, Afshin Mohebbi and Ronald Rittenmeyer are Directors of each of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and they hold the positions of Partner, Senior Advisor and Senior Advisor, respectively, of TPG.

Senior Manager Registration and Preemptive Rights Agreement and Management Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with the Merger, we entered into a senior manager registration and preemptive rights agreement with certain current and former members of our senior management who own shares of our common stock and options and RSUs convertible into shares of our common stock, including Messrs, Chirico, Giancarlo and Kennedy. Pursuant to the senior manager registration and preemptive rights agreement we will provide the senior managers party thereto that hold registrable securities thereunder with certain registration rights upon either (a) the exercise of the Sponsors or their affiliates of demand registration rights under the Sponsors’ registration rights agreement discussed above or (b) any request by the Sponsors to file a shelf registration statement for the resale of such shares. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public following the consummation of this offering, pursuant to the senior manager registration and preemptive rights agreement, senior managers party thereto that hold registrable securities

161

thereunder are entitled to notice of such registration and, subject to certain limitations, such senior managers will have piggyback registration rights providing them with the right to require us to include shares of common stock held by them in such registration. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, associated with any registration of stock by the senior managers as described above. We have agreed to indemnify each holder of registrable securities covered by this agreement for violations of federal or state securities laws by us in connection with any registration statement, prospectus or any preliminary prospectus. Each holder of such registrable securities has in turn agreed to indemnify us for federal or state securities law violations that occur in reliance upon written information the holder provides to the Company in connection with any registration statement in which a holder of such registrable securities is participating.

In addition, pursuant to the senior manager registration and preemptive rights agreement, the Company agreed to provide each senior manager party thereto with certain preemptive rights to participate in any future issuance of shares of our common stock to the Sponsors or their affiliates. The preemptive rights granted under the senior manager registration and preemptive rights agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering.

In connection with the Merger, we also entered into a management stockholders’ agreement with management stockholders, including all of our named executive officers and Mr. Giancarlo. The stockholders’ agreement contains certain restrictions on such stockholders’ transfer of our equity securities, contains rights of first refusal upon disposition of shares, contains standard tag-along and drag-along provisions, and generally sets forth the respective rights and obligations of the stockholders who are parties to that agreement.

Transactions with Expert Global Solutions Inc.

Ronald A. Rittenmeyer serves on the Board of Directors of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and also currently serves as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Expert Global Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as NCO Group, Inc.), or Expert Global Solutions, a global provider of business process outsourcing services. During fiscal 2013, the Company recorded $9.3 million associated with sales of the Company’s products and services to Expert Global Solutions.

Transactions with Intuit, Inc. and The Charles Schwab Family of Funds

Kiran Patel serves on the Board of Directors of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and also serves a trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, or Charles Schwab, a mutual fund company, and, until September 2013, served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Small Business Group of Intuit, Inc., or Intuit, a provider of financial software solutions for consumers and small businesses. During fiscal 2013, the Company recorded less than $0.2 million and $2.5 million, respectively associated with sales of the Company’s products and services to Charles Schwab and Intuit, respectively.

Transactions with Ciena Corporation

Gary B. Smith serves on the Board of Directors of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and also currently serves as president, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Ciena Corporation, a network infrastructure company. During fiscal 2013, the Company recorded less than $0.5 million associated with sales of the Company’s products and services to Ciena.

Related Party Transaction Policy

In February 2009, our board of directors adopted written procedures for the review, approval and/or ratification of “related party transactions,” which are those transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K as promulgated by the SEC.

162

The procedures give our Audit Committee the power to approve or disapprove existing and potential related party transactions involving our directors and certain of our executive officers. Upon becoming aware of an existing or potential related party transaction, the Audit Committee is required to conduct a full inquiry into the facts and circumstances concerning that transaction and to determine the appropriate actions, if any, for us to take. If the Audit Committee does not approve a transaction that is brought before it, then the matter is automatically forwarded to our full board of directors for consideration. A director who is the subject of a potential related party transaction is not permitted to participate in the decision-making process of the Audit Committee or full board of directors, as applicable, relating to what actions, if any, shall be taken by us in light of that transaction.

All related party transactions identified above that occurred during fiscal 2013 or that are currently proposed which required approval and/or ratification through the procedures described above were subject to such review procedures (other than those listed under the heading “Arrangements with our Sponsors-Transactions with Other Sponsor Portfolio Companies” which were transacted in the ordinary course of the Company’s business).

163

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at November 1, 2013 for:

•

each person whom we know beneficially owns more than five percent of our common stock;

•

each of our directors;

•

each of our named executive officers; and

•

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC.

The percentage of common stock beneficially owned by each person before the offering is based on 488,985,469 shares of common stock outstanding as of November 1, 2013, and shares of common stock expected to be outstanding following this offering after giving effect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Shares of common stock that may be acquired within 60 days following November 1, 2013 pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such holder but are not deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person shown in the table. Beneficial ownership representing less than one percent is denoted with an “*.”

Upon the completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors will own, in the aggregate, approximately % of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock. As a result, we intend to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.


Name	Common Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp. Beneficially Owned		Percentage of Outstanding Shares Beneficially Owned
Silver Lake Funds and affiliates⁽¹⁾		419,814,172		72.8	%
TPG Funds and affiliates⁽²⁾		419,814,172		72.8	%
James M. Chirico, Jr.⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾⁽⁵⁾		1,434,225		*
Kevin J. Kennedy⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾⁽⁵⁾⁽⁶⁾		5,551,171		1.1	%
Thomas G. Mitchell⁽⁴⁾⁽⁵⁾		191,305		*
Brett A. Shockley⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾⁽⁵⁾		469,877		*
David Vellequette⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾⁽⁵⁾		238,195		*
John S. Chen⁽¹⁾⁽⁷⁾		—		*
John W. Marren⁽²⁾⁽⁸⁾		—		*
Charles H. Giancarlo⁽¹⁾⁽³⁾⁽⁵⁾⁽⁹⁾		383,334		*
Afshin Mohebbi⁽²⁾⁽¹⁰⁾		—		*
Greg K. Mondre⁽¹⁾⁽¹¹⁾		—		*
Kiran Patel⁽⁴⁾		88,889		*
Ronald Rittenmeyer^(1)(12)		—		*
Gary B. Smith⁽⁴⁾		163,182		*
Directors and executive officers as a group, (19 Persons)⁽^{3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)(10}^)(11)(12⁾⁽¹³⁾		12,062,961		2.4	%

(1)

The shares of our common stock that are attributed to Silver Lake Funds (as defined below) and affiliates consist of an aggregate of 332,450,000 shares of our common stock, 32,649 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our convertible Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and 87,331,523 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. Of the warrants owned by Silver Lake Funds and affiliates, 71,007,030 warrants have an exercise price of $3.25 per share and are exercisable at any time

164

prior to December 18, 2019, and 16,324,493 warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share and are exercisable at any time prior to May 29, 2022. Excluding warrants and shares issuable upon conversion of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, the shares of our common stock that are attributed to Silver Lake Funds and affiliates represent 68.0% of all shares of our common stock outstanding as of May 1, 2013. The 32,649 shares of our convertible non-voting Series B Convertible Preferred Stock owned by Silver Lake Funds and affiliates represents 66.7% of all shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of May 1, 2013. In addition, funds affiliated with Silver Lake own an aggregate of 38,864 shares of our non-voting Series A Preferred Stock (representing 31.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock) that are not convertible into our common stock and are excluded from the table above. The warrants expiring on December 18, 2019 and the Series A Preferred Stock were issued in connection with the financing of the NES acquisition, while the warrants expiring on May 29, 2022 and the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock were issued in connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition (see Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information).

The shares of common stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants (rounded to the nearest whole share) that are attributed to the Silver Lake Funds and their affiliates in this table represent direct holdings by the following entities:


	Common Stock		Series B Preferred		Warrants
Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., or SLP II		39,815,641		4,319		9,855,464
Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., or SLP III		109,624,955		11,892		27,135,186
Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., or SLTI II		184,359		20		45,634
Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., or SLTI III		375,045		40		92,834
Sierra Co-Invest, LLC, or Sierra Co-Invest		182,450,000		—		—
Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC, or Sierra Co-Invest II		—		—		42,014,060
Sierra Co-Invest III, LLC, or Sierra Co-Invest III		—		16,376		8,188,344
Total fractional shares held by Silver Lake Funds and Affiliates		—		2		1

Total		332,450,000		32,649		87,331,523

For ease of reference, we refer to SLP II, SLP III, SLTI II and SLTI III collectively as the Silver Lake Funds. The general partner of each of SLP II and SLTI II is Silver Lake Technology Associates II, L.L.C., whose managing member is Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. The general partner of each of SLP III and SLTI III is Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P., whose general partner is SLTA III (GP), L.L.C., whose managing member is Silver Lake Group, L.L.C.

The managing member of Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II and Sierra Co-Invest III is Sierra Manager Co-Invest, LLC, or Sierra Manager. Pursuant to Sierra Manager’s limited liability company operating agreement, each of TPG GenPar V, L.P. and Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P. has the right to designate one of the two members of Sierra Manager’s management committee. Greg Mondre currently serves as Silver Lake’s designee.

The mailing address for Charles Giancarlo and Greg Mondre and for each of the Silver Lake Funds and their direct and indirect general partners is c/o Silver Lake, 2775 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(2)

The shares of our common stock that are attributed to the TPG Funds (as defined below) and affiliates in this table consist of an aggregate of 332,450,000 shares of our common stock, 32,649 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of our convertible Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and 87,331,523 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. Of the warrants owned by TPG Funds and affiliates, 71,007,030 warrants have an exercise price of $3.25 per share and are exercisable at any time prior to December 18, 2019, and 16,324,493 warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share and are

165

exercisable at any time prior to May 29, 2022. Excluding warrants and shares issuable upon conversion of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, the shares of our common stock that are attributed to the TPG Funds and affiliates represent 68.0% of all shares of our common stock outstanding as of November 1, 2013. The 32,649 shares of our convertible non-voting Series B Convertible Preferred Stock owned by TPG Funds and affiliates represents 66.7% of all shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of May 1, 2013. In addition, funds affiliated with TPG own an aggregate of 38,864 shares of our non-voting Series A Preferred Stock (representing 31.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock) that are not convertible into common stock and are excluded from the table above. The warrants expiring on December 18, 2019 and the Series A Preferred Stock were issued in connection with the financing of the NES acquisition, while the warrants expiring on May 29, 2022 and the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock were issued in connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition (see Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” to our audited Consolidated Financial Statements for more information).

The shares of our common stock and warrants (rounded to the nearest whole share) that are attributed to TPG Partners V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or Partners, TPG FOF V-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or FOF A, and TPG FOF V-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or FOF B, which, together with Partners and FOF A, are collectively referred to as the TPG Funds, and their affiliates in this table represent direct holdings by the following entities:


	Common Stock		Series B Preferred		Warrants
Partners		149,294,510		16,195		36,954,491
FOF A		390,556		42		96,673
FOF B		314,933		34		77,954
Sierra Co-Invest		182,450,000		—		—
Sierra Co-Invest II		—		—		42,014,060
Sierra Co-Invest III		—		16,376		8,188,344
Total fractional shares held by TPG Funds and Affiliates		1		2		1

Total		332,450,000		32,649		87,331,523

The general partner of each of the TPG Funds is TPG GenPar V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or GenPar, whose general partner is TPG GenPar V Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or GenPar Advisors, whose sole member is TPG Holdings I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or Holdings I, whose general partner is TPG Holdings I-A, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or Holdings I GP, whose sole member is TPG Group Holdings (SBS), L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or Group Holdings, whose general partner is TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or Group Advisors, which, together with the TPG Funds, GenPar, GenPar Advisors, Holdings I, Holdings I GP and Group Holdings we collectively refer to as the TPG Entities). The managing member of Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II and Sierra Co-Invest III is Sierra Manager. Pursuant to the Sierra Manager’s limited liability company operating agreement, each of GenPar and Silver Lake Technology Associates III, L.P. has the right to designate one of the two members of the management committee of Sierra Manager. John Marren currently serves as GenPar’s designee.

Because of these relationships, Group Advisors may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and warrants directly held by the TPG Funds, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II and Sierra Co-Invest III. David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are the directors, officers and sole shareholders of Group Advisors. Because of the relationship of Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter to Group Advisors, each of Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter may be deemed to beneficially own the shares and warrants directly held by the TPG Funds, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II and Sierra Co-Invest III. Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares and warrants directly held by the TPG Funds, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II and Sierra Co-Invest III except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

The mailing address for each of Group Advisors and Messrs. Bonderman, Coulter and John Marren is c/o TPG Capital, L.P., 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102. The mailing address for each

166

of Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II, and Sierra Co-Invest III is 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102. The mailing address for Sierra Manager is 9 West 57th Street, 32^nd Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(3)

Includes beneficial ownership of the following numbers of shares of common stock that may be acquired within 60 days of November 1, 2013 pursuant to stock options:


• James J. Chirico, Jr.	1,072,500	• David Vellequette	81,250
• Kevin J. Kennedy	3,900,000	• Charles H. Giancarlo	325,000
• Brett A. Shockley	323,875	• Directors and executive officers as a group	7,7,92,375

On February 25, 2013, the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals holding market-based “multiple-of-money” and performance-based “EBITDA” stock options could exchange them on a three-for-one basis for RSUs. The grant date for the awards was May 6, 2013, and the replacement RSUs will vest in full on December 16, 2013. The table reflects the results of the stock option exchange program. For more information on the results of the stock option exchange program, please see the “Executive Compensation” section of this prospectus.

(4)

Includes ownership of the following numbers of shares of common stock underlying RSUs that have vested or that may vest within 60 days of November 1, 2013 for which receipt has been deferred such that, absent an event triggering issuance of the shares in accordance with the terms of the award agreement under which the RSUs were issued, the shares would not be received within 60 days of November 1, 2013.


• James J. Chirico, Jr.	135,024	• Kiran Patel	88,889
• Kevin J. Kennedy	222,222	• Gary B. Smith	163,182
• Thomas G. Mitchell	74,638	• Directors and executive officers as a group	1,470,316
• Brett A. Shockley	66,667
• David Vellequette	98,611

Note that the number of units held by Directors and executive officers as a group excludes units held by Mr. J. Joel Hackney, who ceased serving as Senior Vice President & General Manager, Cloud Solutions, on June 19, 2013; and Mr. Thomas G. Mitchell, who ceased serving as Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Global Sales, on September 30, 2013. Including their RSUs, Directors and executive officers as a group would beneficially own 1,643,504 shares of common stock underlying RSUs that have vested or that may vest within 60 days of November 1, 2013 for which receipt has been deferred such that, absent an event triggering issuance of the shares in accordance with the terms of the award agreement under which the RSUs were issued, the shares would not be received within 60 days of November 1, 2013.

The table reflects the results of the stock option exchange program referenced in note 3 above. For more information on the results of the stock option exchange program, please see the “Executive Compensation” section of this prospectus.

Includes ownership of the following numbers of shares of common stock underlying RSUs that may vest within 60 days of November 1, 2013 which receipt has not been deferred such that, the shares will be received within 60 days of November 1, 2013.


• James J. Chirico, Jr.	192,501	• David Vellequette	58,334
• Kevin J. Kennedy	700,001	• Charles H. Giancarlo	58,334
• Thomas G. Mitchell	116,667	• Directors and executive officers as a group	1,589,009
• Brett A. Shockley	79,335

Note that the number of units held by Directors and executive offices as a group excludes units held by Mr. Christopher Formant, who ceased serving as Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Government Solutions on April 30, 2013; Mr. J. Joel Hackney, who ceased serving as Senior Vice President and General

167

Manager, Cloud Solutions, on June 19, 2013; and Mr. Thomas G. Mitchell, who ceased serving as Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Global Sales, on September 30, 2013. Including their RSUs, Directors and executive offices as a group would beneficially own 2,044,010 shares of common stock underlying RSUs that have invested or that may vest within 60 days of November 1, 2013 for which receipt has not been deferred such that, the shares will be received within 60 days of November 1, 2013.

(6)

Includes 320,000 shares held by Mr. Kennedy and his spouse as trustees under a grantor retained annuity trust and a family trust.

(7)

John Chen ceased serving as a Director on November 11, 2013. John Chen is a Special Advisor to Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. Mr. Chen has no voting or investment power over the shares and warrants held directly by the Silver Lake Funds and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for and preferred shares convertible into shares of our common stock held by the Silver Lake Funds, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II or Sierra Co-Invest III.

(8)

John Marren is a TPG Partner. Mr. Marren has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for and preferred shares convertible into shares of our common stock held directly or indirectly by the TPG Entities, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II or Sierra Co-Invest III.

(9)

Charles Giancarlo is a Special Advisor of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C. Mr. Giancarlo has no voting or investment power over the shares and warrants held directly by the Silver Lake Funds and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for shares of our common stock held by the Silver Lake Funds, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II or Sierra Co-Invest III.

(10)

Afshin Mohebbi is a TPG Senior Advisor. Mr. Mohebbi has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for and preferred shares convertible into shares of our common stock held directly or indirectly by the TPG Entities, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II or Sierra Co-Invest III.

(11)

Greg Mondre is (a) Managing Partner and Managing Director of Silver Lake Group, L.L.C., (b) a member of Sierra Manager’s management committee and (c) a vice president of Sierra Manager. Mr. Mondre has no voting or investment power over the shares and warrants held directly by the Silver Lake Funds and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for shares of our common stock held by the Silver Lake Funds, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II or Sierra Co-Invest III.

(12)

Ronald Rittenmeyer is a TPG Senior Advisor. Mr. Rittenmeyer has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares of our common stock and warrants exercisable for and preferred shares convertible into shares of our common stock held directly or indirectly by the TPG Entities, Sierra Co-Invest, Sierra Co-Invest II or Sierra Co-Invest III.

(13)

Note that the number of shares beneficially owned by Directors and executive officers as a group excludes shares beneficially owned by the following individuals: Mr. Christopher Formant, who ceased serving as Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Government Solutions on April 30, 2013; Mr. J. Joel Hackney, who ceased serving as Senior Vice President & General Manager, Cloud Solutions, on June 19, 2013; and Mr. Thomas G. Mitchell, who ceased serving as Senior Vice President and President, Avaya Global Sales, on September 30, 2013. Including shares beneficially owned by Messrs. Formant, Hackney and Mitchell, the number of shares beneficially owned by Directors and executive officers as a group would equal 12,691,150 or 2.5% of outstanding shares of our common stock.

The information above reflects the results of the stock option exchange program referenced in note 3 above. For more information on the results of the stock option exchange program, please see the “Executive Compensation” section of this prospectus.

168

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS

Senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility

Overview

In connection with the Merger, Avaya Inc. entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements, dated as of October 26, 2007, or the “Merger Date”, for a senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility. The senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility was amended and restated as of October 29, 2012, and amended as of February 13, 2013, as discussed under “-Amendments of senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility” below.

The senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility provides senior secured revolving financing of up to $335 million, subject to availability under a borrowing base, of which $150 million may be in the form of letters of credit. The borrowing base at any time equals the sum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. The senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings, referred to as swingline loans, and is available in euros in addition to dollars. At September 30, 2013, there were no borrowings under this facility. At September 30, 2013, there were $82 million of letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business under this facility resulting in remaining availability of $228 million.

Avaya Inc. has the right to request up to $100 million of additional commitments under this facility, although the lenders under this facility are not under any obligation to provide any such additional commitments, and any increase in commitments is subject to certain conditions precedent. If Avaya Inc. were to request any such additional commitments and the existing lenders or new lenders were to agree to provide such commitments, the facility size could be increased by up to $100 million, but Avaya Inc.’s ability to borrow under this facility would still be limited by the amount of the borrowing base.

Amendments of senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility

On October 29, 2012, Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, pursuant to which the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility was amended and restated in its entirety.

The modified terms of the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility include permission to issue or incur, as applicable, secured indebtedness in the form of (1) one or more series of incremental replacement junior secured notes in lieu of the $100 million of additional commitments discussed in the final paragraph of “-Senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility-Overview” above, plus the amount by which unused commitments have been previously reduced under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, less the amount of all revolving commitment increases effected at or prior to the time of issuance of such incremental replacement junior secured notes, and (2) one or more series of junior secured notes or junior secured loans, in the case of each such issuance or incurrence, in connection with a modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension of senior unsecured indebtedness and subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility.

On February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement pursuant to which the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility was amended.

The modified terms of the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility permitted Avaya Inc. to refinance all of Avaya Inc.’s outstanding senior unsecured notes with junior secured notes or junior

169

secured loans, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility. Further, the terms of the amendment permit certain other obligations of Avaya Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries to be secured by the ABL Priority Collateral on a junior-priority basis.

Interest rate and fees

Borrowings under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Avaya Inc.’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citicorp USA, Inc. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility is based on excess availability under that facility and ranges from (1) 0.50% to 0.75% per annum with respect to base rate borrowings and (2) 1.50% to 1.75% per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings. Swingline loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the base rate plus the applicable margin.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, Avaya Inc. is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. Avaya Inc. must also pay customary letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR loans and agency fees.

Mandatory repayments

If at any time the aggregate amount of outstanding loans, unreimbursed letter of credit drawings and undrawn letters of credit under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility exceeds the lesser of (i) the commitment amount and (ii) the borrowing base, Avaya Inc. will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit in an aggregate amount equal to such excess, with no reduction of the commitment amount. If the amount available under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility is less than $33.5 million for five consecutive business days or a payment or bankruptcy event of default has occurred, Avaya Inc. will be required to deposit cash from specified concentration accounts daily in a collection account maintained with the administrative agent under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, which will be used to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit.

Voluntary repayments

Avaya Inc. may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.

Amortization and final maturity

There is no scheduled amortization under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility. Pursuant to an amendment to this facility effective August 8, 2011, all outstanding loans under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility are due and payable in full on October 26, 2016.

Co-borrowers, guarantees and security

All obligations under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Avaya Holdings Corp. In addition, all of our existing 100% owned domestic subsidiaries (with certain agreed-upon exceptions), or the subsidiary borrowers, act as co-borrowers under the facility, and certain of our future domestic 100% owned subsidiaries will act as co-borrowers under the facility.

170

All obligations under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a pari passu basis (subject to intercreditor arrangements) with the senior secured credit facility, the 7% Senior Secured Notes, the 9% Senior Secured Notes and any future senior obligations, by substantially all of our assets and the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary borrowers, including:

•

a first-priority security interest in personal property consisting of accounts receivable, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, securities accounts, chattel paper and certain related assets and proceeds of the foregoing, which are collectively referred to as “ABL Priority Collateral”;

•

a second-priority pledge of all of Avaya Inc.’s capital stock and all of the capital stock held by Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary borrowers (which pledge, in the case of the capital stock of any foreign subsidiary or of any U.S. subsidiary that holds capital stock of a foreign subsidiary and is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is limited to 65% of the voting stock of such subsidiary); and

•

a second-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of us, Avaya Inc. and each subsidiary borrower, including substantially all of our material owned real property and equipment, fixtures, intellectual property, investment property, instruments, commercial tort claims, documents and general intangibles, which are collectively, and together with the pledge of capital stock described in the previous bullet-point, referred to as “Non-ABL Priority Collateral”.

Certain covenants and events of default

The senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of Avaya Inc.’s subsidiaries to:

•

incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock;

•

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase our capital stock;

•

make certain acquisitions or investments;

•

incur or assume certain liens;

•

enter into transactions with affiliates;

•

merge or consolidate with another company;

•

transfer or otherwise dispose of assets;

•

redeem subordinated debt;

•

incur obligations that restrict the ability of its subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to us; and

•

create or designate unrestricted subsidiaries.

The covenants limiting the incurrence of unsecured or subordinated debt, dividends and other restricted payments, investments, loans, advances and acquisitions, and prepayments or redemptions of Avaya Inc.’s subordinated indebtedness, each permit the restricted actions in an unlimited amount, subject to the satisfaction of certain payment conditions, principally that Avaya Inc. must have pro forma excess availability greater than $33.5 million under the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility and that it must be in pro forma compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio described in the next paragraph.

Although the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility does not require Avaya Inc. to comply with any financial ratio maintenance covenants, if Avaya Inc. has excess availability under the facility

171

of less than $33.5 million at any time, it will not be permitted to borrow any additional amounts thereunder unless its pro forma Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility) is at least 1.0 to 1.0.

The senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including an event of default that would result from the failure to make payment beyond any applicable grace period in respect of any indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount of not less than $75 million, the failure to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such indebtedness (other than the senior secured credit facility) which results in the acceleration of, or permits the holders of such indebtedness to accelerate, the maturity of such indebtedness or the failure to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to the senior secured credit facility which results in the lenders thereunder accelerating the maturity of such facility.

Senior secured credit facility

Overview

In connection with the Merger, Avaya Inc. also entered into a credit agreement and related security and other agreements, dated as of the Merger Date. The senior secured credit facility was amended and restated as of February 11, 2011, amended and restated as of October 29, 2012, amended and restated as of December 21, 2012, amended as of February 13, 2013, and amended as of March 12, 2013, as discussed under “-Amendments of senior secured credit facility” below.

The senior secured credit facility consists of (a) a senior secured multi-currency revolver allowing for borrowings of up to $200 million, of which $50 million may be in the form of letters of credit, (b) term B-3 loans with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2013 of $2,127 million, (c) term B-4 loans with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2013 of $1 million, and (d) term B-5 loans with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2013 of $1,141 million. The senior secured multi-currency revolver includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings, referred to as swingline loans, and is available in euros in addition to dollars. As of September 30, 2013, there were no amounts outstanding.

Amendments of senior secured credit facility

On February 11, 2011, the senior secured credit facility was amended and restated. The modified terms included amendments to:

•

permit the Company to effect a refinancing (see below) in which the maturity of 60% of the senior secured term loans representing outstanding principal amounts of $2.2 billion was extended from October 26, 2014 to October 26, 2017 by converting such loans into a new tranche of senior secured term loans (the senior secured term loans that remain due October 26, 2014 are referred to as the senior secured term B-1 loans and the senior secured term loans that are due October 26, 2017 are referred to as the senior secured term B-3 loans);

•

permit, at the election of Avaya Inc., prepayments to the senior secured incremental term B-2 loans prior to the senior secured term B-1 loans and senior secured term B-3 loans and thereafter to the class of term loans with the next earliest maturity;

•

permit the issuance of indebtedness (including the 7% Senior Secured Notes) to refinance a portion of the term loans under the senior secured credit facility and to secure such indebtedness (including the 7% Senior Secured Notes) on a pari passu basis with the obligations under the senior secured credit facility;

•

permit future refinancing of the term loans under the senior secured credit facility; and

172

•

permit future extensions of the term loans and revolving credit commitments (including, in the case of the revolving credit commitments, by obtaining new revolving credit commitments) under the senior secured credit facility.

•

an amendment to extend the maturity of a portion of the term B-1 loans representing outstanding principal amounts of $135 million from October 26, 2014 to October 26, 2017;

•

permission to issue incremental replacement junior secured notes, junior secured notes and junior secured loans as described above under the heading “—Amendments of senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility” (except, pursuant to the senior secured credit facility, such incremental replacement junior secured notes, junior secured notes and junior secured loans must be secured by a lien on the collateral ranking junior to the lien securing the obligations under the senior secured credit facility); and

•

permission to issue indebtedness to refinance a portion of the term loans outstanding under the senior secured credit facility and to secure such indebtedness by a lien on the collateral ranking junior to the lien securing the obligations under the senior secured credit facility, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the senior secured credit facility.

On December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, pursuant to which the senior secured credit facility was amended and restated in its entirety. The modified terms included:

•

an amendment to extend the maturity of $713 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding term B-1 loans from October 26, 2014 to March 31, 2018 and $134 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding term B-4 loans from October 26, 2017 to March 31, 2018, in each case, by converting such loans into a new tranche of term B-5 loans; and

•

permission to apply net proceeds from the issuance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes to refinance term B-5 loans.

Additionally, as discussed more fully below, on December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc. completed a private placement of $290 million of the 9% Senior Secured Notes, the net proceeds of which were used to repay $284 million of term B-5 loans outstanding under the senior secured credit facility. Funds affiliated with TPG were holders of $22 million of term B-5 loans repaid with the proceeds of the 9% Senior Secured Notes.

On February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc. and Citibank, N.A. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement pursuant to which the senior secured credit facility was amended. The modified terms of the senior secured credit facility permitted Avaya Inc. to refinance all of Avaya Inc.’s outstanding senior unsecured notes with indebtedness secured by a lien on the collateral ranking junior to the lien on the collateral securing the obligations under the senior secured credit facility, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the senior secured credit facility.

On March 12, 2013, Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement pursuant to which the senior secured credit facility was further amended. The modified terms of the senior secured credit facility resulted in the refinancing in full all the outstanding term B-1 loans with the cash proceeds from the issuance of $589 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans under the senior secured credit facility.

173

Interest rate and fees

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Avaya Inc.’s option, either a base rate (subject to a floor of 2.25% in the case of the term B-4 loans and term B-5 loans) or a LIBOR rate (subject to a floor of 1.25% in the case of the term B-4 loans and term B-5 loans), in each case plus an applicable margin. Subject to the floor described in the immediately preceding sentence, the base rate is determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1%. Subject to the floor described in the first sentence of this paragraph, the LIBOR rate is determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.

The applicable margin for borrowings of revolving loans under the senior secured credit facility are subject to adjustment each fiscal quarter based on its senior secured leverage ratio and range from (A) 1.00% to 1.75% per annum with respect to revolving loans that are base rate borrowings and (B) 2.00% to 2.75% per annum with respect to revolving loans that are LIBOR borrowings.

The applicable margins for borrowings of term B-3 loans, term B-4 loans, and term B-5 loans under the senior secured credit facility are equal at all times to 3.50%, 5.25%, and 5.75%, respectively per annum with respect to base rate borrowings and 4.50%, 6.25%, and 6.75%, respectively per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margins on the term B-4 loans and term B-5 loans are subject to increase pursuant to the senior secured credit facility in connection with the making of certain refinancing, extended or replacement term loans under the senior secured credit facility with an effective yield greater than the applicable effective yield payable in respect of the applicable loans at such time plus 50 basis points.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facility, Avaya Inc. is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum in respect of the unutilized commitments under the senior secured multi-currency revolver. This commitment fee is subject to adjustment to 0.375% each fiscal quarter based on Avaya Inc.’s senior secured leverage ratio. Avaya Inc. is also required to pay customary letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR loans and agency fees under this facility.

Mandatory repayments

Avaya Inc. is required to prepay outstanding term loans under its senior secured credit facility with (x) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any debt issued by it or its subsidiaries (with exceptions for certain debt permitted to be incurred under the facility), (y) 50% (which percentage is reduced to 25% and to 0% if Avaya Inc.’s senior secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.00:1.00 and 2.50:1.00, respectively) of Avaya Inc.’s annual excess cash flow (as defined in the facility) and (z) if Avaya Inc.’s senior secured leverage ratio exceeds 2.50:1.00, 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales, casualty events or other dispositions of property by it or its subsidiaries, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions.

Voluntary repayments

Avaya Inc. may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under its senior secured credit facility and reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount in respect of the senior secured multi-currency revolver at any time without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans; provided, that (A) if Avaya Inc. prepays or undertakes certain amendments to the term B-4 loans on or prior to October 29, 2013, then Avaya Inc. will be required to pay to the term B-4 lenders a fee equal to 2.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the term B-4 loans so prepaid or amended, which fee decreases to 1.0% after October 29, 2013 and on or prior to October 29, 2014 and (B) if Avaya Inc. prepays or undertakes certain amendments to the term B-5 loans on or prior to December 21, 2013, then Avaya Inc. will be required to pay to the term B-5 lenders a fee equal to 2.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the term B-5 loans so prepaid or amended, which fee decreases to 1.0% after December 21, 2013 and on or prior to December 21, 2014.

174

Amortization and final maturity

Avaya Inc. is required to make scheduled quarterly payments under its senior secured term loan facility equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the senior secured term loans, with the balance of the term B-3 loans and the term B-4 loans paid on October 26, 2017, and the balance of the term B-5 loans paid on March 31, 2018.

Pursuant to an amendment to this facility effective August 8, 2011, the principal amount outstanding of the loans under the senior secured multi-currency revolver is due and payable in full on October 26, 2016.

Guarantees and security

All obligations under the senior secured credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Avaya Holdings Corp. and all of our existing 100% owned domestic subsidiaries (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) and will be required to be guaranteed by certain of our future domestic 100% owned subsidiaries. All obligations under the senior secured credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a pari passu basis (subject to intercreditor arrangements) with the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, the 7% Senior Secured Notes, the 9% Senior Secured Notes and any future senior obligations, by substantially all of our assets and the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors, including:

•

a second-priority security interest in personal property consisting of accounts receivable, inventory, cash, deposit accounts, securities accounts, chattel paper and certain related assets and proceeds of the foregoing;

•

a first-priority pledge of all of Avaya Inc.’s capital stock and all of the capital stock held by Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors (which pledge, in the case of the capital stock of any foreign subsidiary or of any U.S. subsidiary that holds capital stock of a foreign subsidiary and is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is limited to 65% of the voting stock of such subsidiary); and

•

a first-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of us, Avaya Inc. and each subsidiary guarantor, including substantially all of our material owned real property and equipment, fixtures, intellectual property, investment property, instruments, commercial tort claims, demands and general intangibles.

Certain covenants and events of default

The credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

•

incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock;

•

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase its capital stock;

•

make certain acquisitions or investments;

•

incur or assume certain liens;

•

enter into transactions with affiliates;

•

merge or consolidate with another company;

•

transfer or otherwise dispose of assets;

•

redeem subordinated debt;

•

incur obligations that restrict the ability of its subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to Avaya Inc.; and

•

create or designate unrestricted subsidiaries.

175

The facility also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including an event of default that would result from the failure to make payment beyond any applicable grace period in respect of any indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount of not less than $75 million, the failure to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such indebtedness (other than the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility) which results in the acceleration of, or permits the holders of such indebtedness to accelerate, the maturity of such indebtedness or the failure to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility which results in the lenders thereunder accelerating the maturity of such facility.

Senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015

Overview

As of September 30, 2013, Avaya Inc. had outstanding an aggregate principal amount of $58 million senior unsecured cash-pay notes due 2015 and $92 million senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due 2015, which were issued on October 24, 2008 in exchange for all of the outstanding loans under a bridge loan facility entered into in connection with the Merger.

On March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. completed the exchange offer in which $1,384 million of senior unsecured notes (including $642 million of senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $742 million of senior unsecured PIK toggle notes) were exchanged for the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes. Prior to March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. had $700 million and $750 million of senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes, respectively.

Interest rate

The senior unsecured cash-pay notes were issued in the aggregate principal amount of $700 million and bear interest in cash at the rate of 9.75% per annum.

The senior unsecured PIK toggle notes were issued in the aggregate principal amount of $750 million. Cash interest on the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes accrues at the rate of 10.125% per annum. PIK interest on the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes accrues at the rate of 10.875% per annum. For any interest period through November 1, 2011, Avaya Inc. may elect to pay interest on the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes, at its option, (i) entirely in cash, (ii) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes or issuing new senior unsecured PIK toggle notes (such increase or issuance referred to as PIK interest) or (iii) by paying interest 50% in cash and 50% as PIK interest. After November 1, 2011, Avaya Inc. must make all interest payments on the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes entirely in cash. For the periods May 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009 and November 1, 2009 through April 30, 2010, Avaya Inc. elected to pay interest in kind on its senior unsecured PIK toggle notes. As a result, payment-in-kind interest of $41 million and $43 million was added, for these periods, respectively, to the principal amount of the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes effective November 1, 2009 and May 1, 2010, respectively, and will be payable when those notes become due. For the period of May 1, 2010 through October 31, 2011 Avaya Inc. elected to make such payments in cash interest. Under the terms of the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes, after November 1, 2011 Avaya Inc. is required to make all interest payments on the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes entirely in cash.

Interest is payable semi-annually on April 15 and October 15.

Optional redemption

On and after November 1, 2011, Avaya Inc. may redeem the senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable premium declining ratably to par, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

176

Change of control offer

If a change of control occurs, Avaya Inc. must give holders of its senior unsecured cash-pay notes and holders of its senior unsecured PIK toggle notes an opportunity to sell their notes to Avaya Inc. at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Mandatory offer to purchase following certain asset sales

If Avaya Inc. or its subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, unless they invest the cash proceeds from such sales in their business or use the proceeds to prepay secured indebtedness (including under the credit facilities) within a specified period of time, Avaya Inc. must offer to repurchase the senior unsecured cash-pay notes and the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, with such proceeds (if applicable, on a pro rata basis with certain pari passu indebtedness).

Final maturity

The senior unsecured cash-pay notes and the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes mature on November 1, 2015, and do not have required principal payments prior to maturity with the exception of a $15 million payment required on the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes on May 1, 2015.

Guarantees

Avaya Inc.’s domestic 100% owned subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors of the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, the senior secured credit facility, the 7% Senior Secured Notes, the 9% Senior Secured Notes and the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes guarantee the senior unsecured cash-pay notes and the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes.

Certain covenants and events of default

In connection with the exchange offer, on February 1, 2013, Avaya Inc. commenced a consent solicitation related to the senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes. Upon receiving consents from holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes in connection with the exchange offer, Avaya Inc. entered into a supplemental indenture, dated as of February 15, 2013 with The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, which, effective as of March 7, 2013, eliminated substantially all of the affirmative and restrictive covenants contained in the indenture governing the senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes (other than, among other covenants, the covenant to pay interest and premium, if any, on and principal of, the cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes) and certain events of default, and modified or eliminated certain other provisions contained therein.

7% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

Overview

As of September 30, 2013, Avaya Inc. had outstanding an aggregate principal amount of $1,009 million senior secured notes due 2019 (the “7% Senior Secured Notes”), which were issued on February 11, 2011.

Interest rate

The 7% Senior Secured Notes were issued in the aggregate principal amount of $1,009 million and bear interest in cash at the rate of 7.00% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 commencing on October 1, 2011.

177

Optional redemption

Commencing April 1, 2015, Avaya Inc. may redeem the 7% Senior Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 103.5% of the principal amount redeemed, which decreases to 101.75% on April 1, 2016 and to 100% on or after April 1, 2017, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Prior to April 1, 2015, Avaya Inc. may redeem the 7% Senior Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

In addition, at any time until April 1, 2014, Avaya Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 7% Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price equal to 107% of the face amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds raised in or more equity offerings by Avaya Inc. or Avaya Holdings Corp.; provided that the aggregate principal amount of 7% Senior Secured Notes that remain outstanding immediately after such redemption is equal to or greater than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of 7% Senior Secured Notes issued under the indenture governing the 7% Senior Secured Notes.

Change of control offer

If a change of control occurs, Avaya Inc. must give holders of its 7% Senior Secured Notes an opportunity to sell their notes to Avaya Inc. at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Mandatory offer to purchase following certain asset sales

If Avaya Inc. or its subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, unless they invest the cash proceeds from such sales in their business or use the proceeds to prepay secured indebtedness (including under the credit facilities) within a specified period of time, Avaya Inc. must offer to repurchase the 7% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, with such proceeds (if applicable, on a pro rata basis with certain pari passu indebtedness).

Final maturity

The 7% Senior Secured Notes mature on April 1, 2019, and do not have required principal payments prior to maturity.

Guarantees and security

Avaya Inc.‘s domestic 100% owned subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors of the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, the senior secured credit facility, the senior unsecured notes and the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes guarantee the 7% Senior Secured Notes.

All obligations under the indenture governing the 7% Senior Secured Notes, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a pari passu basis (subject to intercreditor arrangements) with the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, the senior secured credit facility, the 9% Senior Secured Notes and any future senior obligations, by a first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors other than real estate and other than the ABL Priority Collateral and by a second-priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral.

178

Certain covenants and events of default

The indenture governing the 7% Senior Secured Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

•

incur additional debt and issue preferred stock;

•

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

•

issue capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

•

make certain investments;

•

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

•

create liens; and

•

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies.

The indenture governing the 7% Senior Secured Notes also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including an event of default that would result from either the failure to pay at stated final maturity, or acceleration of the maturity of, a principal amount of any other indebtedness of Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries if the aggregate principal amount of such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or the maturity of which has been accelerated, aggregates $85 million or more at any time.

9% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

Overview

As of September 30, 2013, Avaya Inc. had outstanding an aggregate principal amount of $290 million senior secured notes due 2019 (the “9% Senior Secured Notes”), which were issued on December 21, 2012.

Interest rate

The 9% Senior Secured Notes were issued in the aggregate principal amount of $290 million and bear interest in cash at the rate of 9.00% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 commencing on April 1, 2013.

Optional redemption

Commencing

April 1, 2015, Avaya Inc. may redeem the 9% Senior Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 104.5% of the principal amount redeemed, which decreases to 102.25% on April 1, 2016 and to 100% on or after April 1, 2017, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Prior to April 1, 2015, Avaya Inc. may redeem the 9% Senior Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

In addition, at any time until April 1, 2015, Avaya Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 9% Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price equal to 109% of the face amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds raised in or more equity offerings by Avaya Inc. or Avaya Holdings Corp.; provided that the aggregate principal amount of 9% Senior Secured Notes that remain outstanding immediately after such redemption is equal to or greater than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of 9% Senior Secured Notes issued under the indenture governing the 9% Senior Secured Notes.

179

Change of control offer

If a change of control occurs, Avaya Inc. must give holders of its 9% Senior Secured Notes an opportunity to sell their notes to Avaya Inc. at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Mandatory offer to purchase following certain asset sales

If Avaya Inc. or its subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, unless they invest the cash proceeds from such sales in their business or use the proceeds to prepay secured indebtedness (including under the credit facilities) within a specified period of time, Avaya Inc. must offer to repurchase the 9% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, with such proceeds (if applicable, on a pro rata basis with certain pari passu indebtedness).

Final maturity

The 9% Senior Secured Notes mature on April 1, 2019, and do not have required principal payments prior to maturity.

Guarantees and security

Avaya Inc.’s domestic 100% owned subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors of the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, the senior secured credit facility, the senior unsecured notes, the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes and the 7% Senior Secured Notes guarantee the 9% Senior Secured Notes.

All obligations under the indenture governing the 9% Senior Secured Notes, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a pari passu basis (subject to intercreditor arrangements) with the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, the senior secured credit facility, the 7% Senior Secured Notes and any future senior obligations, by a first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors other than real estate and other than the ABL Priority Collateral and by a second-priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral.

Certain covenants and events of default

The indenture governing the 9% Senior Secured Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

•

incur additional debt and issue preferred stock;

•

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

•

issue capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

•

make certain investments;

•

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

•

create liens; and

•

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies.

The indenture governing the 9% Senior Secured Notes also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including an event of default that would result from either the failure to pay at stated final maturity, or acceleration of the maturity of, a principal amount of any other indebtedness of Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries if the aggregate principal amount of such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or the maturity of which has been accelerated, aggregates $85 million or more at any time.

180

10.50% Senior Secured Notes due 2019

Overview

On March 7, 2013, the Avaya Inc. completed an Exchange Offer in which $1,384 million of senior unsecured notes were exchanged for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes due 2021 (the “10.50% Senior Secured Notes”). As of September 30, 2013, Avaya Inc. had outstanding an aggregate principal amount of $1,384 million senior secured notes due 2021, which were issued on March 7, 2013.

Interest rate

The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes were issued in the aggregate principal amount of $1,384 million and bear interest in cash at the rate of 10.50% per annum. Interest is payable semi-annually on March 1 and September 1 commencing on September 1, 2013.

Optional redemption

Commencing March 1, 2017, Avaya Inc. may redeem the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 107.875% of the principal amount redeemed, which decreases to 105.250% on March 1, 2018, to 102.625% on March 1, 2019 and to 100% on or after March 1, 2020, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Prior to March 1, 2017, Avaya Inc. may redeem the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

In addition, at any time until March 1, 2016, Avaya Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes at a redemption price equal to 110.50% of the face amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds raised in or more equity offerings by Avaya Inc. or Avaya Holdings Corp.; provided that the aggregate principal amount of 10.50% Senior Secured Notes that remain outstanding immediately after such redemption is equal to or greater than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of 10.50% Senior Secured Notes issued under the indenture governing the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes.

Change of control offer

If a change of control occurs, Avaya Inc. must give holders of its 10.50% Senior Secured Notes an opportunity to sell their notes to Avaya Inc. at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Mandatory offer to purchase following certain asset sales

If Avaya Inc. or its subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, unless they invest the cash proceeds from such sales in their business or use the proceeds to prepay secured indebtedness (including under the credit facilities) within a specified period of time, Avaya Inc. must offer to repurchase the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, with such proceeds (if applicable, on a pro rata basis with certain pari passu indebtedness).

Final maturity

The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes mature on March 1, 2021, and do not have required principal payments prior to maturity.

181

Guarantees and security

Avaya Inc.’s domestic 100% owned subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors of the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, the senior secured credit facility, the senior unsecured notes, the 7% Senior Secured Notes and the 9% Senior Secured Notes guarantee the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes.

All obligations under the indenture governing the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, on a junior priority basis to the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, the senior secured credit facility, the 7% Senior Secured Notes, the 9% Senior Secured Notes and any future senior obligations by a lien on substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors other than real estate, subject to certain limited exceptions.

Certain covenants and events of default

The indenture governing the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to:

•

incur additional debt and issue preferred stock;

•

pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock;

•

issue capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

•

make certain investments;

•

enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;

•

create liens; and

•

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies.

The indenture governing the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including an event of default that would result from either the failure to pay at stated final maturity, or acceleration of the maturity of, a principal amount of any other indebtedness of Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries if the aggregate principal amount of such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or the maturity of which has been accelerated, aggregates $85 million or more at any time.

182

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of the material terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as each is anticipated to be in effect upon the consummation of this offering.

General

Upon the consummation of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of November 1, 2013, we had 488,495,469 shares of common stock outstanding, held by 144 holders, 125,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding, held by 33 holders and 48,921 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding, held by 8 holders.

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, and giving effect to the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds” above, we expect to have issued and outstanding shares of common stock ( common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) and no Series A Preferred Stock outstanding. Immediately outstanding following the closing of this offer, we also expect to have:

•

outstanding vested and unvested options to acquire common stock and options available for grant under our 2007 Plan to acquire common stock;

•

outstanding RSUs issued under the 2007 Plan, each representing the right to receive one share of common stock, subject to certain restrictions on their transfer and sale as provided for in the 2007 Plan and the related award agreements; and

•

outstanding warrants to acquire a total of 100,000,000 shares of common stock (see “—Warrants”).

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that is outstanding at the time of the dividend.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock.

All shares of common stock will, when issued, be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Warrants

In connection with the financing of the acquisition of NES, on December 18, 2009, we issued warrants to purchase 100,000,000 shares of our common stock. The warrants have a cashless exercise feature. The warrants contain customary adjustment provisions for stock splits, capital reorganizations and certain other distributions. The warrants have an exercise price of $3.25 per share and are exercisable at any time prior to December 18, 2019.

In connection with the issuance on May 29, 2012 of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock described below, we issued warrants to purchase 24,460,642 shares of our common stock. The warrants have a cashless exercise

183

feature. The warrants contain customary adjustment provisions for stock splits, capital reorganizations and certain other distributions. The warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share and are exercisable at any time prior to May 29, 2022.

Options and Restricted Stock Units

As of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding options to acquire 23,119,417 shares of common stock which are held by our employees, directors and advisors, with exercise prices ranging from $2.25 to $5.00 per share and a weighted average exercise price of $3.22 per share. As of September 30, 2013, we also had 8,235,771 shares of common stock issuable on the vesting and distributions of RSUs. Each RSU represents the right to receive one share of common stock, subject to certain restrictions on their transfer and sale as provided for in the 2007 Plan and the related award agreements. In addition, as of September 30, 2013, we had outstanding Continuation Options to acquire 197,255 shares of common stock which are held by employees, with an exercise price of $1.25 per share.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series, with such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as determined by our board of directors, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. We believe that the board of directors’ authority to set the terms of, and our ability to issue, preferred stock will provide flexibility in connection with possible financing transactions in the future. The issuance of preferred stock, however, could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of us.

Series A Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has designated 125,000 shares of preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock. As of September 30, 2013 we had 125,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The certificate of designations for the Series A Preferred Stock grants holders of our Series A Preferred Stock the right to receive, as when and if declared by our board of directors and in preference to the holders of any and all other series or classes of capital stock, payable either in cash or, at our option, by issuance of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock, cumulative annual dividends at a rate of 5% per annum on $1,000 per share (which value is to be proportionately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series A Preferred Stock), compounded quarterly from and after the date of issuance of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Except as required by Delaware law or as otherwise provided by our certificate of incorporation, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock have no right to vote their shares at any stockholders’ meeting or provide consent to any action taken by stockholders in writing in lieu of a meeting.

As disclosed under “Use of Proceeds” above, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

184

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has designated 52,500 shares of preferred stock as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. As of September 30, 2013 we had 48,921 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The certificate of designations for the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock grants holders of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock the right to receive, as when and if declared by our board of directors and in preference to the holders of any and all other series or classes of capital stock, payable either in cash or, at our option, by issuance of additional shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, cumulative annual dividends at a rate of 8% per annum on $4,000 per share (which value is to be proportionately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock), compounded annually from and after the date of issuance of such shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. Except as required by Delaware law or as otherwise provided by our certificate of incorporation, the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock have no right to vote their shares at any stockholders’ meeting or provide consent to any action taken by stockholders in writing in lieu of a meeting.

In the event of certain events including our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, either voluntarily or involuntarily, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or our merger or consolidation, the holders of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, in cash, prior and in preference to any other distribution of any of our assets to the holders of all series and classes of our stock, an amount per share equal to the sum of $4,000 (as adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) multiplied by the redemption premium, calculated as follows based on the date fixed for redemption: (1) from the date of issuance through the date of the 1st anniversary thereof, 110%; (2) from the date that follows the 1st anniversary through the date of the 2nd anniversary, 120%; (3) from the date that follows the 2nd anniversary through the date of the 3rd anniversary, 130%; (4) from the date that follows the 3rd anniversary through the date of the 4th anniversary, 140% and (4) any date that follows the 4th anniversary of the date of issuance, 150%, plus the amount of accrued unpaid dividends for any prior dividend periods on such share, if any (such sum being referred to as the Series B Preferential Amount). A majority of the holders of Series B Convertible Stock may elect at any time prior to this offering to redeem, in cash, to the extent of lawfully available funds therefor, all Series B Convertible Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Series B Preferential Amount allocable to each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. We may at any time redeem, in cash, to the extent of lawfully available funds therefor, all Series B Convertible Preferred Shares at a price per share equal to the Series B Convertible Preferential Amount allocable to each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

Each holder of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock may at any time prior to this offering elect to convert the shares of Series B Preferred Stock into shares of common stock, the number of which will be determined by dividing $4,000 (as adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends by the lesser of (a) $4.00 (as adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar event affecting the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock); or (b) in the event that such conversion is in connection with this offering, the offering price per share in such offering (such amount being referred to as the Conversion Price).

Notwithstanding the optional conversion and redemption rights described above, concurrently with the consummation of this offering, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will be converted into common stock at the Conversion Price or redeemed for cash at the Series B Preferential Amount. The determination of which will occur will be made by the majority of the holders of Series B Convertible Stock; however, if our Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in our senior secured credit facility) after giving effect to this offering would be greater than 5.0x, the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock.

185

Anti-takeover Effects of the Delaware General Corporation Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us, some of which may only become effective when the Sponsors collectively cease to beneficially own at least 40% or more of our outstanding common stock (such time referred to in this section as the “triggering event”). We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with the board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they may also discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor. This offering will not constitute a triggering event.

Board of Directors

Immediately following this offering, the board of directors will consist of eight members, though it is the Company’s intention that another independent director will be added to the board of directors within one year of completion of this offering. Our certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors will not have more than fifteen members. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Arrangements with Our Sponsors.”

Potential Staggered Board

Our current board is, and upon completion of this offering will be, comprised of a single class of directors. Our certificate of incorporation provides that at the first annual meeting after the triggering event, the Board shall be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. The classification of our Board could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

Action by Written Consent

The Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, provides that, unless otherwise stated in a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the stockholders may act by written consent without a meeting. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, following the triggering event, any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of the stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting, and not by written consent without a meeting. Prior to the triggering event, stockholders may act by written consent without a meeting.

Special Meeting of Stockholders and Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by (a) our chairman or, if one is appointed, vice chairman of the Board, (b) our president, (c) a majority of the board of directors through a special resolution or (d) prior to the triggering event, a Sponsor-nominated director.

In addition, following the first annual meeting of stockholders that occurs at least 90 days after the triggering event described above, our bylaws will require advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders, including the nomination of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider the proposals specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered a timely written notice in proper form to our secretary, of the stockholders’ intention to bring such business before the meeting.

These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting any stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

186

Requirements for Removal and Interim Election of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, prior to the triggering event, directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Following the triggering event, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the directors may only be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders, except that, prior to a triggering event, such vacancies may be filled by a vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock. In addition, the certificate of incorporation provides that any vacancy created by the removal of a director by the stockholders shall only be filled by, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding common stock. Our bylaws allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings, which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed.

These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Prior to the triggering event, our bylaws may be amended by a majority vote of our board of directors or the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock. Following the triggering event, our bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock. Additionally, prior to the triggering event, our certificate of incorporation may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock. Following the triggering event, the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on the adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of our certificate of incorporation, voting as a single class, is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provision inconsistent with the “Board of Directors,” “No Action by Written Consent,” “Special Meetings of Stockholders,” “Amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” and “Business Combinations” provisions described in our certificate of incorporation. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging the removal of any anti-takeover defenses provided for in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws.

Exclusive Jurisdiction of Certain Actions

Our certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in the name of the company, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits the Company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

187

Authorized but Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Business Combinations

We have elected to not be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which regulates business combinations with “interested stockholders,” until such time as neither Sponsor is an “interested stockholder” under the DGCL.

Corporate Opportunities

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that none of our Sponsors or non-employee directors, or any of their respective affiliates, partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers or employees, shall have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as we do or offer us business opportunities of which they become aware. The affirmative vote of eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on the adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of amendments to our certificate of incorporation, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with that provision.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is .

Listing

We have applied to list our shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AVYA.”

188

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the possibility of such sales, could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately shares of common stock. In addition, as of the closing of this offering, (a) options to purchase an aggregate of approximately shares of our common stock will be outstanding, (b) restricted stock units, each representing the right to receive one share of common stock will be outstanding and (c) warrants to acquire 100,000,000 shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of the outstanding shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration.

The remaining shares of our common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration under Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below. Subject to our stockholders’ agreement and the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:


Number of Shares		Date of Availability for Sale
		Various times after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rule 144
		Various times beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus

Lock-Up Arrangements

We and our officers, directors, employees and certain stockholders, including the Sponsors, who together hold an aggregate of shares of our common stock after the consummation of this offering, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, unless extended pursuant to its terms, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. For additional information, see “Underwriters.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, immediately upon the completion of this offering, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were held by such person for less than one year.

189

Our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than another of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period those shares and any other shares they have acquired that are not restricted securities, provided that the aggregate number of shares sold does not exceed the greater of:

•

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering, and

•

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Stock Plans

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under the 2007 Plan and for future equity incentive plans to be effective upon consummation of this offering. Resale of these shares will be subject to any applicable contractual lock-up periods.

Registration Rights

Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, certain holders of our common stock may demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act or, if we file another registration statement under the Securities Act other than a Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our equity plans or on Form S-4, may elect to include their shares of common stock in such registration. Shares sold pursuant to any such registration statement will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless held by our affiliates.

190

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR

NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (defined below). This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relevant to Non-U.S. Holders of our common stock. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly with retroactive effect.

This summary deals only with shares of our common stock that are purchased in this offering and held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular investment circumstances or status, nor does it address specific tax considerations that may be relevant to particular persons (including, for example, financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt entities, pension plans, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment, or holders subject to the alternative minimum tax). In addition, this summary does not address any U.S. federal income tax consequences other than U.S. federal income tax consequences (such as estate and gift tax considerations) or considerations under the tax laws of the United States, any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction.

For purposes of this summary, a “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an individual, corporation, estate or trust and is not:

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•

a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•

an estate, the income of which is included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

•

a trust, if (i) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (ii) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of its partners will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and persons considering an investment in our common stock through an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND NOT SPECIFIC TO ANY PARTICULAR INVESTOR. NON-U.S. HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF U.S. FEDERAL STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

191

Distributions on Our Common Stock

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends on our common stock. If we do make a distribution of cash or other property with respect to our common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will first constitute a tax-free return of capital and will reduce the holder’s basis in our common stock (normally determined on a share by share basis), but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distribution would also be subject to the discussion below in “—Additional FATCA Withholding.”

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless such Non-U.S. Holder provides us or our agent, as the case may be, with the appropriate IRS Form W-8, such as:

•

IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, a reduction in or exemption from withholding under an applicable income tax treaty, or

•

IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) certifying that a dividend paid on common stock is not subject to such withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of the Non-U.S. Holder (in which case such dividend generally will be subject to regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates as described below).

The certification requirement described above also may require a Non-U.S. Holder that provides an IRS form or that claims treaty benefits to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number. Special certification and other requirements apply in the case of certain Non-U.S. Holders that are intermediaries or pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each Non-U.S. Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor about the specific methods for satisfying these requirements. A claim for exemption will not be valid if the person receiving the applicable form has actual knowledge or reason to know that the statements on the form are false.

If dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of a Non-U.S. Holder, the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from the withholding tax described above (provided that the certifications described above are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States (unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise). In addition, if a Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Non-U.S. Holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” equal to 30% (unless reduced by an applicable income treaty) of its earnings and profits, subject to adjustments, in respect of such effectively connected dividend income.

If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, the holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below in “—Additional FATCA Withholding,” in general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless (i) such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met, (ii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation,” as defined in the Code (a “USRPHC”), at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period in the shares of our common stock, and certain other requirements are met, or (iii) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States).

192

If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources (including gain, if any, realized on a disposition of our common stock) exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition. If the third exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States, and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a branch profits tax with respect any earnings and profits, subject to adjustments, attributable to such gain at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty).

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance in this regard, we believe that we are not, and do not currently anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we were to become a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as a USRPHC so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs and such Non-U.S. Holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and the holder’s holding period. However, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

Additional FATCA Withholding

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code and related Treasury guidance (“FATCA”), a withholding tax of 30% will be imposed in certain circumstances on payments of (a) dividends on our common stock on or after January 1, 2014, and (b) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017 to certain foreign financial institutions or foreign entities that are not foreign financial institutions. In the case of payments made to a ‘‘foreign financial institution’’ as defined under FATCA (including, among other entities, an investment fund), as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary, the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such institution (i) enters into (or is otherwise subject to) and complies with an agreement with the U.S. government (a “FATCA Agreement”) or (ii) complies with applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction (an “IGA”), in either case to, among other things, collect and provide to the U.S. or other relevant taxing authorities certain information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution. In the case of payments made to a foreign entity that is not a foreign financial institution (as a beneficial owner or an intermediary), the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such foreign entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any “substantial U.S. owner” (generally, any specified U.S. person that directly or indirectly owns more than a specified percentage of such entity) or that identifies its substantial U.S. owners. If our common stock is held through a foreign financial institution that enters into (or is otherwise subject to) a FATCA Agreement, such foreign financial institution (or, in certain cases, a person paying amounts to such foreign financial institution) generally will be required, subject to certain exceptions, to withhold such tax on payments of dividends and proceeds described above made to (x) a person (including an individual) that fails to comply with certain information requests or (y) a foreign financial institution that has not entered into (and is not otherwise subject to) a FATCA Agreement and is not required to comply with FATCA pursuant to applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the application of FATCA to the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including through an intermediary.

193

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to the holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to the distributions.

Non-U.S. Holders must generally have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at a rate of 28% with respect to dividends on our common stock, or otherwise establish an exemption.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a Non-U.S. Holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a U.S. broker or a non-U.S. broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder can be refunded or credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Additional Tax on Net Investment Income

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a 3.8% tax is imposed on the net investment income (which includes dividends and gains recognized upon of a disposition of stock) of certain individuals, trusts, and estates with adjusted gross income in excess of certain thresholds. The tax is expressly not imposed on nonresident aliens, and proposed guidance suggests estates and trusts that are Non-U.S. Holders and have no U.S. beneficiaries are exempted from the tax. Therefore, Non-U.S. Holders of our common shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding application of this tax in their particular situations.

194

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as the representatives and joint book-running managers. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are also acting as joint book-running managers for the offering. The underwriters have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally the number of shares indicated below:


Name		Number of Shares
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Barclays Capital Inc.
UBS Securities LLC
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Total		$

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ a share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives, including in connection with sales of unsold allotments of common stock or subsequent sales of common stock purchased by the representatives in stabilizing and related transactions.

We granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

195

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock.

Total

Per Share

No
Exercise

Full
Exercise

Public offering price

Underwriting discounts and commissions

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, are approximately $ million, which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration of the common stock to be sold pursuant to this prospectus.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “AVYA.”

We and all of our directors and officers have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

•

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; or

•

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock.

•

in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

•

the sale of shares to the underwriters;

•

transactions by persons other than us relating to shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of our common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

•

transfers by any person other than us of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock as a bona fide gift, provided that each donee shall enter into a written agreement accepting the restrictions set forth herein and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act,

196

reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

•

distributions by any persons other than us of shares of common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to partners, members, stockholders, affiliates or any entity which is directly or indirectly controlled by, or is under common control with, such person, provided that each distributee shall enter into a written agreement accepting the restrictions set forth herein and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period; or

•

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of our common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of our common stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of such person or us.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be extended if:

•

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

•

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period;

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

In order to facilitate this offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in this offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

197

From time to time, certain of the underwriters and/or their respective affiliates may provide investment banking services to us. In addition, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are our customers and the contracts governing such relationships were entered into at arm’s length and on customary terms. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of Avaya, including the existing senior unsecured notes. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. The underwriters and their affiliates have in the past engaged, currently engage and may in the future engage, in transactions with and perform services for, including commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services, us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of business for which they have received or will receive customary fees and expenses. We also have, and expect to continue to have, economic hedges, cash management relationships and/or other swaps and hedges in place with certain of the underwriters or their affiliates on customary economic terms. An affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC owns shares representing less than 5% of our outstanding stock. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters are lenders and/or agents under our existing credit facilities.

We and the several underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each referred to as a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive.

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the Issuer for any such offer; or

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the

198

Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) (i) it is a person whose ordinary activities involve it in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of its business and (ii) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell the shares other than to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses or who it is reasonable to expect will acquire, hold, manage or dispose of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses where the issue of the shares would otherwise constitute a contravention of Section 19 of the FSMA by the Issuer;

(b) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer or the Guarantors; and

(c) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:

•

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

•

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

•

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

•

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

•

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

199

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The shares offered in this prospectus have not been registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland

This document as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus, or the Shares, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The Shares will not be listed on the SWX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the

200

documents relating to the Shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SWX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SWX Swiss Exchange.

The Shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the Shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the Company from time to time.

This document as well as any other material relating to the Shares is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the Company. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this Prospectus, or the Shares, may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale.

Prospective purchasers of the Shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the Shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

201

LEGAL MATTERS

Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, will pass for us on the validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. The underwriters are being represented by Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, New York, New York. Ropes & Gray LLP and some partners of Ropes & Gray LLP are members of RGIP, LLC, which is an investor in certain investment funds associated with Silver Lake and TPG and often a co-investor with such funds. RGIP, LLC directly or indirectly owns shares of our common stock representing less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each of our common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Avaya Holdings Corp. as of September 30, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2013 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

The reports and other information we file with the SEC can be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information that we file electronically with the SEC. Our website address is www.avaya.com. Our subsidiary, Avaya Inc., currently is a voluntary filer and makes available free of charge, through our website, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Please note that our website address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and is therefore not incorporated by reference.

202

AVAYA HOLDINGS CORP.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements


	Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Operations		F-3

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss		F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets		F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficiency		F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-8

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Avaya Holdings Corp.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in stockholders’ deficiency and comprehensive loss and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Avaya Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries at September 30, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Florham Park, New Jersey

December 3, 2013

F-2

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In millions, except per share amounts)


	Years ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011
REVENUE
Products	$	2,337		$	2,672		$	2,976
Services		2,371			2,499			2,571

		4,708			5,171			5,547

COSTS
Products:
Costs (exclusive of amortization of acquired technology intangible assets)		963			1,145			1,314
Amortization of acquired technology intangible assets		63			192			257
Services		1,122			1,248			1,344

		2,148			2,585			2,915

GROSS PROFIT		2,560			2,586			2,632

OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling, general and administrative		1,521			1,630			1,845
Research and development		445			464			461
Amortization of intangible assets		227			226			226
Goodwill impairment		89			—			—
Restructuring and impairment charges, net		200			147			189
Acquisition-related costs		1			4			5

		2,483			2,471			2,726

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)		77			115			(94	)
Interest expense		(467	)		(432	)		(460	)
Loss on extinguishment of debt		(6	)		—			(246	)
Other (expense) income, net		(25	)		(29	)		5

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES		(421	)		(346	)		(795	)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes		45			(8	)		(68	)

NET LOSS		(376	)		(354	)		(863	)
Less: Accretion and accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock		(43	)		(71	)		(7	)

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$	(419	)	$	(425	)	$	(870	)

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted	$	(0.86	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(1.78	)

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic and diluted		489.8			489.6			489.0

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-3

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In millions)


	Years ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Net loss	$	(376	)	$	(354	)	$	(863	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Pension, postretirement and postemployment benefit-related items, net of tax effect of $121, $54 and $0 for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively		160			2			(97	)
Cumulative translation adjustment, net of tax benefit of $(4) for the year ended September 30, 2013		(43	)		37			(22	)
Change in interest rate swaps, net of tax effect of $(7), $7 and $0 for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively		20			11			23
Income tax benefit reclassified into earnings upon the expiration of certain interest rate swaps		(17	)		—			—
Unrealized loss on investments reclassified into earnings, net of tax effect of $1 for the year ended September 30, 2012		—			1			—
Unrealized loss on investments, net of tax effect of $0 for the year ended September 30, 2012		—			1			—
Other		—			—			(1	)

Other comprehensive income (loss)		120			52			(97	)

Comprehensive loss	$	(256	)	$	(302	)	$	(960	)

F-4

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except share amounts)


	September 30,
	2013			2012
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	289		$	338
Accounts receivable, net		716			782
Inventory		245			255
Deferred income taxes, net		54			18
Other current assets		247			249

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS		1,551			1,642

Property, plant and equipment, net		334			364
Deferred income taxes, net		32			43
Intangible assets, net		1,486			1,775
Goodwill		4,092			4,188
Other assets		154			172

TOTAL ASSETS	$	7,649		$	8,184

LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:
Debt maturing within one year	$	35		$	37
Accounts payable		408			438
Payroll and benefit obligations		256			262
Deferred revenue		671			616
Business restructuring reserve, current portion		92			84
Other current liabilities		284			328

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES		1,746			1,765

Long-term debt		6,051			6,084
Pension obligations		1,510			1,763
Other postretirement obligations		290			360
Deferred income taxes, net		243			204
Business restructuring reserve, non-current portion		78			51
Other liabilities		450			429

TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES		8,622			8,891

Commitments and contingencies
Equity awards on redeemable shares		5			—
Preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, authorized 250,000 shares at September 30, 2013 and 2012
Convertible Series B, 48,921 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013 and 2012		263			227
Series A, 125,000 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013 and 2012		151			144
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY
Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 750,000,000 and 750,000,000 shares authorized; 488,929,315 and 487,630,509 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively		—			—
Additional paid-in capital		2,489			2,528
Accumulated deficit		(4,621	)		(4,245	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(1,006	)		(1,126	)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY		(3,138	)		(2,843	)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY	$	7,649		$	8,184

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-5

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficiency

(In millions)


	Number of Shares		Common Stock		Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total Stockholders’ Deficiency
Balance as of October 1, 2010		487.4		—		2,566			(3,028	)		(1,081	)		(1,543	)
Amortization of share-based compensation						10									10
Accrued dividends on Series A preferred stock						(7	)								(7	)
Net loss									(863	)					(863	)
Other comprehensive loss												(97	)		(97	)
Other												(1	)		(1	)


Balance as of September 30, 2011		487.4		—		2,569			(3,891	)		(1,178	)		(2,500	)
Issuance of common stock, net of shares redeemed and cancelled, under employee stock option plan		0.2
Amortization of share-based compensation						7									7
Accrued dividends on Series A preferred stock						(7	)								(7	)
Issuance of warrants on Series B preferred stock						23									23
Accrued dividends on Series B preferred stock						(5	)								(5	)
Accretion on Series B preferred stock						(59	)								(59	)
Net loss									(354	)					(354	)
Other comprehensive income												52			52


Balance as of September 30, 2012		487.6	$	—	$	2,528		$	(4,245	)	$	(1,126	)	$	(2,843	)
Issuance of common stock, net of shares redeemed and cancelled, under employee stock option plan		1.3				(2	)								(2	)
Amortization of share-based compensation						11									11
Accrued dividends on Series A preferred stock						(7	)								(7	)
Accrued dividends on Series B preferred stock						(16	)								(16	)
Accretion on Series B preferred stock						(20	)								(20	)
Reclassifications to equity awards on redeemable shares						(5	)								(5	)
Net loss									(376	)					(376	)
Other comprehensive income												120			120

Balance as of September 30, 2013		488.9	$	—	$	2,489		$	(4,621	)	$	(1,006	)	$	(3,138	)

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-6

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)


	Years ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss	$	(376	)	$	(354	)	$	(863	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided (used for) by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		454			564			653
Share-based compensation		11			8			12
Amortization of debt issuance costs		17			21			23
Accretion of debt discount		4			1			18
Payment of amortized discount of incremental B-2 term loans		—			—			(50	)
Non-cash charge for debt issuance costs upon redemption of term loans		5			—			5
Third-party fees expensed in connection with the debt modification		18			—			9
Change in fair value of Preferred Series B embedded derivative		11			6			—
Premium on issuance of senior secured term B-5 loans		3			—			—
Provision for uncollectible receivables		1			5			—
Deferred income taxes, net		(111	)		(37	)		(3	)
(Gain) loss on sale of investments and long-lived assets, net		(1	)		3			1
Write-down of assets held for sale to net realizable value		—			5			—
Goodwill impairment		89			—			—
Impairment of long-lived assets		1			6			—
Pension curtailments		(9	)		5			7
Unrealized (gain) loss on foreign currency exchange		(23	)		29			(38	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		70			(5	)		34
Inventory		9			27			(45	)
Accounts payable		(30	)		(25	)		2
Payroll and benefit obligations		(59	)		(109	)		(32	)
Business restructuring reserve		38			(43	)		27
Deferred revenue		80			(45	)		(29	)
Other assets and liabilities		(51	)		(18	)		(31	)

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) OPERATING ACTIVITIES		151			44			(300	)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Capital expenditures		(110	)		(92	)		(83	)
Capitalized software development costs		(14	)		(35	)		(42	)
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired		(12	)		(234	)		(16	)
Return of funds held in escrow from the NES acquisition		—			—			6
Proceeds from sale of long-lived assets		23			3			7
Proceeds from sale of investments		1			74			—
Restricted cash		—			1			27
Other investing activities net		(1	)		—			—

NET CASH USED FOR INVESTING ACTIVITIES		(113	)		(283	)		(101	)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants		—			196			—
Proceeds from 9% secured notes		290			—			—
Repayment of term B-5 loans		(284	)		—			—
Proceeds from term B-5 loans		589			—			—
Repayment of term B-1 loans		(584	)		—			—
Repayment of incremental B-2 term loans		—			—			(696	)
Debt issuance costs and third-party debt modification costs		(49	)		—			(42	)
Proceeds from senior secured notes		—			—			1,009
Repayment of long-term debt		(38	)		(37	)		(42	)
Borrowings under revolving credit facility		—			60			—
Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit facility		—			(60	)		—
Other financing activities, net		(3	)		(4	)		(1	)

NET CASH (USED FOR) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES		(79	)		155			228

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(8	)		7			(6	)

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		(49	)		(77	)		(179	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		338			415			594

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	289		$	338		$	415

The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.

F-7

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business

Background

Avaya Holdings Corp. (formerly Sierra Holdings Corp.) together with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “Avaya”) is a global provider of real-time business collaboration and communications products and services. The Company’s products and services are designed to enable business users to work together more effectively internally and with their customers and suppliers, to accelerate decision-making and achieve enhanced business outcomes.

Avaya conducts its business operations in three segments. Two of those segments, Global Communications Solutions and Avaya Networking, make up Avaya’s Enterprise Collaboration Solutions product portfolio. The third segment contains Avaya’s services portfolio and is called Avaya Global Services.

The Company’s products are aimed at large enterprises, midmarket businesses and government organizations. Avaya offers products in three key business collaboration and communications categories:

•

Real-Time Collaboration, Video and Unified Communications Software, Infrastructure and Endpoints for a mobile workforce;

•

Customer Experience Management, including Contact Center applications; and

•

Networking.

These three categories are supported by Avaya’s portfolio of services including product support, integration, professional services and cloud and managed services.

Avaya sells its products and services directly through its worldwide sales force and through its global network of channel partners. As of September 30, 2013, Avaya had approximately 10,900 channel partners, including distributors, service providers, dealers, value-added resellers, system integrators and business partners that provide sales and service support.

Merger

Avaya Holdings Corp. is a holding company formed by affiliates of two private equity firms, Silver Lake Partners (“Silver Lake”) and TPG (“TPG”) (collectively, the “Sponsors”) on June 1, 2007, solely for the purpose of entering into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Avaya Inc. Prior to the Merger Agreement, Avaya Inc. was a registered company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and had common stock traded on the New York Stock Exchange. On June 4, 2007, the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Sierra Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation, (“Merger Sub”), entered into a Merger Agreement with Avaya Inc. pursuant to which Merger Sub would be merged with and into Avaya Inc., with Avaya Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Avaya Holdings Corp. (the “Merger”). The Merger Agreement provided for a purchase price of $8.4 billion of Avaya Inc.’s common stock and was completed on October 26, 2007 pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement.

Acquisition of Enterprise Solutions Business of Nortel Networks Corporation

On December 18, 2009, Avaya acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the enterprise solutions business (“NES”) of Nortel Networks Corporation (“Nortel”) out of bankruptcy court proceedings, for an adjusted purchase price of $933 million. The terms of the acquisition did not include any significant contingent consideration arrangements.

F-8

Acquisition of RADVISION Ltd.

On June 5, 2012, Avaya acquired RADVISION Ltd. (“Radvision”) for $230 million in cash. Radvision is a global provider of videoconferencing and telepresence technologies over internet protocol and wireless networks. These audited consolidated financial statements include the operating results of Radvision since June 5, 2012.

Basis of Presentation

Avaya Holdings Corp. has no material assets or standalone operations other than its ownership in Avaya Inc. and its subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 reflect the operating results of Avaya Holdings Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The consolidated financial statements and related disclosures are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenue and expenses during the periods reported. These estimates include assessing the collectibility of accounts receivable, sales returns and allowances, the use and recoverability of inventory, the realization of deferred tax assets, business restructuring reserves, pension and postretirement benefit costs, the fair value of equity compensation, the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, the recoverability of long-lived assets, and useful lives and impairment of tangible and intangible assets including goodwill, the amount of exposure from potential loss contingencies, and fair value measurements, among others. The markets for the Company’s products are characterized by intense competition, rapid technological development and frequent new product introductions, all of which could affect the future recoverability of the Company’s assets. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically and the effects of revisions are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period they are determined to be necessary. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Avaya and its subsidiaries. In the event that the Company is a primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, the assets, liabilities, and results of operations of the variable interest entity will be included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

Acquisition Accounting

Revenue Recognition

F-9

services provided under contracts to monitor and optimize customers’ communications network performance; (ii) professional services for implementation and integration of converged voice and data networks, network security and unified communications; and (iii) Cloud or managed services. Maintenance contracts have terms that range from one to five years. Contracts for professional services typically have terms that range from four to six weeks for standard products and from six months to one year for customized products. Contracts for Cloud and managed services have terms that range from one to seven years.

The Company’s indirect sales to channel partners are generally recognized at the time of shipment if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. The Company accrues a provision for estimated sales returns and other allowances, including promotional marketing programs and other incentives as a reduction of revenue at time of sale. When estimating returns, the Company considers customary inventory levels held by third-party distributors.

Most of the Company’s products have both software and non-software components that function together to deliver the products’ essential functionality. For these multiple deliverable arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to the deliverables based on their relative selling prices. To the extent that a deliverable is subject to specific guidance on whether and/or how to allocate the consideration in a multiple element arrangement, that deliverable is accounted for in accordance with such specific guidance. The Company limits the amount of revenue recognition for delivered items to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services or meeting other future performance obligations.

Once the Company allocates revenue to each deliverable, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with its policies when all revenue recognition criteria are met. Product revenue is generally recognized upon delivery and maintenance and operations services revenue is generally recognized ratably over the period during which the services are performed. However, revenue for professional services arrangements is generally recognized upon completion of performance and revenue for arrangements that require acceptance of the product, system or solution, is recognized when the acceptance criteria have been met.

F-10

the Company generally uses the residual method to allocate the arrangement consideration. Under the residual method, the amount of consideration allocated to the delivered items equals the total arrangement consideration, less the fair value of the undelivered items. Where vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value for the undelivered items cannot be determined, the Company defers revenue until all items are delivered and services have been performed, or until such evidence of fair value can be determined for the undelivered items.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when purchased, and are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

Concentrations of Risk

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are invested in various investment grade institutional money market accounts and bank term deposits. Deposits held at banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. Generally, these deposits may be redeemed upon demand and are maintained with financial institutions with reputable credit and therefore bear minimal credit risk. The Company seeks to mitigate such risks by spreading its risk across multiple counterparties and monitoring the risk profiles of these counterparties.

The Company relies on a limited number of contract manufacturers and suppliers to provide manufacturing services for its products. The inability of a contract manufacturer or supplier to fulfill supply requirements of the Company could materially impact future operating results.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are recorded net of reserves for sales returns and allowances and provisions for doubtful accounts. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral from its customers. The allowances are based on analyses of historical trends, aging of accounts receivable balances and the creditworthiness of customers as determined by credit checks, analyses, and payment history. At September 30, 2013, two distributors each accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable. At September 30, 2012, one distributor accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable.

Inventory

Inventory includes goods awaiting sale (finished goods), equipment that is being installed at customer locations for various installations that are not yet complete and goods to be used in connection with providing maintenance services. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, determined on a first-in, first-out method. Reserves to reduce the inventory cost to market value are based on current inventory levels, assumptions about future demand and product life cycles for the various inventory types.

As discussed in detail in Note 19, “Commitments and Contingencies-Purchase Commitments and Termination Fees,” the Company has outsourced the manufacturing of substantially all of its products and may be obligated to purchase certain excess inventory levels from its outsourced manufacturers if actual sales of product vary from forecast, in which case additional inventory provisions may need to be recorded in the future.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. The costs incurred for the development of communications software that will be sold, leased or otherwise marketed, however, are capitalized when technological feasibility has been established in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 985, “Software” (“ASC 985”). These capitalized costs are subject to an ongoing assessment of recoverability based on anticipated future revenues and costs and changes in hardware and software technologies. Costs that are capitalized include direct labor and related overhead.

F-11

Amortization of capitalized software development costs begins when the product is available for general release to customers. Amortization is recognized on a product-by-product basis generally on the straight-line method over a period of up to two years. Unamortized software development costs determined to be in excess of net realizable value of the product are expensed immediately. Included in other assets at September 30, 2013 and 2012 is unamortized software development costs of $30 million and $51 million, respectively.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated lives range from three to ten years for machinery and equipment, up to five years for rental equipment and up to 40 years for buildings. Improvements that extend the useful life of assets are capitalized and maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or disposal of assets, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets and any gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Internal Use Software

Certain costs of computer software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis generally over three to seven years. General and administrative costs, overhead, maintenance and training, as well as the cost of software that does not add functionality to the existing system, are expensed as incurred. The Company had unamortized internal use software costs of $18 million and $19 million as of September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic testing for impairment in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”) at the reporting unit level which is one level below the Company’s operating segments. The assessment of goodwill impairment is conducted by estimating and comparing the fair value of the Company’s reporting units, as defined in ASC 350, to their carrying value as of that date. The fair value is estimated using an income approach whereby the fair value of the reporting unit is based on the future cash flows that each reporting unit’s assets can be expected to generate. Future cash flows are based on forward-looking information regarding market share and costs for each reporting unit and are discounted using an appropriate discount rate. Future discounted cash flows can be affected by changes in industry or market conditions or the rate and extent to which anticipated synergies or cost savings are realized with newly acquired entities. The test for impairment is conducted annually each September 30^th, and more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount.

Intangible and Long-lived Assets

Intangible assets include technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade-names and other intangibles. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from two to fifteen years. Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment.” Determination of recoverability is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the estimated fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually each September 30^th and more frequently if events occur or circumstances change that indicate an asset may be impaired.

F-12

Financial Instruments

The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to manage and reduce risk to the Company by generating cash flows that offset the cash flows of certain transactions in foreign currencies in relation to their amounts and timing. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used as risk management tools and not for speculative or trading purposes. These derivative instruments represent assets and liabilities and are classified as other current assets or other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains and losses on the changes in the fair values of the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts are included in other income (expense), net. As permitted under FASB ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”), the Company has elected not to designate its forward contracts as hedges thereby precluding the use of hedge accounting for these instruments.

In order to reduce its exposure to variable rate interest payments associated with its senior secured credit facility, the Company may use interest rate swap agreements. Those interest rate swaps that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges under ASC 815 are included at estimated fair value as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These are bifurcated into current and non-current components depending upon the timing of the cash flows. Fair value related to the cash flows occurring within one year are classified as current and beyond one year as non-current. Unrealized gains/losses related to the change in market value on these interest rate swaps are recorded in other comprehensive loss and reclassified to earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The market value of the interest rate swaps recorded in other comprehensive loss may be recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations earlier if the interest rate swaps are determined to be ineffective, for example, if certain terms of the senior secured credit facility change, if the loan is extinguished, if the counterparty’s ability to honor its obligation under the agreement changes, or if the interest rate swap agreements are terminated prior to maturity.

As discussed more fully in Note 15 “Capital Stock”, the Company has issued Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“preferred series B”) containing certain features which are considered an embedded derivative under GAAP. This embedded derivative was separated from the host contract (i.e. the preferred stock) and recognized as a current liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. Gains and losses on the changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative are included in other income (expense), net.

The Company also utilizes non-derivative financial instruments including letters of credit and commitments to extend credit.

Restructuring Programs

The Company accounts for exit or disposal of activities in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations” (“ASC 420”). In accordance with ASC 420, a business restructuring is defined as an exit or disposal activity that includes but is not limited to a program that is planned and controlled by management and materially changes either the scope of a business or the manner in which that business is conducted. Business restructuring charges include (i) one-time termination benefits related to employee separations, (ii) contract termination costs and (iii) other costs associated with exit or disposal activities including, but not limited to, costs for consolidating or closing facilities and relocating employees.

F-13

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

The market-related value of the Company’s plan assets as of the measurement date is developed using a five-year smoothing technique. First, a preliminary market-related value is calculated by adjusting the market-related value at the beginning of the year for payments to and from plan assets and the expected return on assets during the year. The expected return on assets represents the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets adjusted up to plus or minus 2% based on the actual ten-year average rate of return on plan assets. A final market-related value is determined as the preliminary market-related value, plus 20% of the difference between the actual return and expected return for each of the past five years.

The plans use different factors, including years of service, eligible compensation and age, to determine the benefit amount for eligible participants. The Company funds its U.S. qualified pension plans in compliance with applicable laws. See Note 13, “Benefit Obligations,” for a discussion of the Company’s pension and postretirement plans.

Share-based Compensation

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with FASB Topic ASC 718, “Compensation—Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including stock options, restricted stock units and stock purchases based on estimated fair values.

Equity Awards on Redeemable Shares

The Company issued equity awards, including restricted stock units and stock options, to employees of the Company that had a provision allowing, upon the employees’ death or disability during employment, their estates to sell any shares obtained as a result of the equity award to the Company at an amount equal to the then current fair value per share and so long as the sale is done pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement. As a result of this provision, we classify the vested portion of the intrinsic value of these stock options and restricted stock units in the mezzanine section between debt and stockholders’ deficiency in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Income Taxes

F-14

financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the carrying amounts of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Additionally, the accounting for income taxes requires the Company to evaluate and make an assertion as to whether undistributed foreign earnings will be indefinitely reinvested or repatriated. As discussed more fully in Note 12, “Income Taxes,” the Company changed its indefinite reinvestment of undistributed foreign earnings assertion with respect to its non-U.S. subsidiaries in fiscal 2012.

FASB ASC Subtopic 740-10, “Income Taxes—Overall” (“ASC 740-10”) prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, classification, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.

Significant judgment is required in evaluating uncertain tax positions and determining the provision for income taxes. Although the Company believes its reserves are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which is reflected in the historical income tax provision and accruals. The Company adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is adjusted (increased) for preferred stock dividends earned during the period. Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus potentially dilutive common shares.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs, which are included in other assets, are amortized as interest expense over the contractual lives of the related credit facilities.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment, where the local currency is the functional currency, are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates while income and expenses are translated at the spot rate. Translation gains or losses related to net assets located outside the U.S. are shown as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficiency. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions, which are denominated in currencies other than Avaya’s functional currency, are included in other income (loss), net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss) is recorded directly to a separate section of stockholders’ deficiency in accumulated other comprehensive loss and primarily includes unrealized gains and losses excluded from the Consolidated Statements of Operations. These unrealized gains and losses consist of changes in foreign currency translation, interest rate swaps, and changes in unamortized pension, postretirement and postemployment actuarial gains and losses.

F-15

3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Guidance Recently Adopted

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

Goodwill

Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

Recent Accounting Guidance Not Yet Effective

F-16

4. Business Combinations

RADVISION Ltd.

On June 5, 2012, Avaya acquired Radvision for $230 million in cash. The purchase price was funded with (i) $196 million from the issuance of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase common stock and (ii) approximately $34 million of Avaya’s cash.

The acquisition of Radvision has been accounted for under the acquisition method, which requires an allocation of the purchase price of the acquired entity to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values from a market-participant perspective at the date of acquisition.

Enterprise Solutions Business of Nortel Networks Corporation

On December 18, 2009, Avaya acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of NES, out of bankruptcy court proceedings, for an adjusted purchase price of $933 million (the “Acquisition”). The purchase price and the payment of related fees and expenses (including integration expenses) were funded with (i) cash proceeds of $783 million received by Avaya from its issuance of $1,000 million in aggregate principal amount of term loans and detachable warrants to purchase up to 61.5 million shares of common stock, and (ii) approximately $237 million of Avaya’s existing cash.

Other Acquisitions

During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company completed several other acquisitions primarily to enhance the Company’s technology portfolio. The other acquisitions had an aggregate purchase price of $2 million, $36 million and $17 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and have been accounted for under the acquisition method.

On January 3, 2011, the Company acquired all outstanding shares of Konftel AB (Konftel), for $14 million in cash consideration, inclusive of a working capital adjustment. Konftel is a Swedish-based vendor of conference room terminals, offering analog, internet protocol, soft, cellular and session initiation protocol terminals.

Acquired intangible assets were $1 million, $20 million, $8 million during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The acquired intangible assets are being amortized over a weighted average useful life of five years, on a straight-line basis. No in-process research and development was acquired in the acquisitions.

The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary assessment of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired in connection with these other acquisitions resulted in goodwill of less than $1 million, $15 million and $7 million, respectively, for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011. The premiums paid by the Company in the transactions are largely attributable to the acquisition of assembled workforces and the synergies and economies of scale provided to a market participant, particularly as it pertains to marketing efforts and customer base. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

These consolidated financial statements include the operating results of the acquired entities since their respective acquisition dates. The revenues and expenses specific to these businesses and their pro forma results are not material to these consolidated financial statements.

5. Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to periodic testing for impairment at the reporting unit level which is one level below the Company’s operating segments. The test for impairment is conducted annually each September 30th or when events occur or circumstances change indicating that the fair value of a reporting unit may be below its carrying amount.

The impairment test for goodwill is a two-step process. Step one consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company estimated the fair value of each reporting unit using an income approach which values the unit based on the

F-17

future cash flows expected from that reporting unit. Future cash flows are based on forward-looking information regarding market share and costs for each reporting unit and are discounted using an appropriate discount rate. Future discounted cash flows can be affected by changes in industry or market conditions or the rate and extent to which anticipated synergies or cost savings are realized with newly acquired entities. In step one of the test, a market approach was used as a reasonableness test but was not given significant weighting in the final determination of fair value.

The discounted cash flows model used in the Company’s income approach relies on assumptions regarding revenue growth rates, gross profit, projected working capital needs, selling, general and administrative expenses, research and development expenses, business restructuring costs, capital expenditures, income tax rates, discount rates and terminal growth rates. To estimate fair value, the Company discounts the expected cash flows of each reporting unit. The discount rate Avaya uses represents the estimated weighted average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk involved in its reporting unit operations and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. To estimate cash flows beyond the final year of its model, Avaya uses a terminal value approach. Under this approach, Avaya uses the estimated cash flows in the final year of its models and applies a perpetuity growth assumption and discounts by a perpetuity discount factor to determine the terminal value. Avaya incorporates the present value of the resulting terminal value into its estimate of fair value.

The Company forecasted cash flows for each of its reporting units and took into consideration current economic conditions and trends, estimated future operating results, Avaya’s view of growth rates and anticipated future economic conditions. Revenue growth rates inherent in this forecast are based on input from internal and external market intelligence research sources that compare factors such as growth in global economies, regional trends in the telecommunications industry and product evolution from a technological segment basis. Macro economic factors such as changes in economies, product evolutions, industry consolidations and other changes beyond Avaya’s control could have a positive or negative impact on achieving its targets.

September 30, 2013

At September 30, 2013, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that the respective book values of the Company’s reporting units did not exceed their estimated fair values and therefore no impairment existed.

March 31, 2013

During the three months ended March 31, 2013 the Company’s IT professional services (ITPS) reporting unit, which provides specialized information technology services exclusively to government customers in the U.S., experienced a decline in revenues as a result of reduced government spending in anticipation of sequestration and budget cuts. Additionally, there was uncertainty regarding how the sequestration cuts would be implemented and the impact they will have on contractors supporting the government. As a result of these events, the Company determined that an interim impairment test of the reporting unit’s goodwill should be performed.

The results of step one of the goodwill impairment test indicated that the estimated fair value of the ITPS reporting unit was less than the respective carrying value of its net assets (including goodwill) and as such, the Company performed step two of the impairment test. The second step of the impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination. That is, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit. This allocation is performed only for purposes of assessing goodwill for impairment; accordingly Avaya did not adjust the net book value of the assets and liabilities on its Consolidated Balance Sheets other than goodwill as a result of this process.

F-18

As a result of the application of step two of the goodwill impairment test, the Company estimated the implied fair value of the goodwill to be $44 million as compared with a carrying value of $133 million and recorded an impairment to goodwill of $89 million associated with the ITPS reporting unit within the Avaya Global Services segment.

The impairment was primarily the result of the continued budgetary constraints, sequestration and uncertainty regarding spending on the part of the U.S. government. The reduced valuation of the reporting unit reflects additional market risks and lower sales forecasts for the reporting unit, which is consistent with economic trends at that time.

The Company determined that no events occurred or circumstances changed during the six months ended March 31, 2013 that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of its other reporting units below their respective carrying amounts.

September 30, 2012

At September 30, 2012, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that the respective book values of the Company’s reporting units did not exceed their estimated fair values and therefore no impairment existed.

March 31, 2012

During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company experienced a decline in revenue as compared to the same period of the prior year and sequential quarters. This revenue decline impacted the Company’s forecasts for the remainder of fiscal 2012. As a result of these events, the Company determined that an interim impairment test of its long-lived assets and goodwill should be performed.

The estimated fair value of each reporting unit at March 31, 2012 reflected the additional market risks, lower discount rates and the updated sales forecasts for the Company’s reporting units based off recent results. Using the revised valuations at March 31, 2012 the results of step one of the goodwill impairment test indicated that although the estimated fair values of each reporting unit were lower at March 31, 2012 when compared to September 30, 2011, their respective book values did not exceed their estimated fair values and therefore no impairment existed.

September 30, 2011

At September 30, 2011, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and determined that the respective book values of the Company’s reporting units did not exceed their estimated fair values and therefore no impairment existed.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by operating segment are as follows:


In millions	Global Communications Solutions			Networking		Avaya Global Services			Total
Balance as of October 1, 2011		1,426		$	—		2,653			4,079
Acquisitions		86			—		25			111
Adjustments		(1	)		—		(1	)		(2	)

Balance as of September 30, 2012	$	1,511		$	—	$	2,677		$	4,188
Impairments		—			—		(89	)		(89	)
Adjustments		(3	)		—		(4	)		(7	)

Balance as of September 30, 2013	$	1,508		$	—	$	2,584		$	4,092

Balance as of September 30, 2013:
Goodwill	$	2,642		$	—	$	2,673		$	5,315
Accumulated Impairment		(1,134	)		—		(89	)		(1,223	)

	$	1,508		$	—	$	2,584		$	4,092

F-19

“Adjustments” substantially pertain to the reversal of business restructuring reserves, tax valuation allowances, and the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

6. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets include acquired technology, customer relationships, trademarks and trade-names and other intangibles. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the assets, which range from two to fifteen years.

The Company’s intangible assets consist of:


In millions	Acquired technology and patents			Customer relationships and other intangibles			Trademarks and trade names			Total
Gross Carrying Amount	$	1,415		$	2,272		$	546		$	4,233
Accumulated Amortization		(1,215	)		(1,053	)		—			(2,268	)
Accumulated Impairment		—			—			(190	)		(190	)

Balance as of September 30, 2012	$	200		$	1,219		$	356		$	1,775

Gross Carrying Amount	$	1,416		$	2,272		$	546		$	4,234
Accumulated Amortization		(1,278	)		(1,280	)		—			(2,558	)
Accumulated Impairment		—			—			(190	)		(190	)

Balance as of September 30, 2013	$	138		$	992		$	356		$	1,486

Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Intangible assets determined to have indefinite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset may be impaired.

The Company’s trademarks and trade names are expected to generate cash flows indefinitely. Consequently, these assets were classified as indefinite-lived intangibles and accordingly are not amortized but reviewed for impairment annually, or sooner under certain circumstances. Prior to the goodwill testing discussed above, the Company tested its intangible assets with indefinite lives. The test for impairment requires the Company to compare the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets to the carrying value of those assets. In situations where the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the intangible asset, an impairment loss equal to the difference is recognized. The Company estimates the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets using an income approach; specifically, based on discounted cash flows.

September 30, 2013

At September 30, 2013, the Company performed its annual test of recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company determined that the respective book values of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets did not exceed their estimated fair values and therefore no impairment existed.

March 31, 2013

Prior to the goodwill testing discussed above, the Company tested the intangible assets and other long-lived assets of its ITPS reporting unit for impairment during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and no impairment was identified. The Company determined that no events had occurred or circumstances changed during the three months ended March 30, 2013 that would indicate that the intangible assets and long-lived assets of its other reporting units may not be recoverable.

F-20

September 30, 2012

At September 30, 2012, the Company performed its annual test of recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company determined that the respective book values of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets did not exceed their estimated fair values and therefore no impairment existed.

March 31, 2012

Prior to the goodwill testing discussed above, the Company tested its intangible assets with indefinite lives and other long-lived assets as of March 31, 2012. Using the revised forecasts as of March 31, 2012, the Company performed step one of the impairment test of long-lived assets with finite lives. Although the revised forecasts provided for lower cash flows, in each case the revised undiscounted cash flows for each asset group were in excess of their respective net book values and therefore no impairment was identified. The Company estimates the fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets using an income approach; specifically, based on discounted cash flows. Although the estimated fair values of the Company’s tradenames and trademarks were lower at March 31, 2012 when compared to September 30, 2011, their respective book values did not exceed their estimated fair values and therefore no impairment existed.

September 30, 2011

At September 30, 2011, the Company performed its annual test of recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company determined that the respective book values of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets did not exceed their estimated fair values and therefore no impairment existed.

Future amortization expense of intangible assets for the years ending September 30 is as follows:


*In millions*
2014	$	279
2015		256
2016		248
2017		219
2018 and thereafter		128

Total	$	1,130

F-21

7. Supplementary Financial Information

Consolidated Statements of Operations Information


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012			2011
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
Amortization of software development costs included in costs	$	34		$	36		$	39
Amortization of intangible assets		290			418			483
Depreciation and amortization of property, plant and equipment and internal use software included in costs and operating expenses		130			110			131

Total depreciation and amortization	$	454		$	564		$	653

OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME, NET
Interest income	$	2		$	3		$	5
Gain (loss) on foreign currency transactions and forward contracts		5			(21	)		12
Third party fees incurred in connection with debt modification		(18	)		—			(9	)
Change in fair value of Preferred B embedded derivative		(11	)		(6	)		—
Securities registration fees		—			(3	)		—
Venezuela hyperinflationary and devaluation charges		(1	)		—			—
Other, net		(2	)		(2	)		(3	)

Total other (expense) income, net	$	(25	)	$	(29	)	$	5

Consolidated Balance Sheet Information


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012			2011
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Allowance for Accounts Receivable:
Balance at beginning of year	$	24		$	28		$	39
Charged to expense		6			(2	)		(7	)
Deductions		(2	)		(2	)		(4	)

Balance at end of year	$	28		$	24		$	28

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance:
Balance at beginning of year	$	1,527		$	1,410		$	1,094
Charged to expense		(8	)		60			238
(Deductions) additions		98			57			78

Balance at end of year	$	1,617		$	1,527		$	1,410

F-22


	September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Land and improvements	$	6		$	17
Buildings and improvements		252			270
Machinery and equipment		285			275
Rental equipment		217			192
Assets under construction		16			16
Internal use software		138			127

Total property, plant and equipment		914			897
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(580	)		(533	)

Property, plant and equipment, net	$	334		$	364

Included in buildings and improvements, net, is $15 million under a capital lease related to an office facility acquired in the acquisition of NES and $2 million in a capital lease for equipment the Company entered into during fiscal 2012.


	September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012			2011
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Change in unamortized pension, postretirement and postemployment benefit-related items, net of tax	$	(949	)	$	(1,109	)	$	(1,111	)
Foreign currency translation		(56	)		(13	)		(50	)
Unrealized loss on term loan interest rate swap		—			(3	)		(14	)
Other		(1	)		(1	)		(3	)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss	$	(1,006	)	$	(1,126	)	$	(1,178	)

Supplemental Cash Flow Information


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013		2012		2011
OTHER PAYMENTS
Interest payments	$	473	$	416	$	371
Income tax payments	$	39	$	39	$	44

NON-CASH FINANCING TRANSACTION
Exchange of debt ⁽¹⁾	$	1,384	$	—	$	—

(1)

Represents exchange of $642 million of senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $742 million of senior unsecured paid-in-kind toggle notes each originally due November 1, 2015 for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes due 2021. See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements.”

F-23

8. Business Restructuring Reserves and Programs

Fiscal 2013 Restructuring Program

During fiscal 2013, the Company continued to identify opportunities to streamline operations and generate cost savings which included exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2013 associated with these initiatives, net of adjustments to previous periods, were $200 million and include separation costs primarily associated with employee severance actions in Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and the U.S. In EMEA an approved plan provided for the elimination of 234 positions and resulted in a charge of $48 million. The elimination of employee positions identified in this action and the related payments are expected to be completed in fiscal 2015. The separation charges include, but are not limited to, social pension fund payments and health care and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the impacted employees. Enhanced separation plans were offered to certain management employees in the U.S. in the first and third quarters of fiscal 2013 and resulted in the elimination of 196 and 447 positions and restructuring charges of $9 million and $20 million, respectively for which the related payments are expected to be completed in fiscal 2014.

Restructuring charges also include $52 million of future lease obligations, which includes $32 million of lease obligations associated with the Frankfurt, Germany facility vacated during the year. The Company also has recorded restructuring charges related to facilities vacated in the United Kingdom and the U.S. The future rental payments, net of estimated sublease income, related to operating lease obligations for unused space in connection with vacating or consolidating of facilities during fiscal 2013 are expected to continue through fiscal 2021.

As the Company continues to evaluate and identify additional operational synergies, additional cost saving opportunities may be identified.

The following table summarizes the components of the fiscal 2013 restructuring program during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2013:


*In millions*	Employee Separation Costs			Lease Obligations			Total
2013 restructuring charges	$	142		$	52		$	194
Cash payments		(78	)		(7	)		(85	)
Impact of foreign currency fluctuations		—			1			1

Balance as of September 30, 2013	$	64		$	46		$	110

Fiscal 2012 Restructuring Program

During fiscal 2012, the Company identified opportunities to streamline operations and generate cost savings which included exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2012 associated with these initiatives, net of adjustments to previous periods, were $147 million and include employee separation costs primarily associated with employee severance actions in Germany, as well as the US, EMEA excluding Germany and Canada. Employee separation charges included $70 million related to an agreement reached with the works council representing employees of certain of Avaya’s German subsidiaries for the elimination of 327 positions. The headcount reductions identified in this action were completed in fiscal 2013 with the related payments to be completed in fiscal 2014. The payments include, but are not limited to, social pension fund payments and health care and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. The payments related to the headcount reductions for the other actions taken, globally, excluding Germany, are expected to be completed in fiscal 2014. Future rental payments, net of estimated sublease income, related to operating lease obligations for unused space in connection with vacating or consolidating of facilities during fiscal 2012 were $17 million and are expected to continue through fiscal 2021.

F-24

The Company had initiated a plan to dispose of a Company owned facility in Munich, Germany and relocate to a new facility. Accordingly, the Company had written the value of this asset down to its net realizable value of $3 million and reclassified the asset as held for sale. Included in restructuring and impairment charges, net in the Statement of Operations is an impairment charge of $5 million for fiscal 2012. During the first quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company sold this facility for its net realizable value.

The following table summarizes the components of the fiscal 2012 restructuring program:


*In millions*	Employee Separation Costs			Lease Obligations			Total
2012 restructuring charges	$	123		$	17		$	140
Cash payments		(62	)		(4	)		(66	)
Impact of foreign currency fluctuations		(3	)		(1	)		(4	)

Balance as of September 30, 2012		58			12			70
Cash payments		(51	)		(4	)		(55	)
Adjustments ⁽¹⁾		(3	)		3			—
Impact of foreign currency fluctuations		2			1			3

Balance as of September 30, 2013	$	6		$	12		$	18

(1)

Included in adjustments are changes in estimates, whereby all increases and decreases in costs related to the fiscal 2012 restructuring program are recorded to the restructuring charges line item in operating expenses in the period of the adjustment.

Fiscal 2011 Restructuring Program

During fiscal 2011, the Company identified opportunities to streamline operations and generate cost savings which included exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions. Restructuring charges recorded during fiscal 2011 associated with these initiatives, net of adjustments to previous periods, were $189 million and include employee separation costs primarily associated with employee severance actions in Germany, as well as in Europe, EMEA and U.S. regions. Employee separation charges included $56 million associated with an agreement reached with the works council representing employees of certain of Avaya’s German subsidiaries for the elimination of 210 positions. Severance and employment benefits payments associated with this action are expected to be completed in fiscal 2014 and include, but are not limited to, social pension fund payments and health care and unemployment insurance costs to be paid to or on behalf of the affected employees. Future rental payments, net of estimated sublease income, related to operating lease obligations for unused space in connection with the closing or consolidation of facilities are expected to continue through fiscal 2021.

F-25

The following table summarizes the components of the fiscal 2011 restructuring program:


*In millions*	Employee Separation Costs			Lease Obligations			Total
2011 restructuring charges	$	155		$	30		$	185
Cash payments		(49	)		(6	)		(55	)
Impact of foreign currency fluctuations		(5	)		—			(5	)

Balance as of September 30, 2011		101			24			125
Cash payments		(90	)		(7	)		(97	)
Adjustments ⁽¹⁾		(2	)		1			(1	)
Impact of foreign currency fluctuations		(1	)		(1	)		(2	)

Balance as of September 30, 2012		8			17			25
Cash payments		(7	)		(5	)		(12	)
Adjustments ⁽¹⁾		—			3			3

Balance as of September 30, 2013	$	1		$	15		$	16

(1)

Included in adjustments are changes in estimates, whereby all increases and decreases in costs related to the fiscal 2011 restructuring program are recorded to the restructuring charges line item in operating expenses in the period of the adjustment.

Fiscal 2008 through 2010 Restructuring Programs

During fiscal years 2008 through 2010, the Company identified opportunities to streamline operations and generate cost savings which included exiting facilities and eliminating employee positions. The payments related to the headcount reductions identified in those programs are expected to be completed in fiscal 2018. Future rental payments, net of estimated sublease income, related to operating lease obligations for unused space in connection with the closing or consolidation of facilities are expected to continue through fiscal 2021.

The following table aggregates the remaining components of the fiscal 2008 through 2010 restructuring programs:


*In millions*	Employee Separation Costs			Lease Obligations			Total
Balance as of October 1, 2010	$	102		$	63		$	165
Cash payments		(86	)		(21	)		(107	)
Adjustments ⁽¹⁾		(3	)		5			2
Impact of foreign currency fluctuations		1			—			1

Balance as of September 30, 2011		14			47			61
Cash payments		(9	)		(13	)		(22	)
Adjustments ⁽¹⁾		1			(1	)		—
Impact of foreign currency fluctuations		(1	)		2			1

Balance as of September 30, 2012		5			35			40
Cash payments		(1	)		(9	)		(10	)
Adjustments ⁽¹⁾		(2	)		(1	)		(3	)
Impact of foreign currency fluctuations		—			(1	)		(1	)

Balance as of September 30, 2013	$	2		$	24		$	26

(1)

Included in adjustments are changes in estimates, whereby all increases and decreases in costs related to the fiscal 2009 and 2010 restructuring program are recorded to the restructuring charges line item in operating expenses in the period of the adjustment. Included in adjustments are

F-26

changes in estimates whereby all increases in costs related to the fiscal 2008 restructuring reserve are recorded in the restructuring charges line item in operating expenses in the period of the adjustments and decreases in costs are recorded as adjustments to goodwill.

As a result of restructuring programs noted above and cost saving initiatives to consolidate facilities, the Company completed a sale of one of its U.S. facilities. The Company is leasing a portion of this facility under a separate agreement from the sale. The Company changed its estimate of the salvage value and the useful life of the building to reflect the sales price and the closing date of the sale, respectively. The changes to the estimated salvage value and the useful life resulted in $21 million of additional depreciation expense for fiscal 2013, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

9. Financing Arrangements

In connection with the Merger, on October 26, 2007, Avaya Inc. entered into financing arrangements consisting of a senior secured credit facility, a senior unsecured credit facility, which later became senior unsecured notes and a senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility, certain of which arrangements were amended on December 18, 2009 in connection with the acquisition of NES and amended on February 11, 2011 in connection with a debt refinancing. During fiscal 2013, Avaya Inc. completed a series of transactions which allowed Avaya Inc. to refinance term loans under its senior secured credit facility that originally matured October 26, 2014 and to refinance $1,384 million of senior unsecured notes that originally matured on November 1, 2015.

During the three months ended December 31, 2012, Avaya Inc. completed three transactions to refinance $848 million of term loans under its senior secured credit facility, which were (1) an amendment and restatement of the senior secured credit facility and the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility on October 29, 2012 along with the extension of the maturity date of $135 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured term B-1 loans (the “term B-1 loans”) by converting such loans into a new tranche of senior secured term B-4 loans (the “term B-4 loans”), (2) an amendment and restatement of the senior secured credit facility on December 21, 2012 along with the extension of the maturity date of $713 million aggregate principal amount of term B-1 loans and $134 million aggregate principal amount of term B-4 loans, in each case, by converting such loans into a new tranche of senior secured term B-5 loans (the “term B-5 loans”) and (3) the issuance on December 21, 2012 of $290 million of 9% senior secured notes due April 2019, the net proceeds of which were used to repay $284 million of term B-5 loans.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, Avaya Inc. refinanced the remaining $584 million of term B-1 loans outstanding under its senior secured credit facility with cash proceeds from the issuance of $589 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans under the senior secured credit facility.

Additionally, during the three months ended March 31, 2013, Avaya Inc. refinanced $1,384 million of senior unsecured notes, through (1) amendments to the senior secured credit facility and the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility permitting the refinancing of the 9.75% senior unsecured notes due 2015 and 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured paid-in-kind (“PIK”) toggle notes due 2015 (collectively, the “Old Notes”) with indebtedness secured by a lien on certain collateral on a junior-priority basis and (2) the exchange of $1,384 million of Old Notes for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes due 2021.

F-27

Long-term debt consists of the following:


	September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012
Variable rate senior secured term B-1 loans due October 26, 2014	$	—		$	1,434
Variable rate senior secured term B-3 loans due October 26, 2017		2,127			2,152
Variable rate senior secured term B-4 loans due October 26, 2017		1			—
Variable rate senior secured term B-5 loans due March 31, 2018		1,141			—
9.75% senior unsecured cash pay notes due November 1, 2015		58			700
10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due November 1, 2015		92			834
7% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019		1,009			1,009
9% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019		290			—
10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021		1,384			—
Unaccreted discount		(16	)		(8	)

		6,086			6,121
Debt maturing within one year		(35	)		(37	)

Long-term debt	$	6,051		$	6,084

Senior Secured Credit Facility

Prior to the fiscal 2013 refinancing transactions, the senior secured credit facility consisted of (a) a senior secured multi-currency revolver allowing for borrowings of up to $200 million, (b) term B-1 loans with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2012 of $1,434 million, and (c) senior secured term B-3 loans (the “term B-3 loans”) with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2012 of $2,152 million.

Borrowings under the term B-1 loans bore interest at a rate per annum equal to either a base rate or a LIBOR rate, in each case plus an applicable margin. The base rate was determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1%. The LIBOR rate was determined by a reference rate. The applicable margin for borrowings was 1.75% per annum with respect to the base rate and 2.75% per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings.

On October 29, 2012, Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement pursuant to which the senior secured credit facility was amended and restated in its entirety (as so amended and restated, the “Cash Flow Credit Agreement”). The modified terms of the Cash Flow Credit Agreement included (1) an amendment which allowed Avaya Inc. to extend the maturity of a portion of the term B-1 loans representing outstanding principal amounts of $135 million from October 26, 2014 to October 26, 2017 by converting such loans into a new tranche of term B-4 loans, (2) permission to issue Incremental Replacement Secured Notes and Junior Secured Debt as described below under the heading “Senior Secured Asset-Based Credit Facility” (except, pursuant to the Cash Flow Credit Agreement, such Incremental Replacement Secured Notes and Junior Secured Debt must be secured by a lien on the Collateral (as defined in the Cash Flow Credit Agreement) ranking junior to the lien securing the obligations under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement) and (3) permission to issue indebtedness to refinance a portion of the term loans outstanding under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement and to secure such indebtedness by a lien on the Collateral (as defined in the Cash Flow Credit Agreement) ranking junior to the lien securing the obligations under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the Cash Flow Credit Agreement.

On December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, pursuant to which the Cash Flow Credit Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety. The modified terms of the Cash Flow Credit Agreement included (1) an amendment which allowed Avaya Inc. to extend the maturity of $713 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding term B-1 loans from October 26, 2014 to March 31, 2018 and $134 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding term

F-28

B-4 loans from October 26, 2017 to March 31, 2018, in each case, by converting such loans into a new tranche of term B-5 loans; and (2) permission to apply net proceeds from Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (as defined in the Cash Flow Credit Agreement) incurred or issued on December 21, 2012 to refinance, at Avaya Inc.’s election, any class or classes of senior secured term loans, including the new term B-5 loans.

Additionally, as discussed more fully below, on December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc. completed a private placement of $290 million of senior secured notes, the net proceeds of which were used to repay $284 million of term B-5 loans outstanding under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement. Funds affiliated with TPG were holders of $22 million of term B-5 loans repaid with the proceeds of the senior secured notes.

On February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc. and Citibank, N.A. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement pursuant to which the Cash Flow Credit Agreement was amended. The modified terms of the Cash Flow Credit Agreement permitted Avaya Inc. to refinance all of its outstanding Old Notes with indebtedness secured by a lien on the Collateral (as defined in the Cash Flow Credit Agreement) ranking junior to the lien on the Collateral securing the obligations under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the Cash Flow Credit Agreement.

On March 12, 2013, Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement pursuant to which the Cash Flow Credit Agreement was amended. Pursuant to the amendment, Avaya Inc. refinanced in full all the outstanding term B-1 loans with the cash proceeds from the issuance of $589 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement.

Subsequent to the fiscal 2013 refinancing transactions, the Cash Flow Credit Agreement consists of (a) a senior secured multi-currency revolver allowing for borrowings of up to $200 million, (b) term B-3 loans with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2013 of $2,127 million, (c) term B-4 loans with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2013 of $1 million, and (d) term B-5 loans with an outstanding principal amount as of September 30, 2013 of $1,141 million.

The term B-3 loans, term B-4 loans and term B-5 loans each bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either a base rate (subject to a floor of 2.25% in the case of the term B-4 loans and term B-5 loans) or a LIBOR rate (subject to a floor of 1.25% in the case of the term B-4 loans and term B-5 loans), in each case plus an applicable margin. Subject to the floor described in the immediately preceding sentence the base rate is determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Citibank, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus ¹/₂ of 1%. The applicable margin for borrowings of term B-3 loans, term B-4 loans and term B-5 loans is 3.50%, 5.25% and 5.75%, respectively per annum with respect to base rate borrowings and 4.50%, 6.25% and 6.75%, respectively per annum with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin on the term B-4 loans and term B-5 loans is subject to increase pursuant to the Cash Flow Credit Agreement in connection with the making of certain refinancing, extended or replacement term loans under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement with an Effective Yield (as defined in the Cash Flow Credit Agreement) greater than the applicable Effective Yield payable in respect of the applicable loans at such time plus 50 basis points.

The October 29, 2012, December 21, 2012 and February 13, 2013 amendments and restatements of the Cash Flow Credit Agreement represent debt modifications for accounting purposes. Accordingly, third party expenses of $6 million incurred in connection with the transactions were expensed as incurred and included in other income, net during fiscal 2013. Avaya’s financing sources that held term B-1 loans, term B-3 loans, term B-5 loans and/or revolving credit commitments under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement and consented to each amendment and restatement of the Cash Flow Credit Agreement received in aggregate a consent fee of $15 million. Fees paid to or on behalf of the holders of term loans in connection with the modification were recorded as a discount to the face value of the respective debt and are being accreted over the term of the debt as interest expense. Fees paid to or on behalf of the holders of the revolving credit commitments in connection with the modification were recorded as deferred debt issuance costs and are being amortized over the term of the debt as interest expense.

F-29

The March 12, 2013 amendment and restatement of the Cash Flow Credit Agreement was accounted for as a modification of debt to the extent the existing term B-1 loans were refinanced with term B-5 loans issued to the same creditor and an extinguishment of debt to the extent refinanced with term B-5 loans issued to a different creditor. Accordingly, for the portion accounted for as a debt extinguishment the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value of the term B-1 loans (including any unamortized discount and debt issue costs) of $3 million was recognized as a loss upon debt extinguishment during fiscal 2013. Third party expenses of $5 million associated with the issuance of the new term B-5 loans were capitalized and are being amortized over the term of the term B-5 loans. Third party expenses of $3 million associated with the modification of debt were expensed as incurred and included in other income, net.

The senior secured multi-currency revolver allows for borrowings of up to $200 million and has a final maturity of October 26, 2016. The senior secured multi-currency revolver includes capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings, and is available in euros in addition to dollars. Borrowings are guaranteed by the Company and substantially all of the Avaya Inc.’s U.S. subsidiaries. The Cash Flow Credit Agreement, consisting of the term loans and the senior secured multi-currency revolver, is secured by substantially all assets of Avaya Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors.

During fiscal 2013 and 2012, Avaya Inc. paid $38 million and $37 million, respectively in aggregate quarterly principal payments on the senior secured term loans outstanding under the senior secured credit facility. In addition, Avaya Inc. is required to prepay outstanding term loans based on its annual excess cash flow, as defined in the senior secured credit facility. No such excess cash payment was required during fiscal 2013 and 2012 based on fiscal 2012 and 2011 cash flows, respectively.

In connection with the senior secured credit facility, Avaya Inc. entered into interest rate swaps to effectively convert a portion of the floating-rate debt into fixed rate debt. During fiscal 2013 and 2012, Avaya Inc. made interest payments aggregating $193 million and $183 million, respectively, related to the term B-1 loans, term B-3 loans, term B-4 loans and term B-5 loans portion of this facility, net of related swaps. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facility, Avaya Inc. is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum in respect of unutilized commitments under the revolver portion of this facility. As of September 30, 2013 each of these interest rate swap agreements had matured and there were no outstanding interest rate swap agreements in effect.

Senior Unsecured Notes

Avaya Inc. issued senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes, each due November 1, 2015. The interest rate for the cash-pay notes is fixed at 9.75% and the interest rates for the cash interest and PIK interest portions of the PIK-toggle notes are fixed at 10.125% and 10.875%, respectively. Avaya Inc. may prepay the senior unsecured notes at 102.4375% of the cash-pay note and 102.5313% of the PIK-toggle note principal amount redeemed on November 1, 2012 which decreases to 100% of each on or after November 1, 2013. Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of changes of control, Avaya Inc. will be required to make an offer to purchase the senior unsecured notes at 101% of their principal amount. If Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries engages in certain asset sales, under certain circumstances Avaya Inc. will be required to use the net proceeds to make an offer to purchase the senior unsecured notes at 100% of their principal amount. Substantially all of Avaya Inc.’s U.S. 100%-owned subsidiaries are guarantors of the senior unsecured notes. At the time of their issuance, the Company had $700 million and $750 million of cash-pay and PIK-toggle notes, respectively. Immediately prior to March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. had $700 million and $834 million of cash-pay and PIK-toggle notes, respectively.

For the periods May 1, 2009 through October 31, 2009 and November 1, 2009 through April 30, 2010, Avaya Inc. elected to pay interest in kind on its senior unsecured PIK toggle notes. PIK interest of $41 million and $43 million was added, for these periods, respectively, to the principal amount of the senior unsecured notes effective November 1, 2009 and May 1, 2010, respectively. For the periods from May 1, 2010 to October 31, 2011 Avaya Inc. elected to make such payments in cash interest. Under the terms of these notes, after

F-30

November 1, 2011 Avaya Inc. is required to make all interest payments on the senior unsecured PIK toggle notes entirely in cash.

As discussed more fully below, on March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. completed an exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) in which $1,384 million of Old Notes (including $642 million of senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $742 million of senior unsecured PIK toggle notes) were exchanged for 10.50% senior secured notes due 2021. The Exchange Offer represents a debt modification for accounting purposes. Accordingly, third party expenses of $9 million incurred in connection with the transaction were expensed as incurred and included in other income, net during fiscal 2013. Avaya Inc.’s financing sources that held the Old Notes that elected to exchange received a consent fee in aggregate of $4 million. Fees paid to or on behalf of the holders of the Old Notes in connection with the modification were recorded as a discount to the face value of the 10.50% senior secured notes due 2021 and are being accreted over the term of the debt as interest expense.

Senior Secured Asset-Based Credit Facility

Avaya Inc.’s senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility allows for borrowings of up to $335 million, subject to availability under a borrowing base, of which $150 million may be in the form of letters of credit. The borrowing base at any time equals the sum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory, subject to certain reserves and other adjustments. Avaya Inc. and substantially all of its U.S. subsidiaries are borrowers under this facility, and borrowings are guaranteed by Avaya Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and substantially all of the Avaya Inc.’s U.S. subsidiaries. The facility is secured by substantially all assets of Avaya Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors. The senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility also provides Avaya Inc. with the right to request up to $100 million of additional commitments under this facility.

On October 29, 2012 Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers (the “Subsidiary Borrowers”) party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, pursuant to which the senior secured multi-currency asset-based revolving credit facility was amended and restated in its entirety (as so amended and restated, the “ABL Credit Agreement”).

The modified terms of the ABL Credit Agreement include permission to issue or incur, as applicable, secured indebtedness in the form of (1) one or more series of secured notes in lieu of any Revolving Commitment Increases (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100 million, plus the amount by which unused Commitments (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) have been previously reduced pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement, less the amount of all Revolving Commitment Increases effected at or prior to the time of issuance of such notes (“Incremental Replacement Secured Notes”), and (2) one or more series of secured notes or secured loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $750 million (“Junior Secured Debt”). Any such Incremental Replacement Secured Notes or Junior Secured Debt (a) must be (x) issued or incurred, as applicable, in connection with a modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension of senior unsecured indebtedness and (y) secured by a lien on the Collateral (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) ranking junior to the lien securing the obligations under the ABL Credit Agreement and (b) will be subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement.

On February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers, Citicorp USA, Inc. and the lenders party thereto entered into Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement pursuant to which the ABL Credit Agreement was amended. The modified terms of the ABL Credit Agreement permitted Avaya Inc. to refinance all of the its outstanding Old Notes with indebtedness secured by a lien on the Collateral (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) ranking junior to the lien on the Collateral securing the obligations under the ABL Credit Agreement, subject to certain other conditions and limitations set forth in the ABL Credit Agreement. Further, the terms of the amendment permit certain other obligations of Avaya Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries to be secured by the ABL Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement) on a junior-priority basis.

F-31

In connection with the acquisition of Radvision in June 2012, Avaya Inc. borrowed $60 million under its senior secured multi-currency revolving asset-based credit facility. Following the completion of the acquisition, all amounts borrowed were repaid, in full, in the month of June 2012.

Borrowings under the ABL Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at Avaya Inc.’s option, either (a) a LIBOR rate plus a margin of 1.75% or (b) a base rate plus a margin of 0.75%. Any principal amount outstanding under this facility is payable in full on October 26, 2016.

At September 30, 2013 and 2012, there were no borrowings under this facility. At September 30, 2013 and 2012 there were $82 million and $77 million, respectively, of letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business under the ABL Credit Agreement resulting in remaining availability of $228 million and $258 million, respectively.

7% Senior Secured Notes

On February 11, 2011, Avaya Inc. completed a private placement of $1,009 million of senior secured notes (the “7% Senior Secured Notes”). The 7% Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 7% per annum, mature on April 1, 2019 and were sold at par through a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A (and outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act or applicable state or foreign securities laws.

Avaya Inc. may redeem the 7% Senior Secured Notes commencing April 1, 2015 at 103.5% of the principal amount redeemed, which decreases to 101.75% on April 1, 2016 and to 100% on or after April 1, 2017. Avaya Inc. may redeem all or part of the notes at any time prior to April 1, 2015 at 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium. In addition, Avaya Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal balance of the 7% Senior Secured Notes at any time prior to April 1, 2014 with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings at 107% of the aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes redeemed. Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of changes of control, Avaya Inc. will be required to make an offer to purchase the 7% Senior Secured Notes at 101% of their principal amount. If Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries engages in certain asset sales, under certain circumstances Avaya Inc. will be required to use the net proceeds to make an offer to purchase the 7% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of their principal amount.

Substantially all of the Avaya Inc.’s U.S. 100%-owned subsidiaries are guarantors of the 7% Senior Secured Notes. The 7% Senior Secured Notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors (other than with respect to real estate). The notes and the guarantees are secured equally and ratably with the Cash Flow Credit Agreement and any future first lien obligations by (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of Avaya Inc.’s and the guarantors’ assets, other than (x) any real estate and (y) collateral that secures the ABL Credit Agreement on a first-priority basis (the “ABL Priority Collateral”), and (ii) a second-priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, subject to certain customary exceptions.

9% Senior Secured Notes

On December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc. completed a private placement of $290 million of senior secured notes (the “9% Senior Secured Notes”). The 9% Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 9% per annum, mature on April 1, 2019, and were sold at par through a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A (and outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S) under the Securities Act. The 9% Senior Secured Notes have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act or applicable state or foreign securities laws and may not be offered or sold absent registration under the Securities Act or applicable state or foreign securities laws or applicable exemptions from registration requirements.

F-32

The 9% Senior Secured Notes are redeemable commencing April 1, 2015 at 104.5% of the principal amount redeemed, which decreases to 102.25% on April 1, 2016 and to 100% on or after April 1, 2017. Avaya Inc. may redeem all or part of the notes at any time prior to April 1, 2015 at 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium, as defined in the indenture governing the 9% Senior Secured Notes. In addition, Avaya Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal balance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes at any time prior to April 1, 2015 with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings at 109% of the aggregate principal amount redeemed. Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of changes of control, Avaya Inc. will be required to make an offer to purchase the 9% Senior Secured Notes at 101% of their principal amount. If Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries engages in certain asset sales, under certain circumstances Avaya Inc. will be required to use the net proceeds to make an offer to purchase the 9% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of their principal amount.

The 9% Senior Secured Notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and substantially all of Avaya Inc.’s U.S. 100%-owned subsidiaries (other than with respect to real estate). The notes and the guarantees are secured equally and ratably with the Cash Flow Credit Agreement, the 7% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 and any future first lien obligations by (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of the Avaya Inc. and the guarantors’ assets, other than (x) any real estate and (y) collateral that secures the ABL Credit Agreement on a first-priority basis (the “ABL Priority Collateral”), and (ii) a second-priority lien on the ABL Priority Collateral, in each case, subject to certain customary exceptions.

The proceeds from the 9% Senior Secured Notes were used to repay $284 million aggregate principal amount of term B-5 loans and to pay related fees and expenses. In connection with the issuance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes, Avaya Inc. capitalized financing costs of $7 million during fiscal 2013 and is amortizing these costs over the term of the 9% Senior Secured Notes.

The repayment of the term B-5 loans was accounted for as an extinguishment of debt. Accordingly the difference between the reacquisition price and the carrying value of the term B-5 loans (including unamortized debt issue costs) of $3 million was recognized as a loss upon debt extinguishment during fiscal 2013.

10.50% Senior Secured Notes

On March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. completed an Exchange Offer in which $1,384 million of Old Notes were exchanged for $1,384 million of senior secured notes due 2021 (the “10.50% Senior Secured Notes”). The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes were issued at par, bear interest at a rate of 10.50% per annum and mature on March 1, 2021. The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act or applicable state or foreign securities laws and may not be offered or sold absent registration under the Securities Act or applicable state or foreign securities laws or applicable exemptions from registration requirements.

The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes are redeemable commencing March 1, 2017 at 107.875% of the principal amount redeemed, which decreases to 105.250% on March 1, 2018, to 102.625% on March 1, 2019 and to 100% on or after March 1, 2020. Avaya Inc. may redeem all or part of the notes at any time prior to March 1, 2017 at 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium. In addition, Avaya Inc. may redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal balance of the notes at any time prior to March 1, 2016 with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings at 110.5% of the aggregate principal amount redeemed. Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of changes of control, Avaya Inc. will be required to make an offer to purchase the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes at 101% of their principal amount. If Avaya Inc. or any of its restricted subsidiaries engages in certain asset sales, under certain circumstances Avaya Inc. will be required to use the net proceeds to make an offer to purchase the 10.50% Senior Secured Notes at 100% of their principal amount.

The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes are secured by substantially all of the assets of Avaya Inc. and substantially all of Avaya Inc.’s U.S. 100%-owned subsidiaries (other than with respect to real estate). The notes

F-33

and the corresponding guarantees are secured on a junior priority basis to Avaya Inc.’s ABL Credit Agreement, Avaya Inc.’s Cash Flow Credit Agreement, Avaya Inc.’s existing 7% Senior Secured Notes due 2019, Avaya Inc.’s existing 9% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 and any future senior obligations by a junior priority lien on substantially all of Avaya Inc. and the guarantors’ assets, other than any real estate.

Avaya Inc.’s Cash Flow Credit Agreement, ABL Credit Agreement, and indentures governing its notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Avaya Inc.’s ability and the ability of certain of its subsidiaries to: (a) incur or guarantee additional debt and issue or sell certain preferred stock; (b) pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase capital stock; (c) make certain acquisitions or investments; (d) incur or assume certain liens; (e) enter into transactions with affiliates; (f) merge or consolidate with another company; (g) transfer or otherwise dispose of assets; (h) redeem subordinated debt; (i) incur obligations that restrict the ability of its subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to Avaya Holdings Corp. or Avaya Inc.; and (j) create or designate unrestricted subsidiaries. They also contain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. As of September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012, Avaya Inc. was not in default under any of these agreements.

The weighted average interest rate of the Company’s outstanding debt as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 was 7.4% and 6.1%, respectively, excluding the impact of the interest rate swaps described in Note 10, “Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments.”

Annual maturities of long-term debt for the next five years ending September 30 and thereafter consist of:


*In millions*
2014	$	38
2015		53
2016		174
2017		38
2018		3,116
2019 and thereafter		2,683

	$	6,102

Capital Lease Obligations

Included in other liabilities is $21 million and $24 million of capital lease obligations as of September 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily associated with an office facility.

10. Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments

Interest Rate Swaps

The fair value of each interest rate swap that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge under ASC 815 is reflected as an asset or liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and reclassified to earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on derivative instruments representing hedge ineffectiveness are recognized in current earnings. The fair value of each interest rate swap is estimated as the net present value of their projected cash flows at the balance sheet date.

F-34

The following table summarizes the (gains) and losses of the interest rate contracts qualifying and designated as cash flow hedging instruments:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012			2011
(Gain) Loss on interest rate swaps
Recognized in other comprehensive loss	$	(13	)	$	(18	)	$	(23	)

Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense	$	13		$	25		$	42

Recognized in operations (ineffective portion)	$	—		$	—		$	—

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

The Company utilizes foreign currency forward contracts primarily to manage short-term exchange rate exposures on certain receivables, payables and intercompany loans residing on foreign subsidiaries’ books, which are denominated in currencies other than the subsidiary’s functional currency. When those items are revalued into the subsidiaries’ functional currencies at the month-end exchange rates, the fluctuations in the exchange rates are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as other (expense) income, net. Changes in the fair value of the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts used to offset these exposed items are also recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as other (expense) income, net in the period in which the exchange rates change.

The losses of the foreign currency forward contracts included in other (expense) income, net were $10 million, $4 million and $7 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The notional amount of the Company’s financial instruments represents the face amount of the contractual arrangements and the basis on which U.S. dollars are to be exchanged. It is not a measure of market or credit exposure. The following table summarizes these notional amounts that principally represent the equivalent in U.S. dollars for contracts in their respective currencies:


	September 30,
*In millions*	2013		2012
Indian rupee	$	38	$	28
Japanese yen		22		26
Euros		14		13
Swiss franc		11		—
British pound sterling		11		11
Chinese yuan		7		15
All other foreign currencies		46		48

	$	149	$	141

Preferred Series B Embedded Derivative

As discussed more fully in Note 15 “Capital Stock”, the Company has issued preferred series B containing certain features which are considered an embedded derivative under generally accepted accounting principles. This embedded derivative was separated from the host contract (i.e. the preferred stock) and recognized as a

F-35

current liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. When the embedded derivative is revalued at each balance sheet date, the changes in the fair value are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations as other income (expense), net. In fiscal 2013 and 2012, the loss on the preferred series B embedded derivative included in other income (expense), net was $11 million and $6 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of derivatives:


*In millions*	September 30, 2013								September 30, 2012
Balance Sheet Location	Total			Foreign Currency Forward Contracts		Series B Preferred Embedded Derivative			Total			Foreign Currency Forward Contracts			Interest Rate Swaps			Series B Preferred Embedded Derivative
Other current assets	$	1		$	1	$	—		$	2		$	2		$	—		$	—
Other current liabilities		(27	)		—		(27	)		(31	)		—			(15	)		(16	)
Other non-current liabilities		—			—		—			—			—			—			—

Net Liability	$	(26	)	$	1	$	(27	)	$	(29	)	$	(2	)	$	(15	)	$	(16	)

11. Fair Value Measures

Pursuant to the accounting guidance for fair value measurements and its subsequent updates, fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements also requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The inputs are prioritized into three levels that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Inputs that reflect quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that are observable.

Level 2: Inputs that reflect quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Level 3: Inputs that are unobservable to the extent that observable inputs are not available for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

F-36

Asset and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:


	September 30, 2013
	Fair Value Measurements Using
*In millions*	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Other Current Assets:
Foreign currency forward contracts	$	1	$	—	$	1	$	—

Other Non-Current Assets:
Investments	$	2	$	1	$	1	$	—

Other Current Liabilities:
Preferred Series B embedded derivative	$	27	$	—	$	—	$	27


	September 30, 2012
	Fair Value Measurements Using
*In millions*	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Other Current Assets:
Foreign currency forward contracts	$	2	$	—	$	2	$	—
Investments		1		1		—		—

	$	3	$	1	$	2	$	—

Other Non-Current Assets:
Investments	$	4	$	2	$	2	$	—

Other Current Liabilities:
Preferred series B embedded derivative	$	16	$	—	$	—	$	16
Interest rate swaps		15		—		15		—

	$	31	$	—	$	15	$	16

Interest Rate Swaps

Interest rate swaps classified as Level 2 assets and liabilities are priced using discounted cash flow techniques which are corroborated by using non-binding market prices. Significant inputs to the discounted cash flow model include projected future cash flows based on projected 3-month LIBOR rates, and the average margin for companies with similar credit ratings and similar maturities. These are classified as Level 2 as they are not actively traded and are valued using pricing models that use observable market inputs.

Foreign Currency Forward Contracts

Foreign currency forward contracts classified as Level 2 assets and liabilities are priced using quoted market prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets.

F-37

Investments

Investments classified as Level 2 assets and liabilities are priced using quoted market prices for identical assets which are subject to infrequent transactions (i.e. a less active market).

Preferred Series B Embedded Derivative

The preferred series B embedded derivative classified as a Level 3 liability is priced by calculating the difference in the fair value of the preferred series B with and without the aggregated embedded features. To estimate the fair value of the preferred series B a Binomial Lattice model was used. Significant inputs into the binomial lattice model include the total equity value of the Company, risk-free rate, volatility, and expected term.

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of the preferred series B embedded derivative for fiscal 2012 and 2013.


*In millions*	Preferred Series B Embedded Derivative
Issuance of preferred series B	$	10
Change in fair value		6

Balance as of September 30, 2012		16

Change in fair value		11

Balance as of September 30, 2013	$	27

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include goodwill, which is recognized at fair value when it is considered to be impaired.

The fair value of goodwill and the total loss for the ITPS reporting unit measured on a nonrecurring basis during the three months ended March 31, 2013 was as follows:


	Fair Value Measurements Using
*In millions*	Total		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total Loss
Goodwill of ITPS reporting unit	$	44	$	—	$	—	$	44	$	89

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company performed an impairment test of goodwill for the ITPS reporting unit. Using level 3 inputs, the Company estimated the implied fair value of its goodwill to be $44 million as compared with a carrying value of $133 million and recorded an impairment to goodwill of $89 million. See Note 5, “Goodwill.”

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, to the extent the underlying liability will be settled in cash, approximate carrying values because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

The estimated fair values of the amounts borrowed under the Company’s financing arrangements at September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012 were estimated based on a Level 2 input using quoted market prices for Avaya Inc.’s debt which is subject to infrequent transactions (i.e. a less active market).

F-38

The estimated fair values of the amounts borrowed under Avaya Inc.’s credit agreements at September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2012 are as follows:


	September 30, 2013				September 30, 2012
*In millions*	Principal Amount		Fair Value		Principal Amount		Fair Value
Variable rate senior secured term B-1 loans due October 26, 2014	$	—	$	—	$	1,434	$	1,392
Variable rate senior secured term B-3 loans due October 26, 2017		2,127		1,898		2,152		1,960
Variable rate senior secured term B-4 loans due October 26, 2017		1		1		—		—
Variable rate senior secured term B-5 loans due March 31, 2018		1,141		1,078		—		—
9.75% senior unsecured cash pay notes due November 1, 2015		58		57		700		622
10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due November 1, 2015		92		91		834		749
7% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019		1,009		941		1,009		938
9% senior secured notes due April 1, 2019		290		281		—		—
10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021		1,384		1,110		—		—

Total	$	6,102	$	5,457	$	6,129	$	5,661

12. Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is comprised of U.S. federal, state and non-U.S. taxes. A reconciliation of the Company’s loss before income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory rate to the benefit from (provision for) income taxes is as follows:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012			2011
Income tax benefit computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%	$	147		$	121		$	278
State and local income taxes (benefit), net of federal income tax effect		25			3			(3	)
Tax differentials on foreign earnings		(44	)		16			(106	)
Taxes on unremitted foreign earnings and profits		(22	)		(51	)		—
Nondeductible portion of goodwill impairment		(29	)		—			—
Other differences—net		(16	)		—			(13	)
Audit settlements		(21	)		(18	)		—
Valuation allowance		5			(79	)		(224	)

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes	$	45		$	(8	)	$	(68	)

In fiscal 2013, the $5 million net increase to the benefit for income taxes for the valuation allowance relates to a $24 million decrease in U.S. deferred tax assets offset by a $19 million increase in non-U.S. deferred tax assets, primarily in Germany and Luxembourg. The U.S. decrease is primarily attributable to changes in deferred tax assets related to the Company’s pension benefits. In fiscal 2013, the Company recorded a federal, foreign and state income tax charge of $96 million, $3 million, and $10 million, respectively to other comprehensive income primarily relating to the tax effect of unrealized gains associated with the Company’s pension benefits. As a result of the charge to other comprehensive income for this tax effect the Company recognized an income tax benefit in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and less current period valuation allowance was required against the Company’s deferred tax assets.

In fiscal 2012, the $79 million of net increase to the provision for income taxes for the valuation allowance relates to a $140 million increase in non-U.S. deferred tax assets, primarily in Germany and Luxembourg offset by a net $61 million decrease in U.S. deferred tax assets. The U.S. decrease is primarily attributable to changes in deferred tax assets related to the Company’s post-employment benefits. In fiscal 2012, the Company recorded a federal and state income tax charge of $56 million and $6 million, respectively to other comprehensive income primarily relating to the tax effect of unrealized gains associated with the Company’s post-employment benefits.

F-39

As a result of the charge to other comprehensive income for this tax effect the Company recognized an income tax benefit in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and less current period valuation allowance was required against the Company’s deferred tax assets.

The following table presents the U.S. and foreign components of loss before income taxes and the benefit from (provision for) income taxes:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012			2011
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES:
U.S.	$	(328	)	$	(209	)	$	(587	)
Foreign		(93	)		(137	)		(208	)

Loss before income taxes	$	(421	)	$	(346	)	$	(795	)

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES:
CURRENT
Federal	$	(1	)	$	—		$	1
State and local		1			(2	)		(3	)
Foreign		(66	)		(43	)		(69	)

		(66	)		(45	)		(71	)

DEFERRED
Federal		90			39			(15	)
State and local		19			5			—
Foreign		2			(7	)		18

		111			37			3

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes	$	45		$	(8	)	$	(68	)

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:


	September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012
DEFERRED INCOME TAX ASSETS:
Benefit obligations	$	668		$	793
Accrued liabilities		90			72
Net operating losses / credit carryforwards		1,188			1,111
Property, plant and equipment		49			34
Other		3			44
Valuation allowance		(1,617	)		(1,527	)

Gross deferred income tax assets		381			527

DEFERRED INCOME TAX LIABILITIES:
Goodwill and intangible assets		(432	)		(506	)
Other		(19	)		(85	)
Accrued liabilities		(87	)		(79	)

Gross deferred income tax liabilities		(538	)		(670	)

Net deferred income tax liabilities	$	(157	)	$	(143	)

As of September 30, 2013, the Company had tax-effected net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $1,105 million, comprised of $560 million for U.S. federal, state and local taxes and $545 million for foreign taxes, including $197 million, $283 million and $29 million in Germany, Luxembourg and France, respectively. U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards expire through the year 2031, with the majority expiring in excess of

F-40

10 years. The majority of foreign NOL carryforwards have no expiration. Additionally, the Company has various other tax credit carry-forwards totaling $83 million. Of this total, $21 million expire within 5 years, $25 million expire between 5 and 15 years, $20 million expire in excess of 15 years, and the remaining have no expiration.

As a result of the Merger in October 2007, a significant change in the ownership of the Company occurred which, pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, will limit on an annual basis the Company’s ability to utilize its pre-Merger U.S. federal NOLs and U.S. federal tax credits. The Company’s NOLs and credits will continue to be available to offset taxable income and tax liabilities (until such NOLs and credits are either used or expire) subject to the Section 382 annual limitation. If the annual limitation amount is not fully utilized in a particular tax year, then the unused portion from that particular tax year will be added to the annual limitation in subsequent years. On June 9, 2011, the Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 (as amended from time to time) relating to a proposed initial public offering of its common stock. The Company does not believe that this share issuance will itself, or when aggregated with other prior shareholder ownership changes during the applicable testing period, cause an ownership change that would further limit, on an annual basis, its ability to utilize its current U.S. federal net operating losses and U.S. federal tax credits.

In fiscal years 2008 through 2013, the Company has incurred significant book taxable losses in the U.S. The Company also incurred and expects to continue to incur significant interest expense related to its debt and amortization and depreciation expense associated with the Merger and acquisition of NES. As a result of pre-tax losses incurred subsequent to the Merger, as of September 30, 2013, excluding the U.S. deferred tax liabilities on indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s deferred tax assets exceed its deferred tax liabilities in the U.S. and the Company is in a three-year cumulative book taxable loss position in the U.S.

In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company considered the scheduled reversal of deferred tax assets and liabilities, projected future taxable income, and certain tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based on this assessment in fiscal 2013, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets in certain significant jurisdictions includes the U.S., Canada, Ireland, Germany, Luxembourg, Spain and France will not be realized to the extent they exceed the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities. The recognition of valuation allowances will continue to adversely affect the Company’s effective income tax rate.

At September 30, 2013, the valuation allowance of $1,617 million is comprised of $988 million relating to U.S. deferred tax assets and $629 million relating to foreign deferred tax assets for which $296 million, $282 million and $29 million relates to the Company’s German, Luxembourg and French subsidiaries, respectively. In fiscal 2013, the Company recorded an increase of $90 million to its valuation allowance. The increase in the valuation allowance is comprised of a $98 million change to net deferred tax assets primarily related to other changes in other comprehensive income offset by a $8 million benefit included in the provision for income taxes (which includes $5 million for federal and international income taxes and $3 million for state income taxes).

As of September 30, 2012, the Company changed its indefinite reinvestment of undistributed foreign earnings assertion with respect to its non-U.S. subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2013, the Company has an outside basis difference of $394 million with a deferred tax liability of $93 million with respect to earnings and profits of $196 million. The Company is permanently reinvested on the remaining basis difference and it is not practicable to determine the associated amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability. During fiscal 2013, the Company recorded an additional deferred tax liability of $19 million related to foreign earnings and profits. The tax charge was partially offset by the recognition of a $17 million benefit for deferred tax assets in the U.S., with the residual charge of $2 million relating to non-U.S. taxes.

F-41

year ended September 30, 2012. The Company evaluated the correction in relation to the current quarter and the year ended September 30, 2012, as well as the periods in which the adjustment originated, and concluded that the adjustment is not material to the current year and any prior quarter or year.

The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to income taxes within the benefit from (provision for) income taxes. Included in the calculation of benefit from (provision for) income taxes in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 is interest expense of $1 million, interest expense of $2 million and interest benefit of $1 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2013, the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits (“UTB”) of $268 million. Also, included in non-current liabilities is $9 million relating to audits by state and local and foreign taxing authorities for the periods prior to the Company’s separation from Alcatel-Lucent pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement. Further, an additional $38 million for gross interest and penalties relating to these amounts had been classified as non-current liabilities. At this time, the Company is unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in connection with these tax liabilities. The Company files corporate income tax returns with the federal government in the U.S. and with multiple U.S. state and local jurisdictions and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions. In the ordinary course of business these income tax returns will be examined by the tax authorities. The Internal Revenue Service has concluded its examination of the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for fiscal years ended September 30, 2007, 2008 and 2009, including the period from October 1, 2007 through October 26, 2007. The settlement had an inconsequential impact on the tax provision for fiscal 2012. Various state, local, and foreign income tax returns, such as the UK and Ireland, are under examination by taxing authorities for tax years ranging from 2001 through 2012. It is reasonably possible that the total amount of UTB will increase or decrease in the next 12 months as a result of these examinations; however, quantification of an estimated range cannot be made at this time.

The following table summarizes the changes in the gross UTB liability for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011:


*In millions*
Gross UTB balance at October 1, 2010	$	185
Additions based on tax positions relating to the period		36
Additions based on tax positions relating to prior periods		17
Settlements with taxing authorities		(7	)
Statute of limitations expirations		(5	)

Gross UTB balance at September 30, 2011		226
Additions based on tax positions relating to the period		28
Additions based on tax positions relating to prior periods		(1	)
Settlements with taxing authorities		(4	)
Statute of limitations expirations		(1	)

Gross UTB balance at September 30, 2012		248
Additions based on tax positions relating to the period		22
Change to tax positions relating to prior periods		4
Settlements with taxing authorities		(1	)
Statute of limitations expirations		(5	)

Gross UTB balance at September 30, 2013	$	268

13. Benefit Obligations

Pension, Postretirement and Postemployment Benefits

F-42

The Company froze benefit accruals and additional participation in the pension and postretirement plans for its U.S. management employees effective December 31, 2003. On August 28, 2012, the Company approved an amendment to the postretirement plan for its U.S. management employees effective January 1, 2013, to terminate retiree dental coverage and to cease providing medical and prescription drug coverage to a retiree, dependent, or lawful spouse who has attained age 65. The impact of the plan amendment was a $78 million reduction to the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of August 31, 2012.

Effective October 12, 2011 and November 18, 2011, the Company entered into a two-year contract extension with the Communications Workers of America (CWA) and the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers (IBEW), respectively. With the contract extension, the contract with CWA and IBEW now terminates on June 7, 2014. The contract extension did not affect the level of pension and postretirement benefits available to U.S. employees of the Company who are represented by the CWA or IBEW (represented employees). Based on the terms of the contract as extended, and the results of a recent analysis which projects the Voluntary Employee Beneficiary Association trust assets will be exhausted and participants will begin contributing toward coverage in calendar year 2016, the actuary changed its assumption regarding whether participants will opt out of coverage. The impact of this change in assumption was a $50 million reduction to the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of September 30, 2012.

The Company’s general funding policy with respect to the qualified pension plans is to contribute amounts at least sufficient to satisfy the minimum amount required by applicable law and regulations, or to directly pay benefits where appropriate. Contributions to the U.S. pension plans were $108 million, $101 million and $75 million in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Contributions to the non-U.S. pension plans were $25 million, $22 million and $21 million in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The contributions to the U.S. pension plans were $6 million for each of the fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 for certain pension benefits that were not pre-funded, and cash contributions of $102 million, $95 million and $69 million to satisfy the minimum statutory funding requirements, respectively. In fiscal 2014, the Company estimates that it will make contributions of $7 million for certain U.S. pension benefits that are not pre-funded, contributions totaling $144 million to satisfy the minimum statutory funding requirements in the U.S. and contributions totaling $29 million for non-U.S. plans.

Most post-retirement medical benefits are not pre-funded. Consequently, the Company makes payments directly to the claims administrator as retiree medical benefit claims are disbursed. These payments are funded by the Company up to the maximum contribution amounts specified in the plan documents and contract with the CWA and IBEW, and contributions from the participants, if required. In addition to these payments, in compliance with the terms of the contract with the CWA and IBEW, at the beginning of each calendar year 2010 through 2012, the Company contributed an additional $5 million to the represented employees’ post-retirement health trust to fund retirement medical benefits for the U.S. represented employees. At the end of each calendar year, any unused portion of the contributions is carried forward to offset the subsequent year’s retiree medical and dental costs, if any, which would otherwise be the obligation of the retirees. As a result, contributions plus payments for retiree medical and dental benefits were $52 million, $58 million and $63 million in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively. In fiscal 2014, we estimate Company payments for retiree medical and dental benefits will total $46 million.

F-43

A reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligations and fair value of assets of the defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, the funded status of the plans, and the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets is provided in the table below:


	Pension Benefits U.S.						Pension Benefits Non-U.S.						Postretirement Benefits
	September 30,						September 30,						September 30,
In millions	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Benefit obligation as of beginning of period	$	3,542		$	3,323		$	571		$	479		$	564		$	702
Liability assumed in the Acquisitions		—			—			—			3			—			—
Service cost		6			6			7			7			3			3
Interest cost		137			149			21			22			20			30
Employee contributions		—			—			—			—			13			15
Amendments		—			—			—			—			—			(78	)
Actuarial loss (gain)		(284	)		288			(5	)		96			(31	)		(27	)
Benefits paid		(229	)		(225	)		(23	)		(21	)		(69	)		(79	)
Exchange rate movements		—			—			25			(18	)		—			—
Curtailments, settlements and other		2			1			—			3			—			(2	)

Benefit obligation as of end of period	$	3,174		$	3,542		$	596		$	571		$	500		$	564

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS
Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of period	$	2,271		$	2,099		$	47		$	37		$	153		$	137
Asset assumed in the Acquisitions		—			—			—			3			—			—
Actual return on plan assets		26			296			(1	)		7			15			22
Employer contributions		108			101			25			22			52			58
Employee contributions		—			—			—			—			13			15
Benefits paid		(229	)		(225	)		(23	)		(21	)		(69	)		(79	)
Exchange rate movements		—			—			2			(1	)		—			—
Settlements and other		—			—			1			—			—			—

Fair value of plan assets as of end of period	$	2,176		$	2,271		$	51		$	47		$	164		$	153

AMOUNT RECOGNIZED IN THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS CONSISTS OF:
Noncurrent assets	$	—		$	—		$	1		$	—		$	—		$	—
Accrued benefit liability, current		(7	)		(7	)		(27	)		(25	)		(46	)		(51	)
Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent		(991	)		(1,264	)		(519	)		(499	)		(290	)		(360	)

Net amount recognized	$	(998	)	$	(1,271	)	$	(545	)	$	(524	)	$	(336	)	$	(411	)

AMOUNT RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (PRE-TAX) CONSISTS OF:
Net prior service cost (credit)	$	5		$	6		$	—		$	—		$	(62	)	$	(87	)
Net actuarial loss		943			1,211			97			104			73			116

Net amount recognized	$	948		$	1,217		$	97		$	104		$	11		$	29

In fiscal 2013, the weighted average discount rates used to determine the U.S. pension and postretirement benefit obligations as of the balance sheet date, increased by 81 basis points and 81 basis points, respectively. This resulted in a $288 million reduction to the Company’s U.S. pension obligation and a $41 million reduction to the Company’s postretirement benefit obligation. The weighted average discount rate used to determine the non-U.S. pension obligation remained unchanged at 3.61%.

F-44

Also, as a result of restructuring initiatives during fiscal 2013, the U.S. pension and postretirement plans for salaried employees experienced a curtailment. A $2 million loss was recognized with respect to curtailment of the pension plan, and $11 million gain was recognized with respect to curtailment of the postretirement plan.

In fiscal 2012, the Company completed acquisitions which included a defined benefit pension plan consisting of a projected benefit obligation and plan assets both valued at $3 million as of the acquisition date. Also, as a result of restructuring initiatives during fiscal 2012, the U.S. pension and postretirement plans for represented employees, and certain non-U.S. pension plans experienced a curtailment. The impact of the curtailment on the projected benefit obligation for these plans was a $1 million increase, $2 million decrease, and $3 million increase, respectively.

The following table provides the accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans and information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:


	U.S. Plans				Non - U.S. Plans
	September 30,				September 30,
In millions	2013		2012		2013		2012
Accumulated Benefit Obligation for all plans	$	3,174	$	3,542	$	577	$	554
Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligation in Excess of Plan Assets
Projected Benefit Obligation	$	3,174	$	3,542	$	592	$	528
Accumulated Benefit Obligation		3,174		3,542		573		517
Fair Value of Plan Assets		2,176		2,271		46		8

Estimated future benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five fiscal years, and in aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter, are presented below:


	Pension Benefits				Other Benefits		Federal Prescription Drug Subsidy Receipts
In millions	US		Non-U.S.		Other Benefits		Federal Prescription Drug Subsidy Receipts
2014	$	219	$	28	$	50	$	2
2015		213		27		47		2
2016		213		28		43		3
2017		213		28		39		3
2018		212		28		36		4
2019—2023		1,058		150		152		21

Total	$	2,128	$	289	$	367	$	35

The components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) for the pension plans are provided in the table below:


	Pension Benefits - U.S.									Pension Benefits - Non-U.S.
	Year ended September 30,									Year ended September 30,
In millions	2013			2012			2011			2013			2012			2011
Components of net periodic benefit cost (credit)
Service cost	$	6		$	6		$	6		$	7		$	7		$	9
Interest cost		137			149			150			21			22			23
Expected return on plan assets		(162	)		(171	)		(174	)		(2	)		(2	)		(2	)
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost		1			1			1			—			—			—
Amortization of previously unrecognized net actuarial loss		120			101			64			5			—			1
Curtailment, settlement loss		2			2			—			—			3			7

Net periodic benefit cost	$	104		$	88		$	47		$	31		$	30		$	38

F-45

The components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) for the postretirement plans are provided in the table below:


	Postretirement Benefits - U.S.
	Year ended September 30,
In millions	2013			2012			2011
Components of net periodic benefit cost (credit)
Service cost	$	3		$	3		$	3
Interest cost		20			30			31
Expected return on plan assets		(10	)		(11	)		(11	)
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost		(14	)		1			4
Amortization of previously unrecognized net actuarial loss		7			8			2
Curtailment, settlement gain		(11	)		—			—

Net periodic benefit cost (credit)	$	(5	)	$	31		$	29

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss are provided in the table below:


	Pension Benefits - U.S.						Pension Benefits - Non-U.S.						Postretirement Benefits - U.S.
	Year ended September 30,						Year ended September 30,						Year ended September 30,
In millions	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Net loss (gain)	$	(148	)	$	165		$	(2	)	$	94		$	(36	)	$	(40	)
Prior service cost (credit)		—			—			—			—			—			(78	)
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)		(1	)		(1	)		—			—			14			(1	)
Amortization of net loss (gain)		(120	)		(101	)		(5	)		—			(7	)		(8	)
Prior service cost (credit) and net loss (gain) recognition due to curtailment		—			(2	)		—			(3	)		11			—

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss	$	(269	)	$	61		$	(7	)	$	91		$	(18	)	$	(127	)

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss	$	(165	)	$	149		$	24		$	121		$	(23	)	$	(96	)

The estimated amounts to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income/loss into net periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2014 are provided in the table below:


In millions	Pension Benefits - US		Pension Benefits - Non-US		Postretirement Benefits
Amortization of prior service cost	$	1	$	—	$	(12	)
Recognized net actuarial loss		82		4		4

	$	83	$	4	$	(8	)

F-46

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation for the pension and postretirement plans are provided in the table below:


	Pension Benefits - U.S.						Pension Benefits - Non-U.S.						Postretirement Benefits
	September 30,						September 30,						September 30,
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
Discount rate		4.75	%		3.94	%		3.61	%		3.61	%		4.62	%		3.81	%
Rate of compensation increase		4.00	%		4.00	%		3.44	%		3.37	%		4.00	%		4.00	%

The weighted average assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for the pension and postretirement plans are provided in the tables below:


	Pension Benefits - U.S.									Pension Benefits - Non-U.S.
	Year ended September 30,									Year ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011			2013			2012			2011
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
Discount rate		3.94	%		4.65	%		4.95	%		3.61	%		4.99	%		4.34	%
Expected return on plan assets		8.00	%		8.50	%		8.50	%		4.25	%		5.11	%		4.12	%
Rate of compensation increase		4.00	%		4.00	%		4.00	%		3.37	%		3.37	%		3.28	%


	Postretirement Benefits
	Year ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
Discount rate		3.81	%		4.58	%		4.85	%
Expected return on plan assets		7.00	%		7.50	%		7.50	%
Rate of compensation increase		4.00	%		4.00	%		4.00	%

The discount rate is subject to change each year, consistent with changes in rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments currently available and expected to be available during the expected benefit payment period. The Company selects the assumed discount rate for its U.S. pension and postretirement plans by applying the rates from the AonHewitt AA Only and AonHewitt AA Only Above Median yield curves to the expected benefit payment streams and develops a rate at which it is believed the benefit obligations could be effectively settled. The Company follows a similar process for its non-U.S. pension plans by applying the published AonHewitt Euro AA corporate bond yield curve. Based on the published rates as of September 30, 2013, the Company used a weighted average discount rate of 4.75% for the U.S. pension plans, 3.61% for the non-U.S. pension plans, and 4.62% for the postretirement plans, an increase of 81 basis points and 81 basis points for the U.S. pension plans and postretirement plans, respectively, and no change for the non-U.S. pension plans from the rates used as of September 30, 2012. As of September 30, 2013, this had the effect of reducing the projected U.S. pension benefit obligation and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $288 million and $41 million, respectively. For fiscal 2014, this has the effect of increasing the U.S. pension and postretirement service cost by less than $1 million.

The expected long-term rate of return on U.S. pension and postretirement plan assets is selected by applying forward-looking capital market assumptions to the strategic asset allocation approved by the governing body for each plan. The forward-looking capital market assumptions are developed by an investment adviser and reviewed by the Company for reasonableness. The return and risk assumptions consider such factors as anticipated long-term performance of individual asset classes, risk premium for active management based on qualitative and quantitative analysis, and correlations of the asset classes that comprise the asset portfolio.

F-47

Based on an analysis of the U.S. qualified pension plans completed in fiscal 2013, the expected long-term rate of return for fiscal 2014 will remain at 8.0%. A 25 basis point change in the expected long-term rate of return will result in approximately a $5 million change in pension expense.

Based on an analysis of the postretirement plans completed in fiscal 2013, the long-term targeted asset allocation was changed to shift 10% of the asset allocation from equity securities to fixed income securities. As a result, the expected long-term rate of return for fiscal 2014 was changed to 6.9%, a reduction of 10 basis points from fiscal 2013. A 25 basis point change in the expected long-term rate of return will result in a change in postretirement expense of less than $1 million.

The assumed health care cost trend rates for postretirement benefit plans were as follows:


	September 30, 2013			September 30, 2012
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year		7.7	%		8.4	%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)		5.0	%		5.0	%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate		2022			2020

The Company’s cost for postretirement healthcare claims is capped and the projected postretirement healthcare claims exceed the cap. Therefore, postretirement healthcare trend rates have no effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement health care plan. As of September 30, 2013, neither a one-percentage-point increase nor a one-percentage-point decrease in the Company’s healthcare cost trend rates would have any impact on the postretirement benefit obligation and the service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost.

The weighted-average asset allocation of the pension and postretirement plans by asset category and target allocation is as follows:


	Pension Plan Assets - U.S.									Pension Plan Assets - Non- U.S.						Postretirement Plan Assets
	September 30,						Long-term Target			September 30,						September 30,						Long-term Target
Asset Category	2013			2012			Long-term Target			2013			2012			2013			2012			Long-term Target
Equity Securities		27	%		24	%		25	%		6	%		7	%		49	%		53	%		45	%
Debt Securities		48	%		47	%		46	%		75	%		76	%		51	%		47	%		55	%
Hedge Funds		8	%		9	%		10	%		—	%		—	%		—	%		—	%		—	%
Private Equity		5	%		6	%		4	%		—	%		—	%		—	%		—	%		—	%
Real Estate		4	%		3	%		3	%		—	%		—	%		—	%		—	%		—	%
Commodities		3	%		2	%		3	%		—	%		—	%		—	%		—	%		—	%
Other (1)		5	%		9	%		9	%		19	%		17	%		—	%		—	%		—	%

Total		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%		100	%

(1)

The Other category for U.S. pension plan assets includes cash/cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments, and payables/receivables for pending transactions. The Other category for non-U.S. pension assets includes insurance contracts with a guaranteed interest credit.

The Company’s asset investment strategy focuses on maintaining a diversified portfolio of professionally managed assets designed to optimize returns subject to a prudent level of risk. Risk management practices include diversification across asset classes and investment styles and periodic rebalancing toward asset allocation targets. An asset-liability study is performed on an annual basis for the pension plans, and on an as-necessary basis for the postretirement plans, to determine the optimal asset mix to meet future benefit obligations. The most recent asset-liability studies were completed in fiscal 2013 for the pension and postretirement plans.

F-48

As part of the Company’s investment and risk management strategy, the U.S. pension plans enter into both derivatives and long bond portfolios to minimize their sensitivity to interest rate movements. The derivative financial instruments used in support of the interest rate risk management investment strategy include forwards, futures, and swaps. The use of derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes is prohibited by the Company’s investment policy.

Also, as part of the Company’s investment strategy, the U.S. pension plans invest in hedge funds, real estate funds, private equity and commodities to provide additional uncorrelated returns. All funds are broadly diversified to minimize exposure to any one specific investment.

The fair value of plan assets is determined by the trustee, and reviewed by the Company, using unadjusted quoted prices in an active market (classified as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy) when available. Assets for which quoted market prices are not available are valued using other observable valuation inputs (classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy) when available. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in an inactive market, and observable inputs other than quoted prices such as reported trades, unadjusted broker/dealer quotes, etc. Assets for which neither quoted prices nor sufficient observable market data is available are valued using unobservable inputs (classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy). Typically, an unobservable input is the value provided by a limited partnership, which is reviewed for reasonableness based on benchmark performance and review of audited financial statements when available. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, estimated fair values may differ significantly from the fair values that would have been used had quoted prices in an active market existed.

The following tables summarize the fair value of the U.S. pension plans assets by asset class:


	Fair Value Measurements of U.S. Pension Assets as of September 30, 2013
In millions	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3		Total
U.S. Government debt securities (b)		—		248			—		248
Corporate debt securities (c):
Investment grade		—		261			—		261
High-yield		—		80			—		80
Equity securities (d):
U.S. large/mid-cap		72		—			—		72
U.S. small cap		27		—			—		27
Non-U.S. equity		74		—			—		74
Real estate (e)		—		8			73		81
Private equity (f)		—		—			100		100
Investment funds (g):
Cash and cash equivalents		—		107			—		107
Investment grade corporate debt		—		290			—		290
High-yield debt		43		—			—		43
Emerging market debt		—		115			—		115
U.S. equity		—		187			—		187
Non-U.S. equity		—		147			—		147
Emerging market equity		—		91			—		91
Multi-strategy hedge funds (h)		—		177			8		185
Commodities (i)		—		60			—		60
Derivative instruments (j)		—		(9	)		—		(9	)
Other plan assets (liabilities)		—		17			—		17

Total plan assets at fair value	$	216	$	1,779		$	181	$	2,176

F-49


	Fair Value Measurements of U.S. Pension Assets as of September 30, 2012
In millions	Level 1		Level 2			Level 3		Total
Cash and cash equivalents (a)	$	—	$	19		$	—	$	19
U.S. Government debt securities (b)		—		283			—		283
Corporate debt securities (c):
Investment grade		—		311			5		316
Other debt securities		—		9			—		9
Equity securities (d):
U.S. large/mid-cap		65		—			—		65
U.S. small cap		26		—			—		26
Non-U.S. equity		70		—			—		70
Real estate (e)		—		7			70		77
Private equity (f)		—		—			123		123
Investment funds (g):
Cash and cash equivalents		—		134			—		134
Investment grade corporate debt		—		312			—		312
High-yield debt		40		41			—		81
Emerging market debt		—		76			—		76
U.S. equity		—		163			—		163
Non-U.S. equity		—		132			—		132
Emerging market equity		—		88			—		88
Multi-strategy hedge funds (h)		—		165			29		194
Commodities (i)		—		52			—		52
Derivative instruments (j)		—		65			—		65
Other plan assets (liabilities)		—		(14	)		—		(14	)

Total plan assets at fair value	$	201	$	1,843		$	227	$	2,271

(a)

Includes cash collateral, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies with less than one year to maturity, and repurchase agreements which are valued at cost plus accrued interest.

(b)

Includes U.S. treasury bonds, notes and inflation linked bonds, as well as FNMA pools, which are generally valued using institutional bid evaluations from various contracted pricing vendors. Institutional bid evaluations are estimated prices that represent the price a dealer would pay for a security. Pricing inputs to the institutional bid evaluation vary by security, and include benchmark yields, reported trades, unadjusted broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, bids, offers or other observable market data.

(c)

Includes investment grade corporate bonds diversified across various business sectors, as well as collateralized mortgage obligations and asset backed securities, which are generally valued using institutional bid evaluations from various contracted pricing vendors. Institutional bid evaluations are estimated prices that represent the price a dealer would pay for a security. Pricing inputs to the institutional bid evaluation vary by security, and include benchmark yields, reported trades, unadjusted broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, bids, offers or other observable market data.

(d)

Includes U.S. and non-U.S. corporate stocks, which are generally valued using the composite close price from an active exchange. The composite close price is the last trade of the day and can come from any exchange on which the security trades. Generally, the last trade of the day comes from the primary exchange; therefore, the composite close and the primary close price are generally the same.

(e)

Includes open ended real estate commingled funds, close ended real estate limited partnerships, and insurance company separate accounts that invest primarily in U.S. office, lodging, retail and residential real estate. The insurance company separate accounts and the commingled funds

F-50

account for their portfolio of assets at fair value and calculate the net asset value per share/unit (NAV) on either a monthly or quarterly basis. Shares can be redeemed at the NAV on a quarterly basis, provided a written redemption request is received in advance (generally 45—90 days) of the redemption date. Therefore, the undiscounted NAV is used as the fair value measurement. For limited partnerships, the fair value of the underlying assets and the capital account for each investor is determined by the General Partner (GP). The valuation techniques used by the GP generally consist of unobservable inputs such as discounted cash flow analysis, analysis of recent comparable sales transactions, actual sale negotiations and bona fide purchase offers received from third parties. The partnerships are typically funded over time as capital is needed to fund asset purchases, and distributions from the partnerships are received as the partnerships liquidate their underlying asset holdings. Therefore, the life cycle for a typical investment in a real estate limited partnership is expected to be approximately 10 years from initial funding.

(f)

Includes limited partner interests in various limited partnerships (LP) that invest primarily in U.S. and non-U.S. investments either directly, or through other partnerships or funds with a focus on venture capital, buyouts, expansion capital, or companies undergoing financial distress or significant restructuring. The fair value of the net assets of the LPs and of the capital account of each investor is determined by the GP of each LP. Marketable securities held by the LPs are valued based on the closing price on the valuation date on the exchange where they are principally traded and may be adjusted for legal restrictions, if any. Investments without a public market are valued based on assumptions made and valuation techniques used by the GP, which consist of unobservable inputs. Such valuation techniques may include discounted cash flow analysis, analysis of recent comparable sales transactions, actual sale negotiations and bona fide purchase offers received from third parties. The LPs are typically funded over time as capital is needed to fund purchases, and distributions are received as the partnerships liquidate their underlying asset holdings. There have not been any new commitments to private equity since 2007, and no new commitments are expected under current asset allocation targets. Therefore, full liquidation of all existing LPs is expected to be completed by the year 2019.

(g)

Includes open-end funds and unit investment trusts that invest in various asset classes including: U.S. corporate debt, emerging market debt, U.S. equity and non-U.S equity. The funds account for their portfolio of assets at fair value and calculate the NAV of the fund on either a daily or monthly basis, and shares can be redeemed at the NAV. Therefore, the undiscounted NAV as reported by the funds is used as the fair value measurement.

(h)

Includes hedge fund of funds and hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies to diversify risks and reduce volatility. The funds account for their portfolio of assets at fair value and calculate the NAV of their fund on a monthly basis. The funds limit the frequency of redemptions to manage liquidity and protect the interests of the fund and its shareholders. Several of the funds, with a fair value totaling $8 million as of September 30, 2013, are in the process of liquidation and cannot provide an estimate as to when the liquidation will be completed. However, since trades (purchases and redemptions) are executed using the NAV as calculated on the trade date, the undiscounted NAV as reported by the fund is used as the fair value measurement.

(i)

Consists of partnership interests in limited liability companies (LLC) that invest in long-only, unleveraged portfolios of exchange-traded, U.S. dollar-denominated futures and forward contracts in tangible commodities. The NAV of each LLC is determined at the end of each month. The underlying futures and forward contracts are valued based upon the settlement price on the exchanges where they are traded, and where there is no settlement price, value is based upon the last trade price. An investor can withdraw all or any portion of its capital account effective as of the last day of the calendar month.

(j)

Includes futures, options and swap agreements. Futures and options are generally valued using the last trade price at which a specific contract/security was last traded on the primary exchange, which is provided by a contracted vendor. If pricing is not available from the contracted vendor, then pricing is obtained from other sources such as Bloomberg, broker bid, ask/offer quotes or the investment manager. Swaps and swaptions are generally valued by one of several contracted

F-51

pricing vendors who use inputs such as interdealer broker rates and benchmark yields to create a swap yield curve and determine price based on the terms of the swap. If pricing is not available through one of the contracted vendors, then pricing is obtained from another source such as the investment manager, who obtains the mark -to-market value from the counterparty and applies this value to the current face of the trade to determine price.

The following tables summarize the changes in fair value of Level 3 U.S. pension plan assets:


	Level 3 U.S. Pension Plan Asset Activity
	Fiscal year ended September 30, 2013
In millions	Corporate Debt Securities			Real Estate			Private Equity			Hedge Funds			Total
Balance at October 1, 2012	$	5		$	70		$	123		$	29		$	227
Realized gains/(losses)		—			3			(10	)		—			(7	)
Unrealized gains/(losses) relating to investments still held at the end of the period		—			8			27			—			35
Purchases, sales and settlements (net)		—			(8	)		(40	)		(1	)		(49	)
Transfers in/(out)		(5	)		—			—			(20	)		(25	)

Balance at September 30, 2013	$	—		$	73		$	100		$	8		$	181


	Level 3 U.S. Pension Plan Asset Activity
	Fiscal year ended September 30, 2012
In millions	Corporate Debt Securities		Real Estate		Private Equity			Hedge Funds			Total
Balance at October 1, 2011	$	4	$	61	$	148		$	13		$	226
Realized gains/(losses)		—		—		(11	)		1			(10	)
Unrealized gains relating to investments still held at the end of the period		1		6		17			(1	)		23
Purchases, sales and settlements (net)		—		2		(31	)		16			(13	)
Transfers in/(out)		—		1		—			—			1

Balance at September 30, 2012	$	5	$	70	$	123		$	29		$	227

The following table summarizes the fair value of the non-U.S. pension plan assets by asset class:


	Fair Value Measurements of Non-U.S. Pension Assets as of September 30, 2013
In millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Investment funds:
Equity securities	$	—	$	3	$	—	$	3
Debt securities		—		2		—		2
Insurance contracts (a)		—		46		—		46

Total plan assets at fair value	$	—	$	51	$	—	$	51

F-52


	Fair Value Measurements of Non-U.S. Pension Assets as of September 30, 2012
In millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Investment funds:
Equity securities	$	—	$	3	$	—	$	3
Debt securities		—		1		—		1
Insurance contracts (a)		—		43		—		43

Total plan assets at fair value	$	—	$	47	$	—	$	47

(a)

Most non-U.S. pension plans are funded through insurance contracts, which provide for a guaranteed interest credit, and a profit-sharing adjustment based on the actual performance of the underlying investment assets of the insurer. The fair value of the contract is determined by the insurer based on the premiums paid by the Company plus interest credits plus the profit-sharing adjustment less benefit payments. The underlying assets of the insurer are invested in compliance with local rules or law, which tend to require a high allocation to fixed income securities. For example, in the Netherlands, where the pension plan assets account for 72% of the Company’s total non-U.S. pension assets, the insurer’s underlying asset allocation at September 30, 2013 was 100% bonds.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the postretirement plans assets by asset class:


	Fair Value Measurements of Postretirement Assets as of September 30, 2013
In millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Investment funds:
Blended asset fund (a)	$	10	$	—	$	—	$	10
Group life insurance contracts (b)		—		154		—		154

Total plan assets at fair value	$	10	$	154	$	—	$	164


	Fair Value Measurements of Postretirement Assets as of September 30, 2012
In millions	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Total
Investment funds:
Blended asset fund (a)	$	10	$	—	$	—	$	10
Group life insurance contracts (b)		—		143		—		143

Total plan assets at fair value	$	10	$	143	$	—	$	153

(a)

An investment in a broadly diversified registered investment company (mutual fund). As of September 30, 2013, the fund asset allocation was approximately 70% fixed income securities, 21% U.S. equity and 9% non-U.S. equity. The fund values its security holdings each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange and computes a NAV by dividing the total fair value of its assets minus liabilities by the number of fund shares outstanding. The fair value of the Plan’s investment in the fund is calculated by multiplying the NAV by the number of shares held by the Plan.

(b)

The group life insurance contracts are held in a reserve of an insurance company that provides for investment of pre-funding amounts in a family of pooled separate accounts. The fair value of each group life insurance contract is primarily determined by the value of the units it owns in the pooled separate accounts that back the policy. Each of the pooled separate accounts provides a unit NAV on a daily basis, which is based on the fair value of the underlying assets owned by the account. The postretirement plans can transact daily at the unit NAV without restriction. As of September 30, 2013, the asset allocation of the pooled separate accounts in which the contracts

F-53

invest was approximately 45% fixed income securities, 27% U.S. equity securities, 23% non-U.S. equity securities and 5% long duration government credit securities.

Multi-employer Pension Plan

In connection with the Acquisition, the Company retained certain U.S. employees of NES that are covered by a multi-employer pension plan. Company contributions to this plan during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 were less than $1 million annually.

Savings Plans

Substantially all of the Company’s U.S. employees are eligible to participate in savings plans sponsored by the Company. The plans allow employees to contribute a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax and after-tax basis in accordance with specified guidelines. Avaya matches a percentage of employee contributions up to certain limits. From March 1, 2009 through March 31, 2010, the Company suspended its contributions to all non-represented employees. Pursuant to a 2009 agreement, the Company suspended its contributions to all represented employees during the period January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010. The Company’s expense related to these savings plans was $10 million, $18 million and $18 million in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

14. Share-based Compensation

Post-Merger Equity Incentive Plan

The Avaya Holdings Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (“2007 Plan”) governs the issuance of equity awards, including restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and stock options, to eligible plan participants. Key employees, directors, and consultants of the Company may be eligible to receive awards under the 2007 Plan. Each stock option, when vested and exercised, and each RSU, when vested, entitles the holder to receive one share of common stock, subject to certain restrictions on their transfer and sale as defined in the 2007 Plan and related award agreements. As of September 30, 2013, the Company had authorized the issuance of up to 49,848,157 shares of its common stock under the 2007 Plan, in addition to 2,924,125 shares of common stock underlying the continuation awards that were permitted to be issued at the time of the Merger.

Option Awards

Under the 2007 Plan, stock options may not be granted with an exercise price of less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Share-based compensation expense recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates in accordance with the authoritative guidance. All options awarded under the 2007 Plan expire the earlier of ten years from the date of grant or upon cessation of employment, in which event there are limited exercise provisions allowed for vested options.

During the period from October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2009, the Company granted time-based, performance-based “EBITDA,” and market-based “multiple-of-money” options to purchase common stock. Options granted during the period October 27, 2007 through September 30, 2008 have an exercise price of $5.00, and options granted during the year ended September 30, 2009 have an exercise price of $3.80, which was the fair market value (as defined under the 2007 Plan) of the underlying shares at the time granted.

In November 2009, the Board approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals holding stock options having exercise prices of $5.00 and $3.80 per share could exchange them on a one-option-for-one-option basis, for replacement options with an exercise price of $3.00 per share, the fair market value (as defined

F-54

under the 2007 Plan) of the underlying shares at the time of exchange, and with new vesting terms. The replacement options issued to participants in the exchange program include time-based and market-based multiple-of-money options.

During the period November 18, 2009 through October 1, 2012, the Company granted time-based and multiple-of-money options to purchase common stock.

On February 25, 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s board of directors approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals holding multiple-of-money and EBITDA stock options could exchange them on a three-for-one basis for RSUs. The replacement RSUs will vest in full in December 2013. The tender offer was closed on April 30, 2013 and 45,500 EBITDA and 10,159,189 multiple-of-money options were tendered for exchange. In connection with the exchange offer, 3,401,654 replacement RSUs were granted which have an effective grant date of May 6, 2013.

Subsequent to October 1, 2012, the Company granted time-based options to purchase common stock. As a result of the stock option exchange programs offered in November 2009 and February 2013, outstanding stock options at September 30, 2013 consist of time-based stock options and those EBITDA and multiple-of-money stock options that were not tendered for exchange.

Time-based options vest over their performance periods and are payable in shares upon vesting and exercise. The performance period for time-based options is generally four years, with the exception of 5,850,000 time-based options granted during fiscal 2011 which vested 20% on December 18, 2009, the date on which the closing of the NES acquisition was completed, and will vest 20% annually thereafter for the following four years. Compensation expense equal to the fair value of the option measured on the grant date is recognized utilizing graded attribution over the requisite service period.

EBITDA options vest in equal installments each year over a four-year period assuming annual EBITDA targets are met. In the event that any annual EBITDA target is not met, cumulative targets would permit catch-up vesting in subsequent years should these annual EBITDA targets be achieved on a cumulative basis. The fair value of EBITDA options was measured on the date of grant. Compensation expense is recorded utilizing graded attribution over the requisite service period. Vesting, and therefore compensation expense, is estimated at the time that the achievement of the annual or cumulative EBITDA targets become probable. Compensation expense is adjusted for subsequent changes in the expected outcome of the annual and cumulative EBITDA targets until the vesting date.

Multiple-of-money options vest upon the achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in the Company. Because vesting of the multiple-of-money market-based options is outside the control of the Company and the award recipients, compensation expense relative to the multiple-of-money options must be recognized upon the occurrence of a triggering event (e.g., sale or initial public offering of the Company). Achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment may also cause any unvested portion of the EBITDA options to vest.

The following table summarizes option awards under the 2007 Plan (excluding the continuation options, as discussed below):


Options (in 000s)	Time-based			EBITDA			Multiple-of- Money			Total			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Fair Value at Date of Grant (in 000s)
Outstanding—October 1, 2012		25,763			82			12,503			38,348		$	3.28	$	61,119
Granted		3,078			—			186			3,264		$	2.88		4,527
Exercised		(89	)		—			—			(89	)	$	3.11		(173	)
Exchanged		—			(46	)		(10,159	)		(10,205	)	$	3.30		(9,248	)
Forfeited		(6,405	)		(13	)		(1,781	)		(8,199	)	$	3.26		(12,785	)

Outstanding—September 30, 2013		22,347			23			749			23,119		$	3.22	$	43,440

F-55

For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the year was $1.39, $1.68 and $1.27, respectively. The fair value of option awards is determined at the date of grant utilizing the Cox-Ross-Rubinstein (“CRR”) binomial option pricing model which is affected by the fair value of the Company’s common stock as well as a number of complex and subjective assumptions. Expected volatility is based primarily on a combination of the historical volatility and estimates of implied volatility of the Company’s peer group. The peer group is periodically reviewed by management and the Compensation Committee of the board of directors for consistency with the Company’s business strategy, the businesses and markets in which the Company operates, and the Company’s competitive landscape. The risk-free interest rate assumption was derived from reference to the U.S. Treasury Spot rates for the expected term of the stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s current intent not to issue a dividend under its dividend policy. The expected holding period assumption was estimated based on the Company’s historical experience. The underlying assumptions used in the valuation were as follows:


	Fiscal years ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011
weighted-average assumptions/inputs:
Stock price	$	2.81		$	4.22		$	3.58
Term		5			5			5
Volatility		62.76	%		54.15	%		48.12	%
Risk-free rate		0.74	%		0.84	%		1.57	%
Dividend yield		—	%		—	%		—	%

For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized share-based compensation associated with these options of $3 million, $5 million and $10 million, respectively, which is included in costs and operating expenses. At September 30, 2013, there was $5 million of unrecognized share-based compensation that the Company expects to recognize as expense over the next four years associated with 2007 Plan options. The expected expense does not include any compensation associated with the multiple-of-money and EBITDA awards. At September 30, 2013 there are 13,102,110 vested and exercisable options outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $3.15, a fair value at the date of grant of $26 million, an intrinsic value of less than $1 million, and a weighted average remaining contractual term of 6 years. At September 30, 2013, there are 21,606,412 of options that are currently exercisable or expected to vest. These options have a weighted average exercise price of $3.21, a fair value at the date of grant of $41 million, an intrinsic value of less than $1 million and a weighted average remaining contractual term of 7 years.

During fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, 89,250, 1,093,806 and 54,609 options were exercised with an intrinsic value of less than $1 million, $1 million and less than $1 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company has issued RSUs each of which represents the right to receive one share of the Company’s common stock when fully vested. The fair value of the common stock underlying the RSUs was estimated by the Board of Directors at the date of grant.

During fiscal 2013, the Company awarded 3,139,785 RSUs in the ordinary course of business. The fair market value of these awards (as defined under the 2007 Plan) at the date of grant was $3.00 per share for RSUs awarded between December 1, 2012 and March 31, 2013, and $2.25 per share for RSUs awarded between April 1, 2013 and September 30, 2013.

In addition, as discussed above, the Compensation Committee of the board of directors approved a stock option exchange program through which individuals holding multiple-of-money and EBITDA stock options could exchange them on a three-for-one basis for RSUs. In connection with the exchange offer, 3,401,654 replacement RSUs were granted which have an effective grant date of May 6, 2013 and will vest in full in December 2013.

F-56

For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized compensation expense associated with RSUs of $8 million, $3 million and $2 million, respectively.

As of September 30, 2013, there was $11 million of unrecognized share based compensation associated with RSUs that the Company expects to recognize as expense through August 2017. The following table summarizes the RSUs granted under the 2007 Plan:


Nonvested Shares	Shares
Non-vested shares at October 1, 2010		925,789
Granted		305,000
Forfeited		(65,789	)
Vested		(432,500	)

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2011		732,500
Granted		1,956,115
Forfeited		(220,682	)
Vested		(547,046	)

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2012		1,920,887
Granted		6,541,439
Forfeited		(710,743	)
Vested		(1,416,680	)

Non-vested shares at September 30, 2013		6,334,903

Continuation Awards

Following the closing of the Merger, fully vested options to purchase shares of the Predecessor Company held by certain members of management that were not exercised before the Merger were substituted for fully-vested stock options to purchase 1,592,970 shares of common stock having the same intrinsic value of $6 million (“continuation options”). The continuation options have an exercise price of $1.25. As of September 30, 2013, 1,395,715 of these continuation options had been exercised, with the remaining 197,255 continuation options still outstanding. These outstanding continuation options expire in November 2013.

Additionally, following the closing of the Merger, fully vested performance based RSUs of the Predecessor Company held by certain members of management were substituted for 1,331,155 fully-vested RSUs of Avaya, having the same intrinsic value of $7 million (“continuation units”). Prior to October 2012, 592,054 continuation units were canceled and during October 2012, shares of common stock were distributed with respect to the remaining 799,101 continuation units.

In accordance with the 2007 Plan, the continuation options and continuation units do not detract from the authorized shares under the 2007 Plan.

15. Capital Stock

Capital Stock

The certificate of incorporation, as amended and restated, authorizes the Company to issue up to 750,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $.001 per share and 250,000 shares of Preferred Stock with a par value of $0.001 per share.

F-57

Preferred Stock

Preferred Series A

On December 19, 2009 the Company issued 125,000 shares of Series A preferred stock (“preferred series A”) with detachable warrants to purchase up to 38.5 million common shares at a price of $3.25 per share which expire December 19, 2019. The aggregate proceeds from the issuance of the preferred series A and associated warrants were $125 million and were used to partially fund the acquisition of NES. The preferred series A shares are non-voting, redeemable at the Company’s election and have a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share plus cumulative, compounded quarterly, accrued unpaid dividends at a rate of 5 percent per annum in cash.

Funds affiliated with Silver Lake and TPG provided an aggregate of $78 million of the cash proceeds from the issuance of the preferred series A shares and the warrants, with each sponsor-affiliated group providing $39 million of the cash proceeds. Based on their contributed cash, the Silver Lake and TPG funds each received 38,864 preferred series A shares and warrants to purchase up to 11,958,192 common shares. Under the terms of the preferred stock agreement, the preferred series A shares are redeemable at the Company’s election only; however, because affiliates of Silver Lake and TPG control the board of directors and hold a substantial portion of the preferred series A shares, they could trigger a demand for redemption at their discretion and therefore, the preferred series A shares have been classified in the mezzanine section between debt and stockholders’ deficiency in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In accordance with GAAP, the Company allocated the aggregate proceeds received at closing between the preferred series A shares and warrants issued based on their relative fair values at December 19, 2009. The estimated fair value of the preferred series A shares on December 19, 2009 was $85 million, which was estimated using the discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements (e.g. Level 2 Input). The warrants have a term of 10-years, have an exercise price of $3.25 per share and an aggregate estimated fair value of $71.5 million. The fair value of each warrant was determined utilizing the CRR binomial option model under the following assumptions: estimated fair value of underlying stock of $3.00; expected term to exercise of 10 years; expected volatility of 48.8%; risk-free interest rate of 3.6%; and no dividend yield. The Company allocated the cash proceeds of $125 million received to the preferred series A shares and warrants based on their relative fair values, or $68 million and $57 million, respectively. Contemporaneously, the Company recorded a discount accretion of $57 million to the carrying amount of the preferred series A at the date of issuance, so that the carrying amount will equal the original redemption amount of $125 million.

As of September 30, 2013, the carrying value of the preferred series A was $151 million, which includes $26 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends as well as $57 million of discount accretion. As of September 30, 2012, the carrying value of the preferred series A was $144 million, which includes $19 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends as well as $57 million of discount accretion.

Preferred Series B

On May 29, 2012 the Company issued 48,921 shares of preferred series B with detachable warrants to purchase up to 24.5 million common shares at a price of $4.00 per share which expire May 29, 2022. The aggregate proceeds from the issuance of the preferred series B and associated warrants were $196 million and were used to partially fund the acquisition of Radvision. The preferred series B shares are non-voting and earn cumulative dividends at a rate of 8 percent per annum, compounded annually, whether or not declared, and are payable in cash or additional shares of preferred series B at the Company’s option. Preferred series B dividends must be paid prior to dividends on any other series or classes of the Company’s stock. Additionally, holders of preferred series B participate in any dividends payable on shares of the Company’s common stock on an as converted basis.

F-58

The preferred series B are redeemable at the Company’s election. The Redemption Price is equal to (1) 110% of the Original Purchase Price of $4,000 per share which increases by 10% on each anniversary of the date of issuance up to 150% following the fourth anniversary of the date of issuance, plus (2) any accrued and unpaid dividends. Upon consummation of a Qualified Public Offering or, if so determined by the Required Holders, an Initial Public Offering (as each such term is defined in the agreement), the preferred series B will mandatorily convert into common stock at the Conversion Price as described below or will be redeemed for cash at the option of the holders at the Redemption Price in effect at such time. However, if the Total Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Cash Flow Credit Agreement), after giving effect to such Qualified Public Offering or Initial Public Offering and the application of the proceeds there from, would be greater than 5.0, the preferred series B will mandatorily convert into common stock. The preferred series B is convertible into common stock at a Conversion Price equal to the lesser of (1) $4.00 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution provisions) or (2) the offering price per share in a Qualified Public Offering or an Initial Public Offering.

If a Qualified Public Offering or an Initial Public Offering has not occurred, on or after 5 years from the date of issuance, the preferred series B are redeemable in cash at the option of the holders at the Redemption Price in effect at such time.

Upon liquidation, the holders of the preferred series B are entitled to the greater of (1) the amount which would be receivable if such preferred series B was converted into common stock immediately prior to the liquidation event, or (2) the Redemption Price in effect at such time. Such payment must be made in preference to any other distribution to the holders of any other series and classes of the Company’s stock.

The preferred series B were issued to funds affiliated with Silver Lake and TPG. Because the preferred series B shares are redeemable at the Company’s election at any time and affiliates of Silver Lake and TPG control the board of directors, the holders of the preferred series B could trigger a demand for redemption. In addition, the preferred series B is redeemable at the option of the holders in certain cases. As a result, the preferred series B shares have been classified in the mezzanine section between debt and stockholders’ deficiency in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In accordance with GAAP, the Company allocated the aggregate proceeds received at closing between the preferred series B shares and the warrants. The estimated fair value of the preferred series B on May 29, 2012 was $210 million, which was estimated using a Binomial Lattice model. The warrants had an aggregate fair value of $27 million. The fair value of each warrant was $1.11 and was estimated utilizing the CRR binomial option under the following assumptions: estimated fair value of underlying stock of $1.75 per share; expected term to exercise of 10 years; expected volatility of 70%; risk-free interest rate of 1.7%; and no dividend yield. The Company allocated the cash proceeds of $196 million received to the preferred series B shares and warrants based on their relative fair values, or $173 million and $23 million, respectively.

Because the preferred series B shares contain certain features which are required to be bifurcated and accounted for as a derivative instrument, a portion of the $173 million of cash proceeds allocated to the preferred series B shares was assigned to the embedded derivative and recognized as a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amount assigned to the embedded derivative or $10 million, was equivalent to the fair value of such features and was determined by estimating the fair value of the preferred series B with and without such features.

Contemporaneous to the allocation of the preferred series B proceeds, the Company recorded discount accretion of $33 million to the carrying amount of the preferred series B at the date of issuance. Additionally, the Company is recording periodic accretion to the Redemption Price.

As of September 30, 2013, the carrying value of the preferred series B was $263 million, which includes $21 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends, $46 million of accretion to the Redemption Price, as well as $33 million of discount accretion at the date of issuance. As of September 30, 2012, the carrying value of the preferred series B was $227 million, which includes $5 million of accumulated and unpaid dividends, $26 million of accretion to the Redemption Price, as well as $33 million of discount accretion at the date of issuance.

F-59

Warrants

In connection with the financing of the acquisition of NES, on December 18, 2009, the Company issued warrants to purchase 100 million shares of its common stock of which 61.5 million warrants were issued in connection with the incremental B-2 term loans and 38.5 million warrants were issued in connection with the issuance of the preferred series A. The warrants have an exercise price of $3.25 per share and are exercisable any time prior to December 18, 2019.

In connection with the financing of the acquisition of Radvision, on May 29, 2012, the Company issued warrants to purchase 24.5 million shares of its common stock in connection with the issuance of the preferred series B. The warrants have an exercise price of $4.00 per share and are exercisable any time prior to May 29, 2022.

All such warrants have a cashless exercise feature, contain customary adjustment provisions for stock splits, capital reorganizations and certain other distributions and are currently outstanding as of September 30, 2013.

16. Net Loss Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock as discussed in Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Net Loss Per Share”:


	Years ended September 30,
	2013			2012			2011
Numerator (in millions):
Net loss attributable to Avaya Holdings Corp.	$	(376	)	$	(354	)	$	(863	)
Dividends on Series A preferred stock		(7	)		(7	)		(7	)
Dividends on Series B preferred stock		(16	)		(5	)		—
Accretion on Series B preferred stock		(20	)		(59	)		—

Net loss attributable to common stockholders	$	(419	)	$	(425	)	$	(870	)

Denominator (in millions):
Weighted average common shares—basic and diluted		489.8			489.6			489.0

Net loss per share—basic and diluted*	$	(0.86	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(1.78	)

The Company’s preferred stock and unvested restricted stock units are participating securities which require the application of the two-class method to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share. Under the two-class method, undistributed earnings are allocated to common stock and the participating securities according to their respective participating rights in undistributed earnings, as if all the earnings for the period had been distributed. Basic net loss is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is increased for preferred stock dividends earned during the period. No allocation of undistributed earnings to participating securities was performed for periods with net losses as such securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company.

For periods with net losses, all potentially dilutive common shares consisting of stock options, restricted stock units, convertible preferred stock and warrants are antidilutive.

17. Reportable Segments

Avaya conducts its business operations in three segments. Two of those segments, Global Communications Solutions (“GCS”) and Avaya Networking (“Networking”), make up Avaya’s Enterprise Collaboration Solutions (“ECS”) product portfolio. The third segment contains Avaya’s services portfolio and is called Avaya Global Services (“AGS”).

The GCS segment primarily develops, markets, and sells unified communications and contact center products by integrating multiple forms of communications, including telephone, e-mail, instant messaging and video. Avaya’s Networking segment’s portfolio of products offers integrated networking products which are

F-60

scalable across customer enterprises. The AGS segment develops, markets and sells comprehensive end-to-end global service offerings that allow customers to evaluate, plan, design, implement, monitor, manage and optimize complex enterprise communications networks.

For internal reporting purposes, the Company’s chief operating decision maker makes financial decisions and allocates resources based on segment profit information obtained from the Company’s internal management systems. Management does not include in its segment measures of profitability selling, general, and administrative expenses, research and development expenses, amortization of intangible assets, and certain discrete items, such as charges relating to restructuring actions, impairment charges, and merger-related costs as these costs are not core to the measurement of segment management’s performance, but rather are controlled at the corporate level.

Summarized financial information relating to the Company’s reportable segments is shown in the following table:


	Fiscal year ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012			2011
REVENUE
Global Communications Solutions	$	2,096		$	2,390		$	2,675
Avaya Networking		242			284			304

Enterprise Collaboration Solutions		2,338			2,674			2,979
Avaya Global Services		2,371			2,499			2,573
Unallocated Amounts⁽¹⁾		(1	)		(2	)		(5	)

	$	4,708		$	5,171		$	5,547

GROSS PROFIT
Global Communications Solutions	$	1,276		$	1,387		$	1,532
Avaya Networking		101			115			131

Enterprise Collaboration Solutions		1,377			1,502			1,663
Avaya Global Services		1,250			1,224			1,222
Unallocated Amounts⁽¹⁾		(67	)		(140	)		(253	)

		2,560			2,586			2,632
OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling, general and administrative		1,521			1,630			1,845
Research and development		445			464			461
Amortization of intangible assets		227			226			226
Goodwill impairment		89			—			—
Restructuring and impairment charges, net		200			147			189
Acquisition-related costs		1			4			5

		2,483			2,471			2,726

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)		77			115			(94	)
INTEREST EXPENSE, LOSS ON EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT AND OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET		(498	)		(461	)		(701	)

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES	$	(421	)	$	(346	)	$	(795	)

ASSETS:
Global Communications Solutions	$	1,618		$	1,633
Avaya Networking		52			47

Enterprise Collaboration Solutions		1,670			1,680
Avaya Global Services		2,667			2,763
Unallocated Assets⁽²⁾		3,312			3,741

Total	$	7,649		$	8,184

F-61

(1)

Unallocated Amounts in Gross Profit include the effect of the amortization of acquired technology intangibles and costs that are not core to the measurement of segment management’s performance, but rather are controlled at the corporate level. Unallocated Amounts in Revenue and Gross Profit also include the impacts of certain fair value adjustments recorded in purchase accounting in connection with the Merger.

(2)

Unallocated Assets consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, deferred income tax assets, property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and other assets. Unallocated Assets are managed at the corporate level and are not identified with a specific segment.

Geographic Information

Financial information relating to the Company’s revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area is as follows:


	Revenue ⁽¹⁾
	Years ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013		2012		2011
U.S.	$	2,560	$	2,786	$	2,998
International:
EMEA		1,239		1,349		1,488

APAC—Asia Pacific		457		497		515
Americas International—Canada and Latin America		452		539		546

Total International		2,148		2,385		2,549

Total revenue	$	4,708	$	5,171	$	5,547


	Long-Lived Assets ⁽²⁾
	September 30,
*In millions*	2013		2012
U.S.	$	207	$	244
International:
EMEA		89		81

APAC—Asia Pacific		24		24
Americas International—Canada and Latin America		14		15

Total International		127		120

Total	$	334	$	364

(1)

Revenue is attributed to geographic areas based on the location of customers.

(2)

Represents property, plant and equipment, net.

18. Related Party Transactions

Both Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. are party to a Management Services Agreement with Silver Lake Management Company, L.L.C., an affiliate of Silver Lake, and TPG Capital Management, L.P., an affiliate of TPG, collectively “the Managers,” pursuant to which the Managers provide management and financial advisory services to the Company. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, the Managers receive a monitoring fee of $7.0 million per annum and reimbursement on demand for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. In the event of a financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control transaction involving the Company during the term of the Management Services Agreement, the Managers have the right to require the Company to pay a fee equal to customary fees charged by internationally-recognized investment banks for serving as a

F-62

financial advisor in similar transactions. The Management Services Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Managers, but otherwise has an initial term ending on December 31, 2017 that automatically extends each December 31^st for an additional year unless earlier terminated by us or the Managers. The term has automatically extended six times since the execution of the agreement such that the current term is December 31, 2023. In the event that the Management Services Agreement is terminated, the Company is required to pay a termination fee equal to the net present value of the monitoring fees that would have been payable during the remaining term of the Management Services Agreement. Therefore, if the management services agreement were terminated as of September 30, 2013, the termination fee would be calculated using the current term ending December 31, 2023. In accordance with the Management Services Agreement, the Company recorded $7 million of monitoring fees per year during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The Sponsors are private equity firms that have investments in companies that do business with Avaya. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $6 million, $7 million and $8 million, respectively, associated with sales of the Company’s products and services to companies in which one or both of the Sponsors have investments. For fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company purchased goods and services of less than $1 million, $2 million and $3 million, respectively from companies in which one or both of the Sponsors have investments.

Charles Giancarlo and Greg Mondre are Directors of each of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and they hold the positions of Special Advisor and Managing Partner, respectively, of Silver Lake. John W. Marren, Afshin Mohebbi and Ronald Rittenmeyer are Directors of each of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and they hold the positions of Partner, Senior Advisor and Senior Advisor, respectively, of TPG.

Ronald A. Rittenmeyer serves on the Board of Directors of each of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and also currently serves as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Expert Global Solutions, Inc. (formerly known as NCO Group, Inc.), or Expert Global Solutions, a global provider of business process outsourcing services. During fiscal 2013, the Company recorded $9 million associated with sales of the Company’s products and services to Expert Global Solutions.

Kiran Patel serves on the Board of Directors of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc., and also serves a trustee of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, or Charles Schwab, a mutual fund company, and, until September 2013, served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Small Business Group of Intuit, Inc., or Intuit, a provider of financial software solutions for consumers and small businesses. During fiscal 2013, the Company recorded less than $1 million and $2 million, respectively associated with sales of the Company’s products and services to Charles Schwab and Intuit, respectively.

Gary B. Smith serves on the Board of Directors of Avaya Holdings Corp. and Avaya Inc. and also serves as president, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Ciena Corporation, or Ciena, a network infrastructure company. During fiscal 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded less than $1 million associated with sales of the Company’s products and services to Ciena. The Company also purchased goods and services of less than $1 million from Ciena during fiscal 2013 and 2012.

Since April 2008, affiliates of TPG held some of the Company’s outstanding term B-1 loans. In fiscal 2013, certain of the term B-1 loans held by those affiliates were reclassified as term B-5 loans, $22 million of which were repaid in connection with the issuance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes. Based on the amount of the term B-1 and term B-5 loans that were held during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, and consistent with the terms of the loan, those affiliates received payments of principal and interest (inclusive of amounts paid by Avaya Inc. in connection with the issuance of the 9% Senior Secured Notes) aggregating approximately $23 million, $4 million and $6 million, respectively.

F-63

Since September 2008, an affiliate of Silver Lake held some of Avaya Inc.’s senior secured term B-1 loans. In fiscal 2011, certain of the term B-1 loans held by this affiliate were reclassified as term B-3 loans and in fiscal 2013, the remaining term B-1 loans were reclassified as term B-5 loans. Based on the amount of the term B-1, term B-3, and term B-5 loans that were held by an affiliate of Silver Lake during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, and consistent with the terms of the loan, that affiliate received payments of principal and interest aggregating approximately $5 million, $10 million and $8 million, respectively.

In connection with the financing of the NES acquisition, affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake each funded approximately $222 million of incremental term B-2 loans. The incremental term B-2 loans were repaid in full on February 11, 2011. Similar to other holders of senior secured incremental term B-2 loans, those senior secured incremental term B-2 loans held by affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake were repaid in connection with the issuance of the Company’s 7% Senior Secured Notes. Consistent with the terms of the incremental term B-2 loans, affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake each received payments (consisting of principal and interest, inclusive of amounts paid by Avaya Inc. in connection with the payment in full of all incremental term B-2 loans on February 11, 2011) aggregating approximately $285 million for fiscal 2011.

On October 29, 2012, December 21, 2012 and February 13, 2013, Avaya Inc. amended the terms of its credit facilities in connection with certain refinancing transactions. Lenders who provided consents in connection with the amendments and/or agreed to have loans that they held in one tranche of term loans reclassified as another received certain fees. Affiliates of Silver Lake received less than $1 million in each of these transactions. Affiliates of TPG received less than $1 million in each of the 2012 transactions.

As of September 30, 2013 affiliates of Silver Lake held no outstanding principal amounts of term loans under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2012 affiliates of Silver Lake held $45 million and $122 million in outstanding principal amounts of term B-1 loans and incremental term B-3 loans, respectively.

As of September 30, 2013 affiliates of TPG held no outstanding principal amounts of term loans under the Cash Flow Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2012 affiliates of TPG held $44 million in outstanding principal amounts of term B-1 loans.

See Note 9, “Financing Arrangements” for further details on the financing arrangements.

In connection with the financing of the NES acquisition, the Company issued shares of its non-voting Series A Preferred Stock. As of September 30, 2013, affiliates of TPG owned 38,864.13 shares of the Company’s non-voting Series A Preferred Stock (representing 31.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock) and affiliates of Silver Lake owned 38,864.13 shares of the Company’s non-voting Series A Preferred Stock (representing 31.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock).

In connection with the financing of the Radvision acquisition, the Company issued shares of its convertible non-voting Series B Preferred Stock to affiliates of TPG and Silver Lake. As of September 30, 2013, affiliates of TPG owned 32,649 shares of the Company’s preferred Series B Preferred Stock and affiliates of Silver Lake owned 32,649 shares of the Company’s preferred Series B Preferred Stock.

19. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Proceedings

Other than as described below, the Company believes there is no litigation pending or environmental and regulatory matters against the Company that could have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-64

Antitrust Litigation

In 2006, the Company instituted an action in the U.S. District Court, District of New Jersey, against defendants Telecom Labs, Inc., TeamTLI.com Corp. and Continuant Technologies, Inc. and subsequently amended its complaint to include certain individual officers of these companies as defendants. Defendants purportedly provide maintenance services to customers who have purchased or leased the Company’s communications equipment. The Company asserts in its amended complaint that, among other things, defendants, or each of them, have engaged in tortious conduct and/or violated federal intellectual property laws by improperly accessing and utilizing the Company’s proprietary software, including passwords, logins and maintenance service permissions, to perform certain maintenance services on the Company’s customers’ equipment. Defendants have filed counterclaims against the Company, alleging a number of tort claims and alleging that the Company has violated the Sherman Act’s prohibitions against anticompetitive conduct through the manner in which the Company sells its products and services. Defendants seek to recover the profits they claim they would have earned from maintaining Avaya’s products, and ask for injunctive relief prohibiting the conduct they claim is anticompetitive. The trial commenced on September 9, 2013. The Company rested its affirmative case on November 12, 2013, and the Defendants filed motions for judgment as a matter of law against certain of the Company’s remaining claims. These motions were argued on November 18, 2013. The Court did not rule on the motions, indicating it would reserve a decision until later in the proceedings. The Defendants began to present their portion of the case on November 19, 2013, and the trial is expected to end in early 2014. With respect to Defendants’ counterclaims, the Company cannot estimate the possible loss or range of possible loss, if any, as there are significant legal and factual issues to be resolved. In the event Defendants ultimately succeed at trial and in subsequent appeals, any potential loss could be material as Defendants are claiming substantial damages. Under the federal antitrust laws, defendants will be entitled to three times the amount of any actual damages awarded for lost profits, plus attorneys’ fees and costs. Defendants allege lost profit damages of up to $144 million before trebling, excluding attorneys’ fees and costs. The Company believes Defendants’ counterclaims, including its damages calculations, are without merit and unsupported by the facts. At this time an outcome cannot be predicted and, as a result, the Company cannot be assured that this case will not have a material adverse effect on the manner in which it does business, its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Intellectual Property

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is involved in litigation alleging it has infringed upon third parties’ intellectual property rights, including patents; some litigation may involve claims for infringement against customers by third parties relating to the use of Avaya’s products, as to which the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope to certain customers. These matters are on-going and the outcomes are subject to inherent uncertainties. As a result, the Company cannot be assured that any such matter will not have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Other

In October 2009, a group of former employees of Avaya’s former Shreveport, Louisiana manufacturing facility brought suit in Louisiana state court, naming as defendants Alcatel-Lucent USA, Inc., Lucent Technologies Services Company, Inc., and AT&T Technologies, Inc. The former employees allege hearing loss due to hazardous noise exposure from the facility dating back over forty years, and stipulate that the total amount of each individual’s damages does not exceed fifty thousand dollars. In February 2010 plaintiffs amended their complaint to add the Company as a named defendant. There are 101 plaintiffs in the case. Defendants’ motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ complaint was denied on April 30, 2012. At this time an outcome cannot be predicted however, because the amounts of the claims individually and in the aggregate are not material, the Company believes the outcome of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on the manner in which it does business, its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

F-65

General

The Company records accruals for legal contingencies to the extent that it has concluded it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. No estimate of the possible loss or range of loss in excess of amounts accrued, if any, can be made at this time regarding the matters specifically described above because the inherently unpredictable nature of legal proceedings may be exacerbated by various factors, including: (i) the damages sought in the proceedings are unsubstantiated or indeterminate; (ii) discovery is not complete; (iii) the proceeding is in its early stages; (iv) the matters present legal uncertainties; (v) there are significant facts in dispute; (vi) there are a large number of parties (including where it is uncertain how much liability, if any, will be shared among multiple defendants); or (vii) there is a wide range of potential outcomes.

Product Warranties

The Company recognizes a liability for the estimated costs that may be incurred to remedy certain deficiencies of quality or performance of the Company’s products. These product warranties extend over a specified period of time generally ranging up to two years from the date of sale depending upon the product subject to the warranty. The Company accrues a provision for estimated future warranty costs based upon the historical relationship of warranty claims to sales. The Company periodically reviews the adequacy of its product warranties and adjusts, if necessary, the warranty percentage and accrued warranty reserve, which is included in other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, for actual experience.


In millions
Balance as of October 1, 2011	$	24
Reductions for payments and costs to satisfy claims		(19	)
Accruals for warranties issued during the period		11

Balance as of September 30, 2012		16
Reductions for payments and costs to satisfy claims		(16	)
Accruals for warranties issued during the period		16

Balance as of September 30, 2013	$	16

Guarantees of Indebtedness and Other Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Letters of Credit

As of September 30, 2013, the Company had outstanding an aggregate of $127 million in irrevocable letters of credit which ensure the Company’s performance or payment to third parties. Included in this amount is $82 million issued under its $535 million committed revolving credit facilities, which facilities are available through October 26, 2016. Also included is $45 million of letters of credit issued under uncommitted facilities.

Surety Bonds

The Company arranges for the issuance of various types of surety bonds, such as license, permit, bid and performance bonds, which are agreements under which the surety company guarantees that the Company will perform in accordance with contractual or legal obligations. These bonds vary in duration although most are issued and outstanding from three months to three years. These bonds are backed by $12 million of the Company’s letters of credit. If the Company fails to perform under its obligations, the maximum potential payment under these surety bonds is $12 million as of September 30, 2013. Historically, no surety bonds have been drawn upon.

F-66

Purchase Commitments and Termination Fees

The Company purchases components from a variety of suppliers and a limited number of contract manufacturers to provide manufacturing services for its products. During the normal course of business, in order to manage manufacturing lead times and to help assure adequate component supply, the Company enters into agreements with contract manufacturers and suppliers that allow them to produce and procure inventory based upon forecasted requirements provided by the Company. If the Company does not meet these specified purchase commitments, it could be required to purchase the inventory, or in the case of certain agreements, pay an early termination fee. Historically, the Company has not been required to pay a charge for not meeting its designated purchase commitments with these suppliers, but has been obligated to purchase certain excess inventory levels from its outsourced manufacturers due to actual sales of product varying from forecast and due to transition of manufacturing from one vendor to another.

The Company’s outsourcing agreements with its two most significant contract manufacturers expire in July and August 2014. The outsourcing agreements are automatically renewed for successive periods of twelve months each, subject to specific termination rights for the Company and the contract manufacturers. All manufacturing of the Company’s products is performed in accordance with either detailed requirements or specifications and product designs furnished by the Company and is subject to rigorous quality control standards.

Product Financing Arrangements

The Company sells products to various resellers that may obtain financing from certain unaffiliated third-party lending institutions. For the Company’s product financing arrangement with resellers outside the U.S., in the event participating resellers default on their payment obligations to the lending institution, the Company is obligated under certain circumstances to guarantee repayment to the lending institution. The repayment amount fluctuates with the level of product financing activity. The guaranteed repayment amount was approximately $5 million as of September 30, 2013. The Company reviews and sets the maximum credit limit for each reseller participating in this financing arrangement. Historically, there have not been any guarantee repayments by the Company. The Company has estimated the fair value of this guarantee as of September 30, 2013, and has determined that it is not significant. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be obligated to repurchase inventory under this arrangement in the future.

Long-Term Cash Incentive Bonus Plan

The Company has established a long-term incentive cash bonus plan (“LTIP”). Under the LTIP, the Company will make cash awards available to compensate certain key employees upon the achievement of defined returns on the Sponsors’ initial investment in the Company (a “triggering event”). The Company has authorized LTIP awards covering a total of $60 million, of which $38 million in awards were outstanding as of September 30, 2013. The Company will begin to recognize compensation expense relative to the LTIP awards upon the occurrence of a triggering event (e.g., a sale or initial public offering). As of September 30, 2013, no compensation expense associated with the LTIP has been recognized.

Credit Facility Indemnification

In connection with its obligations under the credit facilities described in Note 9, “Financing Arrangements,” the Company has agreed to indemnify the third-party lending institutions for costs incurred by the institutions related to changes in tax law or other legal requirements. While there have been no amounts paid to the lenders pursuant to this indemnity in the past, there can be no assurance that the Company will not be obligated to indemnify the lenders under this arrangement in the future.

Transactions with Alcatel-Lucent

Pursuant to the Contribution and Distribution Agreement effective October 1, 2000, Lucent Technologies, Inc. (now Alcatel-Lucent) contributed to the Company substantially all of the assets, liabilities and operations

F-67

associated with its enterprise networking businesses (the “Company’s Businesses”) and distributed the Company’s stock pro-rata to the shareholders of Lucent (“distribution”). The Contribution and Distribution Agreement, among other things, provides that, in general, the Company will indemnify Alcatel-Lucent for all liabilities including certain pre-distribution tax obligations of Alcatel-Lucent relating to the Company’s Businesses and all contingent liabilities primarily relating to the Company’s Businesses or otherwise assigned to the Company. In addition, the Contribution and Distribution Agreement provides that certain contingent liabilities not allocated to one of the parties will be shared by Alcatel-Lucent and the Company in prescribed percentages. The Contribution and Distribution Agreement also provides that each party will share specified portions of contingent liabilities based upon agreed percentages related to the business of the other party that exceed $50 million. The Company is unable to determine the maximum potential amount of other future payments, if any, that it could be required to make under this agreement.

The Tax Sharing Agreement governs Alcatel-Lucent’s and the Company’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the distribution with respect to taxes for the periods ending on or before the distribution. Generally, pre-distribution taxes or benefits that are clearly attributable to the business of one party will be borne solely by that party and other pre-distribution taxes or benefits will be shared by the parties based on a formula set forth in the Tax Sharing Agreement. The Company may be subject to additional taxes or benefits pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement related to future settlements of audits by state and local and foreign taxing authorities for the periods prior to the Company’s separation from Alcatel-Lucent.

Leases

The Company leases land, buildings and equipment under agreements that expire in various years through 2026. Rental expense under operating leases, excluding any lease termination costs incurred related to the Company’s restructuring programs, was $107 million, $112 million and $122 million for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The table below sets forth future minimum lease payments, net of sublease income, due under non-cancelable operating leases, of which $97 million of such payments have been accrued for as of September 30, 2013 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. pertaining to restructuring and exit activities.


*In millions*
2014	$	93
2015		79
2016		69
2017		54
2018 and thereafter		155

Future minimum lease payments	$	450

F-68

20. Quarterly information (unaudited)


	First Quarter			Second Quarter			Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter			Total
*In millions*
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2013
Revenue	$	1,240		$	1,118		$	1,150		$	1,200		$	4,708
Gross profit		666			586			627			681			2,560
Operating income (loss)		23			(72	)		13			113			77
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes		9			(3	)		3			36			45
Net (loss) income		(81	)		(188	)		(132	)		25			(376	)
Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders	$	(91	)	$	(199	)	$	(143	)	$	12		$	(419	)
Net (loss) income per share—basic and diluted	$	(0.19	)	$	(0.41	)	$	(0.29	)	$	0.03		$	(0.86	)

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2012
Revenue	$	1,387		$	1,257		$	1,250		$	1,277		$	5,171
Gross profit		704			613			623			646			2,586
Operating income (loss)		82			(66	)		23			76			115
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes		2			24			(88	)		54			(8	)
Net (loss) income		(26	)		(165	)		(169	)		6			(354	)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders	$	(28	)	$	(166	)	$	(226	)	$	(5	)	$	(425	)
Net loss per share—basic and diluted	$	(0.06	)	$	(0.34	)	$	(0.46	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.87	)

21. Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company

Avaya Holdings Corp. has no material assets or standalone operations other than its ownership in Avaya Inc. and its subsidiaries.

There are significant restrictions on the Company’s ability to obtain funds from any of its subsidiaries through dividends, loans or advances. Accordingly, these condensed financial statements have been presented on a “Parent-only” basis. Under a Parent-only presentation, the Company’s investments in its consolidated subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting. These Parent-only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-69

The following tables present the financial position of Avaya Holdings Corp. as of September 30, 2013 and 2012 and the results of its operations and cash flows for the years ended September 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Condensed Balance Sheets


	September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012
Cash and cash equivalents	$	1		$	1

TOTAL	$	1		$	1

LIABILITIES, DEFICIENCY IN EXCESS OF INVESTMENT IN AVAYA INC., PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY
Due to Avaya Inc.	$	6		$	3
Other current liabilities		27			26
Note payable to Avaya Inc.		18			8
Deficiency in excess of investment in Avaya Inc.		2,669			2,436
Commitments and contingencies
Equity awards on redeemable shares		5			—
Preferred stock, Series B		263			227
Preferred stock, Series A		151			144
Stockholders’ deficiency		(3,138	)		(2,843	)

TOTAL	$	1		$	1

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Condensed Statements of Operations


	Years ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012			2011
Equity in net loss of Avaya Inc.	$	(364	)	$	(344	)	$	(863	)

Change in fair value of Preferred Series B derivative		(11	)		(6	)		—
Securities registration fees		(1	)		(3	)		—
Interest expense		—			(1	)		—

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES		(376	)		(354	)		(863	)
Provision for income taxes		—			—			—

NET LOSS		(376	)		(354	)		(863	)
Less: Accretion and accrued dividends on Series A and Series B preferred stock		(43	)		(71	)		(7	)

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS	$	(419	)	$	(425	)	$	(870	)

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Loss


	Years ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012			2011
Net loss	$	(376	)	$	(354	)	$	(863	)
Equity in comprehensive income (loss) of Avaya Inc.		120			52			(97	)

Comprehensive loss	$	(256	)	$	(302	)	$	(960	)

F-70

Avaya Holdings Corp.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows


	Years ended September 30,
*In millions*	2013			2012			2011
Net loss	$	(376	)	$	(354	)	$	(863	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities
Equity in net loss of Avaya Inc.		364			344			863
Change in fair value of Preferred Series B derivative		11			6			—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities		1			4			—

Net cash from operating activities		—			—			—

Investing activities:
Investment in Avaya Inc.		—			(196	)		—
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired		(10	)		(22	)		—

Net cash used for investing activities		(10	)		(218	)		—

Financing activities:
Proceeds from loan from Avaya Inc.		10			8			—
Issuance of preferred stock and warrants		—			196			—

Net cash provided by financing activities		10			204			—

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		—			(14	)		—
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		1			15			15

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	1		$	1		$	15

22. Subsequent Events

The financial statements of Avaya Holdings Corp. are substantially comprised of the financial statements of Avaya Inc., which issued its annual financial statements on November 22, 2013. Accordingly, the Company has evaluated transactions for consideration as recognized subsequent events in the annual financial statements through the date of November 22, 2013. Additionally, the Company has evaluated transactions that occurred as of the issuance of these financial statements, December 3, 2013, for purposes of disclosure of unrecognized subsequent events.

Business Combinations

On October 1, 2013, Avaya Inc. acquired IT Navigator Ltd. (IT Navigator). IT Navigator is a global provider of Cloud, social media and management products and services. The integration of the Avaya and IT Navigator portfolios is expected to add key management reporting and social media capabilities and enhance Avaya’s Cloud as well as its unified communication and contact center products.

F-71

LOGO

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the registration of the shares of common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.


Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee	$	116,100
FINRA filing fee		75,500
Stock exchange listing fee		*
Printing and engraving expenses		*
Legal fees and expenses		*
Accounting fees and expenses		*
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees		*
Miscellaneous expenses		*
Total Expenses	$	*

To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its original certificates of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchase or redemptions pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was lawful.

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no

II-1

indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our certificate of incorporation also will provide that the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to the certificate of incorporation, are not exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Section 145(f) of the DGCL further provides that a right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to such provision after the occurrence of the act or omission which is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and officers. Such agreements generally provide for indemnification by reason of being our director or officer, as the case may be. These agreements are in addition to the indemnification provided by our charters and bylaws.

We have also obtained officers’ and directors’ liability insurance that insures against liabilities that officers and directors of the registrant may, in such capacities, incur. Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under that section.

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Equity Securities

In connection with the closing of the Merger, on October 26, 2007, we issued 1,592,970 Continuation Options with an exercise price of $1.25 per share, and 1,331,155 continuation units resulting from the rollover of certain equity awards. For more information on continuation options and continuation units issued in connection with the Merger, see “Executive Compensation—Elements of Executive Officer Compensation—Long-Term Incentives.” Of the continuation options issued on the closing of the Merger, options representing shares of 1,037,609 and 125,600 shares were exercised in fiscal years 2009 and 2010, respectively, resulting in the issuance of common stock representing 380,347 and 42,026 shares, during each of fiscal years 2009 and 2010, respectively. In fiscal year 2008, continuation units representing 358,814 shares were cancelled. The continuation options, continuation units and net shares were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

During the year ended September 30, 2008, we granted to certain eligible participants 110,000 restricted stock units and options to purchase 39,185,000 shares of common shares under the 2007 Plan. The exercise price for each of these options was $5.00 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2008, options representing 8,570,000 shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

II-2

During the year ended September 30, 2009, we granted to certain eligible participants 730,789 restricted stock units and options to purchase 12,555,000 common shares under the 2007 Plan. The exercise price for each of these options was $3.80 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2009 options representing 11,874,469 shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

Following the completion of fiscal year 2009, we extended an offer to our outstanding stock option holders to exchange their existing stock options having an exercise price equal to or greater than $3.80 per share for new stock options in a one-for-one option exchange. The new “replacement” stock options were awarded on November 17, 2009 (“replacement option date of grant”) following the completion of the exchange offer, have an exercise price of $3.00 per share, which was the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the replacement option date of grant, and have new vesting provisions. In aggregate there were 30,890,000 stock options eligible for exchange, for which 28,595,000 were validly tendered in the offer. No consideration was paid to the registrant by any recipient. The replacement stock options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, as an exchange by the issuer with its existing security holders without commission.

The purchase price for the NES acquisition was funded, in part, with the issuance on December 18, 2009 of (a) warrants to acquire 100,000,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.25 per share, which warrants are exercisable at any time prior to December 18, 2019 at an exercise price of $3.25 per share, and (b) 125,000 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock. The issuance of warrants and Series A Preferred Stock was consummated without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. All of the shares of our Series A Preferred Stock will be redeemed with the proceeds of this offering.

During the year ended September 30, 2010, we granted to certain eligible participants 495,000 restricted stock units and options to purchase 17,925,000 common shares under the 2007 Plan, excluding options granted in conjunction with the exchange offer noted above. The exercise price for each of these options was $3.00 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2010 restricted stock units representing 15,000 shares, and options representing 5,086,487 shares were cancelled, exclusive of the options cancelled in the exchange offer. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

During the year ended September 30, 2011, we granted to certain eligible participants 305,000 restricted stock units and options to purchase 6,870,000 common shares under the 2007 Plan. Options granted prior to May 2011 have an exercise price of $3.00 per share and options granted subsequent to May 2011 have an exercise price or $4.40 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2011 restricted stock units representing 65,789 shares, and options representing 7,353,528 shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

During the three months ended December 31, 2011, we granted to certain eligible participants 778,182 restricted stock units and options to purchase 2,027,253 common shares under the 2007 Plan. The exercise price for each of these options was $4.40 per share. During the three months ended December 31, 2011 restricted stock units representing 50,000 shares, and options representing 1,869,422 shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

II-3

The purchase price for the Radvision acquisition was funded, in part, with the issuance on May 29, 2012 of (a) warrants to acquire 24,500,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $4.00 per share, which warrants are exercisable at any time prior to May 29, 2022 at an exercise price of $4.00 per share, and (b) 48,921 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock, which is convertible at any time at a price equal to the lesser of (1) $4.00 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution provisions) and (2) the offering price per share in this offering. The issuance of warrants and Series B Preferred Stock was consummated without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering.

During the year ended September 30, 2012, we granted to certain eligible participants 1,956,115 restricted stock units and options to purchase 5,762,253 common shares under the 2007 Plan. Options granted prior to May 2012 have an exercise price of $4.40 per share and options granted subsequent to May 2012 have an exercise price of $4.00 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2012 restricted stock units representing 220,682 shares, and options representing 9,916,162 shares were cancelled. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

Following the completion of fiscal year 2012, we extended an offer to certain of our outstanding stock option holders to exchange certain of their existing stock options for restricted stock units. Option holders who participated in the exchange program received three “replacement” restricted stock units for each stock option exchanged. The new restricted stock units were awarded on May 6, 2013 (“replacement RSU date of grant”) following the completion of the exchange offer and have new vesting provisions. The fair market value of a share of our common stock on the replacement RSU date of grant was equal to or less than the exercise price of each option exchanged. In aggregate there were 11,494,439 stock options eligible for exchange, for which 10,204,689 were validly tendered in the offer. No consideration was paid to the registrant by any recipient. In connection with the exchange offer, 3,401,654 replacement RSUs were granted. The replacement restricted stock units were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, as an exchange by the issuer with its existing security holders without commission.

During the year ended September 30, 2013, we granted to certain eligible participants 3,139,785 restricted stock units (excluding the replacement restricted stock units in the exchange offer described above) and options to purchase 3,263,469 common shares under the 2007 Plan. Options granted from October 1, 2012 through November 30, 2012 have an exercise price of $4.00 per share, options granted from December 2012 through March 31, 2013 have an exercise price of $3.00 per share and options granted from April 1, 2013 through September 30, 2013 have an exercise price of $2.25 per share. During the year ended September 30, 2013 restricted stock units representing 710,743 shares, and options representing 8,198,305 shares were cancelled, excluding those options tendered for exchange in connection with the exchange offer. The restricted stock units and options were issued without registration in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as a transaction pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan.

With regard to the foregoing, to the extent an individual acquires shares of our common stock upon exercise of a stock option or vesting of a restricted stock unit, those shares are subject to the restrictions on transfer and other provisions contained in a stockholders’ agreement.

Debt Securities

On October 24, 2008, Avaya Inc. issued $700 million of senior unsecured cash-pay notes and $750 million of senior unsecured PIK toggle notes upon conversion of the senior cash-pay loans and the senior PIK toggle loans. The issuance of the senior unsecured cash-pay notes and senior unsecured PIK toggle notes was conducted pursuant to the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The interest rate for the cash-pay notes is fixed at 9.75% and the interest rates for the

II-4

cash interest and PIK interest portions of the PIK-toggle notes are fixed at 10.125% and 10.875%, respectively. In connection with the conversion of the senior cash-pay loans and the senior PIK toggle loans, Avaya Inc. and the guarantors of the outstanding notes entered into a registration rights agreement in which they agreed, among other things, to file a registration statement to exchange the notes for similar notes registered under the Securities Act. The registration statement on Form S-4 registering such notes was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 23, 2009 and declared effective on January 14, 2010.

On February 11, 2011, Avaya Inc. issued $1,009 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 at an issue price of 100% of the principal amount of the notes, pursuant to the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, to “qualified institutional buyers” in the United States as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act, and outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. These notes mature on April 1, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 7.00% per annum, payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on October 1, 2011. All of the proceeds from the offering were used to repay term B-2 loans outstanding under Avaya Inc.’s senior secured credit facility.

On December 21, 2012, Avaya Inc. issued $290 million aggregate principal amount of its 9.00% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 at an issue price of 100% of the principal amount of the notes, pursuant to the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, to “qualified institutional buyers” in the United States as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act, and outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. These notes mature on April 1, 2019 and bear interest at a rate of 9.00% per annum, payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on April 1, 2013. All of the proceeds from the offering were used to repay term B-5 loans outstanding under Avaya Inc.’s senior secured credit facility.

On March 7, 2013, Avaya Inc. completed an exchange offer in which $642 million of its 9.75% senior unsecured cash-pay notes due 2015 and $742 million of 10.125%/10.875% senior unsecured PIK toggle notes due November 1, 2015 were exchanged for $1,384 million of 10.50% senior secured notes due March 1, 2021. The 10.50% Senior Secured Notes were issued at par, bear interest at a rate of 10.50% per annum and mature on March 1, 2021. The 10.5% Senior Secured Notes were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering, to “qualified institutional buyers” in the United States as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act, and outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	1.1	Form of Underwriting Agreement*

	3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Avaya Holdings Corp. (to be effective upon completion of this offering)*

	3.2	Amended and Restated By-Laws of Avaya Holdings Corp. (to be effective upon completion of this offering)*

	4.1	Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2008, by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	4.2	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 19, 2010, by and among Avaya Government Solutions Inc., Integrated Information Technology Corporation, AC Technologies, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 13, 2010)

II-5


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	4.3	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2012, among RADVision, Inc., AvayaLive Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	4.4	Supplemental Indenture dated February 15, 2013 between Avaya Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)

	4.5	Form of 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 (included in the Exchange Note Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1)

	4.6	Form of 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015 (included in the Exchange Note Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1)

	4.7	Indenture dated February 11, 2011 by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

	4.8	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2012, among RADVision, Inc., AvayaLive Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee and Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	4.9	Pledge and Security Agreement dated February 11, 2011 by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

	4.10	Supplement No. 1 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	4.11	Form of 7% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

	4.12	Indenture dated December 21, 2012 by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

	4.13	Form of 9% Senior Secured Note due 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

	4.14	Pledge and Security Agreement dated December 21, 2012 by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

	4.15	Indenture dated March 7, 2013 by and among Avaya Inc., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)

	4.16	Form of 10.50% Senior Secured Note due 2021 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)

	4.17	Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of March 7, 2013 among Avaya Inc., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)

II-6


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	4.18	Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 18, 2009, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC and Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.11 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)

	4.19	Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 29, 2012, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC and Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC

	4.20	Senior Manager Registration and Preemptive Rights Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. and the individual members of management listed on Schedule A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 4.12 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**

	4.21	Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Avaya Holdings Corp.*

	4.22	Certificate of Designations of Series A Preferred Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp. (previously filed as Exhibit 4.9 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**

	4.23	Certificate of Designation for Series B Preferred Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp.*

	4.24	Form of Warrant, dated December 18, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.10 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**

	4.25	Form of Warrant, dated May 29, 2012*

	5.1	Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP*

	10.1	Purchase Agreement dated February 8, 2011 between Avaya Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as Representative for the several Initial Purchasers identified therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

	10.2	Purchase Agreement dated December 18, 2012 between Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Representative for the several Initial Purchasers identified therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

	10.3	Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, the other lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.4	Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, among Avaya Inc., the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.5	Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and each lender party thereto, amending Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and each lender party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

II-7


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	10.6	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

	10.7	Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement dated August 8, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and each lender party thereto, amending the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and each lender party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2011)

	10.8	Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)

	10.9	Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto* (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)

	10.10	Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

	10.11	Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

	10.12	Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2013, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 19, 2013)

	10.13	Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2013, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2013)

	10.14	Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.15	Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.16	Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

II-8


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	10.17	Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.18	Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.19	Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.20	Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.21	Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.22	Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, the other lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.23	Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto, amending the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Avaya Holdings Corp., Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2011)

	10.24	Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)

	10.25	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Avaya Holdings Corp., Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)

II-9


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	10.26	Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2013, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 19, 2013)

	10.27	Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.28	Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.29	Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.30	Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.31	Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.32	Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2008, by and among Kevin J. Kennedy, Avaya Inc. and Sierra Holdings Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.33	Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 12, 2009 among Kevin J. Kennedy, Avaya Inc. and Sierra Holdings Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.34	Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.35	Form of Indemnity Agreement between Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and certain directors of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.36	Form of Indemnity Agreement between Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and certain officers of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.37	Avaya Inc. Savings Restoration Plan, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

II-10


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	10.38	Avaya Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.39	Management Services Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. (as successor by merger to Sierra Merger Corp.), TPG Capital, L.P. and Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.40	Sierra Holdings Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 1, 2010)

	10.41	Form of Sierra Holdings Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 1, 2010)

	10.42	Form of Sierra Holdings Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Award Agreement for Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 1, 2010)

	10.43	Avaya Inc. Executive Committee 2011-2013 Performance Recognition Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2011)

	10.44	Avaya Inc. Executive Committee Performance Recognition Plan as amended and restated effective as of December 6, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 12, 2012)

	10.45	Form of Award Agreement for the Avaya Inc. Executive Committee 2011-2013 Performance Recognition Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2011)

	10.46	Form of Award Agreement for the Avaya Inc. Executive Committee Performance Recognition Plan for 2014-2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 12, 2012)

	10.47	Management Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., the Majority Stockholders (as defined therein) and the individuals listed on Schedule A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.25 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**

	10.48	Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, by and among TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC, Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC and Avaya Holdings Corp.*

	10.49	Form of Award Agreement for 2012 Sales Incentive Program (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 9, 2011)

	10.50	Form of Segment Transformation Growth Incentive cash award agreement dated July 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2013)

	10.51	Form of Segment Transformation Growth Incentive restricted stock unit award agreement dated July 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2013)

	10.52	Avaya Holdings Corp. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan*

	10.53	Avaya Holdings Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan*

II-11


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	21.1	List of Subsidiaries*

	23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

	23.2	Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)*

	24.1	Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages of this Registration Statement)

To be filed by amendment.

Previously filed.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because the required information is presented within consolidated financial statements included in the prospectus that is part of this registration statement.

Item 17.

Undertakings

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-12

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Santa Clara, State of California, on the 3^rd day of December, 2013.


Avaya Holdings Corp.

By:	/s/ DAVID VELLEQUETTE

	Name:	David Vellequette
	Title:	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

* * * *

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Signature	Title	Date

* Kevin J. Kennedy	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	December 3, 2013

/S/ DAVID VELLEQUETTE David Vellequette	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)	December 3, 2013

* Kevin J. MacKay	Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)	December 3, 2013

* Charles H. Giancarlo	Chairman of the Board of Directors	December 3, 2013

* John W. Marren	Director	December 3, 2013

* Afshin Mohebbi	Director	December 3, 2013

* Greg K. Mondre	Director	December 3, 2013

* Gary B. Smith	Director	December 3, 2013



*By:		/S/ DAVID VELLEQUETTE

		David Vellequette Attorney-in-Fact

II-13

EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	1.1	Form of Underwriting Agreement*

	3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Avaya Holdings Corp. (to be effective upon completion of this offering)*

	3.2	Amended and Restated By-Laws of Avaya Holdings Corp. (to be effective upon completion of this offering)*

	4.1	Exchange Note Indenture, dated as of October 24, 2008, by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	4.2	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 19, 2010, by and among Avaya Government Solutions Inc., Integrated Information Technology Corporation, AC Technologies, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 13, 2010)

	4.3	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2012, among RADVision, Inc., AvayaLive Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	4.4	Supplemental Indenture dated February 15, 2013 between Avaya Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)

	4.5	Form of 9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2015 (included in the Exchange Note Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1)

	4.6	Form of 10.125%/10.875% Senior PIK Toggle Unsecured Notes due 2015 (included in the Exchange Note Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1)

	4.7	Indenture dated February 11, 2011 by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

	4.8	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 20, 2012, among RADVision, Inc., AvayaLive Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee and Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	4.9	Pledge and Security Agreement dated February 11, 2011 by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

	4.10	Supplement No. 1 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	4.11	Form of 7% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

	4.12	Indenture dated December 21, 2012 by and among Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

II-14


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	4.13	Form of 9% Senior Secured Note due 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

	4.14	Pledge and Security Agreement dated December 21, 2012 by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

	4.15	Indenture dated March 7, 2013 by and among Avaya Inc., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)

	4.16	Form of 10.50% Senior Secured Note due 2021 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)

	4.17	Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of March 7, 2013 among Avaya Inc., the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2013)

	4.18	Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 18, 2009, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC and Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC (previously filed as Exhibit 4.11 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)

	4.19	Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 29, 2012, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC and Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC

	4.20	Senior Manager Registration and Preemptive Rights Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. and the individual members of management listed on Schedule A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 4.12 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**

	4.21	Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Avaya Holdings Corp.*

	4.22	Certificate of Designations of Series A Preferred Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp. (previously filed as Exhibit 4.9 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**

	4.23	Certificate of Designation for Series B Preferred Stock of Avaya Holdings Corp.*

	4.24	Form of Warrant, dated December 18, 2009 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.10 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**

	4.25	Form of Warrant, dated May 29, 2012*

	5.1	Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP*

	10.1	Purchase Agreement dated February 8, 2011 between Avaya Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as Representative for the several Initial Purchasers identified therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

	10.2	Purchase Agreement dated December 18, 2012 between Avaya Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as Representative for the several Initial Purchasers identified therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

II-15


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	10.3	Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, the other lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.4	Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, among Avaya Inc., the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.5	Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement dated February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and each lender party thereto, amending Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and each lender party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

	10.6	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on February 14, 2011)

	10.7	Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement dated August 8, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and each lender party thereto, amending the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and each lender party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2011)

	10.8	Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)

	10.9	Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto* (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)

	10.10	Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

	10.11	Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2012, among Avaya Inc., Avaya Holdings Corp., Citibank N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2012)

	10.12	Amendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2013, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 19, 2013)

	10.13	Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2013, among Avaya Inc., Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2013)

II-16


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	10.14	Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.15	Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.16	Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.17	Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Borrower, Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.18	Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.19	Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.20	Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.21	Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.22	Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, the other lenders party thereto, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Syndication Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

II-17


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	10.23	Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2011, by and among Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto, amending the Credit Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., the several subsidiary borrowers party thereto, Avaya Holdings Corp., Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2011)

	10.24	Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)

	10.25	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Avaya Holdings Corp., Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Citibank, N.A., as L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 2, 2012)

	10.26	Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2013, among Avaya Inc., the several Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the lenders party thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 19, 2013)

	10.27	Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.28	Supplement No. 1 dated as of February 15, 2008, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.29	Supplement No. 2 dated as of January 29, 2010, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Sierra Holdings Corp. (n/k/a Avaya Holdings Corp.), certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.30	Supplement No. 3 dated as of July 20, 2012, to the Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Avaya Inc., as Parent Borrower, Avaya Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. identified therein, as Subsidiary Borrowers and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2012)

	10.31	Guaranty, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., certain subsidiaries of Avaya Inc. from time to time party thereto and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Administrative Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.32	Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2008, by and among Kevin J. Kennedy, Avaya Inc. and Sierra Holdings Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

II-18


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	10.33	Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated October 12, 2009 among Kevin J. Kennedy, Avaya Inc. and Sierra Holdings Corp. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.34	Avaya Inc. Involuntary Separation Plan for Senior Officers, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.35	Form of Indemnity Agreement between Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and certain directors of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.36	Form of Indemnity Agreement between Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. and certain officers of the Registrant (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.37	Avaya Inc. Savings Restoration Plan, as amended (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.38	Avaya Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.39	Management Services Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., Avaya Inc. (as successor by merger to Sierra Merger Corp.), TPG Capital, L.P. and Silver Lake Management Company III, L.L.C. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Avaya Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on December 23, 2009)

	10.40	Sierra Holdings Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 1, 2010)

	10.41	Form of Sierra Holdings Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 1, 2010)

	10.42	Form of Sierra Holdings Corp. Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Award Agreement for Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Avaya Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 1, 2010)

	10.43	Avaya Inc. Executive Committee 2011-2013 Performance Recognition Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2011)

	10.44	Avaya Inc. Executive Committee Performance Recognition Plan as amended and restated effective as of December 6, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 12, 2012)

	10.45	Form of Award Agreement for the Avaya Inc. Executive Committee 2011-2013 Performance Recognition Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2011)

	10.46	Form of Award Agreement for the Avaya Inc. Executive Committee Performance Recognition Plan for 2014-2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 12, 2012)

	10.47	Management Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2007, by and among Sierra Holdings Corp., the Majority Stockholders (as defined therein) and the individuals listed on Schedule A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.25 to this Registration Statement on June 9, 2011)**

II-19


Exhibit Number		Exhibit Title

	10.48	Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, by and among TPG Partners V, L.P., TPG FOF V-A, L.P., TPG FOF V-B, L.P., Silver Lake Partners II, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors II, L.P., Silver Lake Partners III, L.P., Silver Lake Technology Investors III, L.P., Sierra Co-Invest, LLC, Sierra Co-Invest II, LLC and Avaya Holdings Corp.*

	10.49	Form of Award Agreement for 2012 Sales Incentive Program (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Avaya Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 9, 2011)

	10.50	Form of Segment Transformation Growth Incentive cash award agreement dated July 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2013)

	10.51	Form of Segment Transformation Growth Incentive restricted stock unit award agreement dated July 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Avaya Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2013)

	10.52	Avaya Holdings Corp. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan*

	10.53	Avaya Holdings Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan*

	21.1	List of Subsidiaries*

	23.1	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

	23.2	Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)*

	24.1	Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages of this Registration Statement)

To be filed by amendment.

Previously filed.

II-20